Kürvers Piping Handbook
Transcript of Kürvers Piping Handbook
Kürvers PipingHandbook
3rd Edition
Kürvers Piping Handbook
Kürvers Piping Handbook3. Edition April 2005
Copyright © 1995 by Horst Kürvers GmbHAll rights reserved
Publisher: Horst Kürvers GmbH · Am Eisenbrand 24a · 40667 Meerbusch, GermanyEditor: Robin Davies, Kürvers International · London
Photo authors:Cover (3): Premium
Content: Page 9: Sirius, Page 77: Pierlings, Page 129: Salzgitter Stahl, Page 161: Eggers, Page 221: Pierlings, Page 247: Eggers, Page 267:
Pierlings, Page 315: Bergrohr, Page 351: Mannesmannröhren-Werke, Page 373: Bergrohr, Page 391: Kürvers
All information in this book is subject to change. Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this publication, neither Kürvers
Piping nor its agents nor associated companies take any responsibility for any errors or omissions. The information is current as at date of publication.
We try to keep this book up to date and to improve it wherever possible. Therefore we would be grateful for any remarks or corrections from you.
Contents
1
1. Kürvers Piping, Product RangeKürvers Piping, LieferprogrammKürvers Piping, Gamme des ProduitsKürvers Piping, Gamma dei ProdottiKürvers Piping, Gama de Productos
2. Quality AssuranceQualitätssicherungAssurance QualitéControllo di QualitàAseguramiento de Calidad
3. MaterialsWerkstoffeMatérielMaterialiMateriales
4. Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et PoidsDimensioni e PesiDimensiones y Pesos
• Formulae for Calculating WeightsFormeln zur GewichtsberechnungFormules de calcul des PoidsFormula di calcolo per la massa metrica/tuboFormulas de calcular pesos
• Steel Pipes and TubesStahlrohreTubes et tuyauterie en acierTubi in acciaioTubos de acero
5. Dimensions and Weights
• Beams and SectionsTräger und FormstahlProfilés et laminésMateriale strutturale e loro sezioniVijas y Secciones
6. Dimensions and Weights
• Buttweld FittingsVorschweißfittingsRaccords à souderRaccordi a saldare di testaAcessorios de soldar
7. Dimensions and Weights
• FlangesFlanscheBridesFlangeBridas
8. Dimensions and Weights
• Forged FittingsSchmiedefittingsRaccords forgésRaccordi forgiatiAcessorios forjados
• Bolts and NutsSchrauben und MutternBoulons et EcrousTiranti e DadiTuercas y Tornillos
9. ValvesArmaturenRobinetterieValvoleValvulas
10. Hydraulic Test PressuresKaltwasserprobedruckTest de Pression HydrauliqueCollaudo Pressione IdraulicaPresiones de Pruebas Hidraulicas
11. Pressure/Temperature RatingsDruck-/TemperaturwertePressions/Echelle des TémperaturesPressione/Temperatura di ServizioPresiones/Temperatures
12. Dimensional Tolerances and End FinishesAbmessungstoleranzen und EndenbearbeitungTolérances Dimensionelles et Préparation des ExtrémitésTolleranze Dimensionali/Finitura delle EstremitàTolerancias Dimensionales y Preparación de Extremos
13. General InformationAllgemeine InformationInformations GénéralesInformazioni GeneraliInformación General
14. Index · Indice · Contenido
Contents
2
Kürvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Kürvers Group
5
WelcomeWelcome to the third edition of our Piping Handbook. We hopethat you find the contents both useful and informative. Pleasetake a few minutes to study the contents page so that you areable to understand the layout of this book, and so that you will beable to find the information and data that you want quickly andeasily.
There is an index at the back which will enable you to go directlyto a particular topic. There are cross references in the text so thatyou can find links to related subjects easily.
This third edition includes the consolidation of European pressurepipe specifications. The EN specifications have replaced those ofDIN, BS and others. The materials section includes data from theold and the new to make comparison and selection easy. This edi-tion also includes the metric dimensions for flanges and fittings(ASME B16.5, B16.9, and B16.11) which now take precedenceover the previous imperial parameters.
As a general convention in this book dimensions in italics areimperial (inches, pounds etc.)
Kürvers Piping is an international trading company in pipes, tubes,fittings, flanges, valves, stud bolts, gaskets, structural tubulars,plates and sections and general piping materials. There are officesaround the world and agents or sales contacts in other locations.Contact details are provided in the handbook, or go towww.kurvers.com.
A certified Quality Management system to ISO 9001 is an integralpart of our operation. Quality goals are defined and continuousimprovement to you, our client, is constantly pursued. We wel-come comments from you, both about this handbook and aboutour work for you.
Please turn over the page for a list of our office contact emailaddresses or visit our website which has details about our compa-ny and a comprehensive reference list of past projects.
Kürvers Group
6
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9001 Multilingual ServiceSingle Set Terms and Conditions Worldwide Presence
Kürvers Group
Projects
Products
Blanket Orders & Partnering Local ExpeditingFinance InspectionInternational Sourcing Transportation
OffshoreTubularsPilesCansPlatesBeamsShapesConesPile Sleeves
• Reserved Rolling Capacity• Combined Production
Resources• Stock Plate Materials• Zero Wastage
PipelinesLinepipeBendsPipeline ValvesCoating
• Access toInternational Mills
• Combined Packages• Seamless/HFI/ERW/SAW
Process PipingPipesFittingsFlangesGasketsNuts & BoltsValvesSpecials
• Complete Packages• Combined Stocks
& Mill Quantities• Split Destinations• Project Packaging
Kürvers Group
7
Kürvers GroupHorst Kürvers GmbH · GermanyAm Eisenbrand 24a, 40667 MeerbuschTel.: +49 21 32 93 05-0Fax: +49 21 32 93 05-66Email: [email protected]
Kurvers International Supply Services Ltd. · UKEmail: [email protected]
Kürvers Piping BV · The NetherlandsEmail: [email protected]
Kürvers France Sarl · FranceEmail: [email protected]
Kurvers Piping Italy Srl · ItalyEmail: [email protected]
Kürvers Project Services GmbH · SwitzerlandEmail: [email protected]
Horst Kürvers GmbHRepresentative Office CISEmail: [email protected]
Horst Kürvers GmbHRepresentative Office RussiaEmail: [email protected]
Kurvers, Inc. · USAEmail: [email protected]
Kürvers Piping Pte Ltd. · SingaporeEmail: [email protected]
Kurvers Piping (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd · MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]
Horst Kürvers GmbHRepresentative Office ChinaEmail: [email protected]
Horst Kürvers GmbHRepresentative Office Central Asia · AzerbaijanEmail: [email protected]
Horst Kürvers GmbHRepresentative Office Middle EastEmail: [email protected]
Kurvers Piping Pty Ltd. · AustraliaEmail: [email protected]
Kurvers Nigeria Ltd. · NigeriaEmail: [email protected]
Please visit our website for more information:www.kurvers.com
AddressesProduct Range
Product RangeThe following are materials regularly supplied. All equivalentspecifications (AFNOR, BS, DIN, EN, GOST, JIS etc) are also avail-able. Special project or client specifications can be supplied afterevaluation by our technical staff.
Petrochemical• Pipe to ASTM A53, A106, A179, A213, A214, A312, A333,
A335, A358, A671, A672, A691• Fittings to ASME B 16.9, B 16.11, B16.28, and MSS-SP-75
in ASTM A105, A182, A234, A403, A420, A860• Flanges to ASME B16.5, B16.47 in ASTM A105, A182,
A350, A694• Valves to API 599, 600, 602, 606, 609,
MSS-SP 67, 72, 80, 84• Bolting to ASTM A193, A194, A320• Gaskets to ASME B16.5, B16.47
Pipelines• Pipe to API 5L including high strength grades• Risers and Bends• Coating, Wrapping, Weight Coating• Valves to API 6D
Offshore & other Structures• Welded tubulars to API 2B, 2H, 2W & 2Y
including extra large diameter very thick wall• CHS & RHS to BS 4848 in BS 4360 and BS 7191 and ASTM,
A6, EN 10025, EN 10225• Beams, Profile, Plate BS 4848, DIN 1025 in BS 4360 and
BS 7191 and ASTM A 6, EN 10025, EN 10225• Piles API 2 B, BS 3601, ASTM A252
Chemical Plant, Boiler Plant, Heat Exchangers, Refrigeration Plantand Process Plant materials can be supplied in the above andother specifications.
Materials: Carbon, Carbon Manganese, Micro-alloy (HSLA), Alloyand Stainless Steels, Monel, Hastelloy, Inconel, Incoly, Cunifer,Titanium alloys.
Package Supply• Sourcing materials, including extended process routes
(eg coated pipe, spools)• Expediting complete project supply• Third party and Certifying Authority Inspection • Documentation (procedures, VDRL, data books)• Delivery terms ex works, FOB, C&F, insurance, vessel charter• Finance
Kürvers Group
8
Kürvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Quality AssuranceIndex
11
Quality Assurance
Quality Assurance Systems to ISO 9000 Series ........................12System Elements to ISO 9001:2000 ........................................13System Elements to ISO 9002:1994 ........................................14Certificates to EN 10204 based on DIN 50049 ........................15Definition of terms commonly applied to Project Q.A. and dictionary ................................................................................16Quality Assurance Systems to API QI ........................................17Comparison of international standards for Quality Assurance ..18
Qualitätssicherung
Qualitätssicherungssystem gemäß der ISO 9000 Serie ..............12Systemelemente gemäß ISO 9001:2000 ..................................13Systemelemente gemäß ISO 9002:1994 ..................................14Werkszeugnisse gemäß EN 10204 basierend auf DIN 50049....15Fachwortverzeichnis ................................................................16Qualitätssicherungssystem der API QI ......................................17Vergleich der internationalen Normen für Qualitätssicherung ..18
Assurance Qualité
Système Qualité conforme à ISO 9000 ....................................12Système Qualité suivant ISO 9001:2000 ..................................13Système Qualité suivant ISO 9002:1994 ..................................14Certificats d’essais EN 10204 en accord selon DIN 50049 ........15Définition des différents termes communément appliqués à la mise en œuvre de l‘Assurance Qualité et dictionnaire ........16Système Qualité conforme à API QI..........................................17Comparatif des différent Standards Internationaux pour l‘Assurance Qualité..........................................................18
Controllo die qualità
Sistema controllo die qualità secondo ISO serie 9000 ..............12Sistema elementi secondo ISO 9001:2000 ..............................13Sistema elementi secondo ISO 9002:1994 ..............................14Certificati di dollaudo secondo EN 10204 basati su DIN 50049 ................................................................15Definizione dei termini comuni applicabili al controllo di qualità ..............................................................16Sistema controllo die qualità API QI..........................................17Comparazione dei termini Standard internazionali per controllo di qualità e dizionario..........................................18
Aseguramiento de calidad
Sistemas de aseguramiento de calidad de acuerdo con la serie ISO 9000 ..............................................................12Elementos de sistema de acuerdo con ISO 9001:2000 ............13Elementos de sistema de acuerdo con ISO 9002:1994 ............14Certificados de calidad segun EN 10204 Y DIN 50049 ............15Definicion de terminos applicables a aseguramiento de calidad de proyectos y el diccionario ..................................16Sistemas de aseguramiento de calidad API QI ..........................17Comparaciòn des standards internacionales para aseguramiento de calidad ................................................18
Quality AssuranceQuality Assurance Systems to ISO 9000 Series
12
ReferencesISO 9000:2000 Fundamentals and vocabulary
ISO 9000:2000 Grundlegendes und Qualitätsbegriffe
ISO 9000:2000 Pricipes fondamentaux et terminologie
ISO 9001:2000 Quality management systems – Requirements
ISO 9001:2000 Qualitätsmanagementsysteme – Anforderungen
ISO 9001:2000 Systèmes de management de la qualité
ISO 9004:2000 Quality management systems – Guidelines for performance improvement
ISO 9004:2000 Qualitätsmanagementsysteme – Leitfaden zur Leistungsverbesserung
ISO 9004:2000 Systèmes de management de la qualité – Lignes directrices pour l’amélioration des performances
ISO 10005 Quality management – Guidelines for quality plans
ISO 10006 Quality management – Guidelines for quality in project management
ISO 10007 Quality management – Guidelines for configuration management
ISO 10011 Guidelines for auditing quality systemsPart 1 AuditingPart 2 Qualification criteria for qualitiy system auditorsPart 3 Management of audit programmes
ISO 10012 Quality assurance requirements for measuring equipmentPart 1 Metrological confirmation system for measuring equipmentPart 2 Guidelines for control of measurement processes
ISO 10013 Guidelines for developing quality manuals
ISO/TR 10014 Guidelines for managing the economics of quality
ISO 10015 Quality management – Guidelines for training
ISO/TR 10017 Guidance on statistical techniques for ISO 9001:1994
ISO 10576-1 Statistical methods – Guidelines for the evaluation of conformity with specified requirementsPart 1 general principles
ISO/TR 13425 Guide for the selection of statistical methods in standardisation and specification
ISO/IEC 17025 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
Kürvers Piping Quality System meets the requirements of ISO 9001:2000
Quality AssuranceSystem Elements to ISO 9000
13
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9001:2000Contents Corresponding paragraph in ISO 9002:1994
1 Scope 1
2 Normative reference 2
3 Terms and definitions 3
4 Quality management system
4.1 General Requirements 4.2.1
4.2 Documentation requirements 4.2.2 + 4.2.1 + 4.5.1 + 4.5.2 + 4.5.3 + 4.16
5 Management responsibility
5.1 Management commitment 4.1.1
5.2 Customer focus 4.3.2
5.3 Quality policy 4.1.1
5.4 Planning 4.1.1 + 4.2.3
5.5 Responsibility, authoring and communication 4.1.2.1 + 4.1.2.3
5.6 Management review 4.1.3
6 Resource management 4.1.2.2
6.1 Provision of resources 4.1.2.2
6.2 Human resources 4.1.2.2 + 4.18
6.3 Infrastructure 4.9
6.4 Work environment 4.9
7 Product realization
7.1 Planning of product realization 4.2.3 + 4.10.1
7.2 Customer-related processes 4.3.2 + 4.3.3 + 4.3.4 + 4.4.4
7.3 Design and development N/A
7.4 Purchasing 4.6
7.5 Production and service provision 4.7 + 4.8 + 4.9 + 4.10 + 4.12 + 4.15 + 4.19
7.6 Control of monitoring and measuring devices 4.11
8 Measurement, analysis and improvement
8.1 General 4.10 + 4.20
8.2 Monitoring and measurement 4.10 + 4.17 + 4.20
8.3 Control of nonconforming product 4.13
8.4 Analysis of data 4.20
8.5 Improvement 4.1.3 + 4.14
For detailed application of the above elements to Kürvers Pipingsee the Kürvers Piping Quality Assurance Manual.
Quality AssuranceSystem Elements to ISO 9000
14
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9002:1994Contents Inhalt Sommaire
0 Introduction Einleitung Introduction
1 Scope Anwendungsbereich Domaine d’application
2 Normative reference Verweisungen auf andere Normen Référence normative
3 Definitions Begriffe Définitions
4 Quality system requirements Forderungen an die Qualitätssicherung/ Exigences en matière de système qualitéQM-Darlegung
4.1 Management responsibility Verantwortung der Leitung Responsabilité de la direction
4.2 Quality system Qualitätsmanagementsystem Système qualité
4.3 Contract review Vertragsprüfung Revue de contrat
4.4 Design control Designlenkung Maîtrise de la conception
4.5 Document and data control Prüfung der Dokumente und Daten Maîtrise des documents et des données
4.6 Purchasing Beschaffung Achats
4.7 Control of customer-supplied product Prüfung der vom Kunden Maîtrise du produit fourni par le client
beigestellten Produkte
4.8 Product identification and traceability Kennzeichnung und Identification et traçabilité du produitRückverfolgbarkeit von Produkten
4.9 Process control Prozeßlenkung Maîtrise des processus
4.10 Inspection and testing Prüfungen Contrôles et essais
4.11 Control of inspection, measuring Prüfmittelüberwachung Maîtrise des équipements de contrôle,
and test equipment de mesure et d’essai
4.12 Inspection and test status Prüfstatus État des contrôles et des essais
4.13 Control of nonconforming products Prüfung fehlerhafter Produkte Maîtrise du produit non conforme
4.14 Corrective and preventive action Korrektur- und Vorbeugungsmaßnahmen Actions correctives et préventives
4.15 Handling, storage, packaging, Handhabung, Lagerung, Verpackung, Manutention, stockage, conditionnement,
preservation an delivery Konservierung und Versand préservation et livraison
4.16 Control of quality records Lenkung von Qualitätsaufzeichnungen Maîtrise des enregistrements
relatifs à la qualité
4.17 Internal quality audits Interne Qualitätsaudits Audits qualité internes
4.18 Training Schulung Formation
4.19 Servicing Wartung Prestations associées
4.20 Statistical techniques Statistische Methoden Techniques statistiques
This table is included for historical reference only.
Quality AssuranceTest Certificates to EN 10 204 based on DIN 50049
15
Certification of MaterialEN 10 204 · ISO 10 474Based on DIN 50049 Standard Document Type of Contents Delivery Conditions Document validated byDesignation Control
2.1 Certificate of Non-specific Without mention of In accordance with the The manufacturercompliance with test results requirements of the order, and if the order required also in accordance with
official regulations and corresponding technical rules.
2.2 Test report Non-specific With mention of test In accordance with the The manufacturerresults carried out on requirements of the order, and ifthe basis of non-specific required also in accordance withinspection and test official regulations and
corresponding technical rules.
2.3 Specific test report Specific With mention of test In accordance with the The manufacturerresults carried out on the requirements of the order, and ifbasis of specific inspection required also in accordance withand testing official regulations and
corresponding technical rules.
3.1A Inspection Certificate Specific With mention of test In accordance with official The inspector designated3.1A results carried out on the regulations and the corresponding in the official regulation
basis of specific inspection technical rules (eg TÜV)and testing
3.1B Inspection Certificate Specific With mention of test In accordance with the The manufacturer’s 3.1B results carried out on the specifications of the order, and if authorised representative
basis of specific inspection required, also in accordance with independent of the and testing official regulations and manufacturing
corresponding technical rules department
3.1C Inspection Certificate Specific With mention of test In accordance with the The purchaser’s 3.1C results carried out on the specifications of the order authorised represenative
basis of specific inspection (eg ABS, BV, DNV, LRS etc.)and testing
3.2 Inspection report Specific With mention of test results In accordance with the The manufacturer’s 3.2 carried out on the basis of specifications of the order authorised representative
specific inspection and independent of the testing manufacturing
department and the purchaser’s authorised represenative
EN 10 204 Edition 2004In this new version of the specification Type 2.3 is deleted, 3.1B becomes type 3.1 and 3.1A & 3.1C are combined with 3.2. A 3.2document is validated by the manufacturers authorised representative independent of production and the purchasers authorisedinspection representative or the inspector designated by the official regulations.
It is anticipated that the descriptions 3.1A etc will remain in common parlance for some time and so this version of our handbookkeeps the definitions with this short explanation about the changes in the revised version of the specification.
Quality AssuranceTerminology and Dictionary
16
Common Terms in Project QA
Certifying Authority · Engineering authority responsible forcertifying the final construction.
Concession/Waiver · Agreed deviations from specifiedrequirements, written and authorised.
Data Book · A collated, indexed collection of all test reports,certificates, concessions, release notes and procedures heldtogether for easy reference.
Field Test · Pressure test of fabricated system in the field.Inspection Authority · Authority responsible for inspecting
individual items and issuing 3.1 and 3.2 certificates.Non-Conformity · The non-fulfilment of specified
requirements.Procedures · Definitive step by step details of how a particular
activity is performed, with relevant parameters defined.Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) · Record of all the
necessary tests performed to check that a WPS is satisfactory.Quality Assurance · All those planned and systematic actions
necessary to provide adequate confidence that a product orservice will satisfy given requirements for quality.
Quality Assurance Manual · Formal description of the Quality Management System addressing each of the systemelements.
Quality Control · The operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality.
Quality Plan · For a particular contract, a document setting out the process route with all key stages, with details of procedures, controls and inspections.
Release Notes · Formal release of individual items for dispatch by customer, inspection and/or certifying authority.
Test Reports/Test Certificate · Results of tests required by the contract for individual items issued by the manufactureror inspection authority.
Traceability · The ability to trace the history, application or location of an item or activity by means of recorded identification.
Vendor Documents Requirements List (VDRL) · List of documents which the customer requires the vendor to supply.
Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) · Definition of all the parameters for the essential variables for a particular weldconfiguration.
DictionarySome common technical terms
English Deutsch Français
Mill test certificate Werksabnahme- Cerficat de contrôlezeugnis par l‘usine
Chemical Chemische Compositioncomposition Zusammensetzung chemique
Check or Stückanalyse Analyse sur produitproduct analysis
Test piece Probestück Eprouette
Tensile test Zugversuch Essai de traction
Tensile Zugfestikeit Résistance strength Rm à la traction
Yield point Re Streckgrenze Limite d’elasiticité
Elongation Dehnung Allongement
Reduction of area Einschnürung Striction
Impact test Kerbschlagversuch Essai de résilience
Average Mittelwert Moyenne
Hardness Härte Dureté
Bend test Biegeprobe Edepliage
Special tests Sonderversuche Essais spéciaux
Hydrostatic tests Wasserdruckversuch Essais hydaulique
English Deutsch Français
Pipe Rohr Tube
Seamless Nahtlos Sans soudure
Welded Geschweißt Avec soudure
Plate Blech Tôle
Dimensions Abmessungen Dimension
Thickness Dicke Epaiss
Steel Stahl Acier
Stainless steel Edelstahl Inox
Heat or cast no. Schmelzennummer No. de coulée
Product Erzeugnis- Identification identification benennung du produit
Steel grade Stahlsorte Nuance d’acier
Hot rolled Warmgewalzt Roules a chaud
Normalised Normalgeglüht Normalisé
Tempered Angelassen Revenu
Quenched Abgeschreckt Trempe
As forged Warmgeschmiedet Forgé
Quality AssuranceAPI Q1
17
API Q1 ISO TS 29001Specification for Quality Programs for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industry.
This specification is a sector specific version of ISO 9001:2000. It has the same paragraph numbers and the same content with theexception of some additional clauses which are specific to the supply of API material under this quality program.
This specification does not allow exclusions to be made to any clause except 7.3 (Design and development), 7.5.1 (Control of serviceprovision), 7.5.2 (Validation of processes for production and service provision) and 7.5.4 (Customer property) and then only whensuch exclusions do not affect the organization’s ability, or responsibility, to provide product that meets customer and applicable regu-latory requirements.
The following paragraphs are supplemental or in addition to ISO 9001:2000
4.2.2.1 Quality Manual
4.2.3.1 Control of documents
4.2.3.2 Control of document changes
4.2.4.1 Control of records
5.3.1 Quality policy
5.6.1.1 General
5.6.2.1 Revue input
6.2.2.1 Training
7.1.1 Planning of product realization
7.2.2.1 Review of requirements related to the product
7.3.1.1 Design and development planning
7.3.1.2 Design documentation
7.3.2.1 Design and development inputs
7.3.4.1 Design and development review
7.3.7.1 Control of design and development changes
7.4.1.1 Purchasing process
7.4.1.2 Criteria for supplier selection, evaluation, and re-evaluation
7.4.1.3 Supplier provided special processes
7.4.2.1 Purchasing information
7.4.3.1 Verification of purchased product
7.5.1.1 Control of production and service provision
7.5.2.1 Process control
7.5.2.1 Validation of processes for production and service provision
7.5.3.1 Identification and traceability
7.5.3.2 Identification and traceability maintenancereplacement
7.5.3.3 Product status
7.5.4.1 Customer property
7.5.5.1 Preservation of product
7.5.5.2 Periodic assessment of stock
7.6.1 Control of monitoring and measuring devices
7.6.2 Environmental conditions
8.2.2.1 Internal audit
8.2.2.2 Submission of action plans
8.2.4.1 Monitoring and measurement of product
8.2.4.2 Final acceptance of product
8.3.1 Concessions
8.3.2 Release or acceptance of nonconforming productunder concession
8.3.3 Field nonconformity analysis
8.4.1 Analysis of data
8.5.1.1 Continual improvement of organization
8.5.2.1 Corrective action
8.5.2.2 Corrective action response time
8.5.3.1 Preventive action
Quality AssuranceComparision of International Standards
18
ISO 9000 Series and National StandardsThis table lists National Standards for different countries with the appropriate ISO Standard.
Standard Body Quality Management Quality Systems Quality Systems Quality Systems Quality Mangement (country) and Quality Assurance and Quality System
Standards Elements
Guidelines for Model for Quality Model for Quality Model for Quality GuidelinesSelections and Use Assurance Design/ Assurance in Assurance in Final
Development, Production and Inspection and TestProduction, InstallationInstallation and Service
ISO:1994 ISO 9000 ISO 9001 ISO 9002 ISO 9003 ISO 9004
Australia AS 3900 AS 3901 AS 3902 AS 3903 AS 3904
Austria OE NORM-PREN OE NORM-PREN OE NORM-PREN OE NORM-PREN OE NORM-PREN
29000 29001 29002 29003 29004
Belgium NBN X 50-002-1 NBN X 50-003 NBN X 50-004 NBN X 50-005 NBN X 50-002-2
Canada CSA Z299.0 CSA Z299.1 CSA Z299.2 CSA Z299.4 CSA Q420-87
China GB/T 10300.1-88 GB/T 10300.2-88 GB/T 10300.3-88 GB/T 10300.4-88 GB/T 10300.5-88
Denmark DS/EN 29000 DS/EN 29001 DS/EN 29002 DS/EN 29003 DS/EN 29004
European Community EN 29000 EN 29001 EN 29002 EN 29003 EN 29004
Finland SFS-ISO 9000 SF-ISO 9001 SFS-ISO 9002 SFS-ISO 9003 SFS-ISO 9004
France NF X 50-121 NF X 50-131 NF X 50-132 NF X 50-133 NF X 50-122
Germany DIN ISO 9000 DIN ISO 9001 DIN ISO 9002 DIN ISO 9003 DIN ISO 9004
Hungary MI 18990-1988 MI 18991-1988 MI 18992-1988 MI 18993-1988 MI 18994-1988
India IS:10201 Part 2 IS:10201 Part 4 IS:10201 Part 5 IS:10201 Part 6 IS:10201 Part 3
Ireland IS 300 Part 0/ISO 9000 IS 300 Part 1/ISO 9001 IS 300 Part 2/ISO 9002 IS 300 Part 3/ISO 9003 IS 300 Part 4/ISO 9004
Italy UNI/EN 29000 UNI/EN 29001 UNI/EN 29002 UNI/EN 29003 UNI/EN 29004
Malaysia MS 985/ISO 9001 MS 985/ISO 9002 MS 985/ISO 9003
The Netherlands NEN-ISO 9000 NEN-ISO 9001 NEN-ISO 9002 NEN-ISO 9003 NEN-ISO 9004
New Zealand NZS 5600:Part 1 NZS 5601 NZS 5602 NZS 5603 NZS 5600:Part 2
Norway NS-EN 29000 NS-ISO 9001 NS-ISO 9002 NS-ISO 9003
Russia (CIS) 40.9001-88 40.9002-88
Singapore SS ISO 9000 SS ISO 9001 SS ISO 9002 SS ISO 9003 SS ISO 9004
South Africa SABS 0157: Part 0 SABS 0157: Part I SABS 0157: Part II SABS 0157: Part III SABS 0157 Part IV
Spain UNE 66 900 UNE 66 901 UNE 66 902 UNE 66 903 UNE 66 904
Sweden SS-ISO 9000 SS-ISO 9001 SS-ISO 9002 SS-ISO 9003 SS-ISO 9004
Switzerland SN-ISO 9000 SN-ISO 9001 SN-ISO 9002 SN-ISO 9003 SN-ISO 9004
Tunisia NT 110.18-1987 NT 110.19-1987 NT 110.20-1987 NT 110.21-1987 NT 110.22-1987
United Kingdom BS EN ISO 9000 BS EN ISO 9001 BS EN ISO 9002 BS EN ISO 9003 BS EN ISO 9004
USA ANSI/ASQC Q90 ANSI/ASQC Q91 ANSI/ASQC Q92 ANSI/ASQC Q93 ANSI/ASQC Q94
These standards are listed for historical reference only. They have all been replaced by ISO 9001:2000.
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
MaterialsIndex
21
3 Materials Specifications, Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesWerkstoffeSpezifikationen, mechanische und chemische EigenschaftenMatérielsSpécifications, Propriétés mécaniques et chimiquesMateriali Specifiche, Caratteristiche meccaniche e chimiche MaterialesEspecificaciónes, Propiedades mecánicas y químicas
3.1 Piping Materials SpecificationsRohrspezifikationenMatériel de tuyauterie: SpécificationsSpecificazione materiale «Piping»Expecificaciones de tuberias .................................. 22
3.2 Comparison Tables of MaterialsSour Service .................................................................... 27Line Pipe.......................................................................... 28Structural Materials.......................................................... 29Pressure Pipe.................................................................... 30Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 33BW Fittings ...................................................................... 35Forgings: Flanges and Forged Fittings .............................. 35
Vergleichstabellen der WerkstoffeSauergas-Anforderung .................................................... 27Leitungsrohre .................................................................. 28Konstruktionsteile ............................................................ 29Hochdruckrohre .............................................................. 30Schrauben und Muttern .................................................. 33Vorschweiß-Fittings.......................................................... 35Flansche und geschmiedete Fittings ................................ 35
Tables de Comparaison des MatièresSour Service .................................................................... 27Tubes .............................................................................. 28Matériaux de structure .................................................... 29Pression des Tubes .......................................................... 30Boulons et Ecrous ............................................................ 33Raccords à souder............................................................ 35Forgés: Brides et Raccords forgés .................................... 35
Tabelle di conversioneSour Service .................................................................... 27Line pipe.......................................................................... 28Materiale strutturale ........................................................ 29Tubi per uso alta pressione .............................................. 30Tiranti, Dadi .................................................................... 33Raccordi a saldare di testa................................................ 35Forgiati: Flange, Raccordi forgiati .................................... 35
3.2 Especificaciones de TuberiasSour Service .................................................................... 27Tubo de conducción ........................................................ 28Materiales estructurales .................................................. 29Tubo de presión .............................................................. 30Tuercas y tornillos ............................................................ 33Accessorios de soldar a tope ............................................ 35Bridas y accesorios forjados.............................................. 35
3.3 Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure pipe .................................................................. 36Casing ............................................................................ 48Line Pipe.......................................................................... 50Structural Materials.......................................................... 54BW Fittings ...................................................................... 58Forgings: Flanges and Forged Fittings .............................. 62Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 68
Mechanische und chemische EigenschaftenHochdruckrohre .............................................................. 36Casing ............................................................................ 48Leitungsrohre .................................................................. 50Konstruktionsteile ............................................................ 54Vorschweißfittings .......................................................... 58Flansche und geschmiedete Fittings ................................ 60Schrauben und Muttern .................................................. 68
Propriétés mécaniques et chimiquesPression des Tubes .......................................................... 36Casing ............................................................................ 48Tubing ............................................................................ 50Matériaux de structure .................................................... 54Raccords à souder............................................................ 58Brides et Raccords forgés ................................................ 60Boulonnerie .................................................................... 68
Caratteristiche mecaniche e chimicheTubi per uso alta pressione .............................................. 36Casing ............................................................................ 48Line pipe.......................................................................... 50Materiale strutturale ........................................................ 54Raccordi a saldare di testa................................................ 58Forgiati: Flange, Raccordi forgiati .................................... 60Tiranti, Dadi .................................................................... 68
Propiedades meccánicas y químicasTubo de presión .............................................................. 36Casing ............................................................................ 48Tubo de conducción ........................................................ 50Materiales estructurales .................................................. 54Acessorios de soldar a tope.............................................. 58Bridas y accesorios forjados.............................................. 60Tuercas y tornillos ............................................................ 68
MaterialsPiping Materials SpecificationsAPI · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
22
Piping Materials SpecificationsValve specifications are given in Valve section page 280.
American Petroleum Institute · API
API2B Specification for the Fabrication
of Structural Steel Pipe
2H Specification for Carbon Manganese Steel Plate for Offshore Platform Tubular Joints
2W Specification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures,Produced by Thermomechanical Control Processing
2Y Specification for Steel Plates, Quenched andTempered, for Offshore Structures
5L Specification for Line Pipe
5B Threading, Gauging and Thread Inspection
Q1 Specification for Quality Programs
605 Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flange
RP2X Recommended Practise for Ultrasonic Examination ofOffshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines forQualification of Ultrasonic Technicians
RP2Z Recommended Practise for Pre-ProductionQualification for Steel plates for Offshore Structures
RP5L1 Recommended Practicefor Rail Road Transportation of Line Pipe
RP5L2 Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of LinePipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission Service
RP5L5 Recommended Practicefor Marine Transportation of Line Pipe
RP5L7 Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal FusionBonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe
RP5LC Specification for CRA Linepipe
RP5LD Specification for CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe
American Society for Testing and Materials · ASTM
ASTMA6 Specification for General Requirements for Rolled
Steel Plates, Shapes Sheet Piling and Bars forStructural Use
A20 Specification for General Requirements for Steel,Plates for Pressure Vessels
A36 Standard Specification for Structural Steel
A53 Specification for Pipe Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTMA90 Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc Coated
(Galvanised) Iron or Steel Articles
A105 Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components
A106 Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for HighTemperature Service
A178 Specification for Electric Resistance Welded CarbonSteel Boiler Tubes
A179 Specification for Seamless Cold Drawn Low CarbonSteel Heat Exchanger and Condenser Tubes
A182 Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel Pipe,Flanges, Forged Fittings and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service
A193 Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless SteelBolting Materials for High Temperature Service
A194 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service
A203 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,Nickel
A204 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,Molybdenum
A213 Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy Steel Boiler, Superheater and Heat ExchangerTubes
A214 Specification for Electric Resistance Welded CarbonSteel Heat Exchanger and Condenser Tubes
A234 Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought CarbonSteel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and ElevatedTemperatures
A252 Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles
A312 Specification for Seamless and Welded AusteniticStainless Steel Pipe
A320 Specification for Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature Service
A333 Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel pipe forLow Temperature Service
A334 Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon andAlloy Steel Tubes for Low Temperature Service
A335 Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe forHigh Temperature Service
A350 Specification for Forgings, Carbon and Low AlloySteel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for PipingComponents
MaterialsPiping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
23
ASTMA358 Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic
Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service
A370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testingof Steel Products
A387 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,Chromium-Molybdenum
A403 Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless SteelPiping Fittings
A420 Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought CarbonSteel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service
A450 Specification for General Requirements for Carbon,Ferritic Alloy and Austenitic Alloy Steel Tubes
A515 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steelfor Intermediate and High Temperature Service
A516 Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steelfor Moderate and Lower Temperature Service
A519 Specification for Seamless Carbon and Alloy SteelMechanical Tubing
A520 Specification for Supplementary Requirements forSeamless and Electric Resistance Welded Carbon Steel Tubular Products for High Temperature ServiceConforming to ISO Recommendations for BoilerConstruction
A530 Specification for General Requirements forSpecialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipes
A572 High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality
A633 Normalised High Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel
A671 Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe forAtmospheric and Lower Temperatures
A672 Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe forHigh Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures
A691 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, ElectricFusion Welded, for High Pressure Service at HighTemperatures
A694 Specification for Forgings, Carbon and Alloy Steel forPipe, Flanges, Fittings, Valves and Parts for HighPressure Transmission Service
A700 Practices for Packing, Marking and Loading Methodsfor Steel Products for Domestic Shipment
A860 Wrought High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
American Society of Mechanical Engineers · ASME
ASMEB1.1 Unified Inch Screw Thread
B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose
B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B16.9 Factory Made wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
B16.11 Forged Steel Socket Welding Fittings
B16.25 Butt-Welding Ends
B16.28 Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Short Radius Elbows and Returns
B16.36 Steel Orifice Flanges
B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges
B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series)
B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)
B31.1 Pressure Piping Code: Power Piping
B31.3 Pressure Piping code: Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping
B31.4 Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons, LPG, Anhydrous Ammonia and Alcohols
B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
B36.10 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
B36.19 Stainless Steel Pipe
British Standards Institute · BSI
BS4 pt 1 Hot Rolled Sections
1387 Screwed and Socketed Steel Tubes and Tubulars and Plain End Steel Tubes Suitable for Welding or forScrewing to BS21 Pipe Threads
1560 Steel Pipe Flanges (Nominal Size 1/2“ to 24“) for the Petroleum Industry (Section 3.1)
1640 Steel Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings for the PetroleumIndustry
1965 Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings for Pressure Purposes
3059 Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes
3293 Carbon Steel Pipe Flanges (over 24“ Nominal Size) for the Petroleum Industry
3601 Carbon Steel Pipes and Tubes with Specified RoomTemperature Properties for Pressure Purposes
3602 Steel Pipes and Tubes for Pressure Purposes;Carbon and Carbon Manganese Steel with SpecifiedElevated Temperature Properties
MaterialsPiping Materials SpecificationsAPI · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
24
BS3603 Pipes and Tubes, Carbon and Alloy Steel with
Specified Low Temperature Properties for PressurePurposes
3604 Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipes and Tubes for PressurePurposes with Specified Elevated TemperatureProperties
3605 Austenitic Stainless steel Pipes and Tubes for PressurePurposes
3799 Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket-Welding for the Petroleum Industry
4360 Welded Structural Steels
4848 Hot Rolled Structural Steel Sections
4882 Bolting for Flanges and Pressure Containing Purposes
5383 Material Identification of Tubes by ContinuousCharacter Marking and Colour Coding
7191 Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed OffshoreStructures
Deutsches Institut für Normung · DIN
DIN1025 Steel Sections, Dimensions, Weights, Tolerances,
Static Values
1026 Hot Rolled Steel Channels, Dimensions, Masses andSectional Properties
1626 Welded Circular Unalloyed Steel Tubes Subject to Special Requirement
1629 Seamless Circular Unalloyed Steel tubes Subject to Special Requirements
2440 Steel Tubes, Medium Weight, Suitable for Screwing
2448 Plain End Seamless Steel Tubes; Dimensions and Conventional Masses per Unit Length
2458 Welded Steel Tubes; Dimensions and Weights
2462 Seamless Stainless Steel Tubes; Dimensions and Masses per Unit Length
2463 Welded Stainless Steel Tubes; Dimensions and Masses per Unit Length
2519 Steel Flanges: Technical Terms of Delivery
2527 Blind Flanges, Nominal Pressure 6 to 100
2559 Butt Weld Ends
2566 Screwed Flanges, Nominal Pressure 10 to 16
2605 Tube Bends for Butt-Welding
2606 Tube Bends of Steel for Butt-Welding: 5D-Type
2609 Steel butt-welding pipe fittings: technical delivery conditions
DIN2615 Butt-Welding Fittings: Tees
2616 Butt-Welding Fittings: Reducers
2617 Butt-Welding Fittings: Caps
2631 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 6
2632 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 10
2633 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 16
2634 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 25
2635 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 40
2636 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 64
2637 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 100
2638 Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 160
2980 Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings
2983 Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Bends
2986 Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Sockets
2987 Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Crosses, Tees, Elbows,Reducing Tees, Reducing Elbows
2988 Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Sockets, Reduced
17172 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines for the Transport of Combustible Fluids and Gases
17173 Seamless Circular Pipes: Low Temperature Steel
17174 Welded Circular Pipes: Low Temperature Steel
17175 Seamless Steel Tubes for Elevated Temperatures
17177 Electric Resistance or Induction Welded Steel Tubesfor Elevated Temperatures
17243 Weldable heat resisting steel forgings and rolled forged steel bars
17280 Steel with low temperature toughness. Technicaldelivery conditions for plate, sheet, strips, wide flats,sections, bars and forgings
17440 Stainless steels. Technical delivery conditions forplates and sheet, hot rolled strip, wire rod, drawnwire, steel bars, forgings and semi-finished products.
17455 Stainless Steel Welded Circular Pipes for General Use
17456 Stainless Steel Seamless Circular Pipes for General Use
17457 Austenitic Stainless Steel Welded Circular Pipes forSpecial Purposes
17458 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Circular Pipes forSpecial Purposes
30670 Polyethylene Sheathing of Steel Tubes and of SteelShapes and Fittings
MaterialsPiping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
25
Manufacturer‘s Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry · MSS
MSSSP25 Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges
and Unions
SP43 Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
SP44 Steel Pipeline Flanges
SP53 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components - Magnetic Particle Examination Method
SP54 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components – Radiographic Examination Method
SP55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components – Visual Examination Method
SP67 Butterfly Valves
SP72 Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends forGeneral Service
SP80 Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves
SP83 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket Welding and Threaded
SP84 Valves-Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
SP93 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components – Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
SP95 Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
SP97 Forged Carbon Steel Branch Outlet Fittings – Socket Welding, Threaded and Butt-Weld Ends
European Community of Standardization · CEN
EN19 - 57 IPE Beams; I-Beams with parallel flange facings
53 - 62 Hot-rolled broad flanged I-beams (wide-flanged I-beams) with parallel flange facings
10 025-1 Hot rolled products of structural steels. General technical delivery conditions.
10 025-2 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technicaldelivery conditions for non-alloy structural steels.
10 025-3 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technicaldelivery conditions for normalised/normalised rolled weldable fine grain structural steels.
10 025-4 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technicaldelivery conditions for thermomechanical rolled weldable fine grain structural steels.
EN10 025-5 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for structural steels with improvedatmospheric corrosion resistance.
10 025-6 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technicaldelivery conditions for flat products of high yieldstrength structural steels in the quenched and tempered condition.
10 034 Structural steel I and H Sections:shape an dimensions
10 056 Structural steel equal and unequal leg angles:shape and dimensions
10 113 Parts 1, 2, 3. Hot rolled products in weldable finegrain structural steel (replaced by 10025:2004)
10 204 Metallic products – types of inspections documents
10 208-1 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids -Technical Delivery Conditions –Part 1:Pipes of Requirement Class A
10 208-2 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids -Technical Delivery Conditions – Part 2: Pipes of Requirement Class B
10 208-3 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids –Technical Delivery Conditions – Part 3: Pipes of Requirement Class C
10 210 Hot finished Structural Hollow Sections for non-alloyand fine grain structural steels
10 216 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – 5 parts
10 216-1 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 1: Non-alloy steel tubes withspecified room temperature properties
10 216-2 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 2: Non-alloy and alloy steeltubes with specified elevated temperature properties
10 216-3 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 3: Alloy fine grain steel tubes
10 216-4 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 4: Non-alloy and alloy steeltubes with specified low temperature properties
10 217 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – 7 parts
10 217-1 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 1: Non-alloy steel tubes withspecified room temperature properties
10 217-2 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 2: Electric welded non-alloyand alloy steel tubes with specified elevated tempera-ture properties
10 217-3 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 3: Alloy fine grain steel tubes
MaterialsPiping Materials SpecificationsAPI · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
26
EN10 217-4 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 4: Electric welded non-alloysteel tubes with specified low temperature properties
10 217-5 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 5: Submerged arc weldednon-alloy steel tubes with specified elevated tempera-ture properties
10 217-6 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 6: Submerged arc weldednon-alloy steel tubes with specified low temperatureproperties
10 217-7 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technicaldelivery conditions-Part 7: Stainless steel tubes
10 225 Weldable structural steel for fixed offshore structures
10 229 Evaluation of resistance of steels products to hydro-gen induced cracking (HIC)
10 246 Non-destructive Testing of Steel Tubes – 18 parts fordifferent techniques and products (seamless, SAW,ERW)
10 256 Non-destructive Testing of Steel Tubes – Qualificationand competence of level 1 and level 2 NDT personnel
12474 Cathodic protection of submarine pipelines
12495 Cathodic protection for fixed steel offshore structures
International Standards Organisation · ISO
ISO3183-1 Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical Delivery
Conditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids –Part 1: Pipes of Requirement Class A
3183-2 Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical DeliveryConditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids –Part 2: Pipes of Requirement Class B
3183-3 Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical DeliveryConditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids -Part 3: Pipes of Requirement Class C
ISO9000 Fundamentals and Vocabulary
9001 Quality Management Systems-Requirements
9004 Quality Management Systems-Guidelines for performance improvement
10 474 Metallic products-Types of inspection document
15 156 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials foruse in H2S-Containing environments in Oil and Gasproduction
15 156-1 General principles for selection of cracking-resistantmaterials
15 156-2 Cracking-resistant carbon and alloy steels, and theuse of cast iron
15 156-3 Cracking-resistant CRA’s (corrosion resistant alloys)and other alloys
MaterialsSour Service
27
Sour ServicePiping Materials exposed to sour environments, i.e. the presence of hydrogen sulphide, can be severly corroded. The main mechanismsare sulfide stress corrosion cracking, and hydrogen induced cracking. These can be prevented by the selection of appropriate materials,the main reference is ISO 15 156 (NACE MR 01-75). Linepipe steels are regularly modified to give added resistance to this corrosioninvolving suitable chemistry and heat treatment. In particular sulphur is kept very low to reduce the number of sulphides present, andthose remaining are globularised to discourage the entrapment of hydrogen.
NACE National Association of Corrosion EngineersMR 01-03 Material Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments
MR 01-75 Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Materials for Oilfield Equipment
TM 01-77 Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking in H2S Environments
TM 02-84 Evaluation of Pipeline Steels for Resistance to Stepwise Cracking
ISO 15 15615 156 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for use in H2S-Containing environments in Oil and Gas production15 156-1 General principles for selection of cracking-resistant materials
15 156-2 Cracking-resistant carbon and low alloy steels, and the use of cast iron15 156-3 Cracking-resistant CRA’s (corrosion resistant alloys) and other alloys
Sour GasIf total pressure is 448 kPa or greater and if partial pressure of H2S in the gas is greater than 0.34 kPa – see MR 01-75 for more details.
HIC Hydrogen Induced Cracking, stepwise cracking. Test pieces held in solution and evaluated after 96 hours with bubbling
H2S. NACE solution is an acidified sodium chloride solution with a pH of 8.1–8.3, BP solution is synthetic seawater
ASTM D 1141 with a pH of 2.9–3.0,.
HPIC Hydrogen pressure induced cracking
SOHIC Stress oriented hydrogen induced cracking
SSCC Material is held under stress in solution similar to HIC. There are four techniques (Methods A, B, C, D). Test duration isnormally 720 hours.
Ring Test Also known as Capcis test. Reference HSE OTI 95 635. Essentially HIC and SSCC test on al full ring which may or may
not contain a girth weld. The corrosive fluid is inside the stressed test ring.
Sulphur levels For carbon manganese piping materials levels of sulphur are restricted depending on the material or service. Levels of 0.015 max or 0.010 max are regularly applied. For line pipe in sour environments levels of 0.005 max or 0.003 max are available. Note that modern steelmaking enables levels of 0.001 to be reached.
Mechanisms The mechanism for hydrogen corrosion has five stages:
• Hydrogen absorption by exposing steel to sour environment
• Recombination of atomic hydrogen H to hydrogen gas H2 at internal interfaces between steel matrix and
• non-metallic inclusions
• Build up of gas pressure in the defective area
• Generation of tensile and shear stresses in the surrounding steel matrix
• Crack initiation
MaterialsLinepipe · EN Pressure Pipe
28
Line Pipe · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe SpecificationsAPI 5L 1 DIN BS EN 10 208 ISO 31833
Grade Specification Grade Specifiaction Grade Part Grade2 Part Grade2
B 17172 E240.7 3601 430 1, 2, 3 L245 1, 2, 3 L245
X42 17172 E290.7 1, 2, 3 L290 1, 2, 3 L290
X46 17172 E320.7
X52 17172 E360.7 3602 500Nb 1, 2, 3 L360 1, 2, 3 L360
X56 17172 E385.7
X60 17172 E415.7 2, 3 L415 1, 2, 3 L415
X65 17172 E445.7TM 2, 3 L450 1, 2, 3 L450
X70 17172 E480.7TM 2, 3 L485 1, 2, 3 L485
X80 17172 E550.7TM 2, 3 L555 1, 2, 3 L555
1 Two product levels depending on service PSL1 and PSL22 Grade designations have suffixes representing heat treatment condition3 ISO 3183 PT 1 is identical to API 5L PSL1
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 50.
EN Pressure Pipe · Comparative Table of EN, BS, DIN and NFAThis table gives the grade name in EN 10 216 and 10 217 and the equivalent grade name in BS 3059/3601-3604, DIN 17175 and17176 and NFA 49213. The tables does not distinguish between product forms but should be sufficient for the appropriate steel tobe found.
Grade Number BS DIN NFA
P235GH–TC2 1.0345 HFS360 St35.8/III TU 37–c
P265GH–TC1 1.0425 HFS430 St45.8/I TU 42–c
P265GH–TC2 1.0425 HFS430 St45.8/III TU 42–c
16Mo3 1.5415 15Mo3 TU 15D3
20MNNB6 1.0471 500Nb
14MoV6–3 1.7715 660 14MoV6-3 TU 10CD5–05
10CrMo5–5 1.7338 621
13CrMo4–5 1.7335 620 13CrMo 4 4 TU 13CD4–04
10CrMo9–10 1.7380 622 10CrMo9–10 TU 10CD9–10
15NICuMoNb5–6–4 1.6368 591 WB36
X11CrMo5+I 1.7362+I 625 12CrMo195G TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo5+NT1 1.7362+NT1 625 12CrMo195V1 TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo5+NT2 1.7362+NT2 625 12CrMo195V2 TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo9–1+I 1.7386+I 629 X12CrMo91G TUZ10CD9–1
X11CrMo9–1+NT 1.7386+NT 629 X12CrMo91V TUZ10CD9–1
X10CrMoVNb9–1 1.4903 T91/P91 TUZ10CDVNb9–1
X20CrMoV11–1 1.4922 X20CrMoV12–1
Materials
29
Structural Material · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe Specifications American European European Offshore EEMUA British French German
API ASTM EN 10 0251 EN 10 1131 EN 10 2253 1501 BS 43601, 2 NFA 35-5011, 2 DIN 17 1021, 2
5LB A36 S235 E24
A252 Grade 2
2H Grade 42 A252 Grade 3 S275 S275 275 275 43 E28 285
2W Grade 42 A572 Grade 42
5LX42 A633 Grade A
E295 A50–2 315
E335 A60–2
2H Grade 50 A572 Grade 50 S355 S355 355 355 50 E36 355
2W Grade 50 A633 Grade C
2W Grade 50T A633 Grade D
5LX52
E360 A70–2
2W Grade 60 A572 Grade 60 S420 420
A633 Grade E
A572 Grade 65 S460 450 450 55 460
Note, mechanical and chemical values vary with product form (plate, section, tubular), and thickness.1 The grades have prefixes and suffixes to indicate various parameters.2 These specifications are obsolete, replaced by EN 10 025 (BS EN 10 025, NF EN 10 025, DIN EN 10 025) and EN 10113.3 Replaces BS 7190
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 54.
Structural Dimensional StandardsASTM A6 BS4, 4848 DIN 1025, 1026, 1028, 1029 EN 10029, 10034, 10055, 10056, 10067, 10210 ISO657/14
StructuralAmerican, British, German Specifications
MaterialsPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
30
Pressure Pipe · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe SpecificationsThese tables are for guidance only. It is important to check specifications for all parameters.
ASTM DIN1 BS1
Specification Grade Seamless(S) Equivalent Specification Grade Specification GradeWelded (W) ASTM
S or W
A53 B S+W 1626 (W) 44.0 3601 430
1629 (S) 42
A106 B S A671 CB65 17175 45.8 3602 pt1 430
A672 B65
C S A671 CB70 17175 17Mn4 3602 pt1 500Nb
A672 B70
A179 S A214 17175 35.8 3059 pt1 320
A213 T5 S 3604 625
T9 S 3059 629–470
T11 S
T12 S 17175 13CrMo44 3059 620–460
T22 S 17175 10CrMo910 3059 622–490
T91 S
A214 W A179 17177 37.8 3059 pt1 320
A312 304 S+W 17456+58 (S) 1.4301 3605 304–S31
17455+57 (W) 1.4301
304H S+W 3605 304–S–51(S)
304L S+W 17456+58 (S) 1.4306 3605 304–S–11
17455+57 (W) 1.4306
316 S+W 17456+58 (S) 1.4401 3605 316–S–31
17455+57 (W) 1.4436 3605 316–S–33
316H S+W 3605 316–S–51+52
316L S+W 17456+58 (s) 1.4404 3605 316–S–11
17455+57 (W) 1.4435 3605 316–S–13
321 S+W 17456+58 (S) 1.4541 3605 321–S–31
17455+57 (W) 1.4541
321H S+W 3605 321–S–51
347 S+W 17456+58 (S) 1.4550 3605 347–S–31
17455+57 (W) 1.4550
347H S+W 3605 347–S–51
A333 1 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35N 3603 430LT
3 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) 10Ni14 3603 503LT
6 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35V 3603 430LT
A334 1 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35N 3603 430LT
3 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) 10Ni14 3603 503LT
6 S+W 17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35V 3603 430LT
A335 P1 S A691 CM–65 17175 15Mo3
P5 S A691 5CR 3604 625
P9 S A691 9CR 3604 629–470
P11 S A691 11/4CR
P12 S A691 1CR 17175 13CrMo44 3604 621
MaterialsPressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
31
These tables are for guidance only. It is important to check specifications for all parameters.
ASTM DIN1 BS1
Specification Grade Seamless(S) Equivalent Specification Grade Specification GradeWelded (W) ASTM
S or W
A335 P22 S A691 21/4CR 17175 10CrMo910 3604 622
P91 S
A358 304 W A312 304 17455+57 1.4301 3605 304–S–31
304H W A312 304H
304L W A312 304L 17455+57 1.4306 3605 304–S–11
316 W A312 316 17455+57 1.4436 3605 316–S–31/33
316H W A312 316H
316L W A312 316L 17455+57 1.4435 3605 316–S–11/13
321 W A312 321 17455+57 1.4541 3605 321–S–31
347 W A312 347 17455+57 1.4550 3605 347–S–31
A671 CC60 W A333 1 & 6 17174 TTST35N 3603 430LT
CF66 W A333 3 17174 10Ni14
CC65 W A333 1 & 6 1626 44.0 3603 430LT
CC70 W A106C 1626 52.0 3603 430LT
A672 B65 W A106B 1626 44.0 3602pt2 430
B70 W A106C 1626 52.0 3602pt2 430
A691 CM–65 W A335 P1 17177 15Mo3
1CR W A335 P12 17177 13CRMO44 3604 621
11/4CR W A335 P11
21/4CR W A335 P22 10CrMo910
5CR W A335 P5 12CrMo195
9CR W A335P9 X12CrMo91
1 These specifications are being replaced by EN
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 36.
ASTM Grades · Types of Welding AllowedA53 ERW, Continous, Furnace Butt Welded
A214 ERW
A252 ERW, Flash Welded, Fusion Welded
A312, 333. 334 Automatic Welding, No Filler Metal
A358, 671, 672, 691 Fusion Welded with Filler Metal (SAW, DSAW)
ASTM A358 ClassesClass 1 Double Welded, Filler Metal, 100% X-Ray
Class 2 Double Welded, Filler Metal, No X-Ray
Class 3 Single Welded, Filler Metal, 100% X-Ray
Class 4 As class 3 except inside weld pass without Filler Metal
Class 5 Double Welded, Filler Metal, Spot X-Ray
MaterialsPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
32
ASTM A671, 672, 691 ClassesClass Heat Treatment X-Ray Pressure Test
10 None No No
11 None Yes No
12 None Yes Yes
13 None No Yes
20 Stress Relieve No No
21 Stress Relieve Yes No
22 Stress Relieve Yes Yes
23 Stress Relieve No Yes
30 Normalize No No
31 Normalize Yes No
32 Normalize Yes Yes
33 Normalize No Yes
40 Normalize and Temper No No
41 Normalize and Temper Yes No
42 Normalize and Temper Yes Yes
43 Normalize and Temper No Yes
50 Quench and Temper No No
51 Quench and Temper Yes No
52 Quench and Temper Yes Yes
53 Quench and Temper No yes
Note A671 also has class 6x (Normalize and Precipitation Heat Treatment) and 7x (Quench and Precipitation Heat Treatment)
ASTM A358, A671, A672, A691Plate specifications for pipe grades
Pipe Plate Pipe Plate
Specification Type Specification Type Specification Type Specification Type
ASTM A358 304 ASTM A240 304 ASTM A672 B60 ASTM A515 60
304L 304L B65 65
304H 304H B70 70
316 316 ASTM A691 CM65 ASTM A204 A
316L 316L 1CR ASTM A387 12 class 1
316H 316H 12 class 2
321 321 11/4CR 11 class 1
347 347 11 class 2
ASTM A671 CB65 ASTM A515 65 21/4CR 22 class 1
CB70 70 22 class 2
CC60 ASTM A516 60 5CR 5 class 1
CC65 65 5 class 2
CC70 70 9CR 9 class 1
CF66 ASTM A203 D 9 class 2
91 91 class 2
MaterialsBolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
33
Comparative Table for Bolt and Nut specifications for use with flangesCorresponding Material GradesASTM DIN BS 4882
Bolts Nuts1 Steel Type Bolts Material BS1506 Recommended2 Nuts
A193 A194 2H C45 M2H
B5 3
B6 6 12%Cr B6 410S21–690 & 760 M6, M6K, M8
B6X
B7 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo B7 630–790 & 860 M2H, M4, M7, M8
B7M 7M 1%Cr1/4%Mo B7M 630–690 M2HM, M4M, M7M, M8A
B16 1%Cr1/2%Mo1/4%V B16 670–860 M4, M7, M8
B8 8 18Cr10Ni B8 304–S31 M8
B8A
B8C 8C 18Cr10NiNb B8C 347–S31 M8C
B8CA
B8M 8M 18Cr12Ni2Mo2.5Mo B8M 316–S31 M8M
B8MA
B8T 8T 18Cr10NiTi B8T 321–S31 M8T
B8TA
A320 L7 4, 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo L7 630–790 & 860 ML4, ML7, ML8
L7A 4, 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7B 4, 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7C 4, 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7M 4, 7 1%Cr1/4%Mo L7M 630–690 ML4M, ML7M, M8A
B8 8 18Cr10Ni L8 304–S31 ML8
B8A
B8C 8C 18Cr10NiTi L8C 347–S31 ML8C
B8CA
B8M 8M 18Cr10Ni2Mo2.5Mo L8M 316–S31 ML8M
B8MA
B8T 8T 18Cr10NiTi L8T 321–S31 ML8T
B8TA
1 Equivalent nut grade is listed, however it is not necessary to use bolts and nuts of the same grade. See ANSI B16.5 table 1B for further guidance. For example B7 bolts are usually supplied with 2H nuts.
2 M refers to metric series. Inch series is the same number without M.
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 70.
DimensionsAmerican Bolts ANSI B18.2.1
Nuts ANSI B18.2.2
Threads ANSI B1.1
British Bolts & Nuts BS4882
Threads ISO UNC � 1“, 8UN > 1“
German Bolts & Nuts DIN 267, 555, 2501, 2509, 2510
Threads DIN 2999
MaterialsFittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
34
Comparative Tables for most commonly used standards for fittings and flangesASME B31.1 and B31.3: Corresponding material grades
Pipe Buttweld Fittings Forgings
Specification Grade Specification Grade Specification Grade
A106 B A234 WPB A105
A312 A358 304 A403 WP304 A182 F304
304H WP304H F304H
304L WP304L F304L
316 WP316 F316
316H WP316H F316H
316L WP316L F316L
321 WP321 F321
321H WP321H F321H
347 WP347 F347
347H WP347H F347H
A333 1 A420 A350 LF1
3 WPL3 LF3
6 WPL6 LF2
A335+A691 P1 CM–65 A234 WP1 A182 F1
P5 5CR WP5 F5
P9 9CR WP9 F9
P11 11/4CR WP11 F11
P12 1CR WP12 F12
P22 21/4CR WP22 F22
P91 WP91 F91
API5L X42 A860 WPHY42 A694 F42
X46 WPHY46 F46
X52 WPHY52 F52
X56 F56
X60 WPHY60 F60
X65 WPHYX65 F65
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 60 Buttweld Fittings and page 64 Forged Materials.For valve materials see page 278.
MaterialsFittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
35
Comparative tables for most commonly used standards for fittings and flangesRelevant Standards for each product are listed. They do not correspond line by line.
Buttweld FittingsAmerican British German1
Materials Dimensions Materials and Dimensions Materials Dimensions
ASTM A234 ANSI B16.9 BS 1640 DIN 2609 DIN 2605
A403 B16.28 1965 refer to DIN 2606
A420 MSS SP 43 Standards for pipe 2615
A860 2616
2617
1 DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
Forged FittingsAmerican British German1
Materials Dimensions Materials and Dimensions Materials and Dimensions
ASTM A105 ANSI B16.11 BS 3799 DIN 2980
A182 MSS SP83 2983
A350 SP95 2986
A694 SP97 2987
2988
1 DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
FlangesAmerican British German2
Materials Dimensions Materials and Dimensions Materials and Dimensions
ASTM A105 ANSI B16.5 BS 1560pt.3.1 up to 24 in DIN 2519
A182 B16.47 BS 3293 over 24 in 2527
A350 API 6051 2566
A694 MSS SP441 2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
1 Covered by ASME B16.47 2 DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
36
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure Pipe
Seamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A53 Grade B S+W 240 415 6, 7
EN 10216/7 pt 1 P235 TR 1 & 2 S+W 235 360–500 28 –10 1, 2
EN 10216/7 pt 1 P265 TR 1 & 2 S+W 265 410–570 28 –10 1, 2
BS 3601 st 430 S+W 275 430–570 3
DIN 1626 Grade 44.0 W 275 420–550 4, 5
DIN 1629 42 S 275 420–550 4, 5
ASTM A106 Grade B S 240 415 6, 7, 8
EN 10216 pt 2 P235 GH S 235 360–500 28 –10 1, 9, 10
EN 10216 pt 2 P265 GH S 265 410–570 28 –10 1, 9, 10
BS 3602 pt 1 st 430 S+W 275 430–570
DIN 17175 Grade 45.8 S 275 410–530 29 41 +20 4, 11, 12
ASTM A106 Grade C S 275 485 6, 7, 8
EN 10216 pt 3 P275 NL1 S 275 390–530 40 –40 13, 14
EN 10216 pt 3 P355 NL1 S 355 490–650 40 –40 13, 15
BS 3602 pt 1 st 500 Nb S 355 500–650 4, 16
DIN 17175 Grade 17 Mn 4 S 270 460–560 34 48 +20 4, 17
ASTM A179 S 72 HRB
EN 10216 pt 1 P195 TR 1 & 2 S 195 320–440 28 –10 1, 2
BS 3059 pt 1 st 320 S+W 195 320–480 18
DIN 17175 Grade 35.8 S 235 360–480 34 48 +20 4, 11, 17
ASTM A213 Grade T5 S 205 415 163
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo5+1 S 175 430–580 40 +20 9, 19
BS 3604 st 625 S 170 450–600
ASTM A213 Grade T9 S 205 415 179
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo9–1+1 S 210 460–640 40 +20 9, 19
BS 3059 st 629–470 S 185 470–620
ASTM A213 Grade T11 S 205 415 163
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo5–5 S 275 410–560 40 +20 9, 19
ASTM A213 Grade T12 S 220 415 163
EN 10216 pt 2 13CrMo4–5 S 290 440–590 40 +20 9, 19, 20
BS 3059 st 620–460 S+W 180 460–610
DIN 17175 13 Cr Mo44 S 290 440–590 34 48 +20 4, 11, 17, 21
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
37
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.30 1.20 0.05 0.045 0.40 0.15 0.40 0.40
0.16 0.35 1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.40 1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.21 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.040 0.040
0.21 0.040 0.040
0.21 0.040 0.040
0.30 0.10 min 0.29–1.06 0.035 0.035 0.40 0.15 0.40 0.40
0.16 0.35 1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.40 1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.21 0.10–0.35 0.40–1.20 0.035 0.035 0.06
0.21 0.10–0.35 0.40–1.20 0.040 0.040
0.35 0.10 min 0.29–1.06 0.035 0.035 0.40 0.15 0.40 0.40
0.16 0.40 0.50–1.50 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.50 0.020 min
0.18 0.50 0.90–1.70 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.22 0.15–0.35 1,00–1.50 0.035 0.030 0.06
0.14–0.20 0.20–0.40 0.90–1.20 0.040 0.040 0.30
0.06–0.18 0.27–0.63 0.035 0.035
0.13 0.35 0.70 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.16 0.10–0.35 0.30–0.70 0.040 0.040
0.17 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.80 0.040 0.040
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.08–0.15 0.15–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 0.30 0.040
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.60 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10
0.08–0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10 0.30 0.04
0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.05–0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.61 0.025 0.025 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.17 0.35 0.40–0.70 0.025 0.020 0.70–1.15 0.40–0.60 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.10–0.15 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.030 0.030 0.70–1.10 0.45–0.65 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.10–0.18 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.035 0.70–1.10 0.45–0.65
See notes for grade on facing page.
Materials
38
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
Pressure PipeSeamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A213 Grade T22 S 205 415 163
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo9–10 S 280 480–630 40 +20 9, 19
BS 3059 st 622–490 S 275 490–640
DIN 17175 10 CrMo 910 S 280 450–600 34 48 +20 4, 17
ASTM A213 T91 S 415 585 250 22
EN 10216 pt 2 X10CrMoVNb9–1 S 450 630–830 40 +20 9, 19, 22
ASTM A214 W 72 HRB
EN 10217 pt 2 P195 GH W 195 320–440 28 –10 1, 2
BS 3059 pt 1 st 320 S+W 195 320–480
DIN 17177 Grade 37.8 W 235 360–480
ASTM A312 TP304 S+W 205 515
BS 3605 St 304–S–31 S+W 230 490–690
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4301 S 195 500–700
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4301 W 195 500–700
ASTM A312 TP304 H S+W 205 515
BS 3605 St 304–S–51 S 230 490–690
ASTM A312 TP304 L S+W 170 485 23
BS 3605 St 304–S–11 S+W 215 480–680
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4306 S 180 460–680
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4306 W 180 460–680
ASTM A312 TP316 S+W 205 515 24
BS 3605 St 316–S–31 S+W 240 510–710
BS 3605 St 316–S–33 S+W 240 510–710
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4401 S 205 510–710
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4436 W 205 510–710
ASTM A312 TP316 H S+W 205 515 24
BS 3605 St 316–S–51 & 52 S 240 510–710 25
ASTM A312 TP316 L S+W 170 485 23
BS 3605 St 316–S11 S+W 225 490–690
BS 3605 St 316–S–13 S+W 225 490–690
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4541 S 190 490–690
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4541 W 190 490–690
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
Materials
39
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13
0.08–0.14 0.50 0.30–0.70 0.025 0.020 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.08–0.15 0.50 0.40–0.70 0.030 0.030 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.20 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.08–0.15 0.50 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.035 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.20
0.07–0.14 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.40 0.04
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.30 0.40 0.04
0.18 0.27–0.63 0.035 0.035
0.13 0.35 0.70 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.16 0.10–0.35 0.30–0.70 0.040 0.040
0.17 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.80 0.040 0.040
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.0
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.00–11.0
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 8.5–10.5
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.5–10.5
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.00–11.0
0.035 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–13.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 10.0–12.5
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 10.0–12.5
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 11.0–14.0
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.00–2.50 10.5–13.5
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.50–3.00 11.0–14.0
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.0–2.5 10.5–13.5
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.025 16.5–18.5 2.5–3.0 11.0–14.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 11.0–14.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.00–2.50 10.5–13.5
0.035 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.00–2.50 11.0–14.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.50–3.00 11.5–14.5
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.0–2.5 11.0–14.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.025 17.0–18.5 2.5–3.0 12.5–15.0
See notes for grade on facing page.
Materials
40
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
Pressure PipeSeamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A312 TP321 S+W 205 515 4, 26, 27
BS 3605 St–S–31 S+W 235 510–710 28
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4404 S 200 500–730 28
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4435 W 200 500–730 28
ASTM A312 TP321H S+W 205 515 4, 29
BS 3605 St 321–S–51 S 235 510–710 28
ASTM A312 TP347 S+W 205 515 30
BS3605 St 347–S–31 S+W 240 510–710 30
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4550 S 205 510–740 30
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4550 W 205 510–740 30
ASTM A312 TP 347H S+W 205 515 31
BS 3605 St 347–S–51 S 240 510–740 32
ASTM A333/4 Grade 1 S+W 205 380 163 14 18 –45 33, 34
EN 10216/7 pt 4 P215NL S+W 215 360–480 40 –40 1, 35, 36
BS 3603 430 LT S+W 275 430–670 19 27 –50 4
DIN 17173/74 TT St 35 N S+W 225 340–460 28 40 –40 37
ASTM A333/4 Grade 3 S+W 240 450 190 14 18 –100 34
EN 10216 pt 4 12Ni14 S 345 40 –100 35, 39
BS 3603 St 503Lt S 245 440–590 19 27 –100
DIN 17173/74 10 Ni14 S+W 345 470–640 28 40 –100 4, 37, 39
ASTM A333/4 Grade 6 S+W 240 415 190 14 18 –45 33, 34
EN 10216 pt 4 P255QL S 255 360–490 40 –50 1, 35
EN 10216 pt 4 P265NL S 265 410–570 40 –40 1, 35
EN 10217 pt 4 P265NL W 265 410–570 40 –40 1, 41
BS 3603 430 LT S+W 275 430–570 19 27 –50 4
DIN 17173/74 TT ST 35V S+W 255 360–490 28 40 –50 4, 37
ASTM A335 Grade P1 S 205 380
EN 10216 pt 2 16Mo3 S 280 450–600 40 +20 9, 19, 20
DIN 17175 15Mo3 S 270 450–600 34 48 +20 4, 17, 42
ASTM A335 Grade P5 S 205 415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo 5+1 S 175 430–580 40 +20 19
BS 3604 625 S 170 450–600
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
Materials
41
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–13.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–13.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–13.00
0.30 0.40–1.06 0.025 0.025
0.15 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.35 0.60–1.20 0.035 0.035 0.02 min
0.17 0.35 0.40 min 0.030 0.025 0.020 min
0.19 0.18–0.37 0.31–0.64 0.025 0.025 3.18–3.82
0.15 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.010 0.30 3.25–3.75
0.15 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.020 3.25–3.75 0.02 min
0.15 0.35 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.020 3.25–3.75
0.30 0.10 min 0.29–1.06 0.025 0.025
0.17 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.17 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.4 0.60–1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.35 0.60–1.20 0.035 0.035 0.02 min
0.17 0.35 0.40 min 0.030 0.025 0.02 min
0.10–0.20 0.10–0.50 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.025 0.44–0.65
0.12–0.20 0.35 0.40–0.90 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.25–0.35 0.30 0.040
0.12–0.20 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.80 0.035 0.035 0.25–0.35
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.08–0.15 0.15–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 0.30 0.040
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
See notes for grade on facing page.
Materials
42
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
Pressure PipeSeamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A335 Grade P9 S 205 415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo9–1+1 S 210 460–640 40 +20 9, 19
BS 3604 629–470 S 185 470–620
ASTM A335 Grade P11 S 205 415
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo5–5 S 275 410–560 40 +20 9, 19
ASTM A335 Grade P12 S 220 415
EN 10216 pt 2 13 CrMo4–5 S 290 440–590 40 +20 9, 19, 20
BS 3604 621 S 275 420–570
BS 3604 621 W 340 515–690
DIN 17175 13 CrMo44 S 290 440–590 34 48 +20 4, 17, 21
ASTM A335 Grade P22 S 205 415
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo9–10 S 280 480–630 40 +20 9, 19
BS 3604 622 S 275 490–620
BS 3604 622 W 340 515–690
DIN 17175 10 CrMo 910 S 280 450–600 34 48 +20 4, 21
ASTM A335 Grade P91 S 415 585 250 22
EN 10216 pt 2 X10CrMoVNb9–1 S 450 630–830 40 +20 9, 19, 22
ASTM A358 TP304 W 205 515 201 27
BS 3605 304–S–31 S+W 230 490–690
DIN 17455/57 1.4301 W 195 500–700
ASTM A358 TP304 L W 170 485 201 27
BS 3605 304–S–11 S+W 215 480–680
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4306 W 180 460–680
ASTM A358 TP304 H W 205 515 210
ASTM A358 TP316 W 205 515 217 27
BS 3605 316–S–31 & 33 S+W 240 510–710 43
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4436 W 205 510–710
ASTM A358 TP316L W 170 485 217 27
BS 3605 316–S–11 & 13 S+W 225 490–690 44
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4435 W 190 490–690
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
Materials
43
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10
0.08–0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10 0.30 0.04
0.15 0.25–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.05–0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.020 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.61 0.025 0.025 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.17 0.35 0.40–0.70 0.025 0.020 0.70–1.15 0.40–0.60 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.60 0.25 0.30 0.02 0.03
0.09–0.17 0.50–0.70 0.40–0.65 0.025 0.015 1.00–1.25 0.45–0.60 0.30 0.30 0.02
0.10–0.18 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.035 0.70–1.10 0.45–0.65
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13
0.08–0.14 0.50 0.30–0.70 0.025 0.020 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10 0.30 0.30 0.040
0.08–0.15 0.50 0.40–0.70 0.030 0.030 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10 0.25 0.30 0.03
0.09–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.015 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10 0.30 0.30
0.08–0.15 0.50 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.035 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.20
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.40 0.04
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.30 0.40 0.04
0.08 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 8.00–10.50
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.00–11.00
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.5–10.5
0.030 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 8.00–12.00
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 10.0–12.5
0.04–0.10 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 8.00–10.5
0.08 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.00–18.00 2.00–3.00 10.00–14.00
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.50–18.50 2.00–2.50 10.5–13.5
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.020 16.50–18.50 2.50–3.00 11.0–14.0
0.030 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.00–18.00 2.00–3.00 10.00–14.00
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 16.50–18.50 2.00–2.50 11.0–14.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.025 17.00–18.50 2.50–3.00 12.5–15.0
See notes for grade on facing page.
Materials
44
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
Pressure PipeSeamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A358 TP316H W 205 515 217
ASTM A358 TP321 W 205 515 217 27, 45
BS3605 321–S–31 S+W 235 510–710 28
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4541 W 200 500–730 28
ASTM A358 TP347 W 205 515 217 46
BS 3605 347–S–31 S+W 240 510–710 46
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4550 W 205 510–710 30
ASTM A671 CC60: A516Gr.60 W 220 415–550 14 18 –51 47
EN 10217 pt 6 P215NL W 215 360–480 40 –40 1, 36
BS 3603 430 LT S+W 275 430–570 19 27 –50 4
DIN17174 Grade TTST35N W 225 340–460 27 40 –40 4, 37
ASTM A671 CF66: A203Gr.D W 255 450–585 14 18 –101 38
DIN 17174 Grade 10 Ni14 W 345 470–640 27 40 –100 4, 37, 39
ASTM A671 CC65: A516 Gr.65 W 240 450–585 14 18 –51 47
BS 3603 430LT S+W 275 430–570 19 27 –50 4
DIN 1626 44.0 W 275 420–550 4, 48
ASTM A671 CC70: A516 Gr.70 W 260 485–620 21 17 –46 47
EN 10217 pt 6 P265NL W 265 410–570 40 –40 1, 49
BS 3603 430LT S+W 275 430–570 19 27 –50 4
DIN 1626 52.0 W 355 500–650 4
ASTM A672 B65: A515 Gr.65 W 240 450–585 50
EN 10217 pt 5 P235GH W 235 360–500 28 –10 1, 9, 10, 49
BS 3602 430 W 250 430–550 51
DIN 1626 St 44 W 275 420–550 4, 48
ASTM A672 B70: A515 Gr.70 W 260 485–620 50
En 10217 pt 5 P265GH W 265 410–570 28 –10 1, 9, 10, 49
BS3602 430 W 250 430–550 51
DIN 1626 St 52.0 W 355 500–650 4
ASTM A691 CM–65: A204 Gr.A W 255 450–585 50
EN 10217 pt 5 16Mo3 W 280 450–600 28 –10 9, 10, 20, 49
DIN 17177 15Mo3 W 270 450–600
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
Materials
45
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.04–0.10 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.00–18.00 2.00–3.00 10.00–14.00
0.08 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00
0.08 0.75 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–13.00
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00
0.21 0.15–0.40 0.60–0.90 0.035 0.035
0.15 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.3 0.3 0.020 min
0.20 0.35 0.60–1.20 0.035 0.035 0.02 min
0.17 0.35 0.40 min 0.030 0.025 0.02 min
0.17 0.15–0.40 0.70 0.035 0.035 3.25–3.75
0.15 0.35 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.020 3.25–3.75
0.24 0.15–0.40 0.85–1.20 0.035 0.035
0.20 0.35 0.60–1.20 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.02 min
0.21 0.040 0.040
0.27 0.15–0.40 0.85–1.20 0.035 0.035
0.20 0.40 0.60–1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.20 0.35 0.60–1.20 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.02 min
0.22 0.55 1.60 0.040 0.035 0.02 min
0.28 0.15–0.40 0.90 0.035 0.035
0.16 0.35 1.20 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.25 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.40 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30
0.21 0.040 0.040
0.31 0.15–0.40 1.20 0.035 0.035
0.20 0.40 1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.08 0.30 0.30 0.020 min
0.25 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.40 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30
0.22 0.55 1.60 0.035 0.020 min
0.18 0.15–0.40 0.90 0.035 0.035 0.45–0.60
0.12–0.20 0.35 0.40–0.90 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.25–0.35 0.30 0.30 0.40
0.12–0.20 0.10–0.35 0.40–0.80 0.035 0.035 0.25–0.35
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesPressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
46
Pressure PipeSeamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A691 1CR: A387 12 Cl.1 W 230 380–550
ASTM A691 1CR: A387 12 Cl.2 W 275 450–585
BS 3604 621 W 340 515–690
ASTM A691 11/4 CR: A387 11 Cl.1 W 240 415–585
ASTM A691 11/4 CR: A387 11 Cl.2 W 310 515–690
ASTM A691 21/4 CR: A387 22 Cl.1 W 205 415–585 52
ASTM A691 21/4 CR: A387 22 Cl.2 W 310 515–690
ASTM A 691 5CR: A387 5 Cl. 1 W 205 415–585
ASTM A 691 5CR: A387 5 Cl. 2 W 310 515–690
ASTM A691 9CR: A387 9 Cl. 1 W 205 415–585
ASTM A691 9CR: A387 9 Cl. 2 W 310 515–690
ASTM A691 91CR: A387 91 Cl. 2W 415 585–760 22
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
1 Nb 0.010, Ti 0.40 (0.030 welded), V 0.02 max2 Al and charpy impacts only for TR23 SAW C 0.25, Si 0.50, Mn no minimum4 Mechanical properties vary with dimensions5 N 0.009 max unless fully killed6 Cr + Mo + V + Ni + Cu � 1.007 V 0.08 max8 For each C 0.01 below max. Mn can increase 0.06 to 1.35 max.9 Yield for 16 mm max, thicker wall t yield reduced
10 Cr + Mo + Cu + Ni 0.70 max, charpy 0 deg C L 40J, T 27J11 No minimum Si if aluminium killed or vacuum degassed12 Charpies for t > 30mm. Transverse values are 27/19J13 Different suffixes have different charpy impact and elevated temperature
properties, Cr + Mo + Cu 0.45 max, N 0.020, Nb 0.05, Ti 0.0414 Nb + Ti + V 0.05 max, V 0.05 max15 Nb + Ti + V 0.12 max, V 0.10 max16 Nb 0.015–0.1017 Charpies for t � 30mm. Transverse values are 34/24J18 For welded C 0.19 and also if rimming steel used no minimum Si19 Charpy impacts 20 deg C 27 Joules transverse20 For wall t � 30 mm, C + 0.0221 C 0.20 for t � 30mm22 V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.030–0.07023 C 0.040 for OD < 12.7 mm or wall < 1.2 mm24 For welded Ni 10.0–14.025 For grade S52 B 0.0015–0.00626 5C � Ti � 0.70
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure PipeAmerican, British, German Specifications
47
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al Sn
0.05–0.17 0.15–0.40 0.40–0.65 0.035 0.035 0.80–1.15 0.45–0.60
0.05–0.17 0.15–0.40 0.40–0.65 0.035 0.035 0.80–1.15 0.45–0.60
0.09–0.17 0.50–0.70 0.40–0.65 0.025 0.015 1.00–1.25 0.45–0.60 0.30 0.30 0.020
0.05–0.17 0.50–0.80 0.40–0.65 0.035 0.035 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65
0.05–0.17 0.50–0.80 0.40–0.65 0.035 0.035 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.035 0.035 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.035 0.035 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.035 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.035 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.15 1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10
0.15 1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.40 0.04
See notes for grade on facing page.
27 N 0.010 max28 5C � Ti � 0.8029 4C � Ti � 0.6030 10C � Nb � 1.0031 8C � Nb � 1.0032 10C � Nb � 1.2033 For each C 0.01 below max. Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35 max34 Hardness for A334 only35 Wall thickness 40 mm max for seamless36 Wall thickness 10 mm max for charpy impacts37 Charpy test temperature varies with t. Transverse charpies by agreement38 C 0.20, Mn 0.80 for t > 2 in. Charpies must be specified by customer39 V 0.05 max40 Charpy impacts vary with wall t; transverse charpies different values41 Charpy impacts wall t max 16 mm, –40 deg C 27 Joules transverse, other values at higher temperatures42 C 0.22 for t � 30 mm43 Welded Mo 2.5–3.0, Ni 11.0–14.044 Welded Mo 2.5–3.0, Ni 11.5–14.545 5(C+N) � Ti � 0.7046 10C � Nb � 1.047 Charpies are optional and vary with t. C and Mn increase with plate t48 N 0.00949 Charpy impacts other temperatures and values also specified50 Carbon is for t � 25.4 mm. Higher values for higher t51 Cr + Mo + Cu + Ni � 0.7052 C 0.17 for t � 5in, 125 mm on product analysis
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesCasing & Tubing
48
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesCasing and Tubing
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Yield1 min Yield1 max Tensile Hardness2 Charpy Impact3
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 HRC min J ave J T°C
H40 276 552 414 11 16 –10
J55 379 552 517 13 20 –10
K55 379 552 655 13 20
N80 552 758 689 9 14 –10
L80 type 1 552 655 655 23 9 14 –10
L80 9Cr 552 655 655 23 9 14 –10
L80 13Cr 552 655 655 23 9 14 –10
C90 type 1 621 724 689 25.4 9 14 –10
C90 type 2 621 724 689 25.4 9 14 –10
C95 655 758 724 9 14 –10
T95 type 1 655 758 724 25.4 9 14 –10
T95 type 2 655 758 724 25.4 9 14 –10
P110 758 965 862 14 20 –10
Q125 type 1 862 1034 931 14 20 0
Q125 type 2 862 1034 931 14 20 0
Q125 type 3 862 1034 931 14 20 0
Q125 type 4 862 1034 931 14 20 0
1 0.50% proof except P110 0.60%, Q125 0.65%2 BHN test acceptable3 Tests are by agreement to SR16. Values here are minimum transverse for pipe. Values required vary with wall thickness and orientation. Test
temperature can be 0°C or +21°C as required by purchaser. There are different requirements for couplars.
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Casing & Tubing
49
Chemical Analysis (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
Notes
C Mn Mo Cr Ni Cu P S Si
0.030 0.030
0.030 0.030
0.030 0.030
0.030 0.030
0.43 1.90 0.25 0.35 0.030 0.030 0.45 1
0.15 0.30–0.60 0.90–1.10 8.00–10.00 0.50 0.25 0.020 0.010 1.00
0.15–0.22 0.25–1.00 12.00–14.00 0.50 0.25 0.020 0.010 1.00
0.35 1.00 0.25–0.75 1.20 0.99 0.020 0.010 2
0.50 1.90 NL NL 0.99 0.030 0.010
0.45 1.90 0.030 0.030 0.45 1
0.35 1.20 0.25–0.85 0.40–1.50 0.99 0.020 0.010 2
0.50 1.90 0.99 0.030 0.010
0.030 0.030 3
0.35 1.00 0.75 1.20 0.99 0.020 0.010
0.35 1.00 NL NL 0.99 0.020 0.020
0.50 1.90 NL NL 0.99 0.030 0.010
0.50 1.90 NL NL 0.99 0.030 0.020
1 C 0.50 if oil quenched L80, 0.55, C95 2 If wall <17.78mm, Mo for C 90 has no minimum,T95 type 1 minimum is 0.153 For EW P 0.020, S 0.010
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesLine PipeAmerican, British and German Specifications
50
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesLine Pipe
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise) Notes
Yield Tensile Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 min J ave J T °C
API 5L Grade B PSL1 241 414 1, 2
API 5L Grade B PSL 2 241–448 414–758 27T or 41L 0 2, 3, 4, 5,12
DIN 17172 E240.7 240 370–490 6
EN 10208–1 L235 GA 225 370–510 7
EN 10208–1 L245 GA 245 415–555 7
EN 10208–2 L245 NB 245–440 415 30 40 0 8, 9, 10
L245 MB 245–440 415 30 40 0 8, 9 ,10
BS 3601 430 275 430–570
API 5L X42 PSL 1 290 414 1, 2, 9
API 5L X42 PSL 2 290–496 414–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E290.7 TM 290 420–540 6, 11
EN 10208–1 L290 GA 290 415–555 7
EN 10208–2 L290 NB 290–440 415 30 40 0 8, 9, 10
L290 MB 290–440 415 30 40 0 8, 9, 10
API 5L X46 PSL 1 317 434 1, 2, 9
API 5L X46 PSL 2 317–524 434–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E320.7 TM 320 460–580 6, 11
API 5L X52 PSL 1 359 455 1, 2, 9
API 5L X52 PSL 2 359–531 455–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E360.7 TM 360 510–630 6, 11
EN 10208–1 L360 GA 360 460–620 7
EN 10208–2 L360 NB 360–510 460 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
L360 QB 360–510 460 30 40 0 8, 9, 10
L360 MB 360–510 460 30 40 0 8, 9, 10
BS 3602 500 NB 355 500–650
1 Carbon 0.26 for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded 1.65 X70 welded2 Nb + V + Ti 0.15 max3 Longitudinal tests 496 max. yield4 0.22C for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded, 1.65 X70 welded, 1.85 X80 welded5 CE when C greater than 0.12. If less then PCM 0.25 max6 DIN 17172 has allowances for chemical analysis and physical properties.7 Nb + V + Ti 0.15 for L290 and L360. 0.015 � Altotal < 0.060 all grades8 CU 0.25, 0.015 � Al � 0.060, AL:N � 2:1, N 0.0129 For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.50, (1.65 for X56 X60 X65, 2.00 X70 X80).
10 Charpies are transverse. These are minimum valves, higher valves required for some sizes and safety factors.11 For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.90.12 Nb + V 0.06 max
For Pressure Pipe see page 36.
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Line PipeAmerican, British and German Specifications
51
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Nb Ti CE Prod
0.28 1.20 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.20 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.17 0.45 0.40–1.90 0.040 0.035
0.16 0.40 1.20 0.030 0.030
0.20 0.40 1.15 0.030 0.030
0.16 0.40 1.1 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.42
0.16 0.45 1.5 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.04 0.30 0.04 0.40
0.21 0.35 0.40–1.20 0.040 0.040
0.28 1.30 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.30 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.04–0.12 0.40 0.50–1.50 0.035 0.025
0.20 0.40 1.40 0.030 0.030
0.17 0.40 1.2 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.05 0.30 0.05 0.04 0.42
0.16 0.45 1.5 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.04 0.30 0.04 0.40
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.04–0.12 0.40 0.70–1.50 0.035 0.025
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.04–0.12 0.45 0.90–1.50 0.035 0.025
0.22 0.55 1.45 0.030 0.030
0.20 0.45 1.60 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.05 0.04 0.45
0.16 0.45 1.40 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.05 0.30 0.05 0.04 0.42
0.16 0.45 1.60 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.10 0.05 0.30 0.05 0.04 0.41
0.22 0.15–0.35 1.00–1.50 0.035 0.030 0.015–0.10
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesLine PipeAmerican, British and German Specifications
52
Line PipeMechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise) Notes
Yield Tensile Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 min J ave J T °C
API 5L X56 PSL 1 386 490 1, 2, 9
API 5L X56 PSL 2 386–544 490–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E385.7 TN 385 530–680 6, 11
API 5L X60 PSL 1 414 517 1, 2, 9
API 5L X60 PSL 2 414–565 517–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E415.7 TM 415 550–700 6, 11
EN 10208–2 L415 NB 415–565 520 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
L415 QB 415–565 520 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
L415 MB 415–565 520 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
API 5L X65 PSL 1 448 531 1, 2, 9
API 5L X65 PSL 2 448–600 531–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E445.7 TM 445 560–710 6, 11
EN 10208–2 L450 QB 450–570 535 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
L450 MB 450–570 535 30 40 0 7, 8, 9, 10
API 5L X70 PSL 1 483 565 1, 2, 9
API 5L X70 PSL 2 483–621 565–758 27T or 41L 2, 4, 5, 9
DIN 17172 E 480.7 TM 480 600–750 6 ,11
EN 10208–2 L485 QB 485–605 570 30 46 7, 8, 9, 10
L485 Mn 485–605 570 30 46 7, 8, 9, 10
API 5L X80 PSL 2 552–690 621–827 68T 101L 0 2, 4, 9
EN 10208–2 L555 QB 555–675 625 36 48 0 7, 8, 9, 10
L555 MN 555–675 625 36 48 0 7, 8, 9, 10
1 Carbon 0.26 for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded 1.65 X70 welded2 Nb + V + Ti 0.15 max3 Longitudinal tests 496 max. yield4 0.22C for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded, 1.65 X70 welded, 1.85 X80 welded5 CE when C greater than 0.12. If less then PCM 0.25 max6 DIN 17172 has allowances for chemical analysis and physical properties.7 Nb + V + Ti 0.15 for L290 and L360. 0.015 � Altotal < 0.060 all grades8 CU 0.25, 0.015 � Al � 0.060, AL:N � 2:1, N 0.0129 For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.50, (1.65 for X56 X60 X65, 2.00 X70 X80).
10 Charpies are transverse. These are minimum valves, higher valves required for some sizes and safety factors.11 For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.90.12 Nb + V 0.06 max
For Pressure Pipe see page 36.
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Line PipeAmerican, British and German Specifications
53
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Nb Ti CE Prod
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.04–0.14 0.45 1.00–1.65 0.035 0.025
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.04
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.04 0.43
0.04–0.14 0.45 1.00–1.65 0.035 0.025
0.21 0.45 1.6 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.15 0.30 0.05 0.04
0.16 0.45 1.6 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.08 0.30 0.05 0.04 0.43
0.16 0.45 1.6 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.08 0.30 0.05 0.06 0.42
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.06
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.06 0.43
0.04–0.16 0.55 1.00–1.60 0.035 0.025
0.16 0.45 1.6 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.09 0.30 0.05 0.06 0.45
0.16 0.45 1.6 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.10 0.30 0.05 0.06 0.43
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.06
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.06 0.43
0.04–0.16 0.55 1.10–1.70 0.035 0.025
0.16 0.45 1.7 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.10 0.30 0.05 0.06 0.45
0.16 0.45 1.7 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.10 0.30 0.06 0.06 0.43
0.24 1.40 0.025 0.015 0.06
0.16 0.45 1.8 0.025 0.020 0.50 0.35 0.10 0.60 0.06 0.06
0.16 0.45 1.8 0.025 0.020 0.30 0.35 0.10 0.30 0.06 0.06
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesStructural MaterialsAmerican, British, European Specifications
54
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesStructural Materials
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise) Notes
Yield Tensile Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 min J ave J T °C
EN 10 025–2 S235JR 235 360–510 19 27 20 1, 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S235JO 235 360–510 19 27 0 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S235J2 235 360–510 19 27 –20 3
ASTM A 36 250 400–550
ASTM A 252 Grade 2 240 415
API 5L B PSL1 241 414
EN 10 025–2 S275JR 275 430–580 19 27 20 1, 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S275JO 275 430–580 19 27 0 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S275J2 275 430–580 19 27 –20 3
EN 10 113–2 S275N 275 370–510 28 40 –20 4, 5
EN 10 025–3 S275N 275 370–510 28 40 –20 6
EN 10 113–2 S275NL 275 370–510 19 27 –50 4, 5
EN 10 025–3 S275N 275 370–510 19 27 –50 6
EN 10 113–3 S275M 275 360–510 28 40 –20 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S275M 275 370–530 28 40 –20 4, 6
EN 10 113–3 S275ML 275 360–510 19 27 –50 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S275ML 275 370–530 19 27 –50 4, 6
ASTM A 633 Grade A 290 430–570
ASTM A 572 Grade 42 290 415 9
ASTM A 252 Grade 3 310 455
API 2H Grade 42 289 427–565 27 34 –40 10
API 2W Grade 42 290–462 427 27 34 –40 11
API 5L X42 PSL1 290 414
BS 7191 275D 275 430–580 28 40 –20
BS 7191 275E 275 430–580 28 40 –40
EN 10 025–2 E295 295 490–660 2
EN 10 025–2 E335 335 590–770 2
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1 Charpies only if specified in order 10 Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in2 If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450 CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.3 Cu 0.55 11 PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;4 Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N � 0.0055 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35 12 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.356 Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55 13 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.557 Cr + Mo + Cu � 0.60 14 tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding8 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30 elements are present9 Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max. 15 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type Nb + V + Ti 0.08
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural MaterialsAmerican, British, European Specifications
55
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S V Nb Ti Al N CE
0.17 1.40 0.035 0.035 0.012 0.35
0.17 1.40 0.030 0.030 0.012 0.35
0.17 1.40 0.025 0.025 0.35
0.25 0.40 0.80–1.20 0.04 0.05
0.050
0.28 1.20 0.030 0.030
0.21 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.012 0.40
0.18 1.50 0.030 0.030 0.012 0.40
0.18 1.50 0.025 0.025 0.40
0.18 0.40 0.50–1.40 0.035 0.030 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.40
0.18 0.40 0.50–1.50 0.030 0.025 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.40
0.16 0.40 0.50–1.40 0.030 0.025 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.40
0.16 0.40 0.50–1.50 0.025 0.020 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.40
0.13 0.50 1.50 0.035 0.030 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.34
0.13 0.50 1.50 0.030 0.025 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.34
0.13 0.50 1.50 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.34
0.13 0.50 1.50 0.025 0.020 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.34
0.18 0.15–0.50 1.00–1.35 0.035 0.04 0.05
0.21 0.40 0.80–1.35 0.04 0.05
0.050
0.18 0.05–0.40 0.90–1.60 0.030 0.010 0.04 0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012 0.43
0.16 0.05–0.40 0.90–1.35 0.03 0.010 0.03 0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012 0.39
0.28 1.20 0.030 0.030
0.16 0.50 1.25 0.040 0.040 0.003–0.010 0.003–0.0100.41
0.16 0.10–0.50 1.50 0.040 0.030 0.39
0.045 0.045 0.012
0.045 0.045 0.012
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16 As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005 24 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5517 PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41 25 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5518 Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08 26 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;19 Mn 1.60 if C � 0.18 Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.1120 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35 27 C 0.15 if t < 15 mm21 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30 28 V + Nb + Ti � 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.3022 If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu 29 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.4523 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70 30 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
Materials
56
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesStructural MaterialsAmerican, British, European Specifications
Structural MaterialsMechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise) Notes
Yield Tensile Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 min J ave J T °C
EN 10 025–2 S355JR 355 510–680 19 27 20 1, 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S355JO 355 510–680 19 27 0 2, 3
EN 10 025–2 S355J2 355 510–680 19 27 –20 3
EN 10 025–2 S355K2 355 510–680 28 40 –20 3
EN 10 113–2 S355N 355 470–630 28 40 –20 4, 12
EN 10 025–3 S355N 355 470–630 28 40 –20 13
EN 10 113–2 S355NL 355 460–630 19 27 –50 4, 12
EN 10 025–3 S355NL 355 470–630 19 27 –50 13
EN 10 113–3 S355M 355 450–610 28 40 –20 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S355M 355 470–630 28 40 –20 4, 13
EN 10 113–3 S355ML 355 450–610 19 27 –50 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S355ML 355 470–630 19 27 –50 4, 13
EN 10 225 S355G2+N 355 470–630 35 50 –20 12, 14
EN 10 225 S355G3+N 355 470–630 35 50 –40 12, 14
EN 10 225 S355G5+M 355 470–610 35 50 –20 8, 14
EN 10 225 S355G6+M 355 470–610 35 50 –40 8, 14
EN 10 225 S355G7+N & M 355 470–630 35 50 –40 14, 15, 16
EN 10 225 S355G8+N & M 355 470–630 35 50 –40 14, 15, 16
EN 10 225 S355G9+N & M 355 470–630 35 50 –40 14, 15, 16, 17
EN 10 225 S355G10+N & M 355 470–630 35 50 –40 14, 15, 16, 17
ASTM A 633 Grade C 345 485–620 19
ASTM A 633 Grade D 345 485–620 20
ASTM A 572 Grade 50 345 450 9
API 2H Grade 50 345 483–620 34 41 –40 10
API 2W Grade 50 345–517 448 34 41 –40 11
API 2W Grade 50T 345–552 483 34 41 –40 11
API 5L X52 PSL1 359 455
BS 7191 355E 355 490–640 28 40 –40
BS 7191 355EM 355 490–620 28 40 –40 21
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1 Charpies only if specified in order 10 Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in2 If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450 CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.3 Cu 0.55 11 PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;4 Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N � 0.0055 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35 12 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.356 Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55 13 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.557 Cr + Mo + Cu � 0.60 14 tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding8 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30 elements are present9 Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max. 15 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Materials
57
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesStructural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S V Nb Ti Al N CE
0.24 0.55 1.60 0.035 0.035 0.012 0.45
0.20 0.55 1.60 0.030 0.030 0.012 0.45
0.20 0.55 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.45
0.20 0.55 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.45
0.20 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.035 0.030 0.12 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.43
0.20 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.43
0.18 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.43
0.18 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.025 0.020 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.43
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.035 0.030 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.39
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.030 0.025 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.39
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.030 0.025 0.10 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.015 0.39
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.025 0.020 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.015 0.39
0.20 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.035 0.030 0.12 0.060 0.030 0.020min 0.015 0.43
0.18 0.50 0.90–1.65 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.060 0.050 0.020min 0.015 0.43
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.035 0.030 0.10 0.050 0.050 0.020min 0.015 0.43
0.14 0.50 1.60 0.030 0.025 0.10 0.050 0.050 0.020min 0.015 0.43
0.14 0.15–0.55 1.00–1.65 0.020 0.010 0.060 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.14 0.15–0.55 1.00–1.65 0.020 0.007 0.060 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.12 0.15–0.55 1.65 0.020 0.010 0.060 0.030 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.12 0.15–0.55 1.65 0.015 0.005 0.060 0.030 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.20 0.15–0.50 1.15–1.50 0.035 0.04 0.01–0.05
0.20 0.15–0.50 0.70–1.35 0.035 0.04
0.23 0.40 0.80–1.35 0.04 0.05
0.10 0.05–0.40 1.15–1.60 0.030 0.010 0.01–0.04 0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012 0.43
0.16 0.05–0.50 1.15–1.60 0.03 0.010 0.03 0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012 0.39
0.16 0.05–0.50 1.15–1.60 0.03 0.010 0.03 0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012 0.39
0.28 1.40 0.030 0.030
0.18 0.10–0.50 1.50 0.040 0.030 0.003–0.010 0.003–0.0100.43
0.15 0.25–0.55 1.00–1.65 0.025 0.015 0.015 0.040 0.02 0.055 0.010 0.43
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16 As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005 24 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5517 PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41 25 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5518 Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08 26 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;19 Mn 1.60 if C � 0.18 Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.1120 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35 27 C 0.15 if t < 15 mm21 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30 28 V + Nb + Ti � 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.3022 If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu 29 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.4523 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70 30 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesStructural MaterialsAmerican, British, European Specifications
58
Structural MaterialsMechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise) Notes
Yield Tensile Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 min J ave J T °C
EN 10 025–2 E360 360 690–900 2
EN 10 113–2 S420N 420 520–680 28 40 –20 4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3 S420N 420 520–680 28 40 –20 24
EN 10 113–2 S420NL 420 520–680 19 27 –50 4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3 S420NL 420 520–680 19 27 –50 24
EN 10 113–3 S420M 420 500–660 28 40 –20 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S420M 420 520–680 28 40 –20 4, 25
EN 10 113–3 S420ML 420 500–660 19 27 –50 4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4 S420ML 420 520–680 19 27 –50 4, 25
EN 10 225 S420G1+M & Q 420 500–660 42 60 –40 14, 16, 26, 27
EN 10 225 S420G2+M & Q 420 500–660 42 60 –40 14, 16, 26, 27
ASTM A 633 Grade E 415 550–690
ASTM A 572 Grade 60 415 520 9
API 2W Grade 60 414–621 517 41 48 –40 11
EN 10 025–2 450JO 450 550–720 27 0 2, 3
EN 10 113–2 S460N 460 550–720 28 40 –20 4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3 S460N 460 540–720 28 40 –20 24, 28
EN 10 113–2 S460NL 460 550–720 19 27 –50 4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3 S460NL 460 540–720 19 27 –50 24, 28
EN 10 113–3 S460M 460 530–720 28 40 –20 4, 7, 29
EN 10 025–4 S460M 460 540–720 28 40 –20 4, 25
EN 10 113–3 S460ML 460 530–720 19 27 –50 4, 7, 29
EN 10 025–4 S460ML 460 540–720 19 27 –50 4, 25
EN 10 225 S460G1+M & Q 460 540–700 42 60 –40 14, 16, 26, 27
EN 10 225 S460G2+M & Q 460 540–700 42 60 –40 14, 16, 26, 27
ASTM A 572 Grade 65 450 550
BS 7191 450EM 450 550–700 42 60 –40 30
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1 Charpies only if specified in order 10 Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in2 If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450 CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.3 Cu 0.55 11 PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;4 Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N � 0.0055 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35 12 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.356 Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55 13 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.557 Cr + Mo + Cu � 0.60 14 tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding8 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30 elements are present9 Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max. 15 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type Nb + V + Ti 0.08
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural MaterialsAmerican, British, European Specifications
59
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S V Nb Ti Al N CE
0.045 0.045 0.012
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.035 0.030 0.20 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.025 0.48
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.48
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.025 0.48
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.48
0.16 0.50 1.70 0.035 0.030 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.020 0.45
0.16 0.50 1.70 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.43
0.16 0.50 1.70 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.020 0.45
0.16 0.50 1.70 0.025 0.020 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.43
0.14 0.15–0.55 1.65 0.020 0.010 0.080 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.42
0.14 0.15–0.55 1.65 0.020 0.007 0.080 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.42
0.22 0.15–0.50 1.15–1.50 0.035 0.04 0.04–0.11 0.018min 0.030
0.26 0.40 0.80–1.35 0.04 0.05
0.16 0.05–0.50 1.15–1.60 0.03 0.010 0.03 0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06 0.012
0.20 0.55 1.70 0.030 0.030 0.025 0.47
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.035 0.030 0.20 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.025
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.53
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.05 0.03 0.02min 0.025
0.20 0.60 1.00–1.70 0.025 0.020 0.20 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.53
0.16 0.60 1.70 0.035 0.030 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.46
0.16 0.60 1.70 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.45
0.16 0.60 1.70 0.030 0.025 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.46
0.16 0.60 1.70 0.025 0.020 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.02min 0.025 0.45
0.14 0.45–0.55 1.65 0.020 0.010 0.080 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.14 0.45–0.55 1.65 0.020 0.007 0.080 0.040 0.025 0.015–0.055 0.010 0.43
0.23 0.40 0.80–1.65 0.04 0.05
0.16 0.25–0.60 1.00–1.65 0.025 0.015 0.08 0.03 0.02 0.055 0.010 0.43
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates � 16 mm, generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16 As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005 24 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5517 PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41 25 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.5518 Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08 26 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;19 Mn 1.60 if C � 0.18 Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.1120 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35 27 C 0.15 if t < 15 mm21 Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30 28 V + Nb + Ti � 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.3022 If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu 29 Mo 0.20; Ni 0.4523 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70 30 Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesButtweld FittingsAmerican, British, German Specifications
60
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesButtweld Fittings Note: For DIN materials, see the appropriate pressure pipe specification page 36.
Seamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A234 WPB S+W 240 415–585 197 1, 2
BS1965: BS3602 430 S 275 430–570
BS 1965: B51501–161–430 W 250 430–550
BS 1640: ASTM A 106B S 240 415 1
BS 1640: BS1501–161–430 W 250 430–550
ASTM A234 WPI S+W 205 380–555 197
BS 1640: ASTM A335P1 S 205 380
ASTM A234WP5 Cl 1 S+W 205 415–585 217
BS1640: ASTM A335P5 S 205 415
ASTM A234WP9 Cl 1 S+W 205 415–585 217
ASTM A234 WP91 S+W 415 585–760 248 3
ASTM A234WP11CL1 S+W 205 415–585 197
ASTM A234WP11CL2 S+W 275 485–655 197
BS1640: ASTM A335P11 S 205 415
BS1640: BS1501–620 W 340 480–600
ASTM A234WP12CL1 S+W 220 415–585 197
ASTM A234WP12CL2 S+W 275 485–655 197
ASTM A234P22CL1 S+W 205 415–585 197
ASTM A234P22CL3 S+W 310 520–690 197
BS1640: ASTM A335P22 S 205 415
ASTM A403WP304 S+W 205 515
BS1640: ASTM A312TP304 S 205 515
BS1640: BS1501304S15 W 247 510 137–201
ASTM A403WP304H S+W 205 515
ASTM A403WP304L S+W 170 485 4
BS1640: ASTM A312TP304L S 170 485
BS1640: BS1501304S12 W 232 492
1 For each C 0.01 below max,Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35 7 0.70 � Ti � 4 (C + N2)2 V 0.08, Cu+Ni+Cr+Mo 1.00, Cr+Mo 0.32 8 1.10 � Nb � 10C3 V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.03–0.07 9 1.00 � Nb � 8C4 C 0.040 OD < 12.7mm or t < 1.2mm 10 Mn 0.90 for plate or forging5 For pierced tubes Ni 11.0–16.0 11 Nb 0.02, V 0.086 0.70 � Ti � 5 (C + N2) 12 V 0.10, Ti 0.05, Nb 0.04, CE 0.42 long, V+Nb 0.12, Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 1.0
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld FittingsAmerican, British, German Specifications
61
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al
0.30 0.10min 0.29–1.06 0.050 0.058 0.40 0.15 0.40 0.40
0.21 0.10–0.35 0.40–1.20 0.035 0.035 0.06
0.25 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.40 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30
0.30 0.10min 0.29–1.06 0.035 0.035 0.40 0.15 0.40 0.40
0.25 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.40 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30
0.28 0.10–0.50 0.30–0.90 0.045 0.045 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20 0.10–0.50 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.025 0.44–0.65
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.030 4.0–6.0 0.44–0.65
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.15 1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.0–10. 0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.00–9.50 0.85–1.05 0.40 0.04
0.05–0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.05–0.20 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.80 0.040 0.040 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.09–0.18 0.15–0.40 0.40–0.65 0.025 0.015 0.80–1.15 0.45–0.60 0.30 0.30 0.020
0.05–0.20 0.60 0.30–0.80 0.045 0.045 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.05–0.20 0.60 0.30–0.80 0.045 0.045 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.040 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.040 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.025 0.025 1.90–2.60 0.87–1.13
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.0
0.06 0.20–1.00 0.50–2.00 0.045 0.030 17.5–19.0 8.0–11.0
0.04–0.10 1,00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–12.0
0.035 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–13.0
0.03 0.20–1.00 0.50–2.00 0.045 0.030 17.5–19.0 9.0–12.0
Materials
62
Buttweld Fittings Note: For DIN materials, see the appropriate pressure pipe specification page 36.
Seamless/ Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Welded Yield Tensile Hardness Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A403WP316 S+W 205 515
BS 1640: ASTM A312TP316 S 205 515
BS 1640: BS1501316S16 W 263 525
ASTM A403WP316H S+W 205 515
ASTM A403 WP 316L S+W 170 485 4, 5
BS 1640 : ASTM A 312 TP 316L S 170 485 4
ASTM A 403 WP 321 S+W 205 515 6
BS 1640: ASTM A 312 TP 321 S 205 515 6
BS 1640: BS 1501–321–S49 W 193 494 134–192 6
ASTM A 403 WP 321H S+W 205 515 7
ASTM A403 WP347 S+W 205 515 8
BS 1640: ASTM A312TP347 S 205 515 8
BS 1640: BS 1501–347–S49 W 216 510 137–201 8
ASTM A403WP347H S+W 205 515 9
ASTM A420WPL3 S+W 240 450–620 13.6 17.6 –100 10
BS 1640: ASTM A333Gr3 S 240 450 14 18 –100
BS 1640: BS1501–503 W 275 450 by agreement
ASTM A420 WPL6 S+W 240 415–585 13.6 17.6 –45 11
BS 1640: ASTM A333Gr6 S 240 415 14 18 –45 1
BS 1640: BS1501–161–430 W 250 430–550 by agreement
ASTM A860 WPHY42 S+W 290 415–585 235 34 40 –46 12
ASTM A860 WPHY46 S+W 315 435–605 235 34 40 –46 12
ASTM A860 WPHY52 S+W 360 455–625 235 34 40 –46 12
ASTM A860 WPHY60 S+W 415 515–690 235 34 40 –46 12
ASTM A860 WPHY65 S+W 450 530–705 235 34 40 –46 12
ASTM A860 WPHY70 S+W 485 550–725 235 34 40 –46 12
1 For each C 0.01 below max,Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35 7 0.70 � Ti � 4 (C + N2)2 V 0.08, Nb 0.02, Cu+Ni+Cr+Mo 1.00, Cr+Mo 0.32 8 1.10 � Nb � 10C3 V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.03–0.07 9 1.00 � Nb � 8C4 C 0.040 OD < 12.7mm or t < 1.2mm 10 Mn 0.90 for plate or forging5 For pierced tubes Ni 11.0–16.0 11 Nb 0.02, V 0.086 0.70 � Ti � 5 (C + N2) 12 V 0.10, Ti 0.05, Nb 0.04, CE 0.42 long, V+Nb 0.12, Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 1.0
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesButtweld FittingsAmerican, British, German Specifications
Materials
63
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesButtweld Fittings
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Cu Ni Al
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 11.0–14.0
0.07 0.20–1.00 0.50–2.00 0.045 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.25–3.00 10.0–13.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.030 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.035 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.04–0.09 0.20–1.00 0.50–2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–13.0
0.04–0.09 0.20–1.00 0.50–2.00 0.040 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.00–12.0
0.20 0.13–0.37 0.31–0.64 0.05 0.050 3.20–3.80
0.19 0.18–0.37 0.31–0.64 0.025 0.025 3.18–3.82
0.15 0.15–0.35 0.80 0.025 0.015 0.30 0.10 0.30 3.25–3.75 0.015–0.055
0.30 0.15–0.40 0.50–1.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.40 0.40
0.30 0.10min 0.29–1.06 0.025 0.025
0.25 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.40 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.10 0.30 0.30
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
0.20 0.15–0.40 1.00–1.45 0.030 0.010 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.06
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged MaterialsAmerican, British, German Specifications
64
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged Materials
Physical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A105 250 485 187 1, 2
BS3799 WPB: BS1503–164–490 305 490–610 29 41 +20 3, 15
DIN 17243 C22.8 250 410–540 30HB spread 31 44 +20 4, 16
ASTM A182 F1 275 485 143–192
BS3799 WP1:ASTM A182 F1 275 485 143–192
DIN17243 15Mo3 295 440–570 30HBspread 35 50 +20
ASTM A182 F5 275 485 143–217
BS3799 WP5: BS1503–625–520 365 520–670 19 27 +20 5, 16
DIN 12CrMo19.5
ASTM A182 F9 380 585 179–217
ASTM A 182 F91 415 585 248 22
ASTM A182 F11 Cl1 205 415 121–174
ASTM A182 F11 Cl2 275 485 143–207
ASTM A182 F11 Cl3 310 515 156–207
BS3799 WP11: BS1503–621–460 275 460–610 29 41 +20 5, 16
ASTM A182 F12 Cl1 220 415 121–174
ASTM A182 F12 Cl2 275 485 143–207
DIN 17243 13CrMo44 295 440–590 30HB spread 31 44 +20
ASTM A182 F22 Cl1 205 415 170
ASTM A182 F22 Cl3 310 515 156–207
BS3799 WP22: BS1503–622–490 275 490 29 41 +20 5, 16
DIN 17243 10CrMo 910 300 480–630 30HB spread 42 60 +20
ASTM A182 F304 205 515 21
BS3799 WP304: BS1503 304S31 230 490–690 6
DIN 17440X5CrNi1810 195 500–700 60 85 +20
1 Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo � 1.0, Cr + Mo � 0.32 12 8C � Nb � 1.102 Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max. 13 10C � Nb � 1.203 Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max 14 Cr + Mo � 0.324 Al total 0.015–0.050 15 Al total � 0.0185 Al total 0.020 max 16 Impact tests optional6 Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max 17 V 0.05 max7 5C � Ti � 0.70, 4C for 321H 18 Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.8 5C � Ti � 0.80 19 Al 0.020 min9 10C � Nb � 1.10 20 Ni 0.15 min if t � 30 mm
10 10C � Nb � 1.00 21 N 0.10 max11 10C � Nb+ Ta � 1.00 22 Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged MaterialsAmerican, British, German Specifications
65
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Cu Nb
0.35 0.10–0.35 0.60–1.05 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.40 0.40 0.02
0.25 0.10–0.40 0.80–1.35 0.030 0.025 0.25 0.10 0.40 0.30
0.18–0.23 0.40 0.40–0.90 0.035 0.030 0.30
0.28 0.15–0.35 0.60–0.90 0.045 0.045 0.44–0.65
0.28 0.15–0.35 0.60–0.90 0.045 0.045 0.44–0.65
0.12–0.22 0.40 0.40–0.80 0.035 0.030 0.25–0.35
0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 4.0–6.0 0.44–0.65 0.50
0.15 0.15–0.40 0.30–0.80 0.030 0.025 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65 0.40 0.30
0.08–0.15 0.30–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.45–0.65
0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 8.0–10.0 0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12 0.20–0.50 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.010 8.0–9.5 0.85–1.05 0.18–0.25 0.40 0.06–0.10
0.05–0.15 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.60 0.030 0.030 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.80 0.040 0.040 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20 0.50–1.00 0.30–0.80 0.040 0.040 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.18 0.15–0.40 0.40–0.70 0.030 0.025 1.10–1.40 0.45–0.65 0.40 0.30
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.045 0.045 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20 0.10–0.60 0.30–0.80 0.040 0.040 0.80–1.25 0.44–0.65
0.10–0.18 0.40 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.030 0.80–1.15 0.40–0.80
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.040 2.00–2.50 0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15 0.50 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.040 2.00–2.50 0.87–1.13
0.15 0.15–0.40 0.40–0.70 0.030 0.025 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.20 0.40 0.30
0.08–0.15 0.40 0.40–0.70 0.035 0.030 2.00–2.50 0.90–1.10 0.50
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.00–11.00
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 8.00–11.00 0.50 0.20
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 8.5–10.5
Materials
66
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged MaterialsAmerican, British, German Specifications
Forged MaterialsPhysical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A182 F304 H 205 515
BS 1503 304 S51 230 490–690 6
ASTM A182 F304L 170 485 21
BS3799 WP304L: BS1503 304S11 215 480–680 6
DIN 17440 X2 CrNi1911 215 460–680 60 85 +20
ASTM A182 F316 205 515 21
BS 3799 WP316: BS1503 316S31 240 510–710 6
DIN17440 X5CrNiMo17122 205 510–710 60 85 +20
ASTM A182 F316 H 205 515
BS1503 316 S51 240 510–710 6
ASTM A182 F316 L 170 485 21
BS 3799 WP 316L: BS1503 316 S11 225 490–690 6
DIN 17440 X2CrNiMo17132 190 490–690 60 85 +20
ASTM A182 F321 205 515 7
BS3799 WP321: BS1503 321 S31 235 510–710 6, 8
DIN 17440 X6CrNiTi1810 200 500–730 60 85 +20 8
ASTM A182 F321 H 205 515 7
BS 1503 321 851–510 235 510–710 6, 8
ASTM A182 F347 205 515 9
BS1503 347 S31 240 510–710 10
DIN 17440 X6CrNiNb 1810 205 510–740 60 85 +20 11
ASTM A182 F347H 205 515 12
BS1503 347 S51 240 510–710 13
1 Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo � 1.0, Cr + Mo � 0.32 12 8C � Nb � 1.102 Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max. 13 10C � Nb � 1.203 Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max 14 Cr + Mo � 0.324 Al total 0.015–0.050 15 Al total � 0.0185 Al total 0.020 max 16 Impact tests optional6 Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max 17 V 0.05 max7 5C � Ti � 0.70, 4C for 321H 18 Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.8 5C � Ti � 0.80 19 Al 0.020 min9 10C � Nb � 1.10 20 Ni 0.15 min if t � 30 mm
10 10C � Nb � 1.00 21 N 0.10 max11 10C � Nb+ Ta � 1.00 22 Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
Materials
67
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Cu Nb
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 8.00–11.00 0.50 0.20
0.03 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–13.0
0.03 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 9.00–12.00 0.50 0.20
0.035 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.00–20.00 10.0–12.5
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 16.50–18.50 2.00–2.50 10.50–13.50 0.70 0.20
0.07 1.00 2.00 0.050 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.0–2.5 10.5–13.5
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 16.50–18.50 2.00–2.50 10.50–13.50 0.70 0.20
0.03 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–15.0
0.03 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 16.50–18.50 2.00–2.50 11.00–14.00 0.70 0.20
0.03 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.5–18.5 2.0–2.5 11.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 9.00–12.00 0.50
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 9.00–12.00 0.50
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–20.0 9.0–13.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 9.00–12.00 0.50
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–20.0 9.0–13.0
0.04–0.10 1.00 2.00 0.040 0.025 17.00–19.00 0.70 9.00–12.00 0.50
Materials
68
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged MaterialsAmerican, British, German Specifications
Forged MaterialsPhysical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max min J ave J T °C
ASTM A350 LF1 205 415–585 197 14 18 –29 1
BS 3799 WPLO: BS 1503–221–410 215 410–530 19 27 +20 3, 16
DIN 17280 11MnNi53 285 410–530 27 40 –60 18, 19, 20
ASTM A350 LF2 Class 1 250 485–655 197 16 20 –46 1
ASTM A350 LF2 Class 2 250 485–655 197 20 27 –18 1
BS 3799 WPLO: BS1503–221–490 265 490–610 29 41 +20 3, 16
DIN 17280 13MnNi63 355 490–610 27 40 –60 18, 19, 20
ASTM A350 LF3 Class 1 260 485–655 197 16 20 –101 14
ASTM A350 LF3 Class 2 260 485–655 197 20 27 –101 14
BS3799 WPL3: BS1503503–490 300 490–640 19 27 –100 15, 16
DIN 17280 10Ni14 355 470–640 27 40 –80 17, 18
ASTM A694 F42 290 415
ASTM A694 F46 315 415
ASTM A694 F52 360 455
ASTM A694 F56 385 470
ASTM A694 F60 415 515
ASTM A694 F65 450 530
ASTM A 694 F 70 485 565
1 Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo � 1.0, Cr + Mo � 0.32 12 8C � Nb � 1.102 Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max. 13 10C � Nb � 1.203 Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max 14 Cr + Mo � 0.324 Al total 0.015–0.050 15 Al total � 0.0185 Al total 0.020 max 16 Impact tests optional6 Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max 17 V 0.05 max7 5C � Ti � 0.70, 4C for 321H 18 Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.8 5C � Ti � 0.80 19 Al 0.020 min9 10C � Nb � 1.10 20 Ni 0.15 min if t � 30 mm
10 10C � Nb � 1.00 21 N 0.10 max11 10C � Nb+ Ta � 1.00 22 Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
Materials
69
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesForged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Cu Nb
0.30 0.15–0.30 0.60–1.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.40 0.40 0.02
0.20 0.10–0.40 0.80–1.20 0.030 0.025 0.25 0.10 0.40 0.30
0.14 0.50 0.70–1.50 0.030 0.025 0.30–0.80 0.05
0.30 0.15–0.30 0.60–1.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.40 0.40 0.02
0.30 0.15–0.30 0.60–1.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.40 0.40 0.02
0.25 0.10–0.40 0.90–1.70 0.030 0.025 0.25 0.10 0.40 0.30
0.16 0.50 0.85–1.65 0.030 0.025 0.30–0.80 0.05
0.20 0.20–0.35 0.90 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.03 3.30–3.70 0.40 0.02
0.20 0.20–0.35 0.90 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.03 3.30–3.70 0.40 0.02
0.15 0.15–0.40 0.80 0.025 0.020 0.25 0.10 3.25–3.75 0.30
0.15 0.35 0.30–0.80 0.025 0.020 3.25–3.75
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
0.26 0.15–0.35 1.40 0.025 0.025
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & NutsAmerican, British, German Specifications
70
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Bolt Ø Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
in N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max Min J Ave J T °C
ASTM A193 B5 550 690 1
ASTM A193 B6 585 760 1
ASTM A193 B6X 485 620 26 HRC 1
ASTM A193 B7 � M64 720 860 321
ASTM A193 B7 > M64 � M100 655 795 321 2
ASTM A193 B7 >M100 � M180 515 690 321 2
ASTM A193 B7 M � M100 550 690 235 2
ASTM A193 B7 M >M100 � M180 515 690 235 2
ASTM A193 B16 � M64 725 860 321 3
ASTM A193 B16 > M64 � M100 655 760 321 3
ASTM A193 B16 >M100� M180 586 690 321 3
ASTM A193 B8 Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A193 B8 Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A193 B8 Cl.2 > M20 � M24 550 795 321
ASTM A193 B8 Cl.2 > M24 � M30 450 725 321
ASTM A193 B8 Cl.2 > M30 � M36 345 690 321
ASTM A193 B8A Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A193 B8C Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A193 B8C Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A193 B8C Cl.2 > M20 � M24 550 795 321
ASTM A193 B8C Cl.2 > M24 � M30 450 725 321
ASTM A193 B8C Cl.2 > M30 � 1M36 345 690 321
ASTM A193 B8CA Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A193 B8M Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A193 B8M Cl.2 � M20 665 760 321
ASTM A193 B8M Cl.2 > M20 � M24 550 690 321
ASTM A193 B8M Cl.2 > M24 � M30 450 655 321
ASTM A193 B8M Cl.2 > M30 � M36 345 620 321
ASTM A193 B8MA Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A193 B8T Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A193 B8T Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A193 B8T Cl.2 > M20 �1M24 550 795 321
1 Ø � M100 diameter 2 C 0.50 for Ø � 31/2in 3 Al 0.015 4 241 HB Ø � M20 5 No Impact test Ø � 1/2in
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & NutsAmerican, British, German Specifications
71
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Ti Nb+Ta
0.10min 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 4.00–6.00 0.40–0.65
0.08–0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.50–13.50
0.08–0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.50–13.50
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.36–0.47 0.15–0.35 0.45–0.70 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.15 0.50–0.65 0.25–0.35
0.36–0.47 0.15–0.35 0.45–0.70 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.15 0.50–0.65 0.25–0.35
0.36–0.47 0.15–0.35 0.45–0.70 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.15 0.50–0.65 0.25–0.35
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C 1.10 max
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 5x(C+N)–0.70
Materials
72
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & NutsAmerican, British, German Specifications
Bolts Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise) Notes
Bolt Ø Yield Tensile Hardness Charpy Impact
in N/mm2 N/mm2 HB max Min J Ave J T °C
ASTM A193 B8T Cl.2 > M24 � M30 450 725 321
ASTM A193 B8T Cl.2 > M30 � M36 345 690 321
ASTM A193 B8TA Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A320 L7 725 860 27 20 –101 5
ASTM A320 L7M 550 690 200–235 27 20 –73 5
ASTM A320 L7A 725 860 27 20 –101 5
ASTM A320 L7B 725 860 27 20 –101 5
ASTM A320 L7C 725 860 27 20 –101 5
ASTM A320 B8 Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A320 B8 Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A320 B8 Cl.2 > M20 � M25 550 795 321
ASTM A320 B8 Cl.2 > M25 � M32 450 725 321
ASTM A320 B8 Cl.2 > M32 � M40 345 690 321
ASTM A320 B8A Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A320 B8C Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A320 B8C Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A320 B8C Cl.2 > M20 � M25 550 795 321
ASTM A320 B8C Cl.2 > M25 � M32 450 725 321
ASTM A320 B8C Cl.2 > M32 � M40 345 690 321
ASTM A320 B8CA Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A320 B8M Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A320 B8M Cl.2 � M20 655 760 321
ASTM A320 B8M Cl.2 > M20 � M25 550 690 321
ASTM A320 B8MCl.2 > M25 � M32 450 655 321
ASTM A320 B8M Cl.2 > M32 � M40 345 620 321
ASTM A320 B8MA Cl.1A 205 515 192
ASTM A320 B8T Cl.1 205 515 223 4
ASTM A320 B8T Cl.2 � M20 690 860 321
ASTM A320 B8T Cl.2 > M20 � M25 550 795 321
ASTM A320 B8T Cl.2 > M25 � M32 450 725 321
ASTM A320 B8T Cl.2 > M32 � M40 345 690 321
ASTM A320 B8TA Cl.1A 205 515 192
1 Ø � M100 diameter 2 C 0.50 for Ø � 31/2in 3 Al 0.015 4 241 HB Ø � M20 5 No Impact test Ø � 1/2in
Materials
73
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo V Ni Ti Nb+Ta
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00 5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00 5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.00–19.00 9.00–12.00 5x(C+N)–0.70
0.38–0.48 0.15–0.35 0.75–1.00 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.25
0.28–0.48 0.15–0.35 0.75–1.00 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.25
0.35–0.40 0.15–0.35 0.70–0.90 0.035 0.040 0.20–0.30
0.35–0.40 0.15–0.35 0.70–0.90 0.035 0.040 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.25
0.38–0.43 0.15–0.35 0.75–1.00 0.035 0.040 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.30 0.40–0.70
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �10C–1.10
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 �5C
Materials
74
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & NutsAmerican, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesNutsNuts Mechanical Properties (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
Nut Ø Type Proof Stress 1,4 Completed Nuts Sample Nuts 2 Charpy Impact 3
in M N/mm2 Hardness HB Hardness HB min J Ave J T °C
ASTM A194 2H � 11/2 � M36 Hex 1035 248–327 179 min
ASTM A194 2H � 11/2 � M36 Heavy Hex 1205 248–327 179 min
ASTM A194 2H > 11/2 > M36 Hex 1035 212–327 147 min
ASTM A194 2H > 11/2 > M36 Heavy Hex 1205 212–327 147 min
ASTM A194 3 Hex 1035 248–327 201 min
ASTM A194 3 Heavy Hex 1205 248–327 201 min
ASTM A194 4 Hex 1035 248–327 201 min 20 27 –101
ASTM A194 4 Heavy Hex 1205 248–327 201 min 20 27 –101
ASTM A194 6 Hex 930 228–271
ASTM A194 6 Heavy Hex 1035 228–271
ASTM A194 7 Hex 1035 248–327 201 min 20 27 –101
ASTM A194 7 Heavy Hex 1205 248–327 201 min 20 27 –101
ASTM A194 7M Hex 930 159–237 159 min 20 27 –73
ASTM A194 7M Heavy Hex 1035 159–237 159 min 20 27 –73
ASTM A194 8 Hex 515 126–300
ASTM A194 8 Heavy Hex 550 126–300
ASTM A194 8C � 3/4 � M20 Hex 760 126–300
ASTM A194 8C � 3/4 � M20 Heavy Hex 860 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 7/8–1 M22–M24 Hex 690 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 7/8–1 M22–M24 Heavy Hex 795 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Hex 655 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Heavy Hex 725 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 13/8–11/2 M36 Hex 620 126–300
ASTM A194 8C 13/8–11/2 M36 Heavy Hex 690 126–300
ASTM A194 8M � 3/4 � M20 Hex 690 126–300
ASTM A194 8M � 3/4 � M20 Heavy Hex 760 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 7/8–1 M22–M24 Hex 620 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 7/8–1 M22–M24 Heavy Hex 690 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Hex 585 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Heavy Hex 655 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 13/8–11/2 M36 Hex 550 126–300
ASTM A194 8M 13/8–11/2 M36 Heavy Hex 620 126–300
ASTM A194 8T same as 8C
1 For proof load for each nut size, see over page2 After heat treatment3 Charpies only required when supplementary requirement S3 is ordered (normaly with A320 bolts)4 Proof stress for grades 8C, 8T and 8M are the same as grade 8. Values listed for 8C, 8T and 8M here are for strain hardened nuts. Values for
grade 8 strain hardened are the same as the grade 8C. Note that for strain hardened nuts the hardness values listed do not apply.
Materials
75
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Ti Nb+Ta
0.40 min 0.40 1.00 0.040 0.050
0.40 min 0.40 1.00 0.040 0.050
0.40 min 0.40 1.00 0.040 0.050
0.40 min 0.40 1.00 0.040 0.050
0.10 min 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 4.0–6.0 0.40–0.65
0.10 min 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 4.0–6.0 0.40–0.65
0.40–0.50 0.15–0.35 0.70–0.90 0.035 0.040 0.20–0.30
0.40–0.50 0.15–0.35 0.70–0.90 0.035 0.040 0.20–0.30
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49 0.15–0.35 0.65–1.10 0.035 0.040 0.75–1.20 0.15–0.25
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 10Cmin
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.08 1.00 2.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 5(C+N) –0.70
Materials
76
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesBolts & NutsAmerican, British, German Specifications
ASTM A194 · NutsProof loads using threaded mandrel: inch unitsNominal Threads Grade
Size per in 2H, 3, 4, 7 6, 7M 8 (all types) 8M (strain hardened) 8, 8C, T (strain hardened)
in Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex1/4 20 4 770 5 570 4 300 4 770 2 380 2 540 3 160 3 480 3 480 3 9505/16 18 7 860 9 170 7 070 7 860 3 930 4 190 5 240 5 760 5 760 6 5503/8 16 11 620 13 560 10 460 11 620 5 810 6 200 7 740 8 510 8 510 9 6757/16 14 15 940 18 600 14 350 15 940 7 970 8 500 10 630 11 690 11 690 13 2901/2 13 21 280 24 830 19 160 21 280 10 640 11 350 14 190 15 610 15 610 17 7409/16 12 27 300 31 850 24 570 27 300 13 650 14 560 18 200 20 020 20 020 22 7505/8 11 33 900 39 550 30 510 33 900 16 950 18 080 22 600 24 860 24 860 28 2503/4 10 50 100 58 450 45 090 50 100 25 050 26 720 33 400 36 740 36 740 41 7507/8 9 69 300 80 850 62 370 69 300 34 650 36 960 41 580 46 200 46 200 53 130
1 8 90 900 106 000 81 810 90 900 45 450 48 480 54 540 60 600 60 600 69 690
11/8 8 118 500 138 200 106 700 118 500 59 250 63 200 67 150 75 050 75 050 82 950
11/4 8 150 000 175 000 135 000 150 000 75 000 80 000 85 000 95 000 95 000 105 000
13/8 8 185 000 215 800 166 500 185 000 92 450 98 640 98 640 110 970 110 970 123 300
11/2 8 223 800 261 100 201 400 223 800 111 900 119 360 119 360 134 280 134 280 149 200
Figures are lbf based on proof stress for each grade.Where proof loads is in excess of 120 000 lbf, acceptance is on the basis of hardness only unless specifically requested by the purchaser.
Proof loads using threaded mandrel: metric unitsNominal Threads Grade
Size pitch 2H, 3, 4, 7 6, 7M 8 (all types) 8M (strain hardened) 8, 8C, T (strain hardened)
Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex Hex Heavy Hex
M 6 1.00 20.8 29.2 18.7 20.8 10.4 11.1 13.9 15.3 15.3 17.3
M 8 1.25 37.9 44.1 34.0 37.9 18.8 20.1 25.3 27.8 27.8 31.3
M10 1.50 60.0 69.9 53.9 60.0 29.9 31.9 40.0 44.1 44.1 49.9
M12 1.75 87.3 101.6 78.4 87.3 43.4 46.4 58.2 64.1 64.1 72.5
M14 2.00 119.0 138.6 107.0 119.0 59.2 63.3 79.4 87.4 87.4 98.9
M16 2.00 162.5 189.2 146.0 162.5 80.9 86.4 108.3 119.3 119.3 135.0
M20 2.50 253.6 295.2 227.8 253.6 126.2 134.8 169.0 186.2 186.2 210.9
M22 2.50 313.6 365.1 281.8 313.6 156.0 166.7 187.9 209.0 209.0 240.9
M24 3.00 365.4 425.4 328.3 365.4 181.8 194.2 218.9 243.5 243.5 280.6
M27 3.00 475.1 553.4 426.9 475.1 236.4 252.5 268.5 300.6 300.6 332.7
M30 3.50 580.6 676.0 521.7 580.6 288.9 308.6 328.2 367.5 367.5 406.7
M36 4.00 845.6 984.5 759.8 845.6 420.8 449.4 449.4 506.5 506.5 563.7
Figures are KN based on proof stress for each grade.Where proof load is in excess of 530 KN, acceptance is on the basis of hardness only unless specifically requested by the purchaser.
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and WeightsFormulae, Pipes & Tubes Index
79
Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et poidsDimensioni e pesiDimensiones y pesos
• Formulae for calculating weightsFormeln zur GewichtsberechnungFormules de calcul des PoidsFormula di calcolo per la massa metrica/tuboFormulas de calcular pesos Weight Formula .................................................................... 80
• Steel pipes and tubes ASME B36.10, B36.19, API 5L .............................................. 81Stahlrohre API 5CT .............................................................................. 104Tubes et tuyauterie en acier DIN 2448 ............................................................................ 110Tubi in acciaio DIN 2458 ............................................................................ 114Tubos de acero DIN 2462 ............................................................................ 118
DIN 2463 ............................................................................ 124EN 10 208 .......................................................................... 126
Dimensions and WeightsWeight Formula
80
Definition:D Diameter in mm or in
• D1 Small diameter• D2 Large diameter
t Wall thickness in mm or inL Length in meters or feetW Width in meters or feetR Radius of bend in mm or in
1. Pipes and TubesStandard wall thickness with weight per meter and per foot arelisted in specifications. Those for API 5L, ASME B36.10 andB36.19, DIN 2448, DIN 2458, DIN 2462, DIN 2463, and EN 10208 are included in this catalogue.
For non-standard API 5L wall thickness:
Weight per meter = (D-t) x t x 0.02466 kgWeight per foot = (D-t) x t x 10.69 lb
For non-standard ASME B36.10, B36.19 and EN 10208 and ISO3183 the formulae are the same except the constant is0.0246615 for metric weights.
For weights per meter of pipe and tube of other materials,replace the constant (0.02466) in the formula above as follows:
Alloy 400 = 0.02765Alloy 600 = 0.02639Alloy 800 = 0.02513Aluminium = 0.00848Copper = 0.02796Copper-Nickel = 0.02796Duplex = 0.02450Stainless Steel = 0.02504Titanium = 0.01414
2. Fittings and FlangesWeights are not specified and cannot be calculated in general asthey depend on the manufacturer’s specific design. Weights forstandard sizes are given in this catalogue. Non-standard sizes arenot readily available.
3. ValvesWeights must be obtained from the manufacturer of the particular valve design. They cannot be calculated, and vary significantly depending on the design features.
4. PlatesWeight = volume x density
= L x W x t x 7.850 kg (LWt in metric)= L x W x t x 40.80 lbs (LWt in imperial)
Apply correction factors for austenitic and ferritic stainless.
θ Angle of bend in degreesρ Density of steel kg/m3 or lb/in3
= 7850 kg/m3
= 0.2833 lb/in3
• for austenitic stainless multiply by 1.05• for ferritic stainless multiply by 0.95
T Thickness of concrete in mm or inδ Density of concrete in kg/cubic m or lb/cubic ft
5. ConesThe weight of a cone can be calculated from the large and smalldiameters D1 and D2, the length of the cone L and the thicknessof the plate t.
Weight = Lt x –t x 0.02466 kg
Weight = Lt x –t x 10.68 lbs
Apply correction factors for austenitic and ferritic stainless.
6. BendsLength of bend
= θ x R x 1.746 x 10-5 m
= θ x R x 1.455 x 10-3 ft
Weight of bend
= Length of bend x weight per meter (foot) of pipe
The radius of the bend R is usually given in terms of the pipediameter, for example R = 5D.
7. Concrete Coated or Lined PipeGiven here is the weight per meter or per foot of concrete coatingor lining. Remember to add the weight of the steel pipe.
Coating weight per m = δ x (D + T) T x 0.000003142Coating weight per ft = δ x (D + T) T x 0.02182
Lining weight per m = δ x (D – 2t – T) T x 0.000003142Lining weight per ft = δ x (D – 2t – T) T x 0.02182
The density of concrete depends on the specification.190lb/cubic ft (3050kg/cubic m) is a common density.
Density in lb/ft3 x 16.05 = Density in kg/m3
For example 145lb/ft3 = 2327kg/m3
( )D1 + D2
2
( )D1 + D2
2
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
81
Steel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m1/8 0.405 10(s) 0.049 1.24 0.19 0.28
0.405 30 0.057 1.45 0.21 0.32
10.3 STD 40 (s) 0.068 1.73 0.24 0.37 0.068 1.7 0.24 0.36
XS 80 (s) 0.095 2.41 0.31 0.47 0.095 2.4 0.31 0.47
1/4 0.540 10s 0.065 1.65 0.33 0.49
0.540 30 0.073 1.85 0.36 0.54
13.7 STD 40(s) 0.088 2.24 0.43 0.63 0.088 2.2 0.43 0.62
XS 80(s) 0.119 3.02 0.54 0.80 0.119 3.0 0.54 0.79
3/8 0.675 10s 0.065 1.65 0.42 0.63
0.675 30 0.073 1.85 0.47 0.70
17.1 STD 40(s) 0.091 2.31 0.57 0.84 0.091 2.3 0.57 0.84
10 XS 80(s) 0.126 3.20 0.74 1.10 0.126 3.2 0.74 1.10
1/2 0.840 5(s) 0.065 1.65 0.54 0.80
0.840 10(s) 0.083 2.11 0.67 1.00
21.3 30 0.095 2.41 0.76 1.12
15 STD 40(s) 0.109 2.77 0.85 1.27 0.109 2.8 0.85 1.28
XS 80(s) 0.147 3.73 1.09 1.62 0.147 3.7 1.09 1.61
160 0.188 4.78 1.31 1.95
XXS 0.294 7.47 1.72 2.55 0.294 7.5 1.72 2.55
3/4 1.050 5(s) 0.065 1.65 0.69 1.03
1.050 10(s) 0.083 2.11 0.86 1.28
26.7 30 0.095 2.41 0.97 1.44
20 STD 40(s) 0.113 2.87 1.13 1.69 0.113 2.9 1.13 1.70
XS 80(s) 0.154 3.91 1.48 2.20 0.154 3.9 1.48 2.19
160 0.219 5.56 1.95 2.90
XXS 0.308 7.82 2.44 3.64 0.308 7.8 2.44 3.64
1 1.315 5(s) 0.065 1.65 0.87 1.29
1.315 10(s) 0.109 2.77 1.41 2.09
33.4 30 0.114 2.90 1.46 2.18
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
82
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
1 1.315 STD 40(s) 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 0.133 3.4 1.68 2.52
1.315 XS 80(s) 0.179 4.55 2.17 3.24 0.179 4.5 2.17 3.21
33.4 160 0.250 6.35 2.85 4.24
25 XXS 0.358 9.09 3.66 5.45 0.358 9.1 3.66 5.45
1 1/4 1.660 5(s) 0.065 1.65 1.11 1.65 0.0018
1.660 10(s) 0.109 2.77 1.81 2.69
42.2 30 0.117 2.97 1.93 2.87
32 STD 40(s) 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 0.140 3.6 2.27 3.43
XS 80(s) 0.191 4.85 3.00 4.47 0.191 4.9 3.00 4.51
160 0.250 6.35 3.77 5.61
XXS 0.382 9.70 5.22 7.77 0.382 9.7 5.22 7.77
1 1/2 1.900 5(s) 0.065 1.65 1.28 1.90 0.0023
1.900 10(s) 0.109 2.77 2.09 3.11
48.3 30 0.125 3.18 2.37 3.53
40 STD 40(s) 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 0.145 3.7 2.72 4.07
XS 80(s) 0.200 5.08 3.63 5.41 0.200 5.1 3.63 5.43
160 0.281 7.14 4.86 7.25
XXS 0.400 10.15 6.41 9.55 0.400 10.2 6.41 9.58
2 2 3/8 5(s) 0.065 1.65 1.61 2.39 0.0036
2.375 0.083 2.11 2.03 3.03 0.083 2.1 2.03 3.01 0.0036
60.3 10(s) 0.109 2.77 2.64 3.93 0.109 2.8 2.64 3.97
50 30 0.125 3.18 3.01 4.48 0.125 3.2 3.01 4.51
0.141 3.58 3.37 5.01 0.141 3.6 3.37 5.03
STD 40(s) 0.154 3.91 3.66 5.44 0.154 3.9 3.66 5.42
0.172 4.37 4.05 6.03 0.172 4.4 4.05 6.07
0.188 4.78 4.40 6.54 0.188 4.8 4.40 6.57
XS 80(s) 0.218 5.54 5.03 7.48 0.218 5.5 5.03 7.43
0.250 6.35 5.68 8.45 0.250 6.4 5.68 8.51
0.281 7.14 6.29 9.36 0.281 7.1 6.29 9.31
160 0.344 8.74 7.47 11.11
XXS 0.436 11.07 9.04 13.44 0.436 11.1 9.04 13.47
2 1/2 2 7/8 5(s) 0.083 2.11 2.48 3.69 0.083 2.1 2.48 3.67 0.0053
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
83
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
2 1/2 2 7/8 0.109 2.77 3.22 4.80 0.109 2.8 3.22 4.85 0.0053
2.875 10(s) 0.120 3.05 3.53 5.26 0.0053
73.0 0.125 3.18 3.67 5.48 0.125 3.2 3.67 5.51
65 0.141 3.58 4.12 6.13 0.141 3.6 4.12 6.16
0.156 3.96 4.53 6.74 0.156 4.0 4.53 6.81
0.172 4.37 4.97 7.40 0.172 4.4 4.97 7.44
30 0.188 4.78 5.40 8.04 0.188 4.8 5.40 8.07
STD 40(s) 0.203 5.16 5.80 8.63 0.203 5.2 5.80 8.69
0.216 5.49 6.14 9.14 0.216 5.5 6.14 9.16
0.250 6.35 7.02 10.44 0.250 6.4 7.02 10.51
XS 80(s) 0.276 7.01 7.67 11.41 0.276 7.0 7.67 11.39
160 0.375 9.53 10.02 14.92
XXS 0.552 14.02 13.71 20.39 0.552 14.0 13.71 20.37
3 3 1/2 5s 0.083 2.11 3.03 4.52 0.083 2.1 3.03 4.50 0.0079
3.500 0.109 2.77 3.95 5.88 0.109 2.8 3.95 5.95 0.0079
88.9 10s 0.120 3.05 4.34 6.46 0.0079
80 0.125 3.18 4.51 6.72 0.125 3.2 4.51 6.76 0.0079
0.141 3.58 5.06 7.53 0.141 3.6 5.06 7.57 0.0079
0.156 3.96 5.58 8.30 0.156 4.0 5.58 8.37
0.172 4.37 6.12 9.11 0.172 4.4 6.12 9.17
0.188 4.78 6.66 9.92 0.188 4.8 6.66 9.95
STD 40(s) 0.216 5.49 7.58 11.29 0.216 5.5 7.58 11.31
0.250 6.35 8.69 12.93 0.250 6.4 8.69 13.02
0.281 7.14 9.67 14.40 0.281 7.1 9.67 14.32
XS 80(s) 0.300 7.62 10.26 15.27 0.300 7.6 10.26 15.24
160 0.438 11.13 14.34 21.35
XXS 0.600 15.24 18.60 27.68 0.600 15.2 18.60 27.63
3 1/2 4 5(s) 0.083 2.11 3.48 5.18 0.083 2.1 3.48 5.15 0.0103
4.000 0.109 2.77 4.53 6.75 0.109 2.8 4.53 6.82 0.0103
101.6 10(s) 0.120 3.05 4.98 7.41 0.0103
0.125 3.18 5.18 7.72 0.125 3.2 5.18 7.76 0.0103
0.141 3.58 5.82 8.65 0.141 3.6 5.82 8.70 0.0103
0.156 3.96 6.41 9.54 0.156 4.0 6.41 9.63 0.0103
0.172 4.37 7.04 10.48 0.172 4.4 7.04 10.55
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
84
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
3 1/2 4 30 0.188 4.78 7.66 11.41 0.188 4.8 7.66 11.46
4.000 STD 40(s) 0.226 5.74 9.12 13.57 0.226 5.7 9.12 13.48
101.6 0.250 6.35 10.02 14.92 0.250 6.4 10.02 15.02
0.281 7.14 11.17 16.63 0.281 7.1 11.17 16.55
XS 80(s) 0.318 8.08 12.52 18.64 0.318 8.1 12.52 18.68
4 4 1/2 5(s) 0.083 2.11 3.92 5.84 0.083 2.1 3.92 5.81 0.0131
4.500 0.109 2.77 5.12 7.62 0.0131
114.3 10(s) 0.120 3.05 5.62 8.37 0.0131
100 0.125 3.18 5.85 8.71 0.125 3.2 5.85 8.77 0.0131
0.141 3.58 6.57 9.78 0.141 3.6 6.57 9.83 0.0131
0.156 3.96 7.24 10.78 0.156 4.0 7.24 10.88 0.0131
0.172 4.37 7.96 11.85 0.172 4.4 7.96 11.92 0.0131
30 0.188 4.78 8.67 12.91 0.188 4.8 8.67 12.96 0.0131
0.203 5.16 9.32 13.89 0.203 5.2 9.32 13.99
0.219 5.56 10.02 14.91 0.219 5.6 10.02 15.01
STD 40(s) 0.237 6.02 10.80 16.08 0.237 6.0 10.80 16.02
0.250 6.35 11.36 16.91 0.250 6.4 11.36 17.03
0.281 7.14 12.67 18.87 0.281 7.1 12.67 18.77
0.312 7.92 13.97 20.78 0.312 7.9 13.97 20.73
XS 80(s) 0.337 8.56 15.00 22.32 0.337 8.6 15.00 22.42
120 0.438 11.13 19.02 28.32 0.438 11.1 19.02 28.25
160 0.531 13.49 22.53 33.54 0.531 13.5 22.53 33.56
XXS 0.674 17.12 27.57 41.03 0.674 17.1 27.57 40.99
5 5 9/16 0.083 2.11 4.86 7.24 0.083 2.1 4.86 7.21 0.0200
5.563 5(s) 0.109 2.77 6.36 9.46 0.0200
141.3 0.125 3.18 7.27 10.83 0.125 3.2 7.27 10.90 0.0200
125 10(s) 0.134 3.40 7.78 11.56 0.0200
0.156 3.96 9.02 13.41 0.156 4.0 9.02 13.54 0.0200
0.188 4.78 10.80 16.09 0.188 4.8 10.80 16.16 0.0200
0.219 5.56 12.51 18.61 0.219 5.6 12.51 18.74 0.0200
STD 40(s) 0.258 6.55 14.63 21.77 0.258 6.6 14.63 21.92
0.281 7.14 15.87 23.62 0.281 7.1 15.87 23.50
0.312 7.92 17.51 26.05 0.312 7.9 17.51 25.99
0.344 8.74 19.19 28.57 0.344 8.7 19.19 28.45
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
85
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
5 5 9/16 XS 80(s) 0.375 9.53 20.80 30.97 0.375 9.5 20.80 30.88
5.563 120 0.500 12.70 27.06 40.28 0.500 12.7 27.06 40.28
141.3 160 0.625 15.88 32.99 49.12 0.625 15.9 32.99 49.17
XXS 0.750 19.05 38.59 57.43 0.750 19.1 38.59 57.56
6 6 5/8 0.083 2.11 5.80 8.65 0.083 2.1 5.80 8.61 0.0283
6.625 5(s) 0.109 2.77 7.59 11.31 0.109 2.8 7.59 11.43 0.0283
168.3 0.125 3.18 8.69 12.95 0.125 3.2 8.69 13.03 0.0283
150 10(s) 0.134 3.40 9.30 13.83 0.0283
0.141 3.58 9.77 14.54 0.141 3.6 9.77 14.62 0.0283
0.156 3.96 10.79 16.05 0.156 4.0 10.79 16.21 0.0283
0.172 4.37 11.87 17.67 0.172 4.4 11.87 17.78 0.0283
0.188 4.78 12.94 19.28 0.188 4.8 12.94 19.35 0.0283
0.203 5.16 13.94 20.76 0.203 5.2 13.94 20.91 0.0283
0.219 5.56 15.00 22.31 0.219 5.6 15.00 22.47 0.0283
0.250 6.35 17.04 25.36 0.250 6.4 17.04 25.55 0.0283
STD 40(s) 0.280 7.11 18.99 28.26 0.280 7.1 18.99 28.220.0283
0.312 7.92 21.06 31.33 0.312 7.9 21.06 31.25
0.344 8.74 23.10 34.39 0.344 8.7 23.10 34.24
0.375 9.53 25.05 37.31 0.375 9.5 25.05 37.20
XS 80(s) 0.432 10.97 28.60 42.56 0.432 11.0 28.60 42.67
0.500 12.70 32.74 48.73 0.500 12.7 32.74 48.73
120 0.562 14.27 36.43 54.21 0.562 14.3 36.43 54.31
0.625 15.88 40.09 59.69 0.625 15.9 40.09 59.76
160 0.719 18.26 45.39 67.57 0.719 18.3 45.39 67.69
0.750 19.05 47.10 70.12 0.750 19.1 47.10 70.27
XXS 0.864 21.95 53.21 79.22 0.864 21.9 53.21 79.06
0.875 22.23 53.78 80.08 0.875 22.2 53.78 79.98
8 8 5/8 5(s) 0.109 2.77 9.92 14.78 0.0480
8.625 0.125 3.18 11.36 16.93 0.125 3.2 11.36 17.04 0.0480
219.1 10(s) 0.148 3.76 13.41 19.97 0.0480
200 0.156 3.96 14.12 21.01 0.156 4.0 14.12 21.22 0.0480
0.188 4.78 16.96 25.26 0.188 4.8 16.96 25.37 0.0480
0.203 5.16 18.28 27.22 0.203 5.2 18.28 27.43 0.0480
0.219 5.56 19.68 29.28 0.219 5.6 19.68 29.48 0.0480
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
86
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
8 8 5/8 20 0.250 6.35 22.38 33.32 0.250 6.4 22.38 33.57 0.0480
8.625 30 0.277 7.04 24.72 36.82 0.277 7.0 24.72 36.61 0.0480
219.1 0.312 7.92 27.73 41.25 0.312 7.9 27.73 41.14 0.0480
200 STD 40(s) 0.322 8.18 28.58 42.55 0.322 8.2 28.58 42.65 0.0480
0.344 8.74 30.45 45.34 0.344 8.7 30.45 45.14 0.0480
0.375 9.53 33.07 49.25 0.375 9.5 33.07 49.10
60 0.406 10.31 35.67 53.09
0.438 11.13 38.33 57.08 0.438 11.1 38.33 56.94
XS 80(s) 0.500 12.70 43.43 64.64 0.500 12.7 43.43 64.64
0.562 14.27 48.44 72.08 0.562 14.3 48.44 72.22
100 0.594 15.09 51.00 75.92
0.625 15.88 53.45 79.59 0.625 15.9 53.45 79.67
120 0.719 18.26 60.77 90.44 0.719 18.3 60.77 90.62
0.750 19.05 63.14 93.98 0.750 19.1 63.14 94.20
140 0.812 20.62 67.82 100.93 0.812 20.6 67.82 100.84
XXS 0.875 22.23 72.49 107.93 0.875 22.2 72.49 107.79
160 0.906 23.01 74.76 111.27
1.000 25.40 81.51 121.33 1.000 25.4 81.51 121.33
10 10 3/4 5(s) 0.134 3.40 15.21 22.61 0.0746
10.750 0.156 3.96 17.67 26.27 0.156 4.0 17.67 26.54 0.0746
273.0 10(s) 0.165 4.19 18.67 27.78 0.0746
250 0.188 4.78 21.23 31.62 0.188 4.8 21.23 31.76 0.0746
(OD is 0.203 5.16 22.89 34.08 0.203 5.2 22.89 34.35 0.0746
273.1 for 0.219 5.56 24.65 36.67 0.219 5.6 24.65 36.94 0.0746
B36.19) 20 0.250 6.35 28.06 41.76 0.250 6.4 28.06 42.09 0.0746
0.279 7.09 31.23 46.49 0.279 7.1 31.23 46.57 0.0746
30 0.307 7.80 34.27 51.01 0.307 7.8 34.27 51.03 0.0746
0.344 8.74 38.27 56.96 0.344 8.7 38.27 56.72 0.0746
STD 40(s) 0.365 9.27 40.52 60.29 0.365 9.3 40.52 60.50 0.0746
0.438 11.13 48.28 71.88 0.438 11.1 48.28 71.72 0.0746
XS 60 80s 0.500 12.70 54.79 81.53 0.500 12.7 54.79 81.55
0.562 14.27 61.21 91.05 0.562 14.3 61.21 91.26
80 0.594 15.09 64.49 95.98
0.625 15.88 67.65 100.69 0.625 15.9 67.65 100.85
100 0.719 18.26 77.10 114.71 0.719 18.3 77.10 114.99
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
87
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
10 10 3/4 0.812 20.62 86.26 128.34 0.812 20.6 86.26 128.27
10.750 120 0.844 21.44 89.38 133.01
273.1 0.875 22.23 92.37 137.48 0.875 22.2 92.37 137.36
250 0.938 23.83 98.39 146.43 0.938 23.8 98.39 146.32
XXS 140 1.000 25.40 104.23 155.10 1.000 25.4 104.23 155.15
160 1.125 28.58 115.75 172.27
1.250 31.75 126.94 188.90 1.250 31.8 126.94 189.22
12 12 3/4 5(s) 0.156 3.96 21.00 31.24 0.1049
12.750 0.172 4.37 23.13 34.43 0.172 4.4 23.13 34.67 0.1049
323.8 10(s) 0.180 4.57 24.19 35.98 0.1049
300 0.188 4.78 25.25 37.61 0.188 4.8 25.25 37.77 0.1049
(OD is 0.203 5.16 27.23 40.55 0.203 5.2 27.23 40.87 0.1049
323.9 for 0.219 5.56 29.34 43.64 0.219 5.6 29.34 43.96 0.1049
B36.19) 20 0.250 6.35 33.41 49.71 0.250 6.4 33.41 50.11 0.1049
0.281 7.14 37.46 55.76 0.281 7.1 37.46 55.47 0.1049
0.312 7.92 41.48 61.70 0.312 7.9 41.48 61.56 0.1049
30 0.330 8.38 43.81 65.19 0.330 8.4 43.81 65.35 0.1049
0.344 8.74 45.62 67.91 0.344 8.7 45.62 67.62 0.1049
STD 40s 0.375 9.53 49.61 73.86 0.375 9.5 49.61 73.65 0.1049
40 0.406 10.31 53.57 79.71 0.406 10.3 53.57 79.65 0.1049
0.438 11.13 57.65 85.82 0.438 11.1 57.65 85.62 0.1049
XS 80s 0.500 12.70 65.48 97.44 0.500 12.7 65.48 97.46 0.1049
60 0.562 14.27 73.22 108.93 0.562 14.3 73.22 109.18
0.625 15.88 81.01 120.59 0.625 15.9 81.01 120.76
80 0.688 17.48 88.71 132.05 0.688 17.5 88.71 132.23
0.750 19.05 96.21 143.17 0.750 19.1 96.21 143.56
0.812 20.62 103.63 154.17 0.812 20.6 103.63 154.08
100 0.844 21.44 107.42 159.87
0.875 22.23 111.08 165.33 0.875 22.2 111.08 165.17
0.938 23.83 118.44 176.29 0.938 23.8 118.44 176.13
XXS 120 1.000 25.40 125.61 186.92 1.000 25.4 125.61 186.97
1.062 26.97 132.69 197.43 1.062 27.0 132.69 197.68
140 1.125 28.58 139.81 208.08 1.125 28.6 139.81 208.27
1.250 31.75 153.67 228.68 1.250 31.8 153.67 229.06
160 1.312 33.32 160.42 238.69
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
88
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
14 14 5(s) 0.156 3.96 23.09 34.34 0.1265
14.000 10s 0.188 4.78 27.76 41.36 0.188 4.8 27.76 41.52 0.1265
355.6 0.203 5.16 29.94 44.59 0.203 5.2 29.94 44.93 0.1265
350 0.210 5.33 30.96 46.04 0.210 5.3 30.96 45.78 0.1265
0.219 5.56 32.26 48.00 0.219 5.6 32.26 48.33 0.1265
10 0.250 6.35 36.75 54.69 0.250 6.4 36.75 55.11 0.1265
0.281 7.14 41.21 61.36 0.281 7.1 41.21 61.02 0.1265
20 0.312 7.92 45.65 67.91 0.312 7.9 45.65 67.74 0.1265
0.344 8.74 50.22 74.76 0.344 8.7 50.22 74.42 0.1265
STD 30 0.375 9.53 54.62 81.33 0.375 9.5 54.62 81.08 0.1265
0.406 10.31 59.00 87.79 0.406 10.3 59.00 87.71 0.1265
40 0.438 11.13 63.50 94.55 0.438 11.1 63.50 94.30 0.1265
0.469 11.91 67.84 100.95 0.469 11.9 67.84 100.86 0.1265
XS 0.500 12.70 72.16 107.40 0.500 12.7 72.16 107.39 0.1265
0.562 14.27 80.73 120.12 0.562 14.3 80.73 120.36 0.1265
60 0.594 15.09 85.13 126.72
0.625 15.88 89.36 133.04 0.625 15.9 89.36 133.19
0.688 17.48 97.91 145.76 0.688 17.5 97.91 145.91
80 0.750 19.05 106.23 158.11 0.750 19.1 106.23 158.49
0.812 20.62 114.48 170.34 0.812 20.6 114.48 170.18
0.875 22.23 122.77 182.76 0.875 22.2 122.77 182.52
100 0.938 23.83 130.98 194.98 0.938 23.8 130.98 194.74
1.000 25.40 138.97 206.84 1.000 25.4 138.97 206.83
1.062 26.97 146.88 218.58 1.062 27.0 146.88 218.79
120 1.094 27.79 150.93 224.66
1.125 28.58 154.84 230.49 1.125 28.6 154.84 230.63
140 1.250 31.75 170.37 253.58 1.250 31.8 170.37 253.92
160 1.406 35.71 189.29 281.72
2.000 50.80 256.56 381.85
2.125 53.98 269.76 401.52
2.200 55.88 277.51 413.04
2.500 63.50 307.34 457.43
16 16 5(s) 0.165 4.19 27.93 41.56 0.1652
16.000 10s 0.188 4.78 31.78 47.34 0.188 4.8 31.78 47.54 0.1652
406.4 0.203 5.16 34.28 51.06 0.203 5.2 34.28 51.54 0.1652
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
89
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
16 16 0.219 5.56 36.95 54.96 0.219 5.6 36.95 55.35 0.1652
16.000 10 0.250 6.35 42.09 62.65 0.250 6.4 42.09 63.13 0.1652
406.4 0.281 7.14 47.22 70.30 0.281 7.1 47.22 69.91 0.1652
400 20 0.312 7.92 52.32 77.83 0.312 7.9 52.32 77.63 0.1652
0.344 8.74 57.57 85.71 0.344 8.7 57.57 85.32 0.1652
STD 30 0.375 9.53 62.64 93.27 0.375 9.5 62.64 92.98 0.1652
0.406 10.31 67.68 100.71 0.406 10.3 67.68 100.61 0.1652
0.438 11.13 72.86 108.49 0.438 11.1 72.86 108.20 0.1652
0.469 11.91 77.87 115.87 0.469 11.9 77.87 115.77 0.1652
XS 40 0.500 12.70 82.85 123.31 0.500 12.7 82.85 123.30 0.1652
0.562 14.27 92.75 138.00 0.562 14.3 92.75 138.27 0.1652
0.625 15.88 102.72 152.94 0.625 15.9 102.72 153.11 0.1652
60 0.656 16.66 107.60 160.13 0.1652
0.688 17.48 112.62 167.66 0.688 17.5 112.62 167.83
0.750 19.05 122.27 181.98 0.750 19.1 122.27 182.42
0.812 20.62 131.84 196.18 0.812 20.6 131.84 195.98
80 0.844 21.44 136.74 203.54
0.875 22.23 141.48 210.61 0.875 22.2 141.48 210.33
0.938 23.83 151.03 224.83 0.938 23.8 151.03 224.55
1.000 25.40 160.35 238.66 1.000 25.4 160.35 238.64
100 1.031 26.19 164.98 245.57
1.062 26.97 169.59 252.37 1.062 27.0 169.59 252.61
1.125 28.58 178.89 266.30 1.125 28.6 178.89 266.45
1.188 30.18 188.11 280.01 1.188 30.2 188.11 280.17
120 1.219 30.96 192.61 286.66
1.250 31.75 197.10 293.35 1.250 31.8 197.10 293.76
140 1.438 36.53 223.85 333.21
160 1.594 40.49 245.48 365.38
18 18 5(s) 0.165 4.19 31.46 46.79 0.2088
18.000 10s 0.188 4.78 35.80 53.31 0.188 4.8 35.80 53.53 0.2088
457 0.219 5.56 41.63 61.90 0.219 5.6 41.63 62.34 0.2088
450 10 0.250 6.35 47.44 70.57 0.250 6.4 47.44 71.12 0.2088
0.281 7.14 53.23 79.21 0.281 7.1 53.23 78.77 0.2088
20 0.312 7.92 58.99 87.71 0.312 7.9 58.99 87.49 0.2088
0.344 8.74 64.93 96.62 0.344 8.7 64.93 96.18 0.2088
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
90
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
18 18 STD 40s 0.375 9.53 70.65 105.17 0.375 9.5 70.65 104.84 0.2088
18.000 0.406 10.31 76.36 113.58 0.406 10.3 76.36 113.46 0.2088
457 30 0.438 11.13 82.23 122.38 0.438 11.1 82.23 122.05 0.2088
450 0.469 11.91 87.89 130.73 0.469 11.9 87.89 130.62 0.2088
XS 80s 0.500 12.70 93.54 139.16 0.500 12.7 93.54 139.150.2088
40 0.562 14.27 104.76 155.81 0.562 14.3 104.76 156.11 0.2088
0.625 15.88 116.09 172.75 0.625 15.9 116.09 172.95 0.2088
0.688 17.48 127.32 189.47 0.688 17.5 127.32 189.67 0.2088
60 0.750 19.05 138.30 205.75 0.750 19.1 138.30 206.25 0.2088
0.812 20.62 149.20 221.91 0.812 20.6 149.20 221.69
0.875 22.23 160.18 238.35 0.875 22.2 160.18 238.03
80 0.938 23.83 171.08 254.57 0.938 23.8 171.08 254.25
1.000 25.40 181.73 270.36 1.000 25.4 181.73 270.34
1.062 26.97 192.29 286.02 1.062 27.0 192.29 286.30
1.125 28.58 202.94 301.96 1.125 28.6 202.94 302.14
100 1.156 29.36 208.15 309.64
1.188 30.18 213.51 317.68 1.188 30.2 213.51 317.85
1.250 31.75 223.82 332.97 1.250 31.8 223.82 333.44
120 1.375 34.93 244.37 363.58
140 1.562 39.67 274.48 408.28
160 1.781 45.24 308.79 459.39
20 20 5(s) 0.188 4.78 39.82 59.32 0.2581
20.000 10s 0.218 5.54 46.10 68.65 0.2581
508 0.219 5.56 46.31 68.89 0.219 5.6 46.31 69.38 0.2581
500 10 0.250 6.35 52.78 78.56 0.250 6.4 52.78 79.16 0.2581
0.281 7.14 59.23 88.19 0.281 7.1 59.23 87.70 0.2581
0.312 7.92 65.66 97.68 0.312 7.9 65.66 97.43 0.2581
0.344 8.74 72.28 107.61 0.344 8.7 72.28 107.12 0.2581
STD 20 40s 0.375 9.53 78.67 117.15 0.375 9.5 78.67 116.78 0.2581
0.406 10.31 85.04 126.54 0.406 10.3 85.04 126.41 0.2581
0.438 11.13 91.59 136.38 0.438 11.1 91.59 136.01 0.2581
0.469 11.91 97.92 145.71 0.469 11.9 97.92 145.58 0.2581
XS 30 80s 0.500 12.70 104.23 155.13 0.500 12.7 104.23 155.12 0.2581
0.562 14.27 116.78 173.75 0.562 14.3 116.78 174.10 0.2581
40 0.594 15.09 123.23 183.43 0.2581
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
91
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
20 20 0.625 15.88 129.45 192.73 0.625 15.9 129.45 192.95 0.2581
20.000 0.688 17.48 142.03 211.45 0.688 17.9 142.03 216.34 0.2581
508 0.750 19.05 154.34 229.71 0.750 19.1 154.34 230.27 0.2581
500 60 0.812 20.62 166.56 247.84 0.812 20.6 166.56 247.60 0.2581
0.875 22.23 178.89 266.31 0.875 22.2 178.89 265.95
0.938 23.83 191.14 284.54 0.938 23.8 191.14 284.18
1.000 25.40 203.11 302.30 1.000 25.4 203.11 302.28
80 1.031 26.19 209.06 311.19
1.062 26.97 215.00 319.94 1.062 27.0 215.00 320.26
1.125 28.58 227.00 337.91 1.125 28.6 227.00 338.11
1.188 30.18 238.91 355.63 1.188 30.2 238.91 355.83
1.250 31.75 250.55 372.91 1.250 31.8 250.55 373.43
100 1.281 32.54 256.34 381.55
1.312 33.32 262.10 390.05 1.312 33.3 262.10 389.81
1.375 34.93 273.76 407.51 1.375 34.9 273.76 407.17
120 1.500 38.10 296.65 441.52
140 1.750 44.45 341.41 508.15
160 1.969 50.01 379.53 564.85
22 22 5(s) 0.188 4.78 43.84 65.33 0.3125
22.000 10s 0.218 5.54 50.76 75.62 0.3125
559 0.219 5.56 50.99 75.89 0.219 5.6 50.99 76.42 0.3125
550 10 0.250 6.35 58.13 86.55 0.250 6.4 58.13 87.21 0.3125
0.281 7.14 65.24 97.17 0.281 7.1 65.24 96.63 0.3125
0.312 7.92 72.34 107.64 0.312 7.9 72.34 107.36 0.3125
0.344 8.74 79.64 118.60 0.344 8.7 79.64 118.06 0.3125
STD 20 0.375 9.53 86.69 129.14 0.375 9.5 86.69 128.73 0.3125
0.406 10.31 93.72 139.51 0.406 10.3 93.72 139.37 0.3125
0.438 11.13 100.96 150.38 0.438 11.1 100.96 149.97 0.3125
0.469 11.91 107.95 160.69 0.469 11.9 107.95 160.55 0.3125
XS 30 0.500 12.70 114.92 171.10 0.500 12.7 114.92 171.09 0.3125
0.562 14.27 128.79 191.70 0.562 14.3 128.79 192.08 0.3125
0.625 15.88 142.81 212.70 0.625 15.9 142.81 212.95 0.3125
0.688 17.48 156.74 233.44 0.688 17.5 156.74 233.68 0.3125
0.750 19.05 170.37 253.67 0.750 19.1 170.37 254.30 0.3125
0.812 20.62 183.92 273.78 0.812 20.6 183.92 273.51 0.3125
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
92
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
22 22 60 0.875 22.23 197.60 294.27 0.875 22.2 197.60 293.87 0.3125
22.000 0.938 23.83 211.19 314.51 0.938 23.8 211.19 314.11
559 1.000 25.40 224.49 334.25 1.000 25.4 224.49 334.23
550 1.062 26.97 237.70 353.86 1.062 27.0 237.70 354.22
80 1.125 28.58 251.05 373.85 1.125 28.6 251.05 374.08
1.188 30.18 264.31 393.59 1.188 30.2 264.31 393.81
1.250 31.75 277.27 412.84 1.250 31.8 277.27 413.42
1.312 33.32 290.15 431.96 1.312 33.3 290.15 431.69
100 1.375 34.93 303.16 451.45 1.375 34.9 303.16 451.06
1.438 36.53 316.08 470.69 1.438 36.5 316.08 470.30
1.500 38.10 328.72 489.44 1.500 38.1 328.72 489.41
120 1.625 41.28 353.94 527.05
140 1.875 47.63 403.38 600.67
160 2.125 53.98 451.49 672.30
24 24 5(s) 0.218 5.54 55.42 82.58 0.3721
24.000 10(s) 0.250 6.35 63.47 94.53 0.250 6.4 63.47 95.26 0.3721
610 0.281 7.14 71.25 106.15 0.281 7.1 71.25 105.56 0.3721
600 0.312 7.92 79.01 117.60 0.312 7.9 79.01 117.30 0.3721
0.344 8.74 86.99 129.60 0.344 8.7 86.99 129.00 0.3721
STD 20 40s 0.375 9.53 94.71 141.12 0.375 9.5 94.71 140.68 0.3721
0.406 10.31 102.40 152.48 0.406 10.3 102.40 152.32 0.3721
0.438 11.13 110.32 164.38 0.438 11.1 110.32 163.93 0.3721
0.469 11.91 117.98 175.67 0.469 11.9 117.98 175.51 0.3721
XS 80s 0.500 12.70 125.61 187.07 0.500 12.7 125.61 187.06 0.3721
30 0.562 14.27 140.81 209.65 0.562 14.3 140.81 210.07 0.3721
0.625 15.88 156.17 232.67 0.625 15.9 156.17 232.94 0.3721
40 0.688 17.48 171.45 255.43 0.688 17.5 171.45 255.69 0.3721
0.750 19.05 186.41 277.63 0.750 19.1 186.41 278.32 0.3721
0.812 20.62 201.28 299.71 0.812 20.6 201.28 299.41 0.3721
0.875 22.23 216.31 322.23 0.875 22.2 216.31 321.79 0.3721
0.938 23.83 231.25 344.48 0.938 23.8 231.25 344.05 0.3721
60 0.969 24.61 238.57 355.28 0.3721
1.000 25.40 245.87 366.19 1.000 25.4 245.87 366.17 0.3721
1.062 26.97 260.41 387.79 1.062 27.0 260.41 388.17
1.125 28.58 275.10 409.80 1.125 28.6 275.10 410.05
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
93
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
24 24 1.188 30.18 289.71 431.55 1.188 30.2 289.71 431.80
24.000 80 1.219 30.96 296.86 442.11
610 1.250 31.75 304.00 452.77 1.250 31.8 304.00 453.42
600 1.312 33.32 318.21 473.87 1.312 33.3 318.21 473.57
1.375 34.93 332.56 495.38 1.375 34.9 332.56 494.95
1.438 36.53 346.83 516.63 1.438 36.5 346.83 516.20
1.500 38.10 360.79 537.36 1.500 38.1 360.79 537.33
100 1.531 38.89 367.74 547.74
1.562 39.67 374.66 557.97 1.562 39.7 374.66 558.32
120 1.812 46.02 429.79 640.07
140 2.062 52.37 483.57 720.19
160 2.344 59.54 542.64 808.27
26 26 0.250 6.35 68.82 102.36 0.250 6.4 68.82 103.15 0.4356
26.000 0.281 7.14 77.26 114.96 0.281 7.1 77.26 114.31 0.4356
660 10 0.312 7.92 85.68 127.36 0.312 7.9 85.68 127.04 0.4356
650 0.344 8.74 94.35 140.37 0.344 8.7 94.35 139.73 0.4356
STD 0.375 9.53 102.72 152.88 0.375 9.5 102.72 152.39 0.4356
0.406 10.31 111.08 165.19 0.406 10.3 111.08 165.02 0.4356
0.438 11.13 119.69 178.10 0.438 11.1 119.69 177.62 0.4356
0.469 11.91 128.00 190.36 0.469 11.9 128.00 190.19 0.4356
XS 20 0.500 12.70 136.30 202.74 0.500 12.7 136.30 202.72 0.4356
0.562 14.27 152.83 227.25 0.562 14.3 152.83 227.70 0.4356
0.625 15.88 169.54 252.25 0.625 15.9 169.54 252.55 0.4356
0.688 17.48 186.16 276.98 0.688 17.5 186.16 277.27 0.4356
0.750 19.05 202.44 301.12 0.750 19.1 202.44 301.87 0.4356
0.812 20.62 218.64 325.14 0.812 20.6 218.64 324.81 0.4356
0.875 22.23 235.01 349.64 0.875 22.2 235.01 349.16 0.4356
0.938 23.83 251.30 373.87 0.938 23.8 251.30 373.39 0.4356
1.000 25.40 267.25 397.51 1.000 25.4 267.25 397.49 0.4356
28 28 0.250 6.35 74.16 110.35 0.250 6.4 74.16 111.20 0.5055
28.000 0.281 7.14 83.26 123.94 0.281 7.1 83.26 123.24 0.5055
711 10 0.312 7.92 92.35 137.32 0.312 7.9 92.35 136.97 0.5055
700 0.344 8.74 101.70 151.37 0.344 8.7 101.70 150.67 0.5055
STD 0.375 9.53 110.74 164.86 0.375 9.5 110.74 164.34 0.5055
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
94
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
28 28 0.406 10.31 119.76 178.16 0.406 10.3 119.76 177.98 0.5055
28.000 0.438 11.13 129.05 192.10 0.438 11.1 129.05 191.58 0.5055
711 0.469 11.91 138.03 205.34 0.469 11.9 138.03 205.15 0.5055
700 XS 20 0.500 12.70 146.99 218.71 0.500 12.7 146.99 218.69 0.5055
0.562 14.27 164.84 245.19 0.562 14.3 164.84 245.68 0.5055
30 0.625 15.88 182.90 272.23 0.625 15.9 182.90 272.54 0.5055
0.688 17.48 200.87 298.96 0.688 17.5 200.87 299.28 0.5055
0.750 19.05 218.48 325.08 0.750 19.1 218.48 325.89 0.5055
0.812 20.62 236.00 351.07 0.812 20.6 236.00 350.72 0.5055
0.875 22.23 253.72 377.60 0.875 22.2 253.72 377.08 0.5055
0.938 23.83 271.36 403.84 0.938 23.8 271.36 403.32 0.5055
1.000 25.40 288.63 429.46 1.000 25.4 288.63 429.44 0.5055
30 30 5(s) 0.250 6.35 79.51 118.34 0.250 6.4 79.51 119.25 0.5806
30.000 0.281 7.14 89.27 132.92 0.281 7.1 89.27 132.17 0.5806
762.0 10(s) 0.312 7.92 99.02 147.29 0.312 7.9 99.02 146.91 0.5806
750 0.344 8.74 109.06 162.36 0.344 8.7 109.06 161.61 0.5806
STD 0.375 9.53 118.76 176.85 0.375 9.5 118.76 176.29 0.5806
0.406 10.31 128.44 191.12 0.406 10.3 128.44 190.93 0.5806
0.438 11.13 138.42 206.10 0.438 11.1 138.42 205.54 0.5806
0.469 11.91 148.06 220.32 0.469 11.9 148.06 220.12 0.5806
XS 20 0.500 12.70 157.68 234.68 0.500 12.7 157.68 234.67 0.5806
0.562 14.27 176.86 263.14 0.562 14.3 176.86 263.67 0.5806
30 0.625 15.88 196.26 292.20 0.625 15.9 196.26 292.54 0.5806
0.688 17.48 215.58 320.95 0.688 17.5 215.58 321.29 0.5806
0.750 19.05 234.51 349.04 0.750 19.1 234.51 349.91 0.5806
0.812 20.62 253.36 377.01 0.812 20.6 253.36 376.63 0.5806
0.875 22.23 272.43 405.56 0.875 22.2 272.43 405.00 0.5806
0.938 23.83 291.41 433.81 0.938 23.8 291.41 433.26 0.5806
1.000 25.40 310.01 461.41 1.000 25.4 310.01 461.38 0.5806
1.062 26.97 328.53 488.88 1.062 27.0 328.53 489.38 0.5806
1.125 28.58 347.26 516.93 1.125 28.6 347.26 517.25 0.5806
1.188 30.18 365.90 544.68 1.188 30.2 365.90 544.99 0.5806
1.250 31.75 384.17 571.79 1.250 31.8 384.17 572.61 0.5806
32 32 0.250 6.35 84.85 126.32 0.250 6.4 84.85 127.30 0.6610
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
95
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
32 32 0.281 7.14 95.28 141.90 0.281 7.1 95.28 141.10 0.6610
32.000 10 0.312 7.92 105.69 157.25 0.312 7.9 105.69 156.84 0.6610
813 0.344 8.74 116.41 173.35 0.344 8.7 116.41 172.56 0.6610
800 STD 0.375 9.53 126.78 188.83 0.375 9.5 126.78 188.24 0.6610
0.406 10.31 137.12 204.09 0.406 10.3 137.12 203.88 0.6610
0.438 11.13 147.78 220.10 0.438 11.1 147.78 219.50 0.6610
0.469 11.91 158.08 235.29 0.469 11.9 158.08 235.09 0.6610
XS 20 0.500 12.70 168.37 250.65 0.500 12.7 168.37 250.64 0.6610
0.562 14.27 188.87 281.09 0.562 14.3 188.87 281.65 0.6610
30 0.625 15.88 209.62 312.17 0.625 15.9 209.62 312.54 0.6610
40 0.688 17.48 230.29 342.94 0.688 17.5 230.29 343.30 0.6610
0.750 19.05 250.55 373.00 0.750 19.1 250.55 373.93 0.6610
0.812 20.62 270.72 402.94 0.812 20.6 270.72 402.54 0.6610
0.875 22.23 291.14 433.52 0.875 22.2 291.14 432.93 0.6610
0.938 23.83 311.47 463.78 0.938 23.8 311.47 463.19 0.6610
1.000 25.40 331.39 493.35 1.000 25.4 331.39 493.32 0.6610
1.062 26.97 351.23 522.80 1.062 27.0 351.23 523.33 0.6610
1.125 28.58 371.31 552.88 1.125 28.6 371.31 553.22 0.6610
1.188 30.18 391.30 582.64 1.188 30.2 391.30 582.98 0.6610
1.250 31.75 410.90 611.72 1.250 31.8 410.90 612.61 0.6610
34 34 0.250 6.35 90.20 134.31 0.250 6.4 90.20 135.35 0.7465
34.000 0.281 7.14 101.29 150.88 0.281 7.1 101.29 150.03 0.7465
864 10 0.312 7.92 112.36 167.21 0.312 7.9 112.36 166.78 0.7465
850 0.344 8.74 123.77 184.34 0.344 8.7 123.77 183.50 0.7465
STD 0.375 9.53 134.79 200.82 0.375 9.5 134.79 200.18 0.7465
0.406 10.31 145.80 217.06 0.406 10.3 145.80 216.84 0.7465
0.438 11.13 157.14 234.10 0.438 11.1 157.14 233.46 0.7465
0.469 11.91 168.11 250.27 0.469 11.9 168.11 250.05 0.7465
XS 20 0.500 12.70 179.06 266.63 0.500 12.7 179.06 266.61 0.7465
0.562 14.27 200.89 299.04 0.562 14.3 200.89 299.64 0.7465
30 0.625 15.88 222.99 332.14 0.625 15.9 222.99 332.53 0.7465
40 0.688 17.48 245.00 364.92 0.688 17.5 245.00 365.31 0.7465
0.750 19.05 266.58 396.96 0.750 19.1 266.58 397.95 0.7465
0.812 20.62 288.08 428.88 0.812 20.6 288.08 428.44 0.7465
0.875 22.23 309.84 461.48 0.875 22.2 309.84 460.85 0.7465
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
96
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
34 34 0.938 23.83 331.52 493.75 0.938 23.8 331.52 493.12 0.7465
34.000 1.000 25.40 352.77 525.30 1.000 25.4 352.77 525.27 0.7465
864 1.062 26.97 373.94 556.73 1.062 27.0 373.94 557.29 0.7465
850 1.125 28.58 395.36 588.83 1.125 28.6 395.36 589.19 0.7465
1.188 30.18 416.70 620.60 1.188 30.2 416.70 620.96 0.7465
1.250 31.75 437.62 651.65 1.250 31.8 437.62 652.60 0.7465
36 36 0.250 6.35 95.54 142.14 0.250 6.4 95.54 143.24 0.8354
36.000 0.281 7.14 107.30 159.68 0.281 7.1 107.30 158.79 0.8354
914 10 0.312 7.92 119.03 176.97 0.312 7.9 119.03 176.52 0.8354
900 0.344 8.74 131.12 195.12 0.344 8.7 131.12 194.22 0.8354
STD 0.375 9.53 142.81 212.57 0.375 9.5 142.81 211.90 0.8354
0.406 10.31 154.48 229.77 0.406 10.3 154.48 229.54 0.8354
0.438 11.13 166.51 247.82 0.438 11.1 166.51 247.15 0.8354
0.469 11.91 178.14 264.96 0.469 11.9 178.14 264.72 0.8354
XS 20 0.500 12.70 189.75 282.29 0.500 12.7 189.75 282.27 0.8354
0.562 14.27 212.90 316.63 0.562 14.3 212.90 317.27 0.8354
30 0.625 15.88 236.35 351.73 0.625 15.9 236.35 352.14 0.8354
0.688 17.48 259.71 386.47 0.688 17.5 259.71 386.88 0.8354
40 0.750 19.05 282.62 420.45 0.750 19.1 282.62 421.50 0.8354
0.812 20.62 305.44 454.30 0.812 20.6 305.44 453.84 0.8354
0.875 22.23 328.55 488.89 0.875 22.2 328.55 488.22 0.8354
0.938 23.83 351.57 523.14 0.938 23.8 351.57 522.47 0.8354
1.000 25.40 374.15 556.62 1.000 25.4 374.15 556.59 0.8354
1.062 26.97 396.64 589.98 1.062 27.0 396.64 590.58 0.8354
1.125 28.58 419.42 624.07 1.125 28.6 419.42 624.45 0.8354
1.188 30.18 442.10 657.81 1.188 30.2 442.10 658.19 0.8354
1.250 31.75 464.35 690.80 1.250 31.8 464.35 691.81 0.8354
38 38 0.312 7.92 125.70 186.94 0.312 7.9 125.70 186.46 0.9312
38.000 0.344 8.74 138.47 206.11 0.344 8.7 138.47 205.17 0.9312
965 STD 0.375 9.53 150.83 224.56 0.375 9.5 150.83 223.84 0.9312
950 0.406 10.31 163.16 242.74 0.406 10.3 163.16 242.49 0.9312
0.438 11.13 175.87 261.82 0.438 11.1 175.87 261.11 0.9312
0.469 11.91 188.17 279.94 0.469 11.9 188.17 279.69 0.9312
XS 0.500 12.70 200.44 298.26 0.500 12.7 200.44 298.24 0.9312
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
97
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
38 38 0.562 14.27 224.94 334.58 0.562 14.3 224.92 335.25 0.9312
38.000 0.625 15.88 249.71 371.70 0.625 15.9 249.71 372.14 0.9312
965 0.688 17.48 274.42 408.46 0.688 17.5 274.42 408.89 0.9312
950 0.750 19.05 298.65 444.41 0.750 19.1 298.65 445.52 0.9312
0.812 20.62 322.80 480.24 0.812 20.6 322.80 479.75 0.9312
0.875 22.23 347.26 516.85 0.875 22.2 347.26 516.14 0.9312
0.938 23.83 371.63 553.11 0.938 23.8 371.63 552.40 0.9312
1.000 25.40 395.53 588.57 1.000 25.4 395.53 588.53 0.9312
1.062 26.97 419.35 623.90 1.062 27.0 419.35 624.54 0.9312
1.125 28.58 443.47 660.01 1.125 28.6 443.47 660.42 0.9312
1.188 30.18 467.50 695.77 1.188 30.2 467.50 696.18 0.9312
1.250 31.75 491.07 730.74 1.250 31.8 491.07 731.80 0.9312
40 40 0.312 7.92 132.37 196.90 0.312 7.9 132.37 196.39 1.0323
40.000 0.344 8.74 145.83 217.11 0.344 8.7 145.83 216.11 1.0323
1016 STD 0.375 9.53 158.85 236.54 0.375 9.5 158.85 235.79 1.0323
1000 0.406 10.31 171.84 255.71 0.406 10.3 171.84 255.45 1.0323
0.438 11.13 185.24 275.82 0.438 11.1 185.24 275.07 1.0323
0.469 11.91 198.19 294.92 0.469 11.9 198.19 294.66 1.0323
XS 0.500 12.70 211.13 314.23 0.500 12.7 211.13 314.22 1.0323
0.562 14.27 236.93 352.53 0.562 14.3 236.93 353.24 1.0323
0.625 15.88 263.07 391.67 0.625 15.9 263.07 392.13 1.0323
0.688 17.48 289.13 430.45 0.688 17.5 289.13 430.90 1.0323
0.750 19.05 314.69 468.37 0.750 19.1 314.69 469.55 1.0323
0.812 20.62 340.16 506.17 0.812 20.6 340.16 505.66 1.0323
0.875 22.23 365.97 544.81 0.875 22.2 365.97 544.06 1.0323
0.938 23.83 391.68 583.08 0.938 23.8 391.68 582.33 1.0323
1.000 25.40 416.91 620.51 1.000 25.4 416.91 620.48 1.0323
1.062 26.97 442.05 657.82 1.062 27.0 442.05 658.50 1.0323
1.125 28.58 467.52 695.96 1.125 28.6 467.52 696.39 1.0323
1.188 30.18 492.90 733.73 1.188 30.2 492.90 734.16 1.0323
1.250 31.75 517.80 770.67 1.250 31.8 517.80 771.80 1.0323
42 42 0.344 8.74 153.18 228.10 0.344 8.7 153.18 227.05 1.1385
42.000 STD 0.375 9.53 166.86 248.53 0.375 9.5 166.86 247.74 1.1385
1067 0.406 10.31 180.52 268.67 0.406 10.3 180.52 268.40 1.1385
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
98
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
42 42 0.438 11.13 194.60 289.82 0.438 11.1 194.60 289.03 1.1385
42.000 0.469 11.91 208.22 309.90 0.469 11.9 208.22 309.62 1.1385
1067 XS 0.500 12.70 221.82 330.21 0.500 12.7 221.82 330.19 1.1385
1050 0.562 14.27 248.95 370.48 0.562 14.3 248.95 371.22 1.1385
0.625 15.88 276.44 411.64 0.625 15.9 276.44 412.13 1.1385
0.688 17.48 303.84 452.43 0.688 17.5 303.84 452.91 1.1385
0.750 19.05 330.72 492.33 0.750 19.1 330.72 493.57 1.1385
0.812 20.62 357.52 532.11 0.812 20.6 357.52 531.57 1.1385
0.875 22.23 384.67 572.77 0.875 22.2 384.67 571.98 1.1385
0.938 23.83 411.74 613.05 0.938 23.8 411.74 612.26 1.1385
1.000 25.40 438.29 652.46 1.000 25.4 438.29 652.42 1.1385
1.062 26.97 464.76 691.75 1.062 27.0 464.76 692.45 1.1385
1.125 28.58 491.57 731.91 1.125 28.6 491.57 732.36 1.1385
1.188 30.18 518.30 771.69 1.188 30.2 518.30 772.14 1.1385
1.250 31.75 544.52 810.60 1.250 31.8 544.52 811.79 1.1385
44 44 0.344 8.74 160.54 239.09 0.344 8.7 160.54 237.99 1.2499
44.000 STD 0.375 9.53 174.88 260.52 0.375 9.5 174.88 259.69 1.2499
1110 0.406 10.31 189.20 281.64 0.406 10.3 189.20 281.35 1.2499
0.438 11.13 203.97 303.82 0.438 11.1 203.97 302.99 1.2499
0.469 11.91 218.25 324.88 0.469 11.9 218.25 324.59 1.2499
XS 0.500 12.70 232.51 346.18 0.500 12.7 232.51 346.16 1.2499
0.562 14.27 260.97 388.42 0.562 14.3 260.97 389.21 1.2499
0.625 15.88 289.80 431.62 0.625 15.9 289.80 432.13 1.2499
0.688 17.48 318.55 474.42 0.688 17.5 318.55 474.92 1.2499
0.750 19.05 346.76 516.29 0.750 19.1 346.76 517.59 1.2499
0.812 20.62 374.88 558.04 0.812 20.6 374.88 557.47 1.2499
0.875 22.23 403.38 600.73 0.875 22.2 403.38 599.90 1.2499
0.938 23.83 431.79 643.03 0.938 23.8 431.79 642.19 1.2499
1.000 25.40 459.67 684.41 1.000 25.4 459.67 684.37 1.2499
1.062 26.97 487.47 725.67 1.062 27.0 487.47 726.41 1.2499
1.125 28.58 515.63 767.85 1.125 28.6 515.63 768.33 1.2499
1.188 30.18 543.70 809.65 1.188 30.2 543.70 810.12 1.2499
1.250 31.75 571.25 850.54 1.250 31.8 571.25 851.79 1.2499
46 46 0.344 8.74 167.89 249.87 0.344 8.7 167.89 248.72 1.3642
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
99
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
46 46 STD 0.375 9.53 182.90 272.27 0.375 9.5 182.90 271.40 1.3642
1168 0.406 10.31 197.88 294.35 0.406 10.3 197.88 294.05 1.3642
1150 0.438 11.13 213.33 317.54 0.438 11.1 213.33 316.67 1.3642
0.469 11.91 228.27 339.56 0.469 11.9 228.27 339.26 1.3642
XS 0.500 12.70 243.20 351.84 0.500 12.7 243.20 361.82 1.3642
0.562 14.27 272.98 406.02 0.562 14.3 272.98 406.84 1.3642
0.625 15.88 303.16 451.20 0.625 15.9 303.16 451.73 1.3642
0.688 17.48 333.26 495.97 0.688 17.5 333.26 496.50 1.3642
0.750 19.05 362.79 539.78 0.750 19.1 362.79 541.14 1.3642
0.812 20.62 392.24 583.47 0.812 20.6 392.24 582.87 1.3642
0.875 22.23 422.09 628.14 0.875 22.2 422.09 627.27 1.3642
0.938 23.83 451.85 672.41 0.938 23.8 451.85 671.54 1.3642
1.000 25.40 481.05 715.73 1.000 25.4 481.05 715.68 1.3642
1.062 26.97 510.17 758.92 1.062 27.0 510.17 759.70 1.3642
1.125 28.58 539.68 803.09 1.125 28.6 539.68 803.59 1.3642
1.188 30.18 569.10 846.86 1.188 30.2 569.10 847.36 1.3642
1.250 31.75 597.97 889.69 1.250 31.8 597.97 890.99 1.3642
48 48 0.344 8.74 175.25 260.86 0.344 8.7 175.25 259.66 1.4860
48.000 STD 0.375 9.53 190.92 284.25 0.375 9.5 190.92 283.35 1.4860
1219 0.406 10.31 206.56 307.32 0.406 10.3 206.56 307.01 1.4860
1200 0.438 11.13 222.70 331.54 0.438 11.1 222.70 330.63 1.4860
0.469 11.91 238.30 354.54 0.469 11.9 238.30 354.23 1.4860
XS 0.500 12.70 253.89 377.81 0.500 12.7 253.89 377.79 1.4860
0.562 14.27 285.00 423.97 0.562 14.3 285.00 424.82 1.4860
0.625 15.88 316.52 471.17 0.625 15.9 316.52 471.73 1.4860
0.688 17.48 347.97 517.95 0.688 17.5 347.97 518.51 1.4860
0.750 19.05 378.89 563.74 0.750 19.1 378.83 565.16 1.4860
0.812 20.62 409.61 609.40 0.812 20.6 409.61 608.78 1.4860
0.875 22.23 440.80 656.10 0.875 22.2 440.80 655.19 1.4860
0.938 23.83 471.90 702.38 0.938 23.8 471.90 701.47 1.4860
1.000 25.40 502.43 747.67 1.000 25.4 502.43 747.63 1.4860
1.062 26.97 532.88 792.84 1.062 27.0 532.88 793.66 1.4860
1.125 28.58 563.73 839.04 1.125 28.6 563.73 839.56 1.4860
1.188 30.18 594.50 884.84 1.188 30.2 594.50 885.34 1.4860
1.250 31.75 624.70 929.62 1.250 31.8 624.70 930.99 1.4860
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
100
Steel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
52 52 0.375 9.53 206.95 308.23 0.375 9.5 206.95 307.25 1.7450
52.000 0.406 10.31 223.93 333.26 0.406 10.3 223.93 332.92 1.7450
1321 0.438 11.13 241.42 359.54 0.438 11.1 241.42 358.55 1.7450
1300 0.469 11.91 258.36 384.50 0.469 11.9 258.36 384.16 1.7450
0.500 12.70 275.27 409.76 0.500 12.7 275.27 409.74 1.7450
0.562 14.27 309.03 459.86 0.562 14.3 309.03 460.79 1.7450
0.625 15.88 343.25 511.12 0.625 15.9 343.25 511.72 1.7450
0.688 17.48 377.39 561.93 0.688 17.5 377.39 562.53 1.7450
0.750 19.05 410.90 611.66 0.750 19.1 410.90 613.20 1.7450
0.812 20.62 444.33 661.27 0.812 20.6 444.33 660.60 1.7450
0.875 22.23 478.21 712.02 0.875 22.2 478.21 711.03 1.7450
0.938 23.83 512.01 762.33 0.938 23.8 512.01 761.34 1.7450
1.000 25.40 545.19 811.57 1.000 25.4 545.19 811.52 1.7450
1.062 26.97 578.29 860.69 1.062 27.0 578.29 861.57 1.7450
1.125 28.58 611.84 910.93 1.125 28.6 611.84 911.50 1.7450
1.188 30.18 645.30 960.74 1.188 30.2 645.30 961.30 1.7450
1.250 31.75 678.15 1009.49 1.250 31.8 678.15 1010.98 1.7450
56 56 0.375 9.53 222.99 331.96 0.375 9.5 222.99 330.91 2.0221
56.000 0.406 10.31 241.29 358.94 0.406 10.3 241.29 358.57 2.0221
1422 0.438 11.13 260.15 387.26 0.438 11.1 260.15 386.20 2.0221
1400 0.469 11.91 278.41 414.17 0.469 11.9 278.41 413.80 2.0221
0.500 12.70 296.65 441.39 0.500 12.7 296.65 441.37 2.0221
0.562 14.27 333.06 495.41 0.562 14.3 333.06 496.41 2.0221
0.625 15.88 369.97 550.67 0.625 15.9 369.97 551.32 2.0221
0.688 17.48 406.80 605.46 0.688 17.5 406.80 606.11 2.0221
0.750 19.05 442.97 659.11 0.750 19.1 442.97 660.77 2.0221
0.812 20.62 479.05 712.63 0.812 20.6 479.05 711.91 2.0221
0.875 22.23 515.63 767.39 0.875 22.2 515.63 766.32 2.0221
0.938 23.83 552.12 821.68 0.938 23.8 552.12 820.61 2.0221
1.000 25.40 587.95 875.83 1.000 25.4 587.95 874.78 2.0221
1.062 26.97 623.70 927.86 1.062 27.0 623.70 928.82 2.0221
1.125 28.58 659.94 982.12 1.125 28.6 659.94 982.73 2.0221
1.188 30.18 696.10 1035.91 1.188 30.2 696.10 1036.52 2.0221
1.250 31.75 731.60 1088.57 1.250 31.8 731.60 1090.18 2.0221
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
101
Steel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
60 60 0.375 9.53 239.02 355.94 0.375 9.5 239.02 354.80 2.3226
60.000 0.406 10.31 258.65 384.87 0.406 10.3 258.65 384.48 2.3226
1524 0.438 11.13 278.88 415.26 0.438 11.1 278.88 414.12 2.3226
1500 0.469 11.91 298.47 444.13 0.469 11.9 298.47 443.73 2.3226
0.500 12.70 318.03 473.34 0.500 12.7 318.03 473.31 2.3226
0.562 14.27 357.09 531.30 0.562 14.3 357.09 532.38 2.3226
0.625 15.88 396.70 590.62 0.625 15.9 396.70 591.32 2.3226
0.688 17.48 436.22 649.44 0.688 17.5 436.22 650.13 2.3226
0.750 19.05 475.04 707.03 0.750 19.1 475.04 708.82 2.3226
0.812 20.62 513.77 764.50 0.812 20.6 513.77 763.72 2.3226
0.875 22.23 553.04 823.31 0.875 22.2 553.04 822.16 2.3226
0.938 23.83 592.23 881.63 0.938 23.8 592.23 880.48 2.3226
1.000 25.40 630.71 938.73 1.000 25.4 630.71 938.67 2.3226
1.062 26.97 669.11 995.71 1.062 27.0 669.11 996.73 2.3226
1.125 28.58 708.05 1054.01 1.125 28.6 708.05 1054.67 2.3226
1.188 30.18 746.90 1111.83 1.188 30.2 746.90 1112.48 2.3226
1.250 31.75 785.05 1168.44 1.250 31.8 785.05 1170.17 2.3226
64 64 0.375 9.53 255.06 379.91 0.375 9.5 255.06 378.70 2.6439
64.000 0.406 10.31 276.01 410.81 0.406 10.3 276.01 410.38 2.6439
1626 0.438 11.13 297.61 443.25 0.438 11.1 297.61 442.04 2.6439
1600 0.469 11.91 318.52 474.09 0.469 11.9 318.52 473.66 2.6439
0.500 12.70 339.41 505.29 0.500 12.7 339.41 505.26 2.6439
0.562 14.27 381.12 567.20 0.562 14.3 381.12 568.35 2.6439
0.625 15.88 423.42 630.56 0.625 15.9 423.42 631.31 2.6439
0.688 17.48 465.64 693.41 0.688 17.5 465.64 694.15 2.6439
0.750 19.05 507.11 754.95 0.750 19.1 507.11 756.86 2.6439
0.812 20.62 548.49 816.37 0.812 20.6 548.49 815.54 2.6439
0.875 22.23 590.46 879.23 0.875 22.2 590.46 878.00 2.6439
0.938 23.83 632.34 941.57 0.938 23.8 632.34 940.34 2.6439
1.000 25.40 673.47 1002.62 1.000 25.4 673.47 1002.56 2.6439
1.062 26.97 714.52 1063.55 1.062 27.0 714.52 1064.65 2.6439
1.125 28.58 756.15 1125.90 1.125 28.6 756.15 1126.61 2.6439
1.188 30.18 797.69 1187.74 1.188 30.2 797.69 1188.44 2.6439
1.250 31.75 838.50 1248.30 1.250 31.8 838.50 1250.15 2.6439
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
102
Steel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5LMetric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
68 68 0.469 11.91 338.57 503.75 0.469 11.9 338.57 503.30 2.9825
68.000 0.500 12.70 360.79 536.92 0.500 12.7 360.79 536.89 2.9825
1727 0.562 14.27 405.15 602.74 0.562 14.3 405.15 603.96 2.9825
1700 0.625 15.88 450.15 670.12 0.625 15.9 450.15 670.91 2.9825
0.688 17.48 495.06 736.95 0.688 17.5 495.06 737.73 2.9825
0.750 19.05 539.18 802.40 0.750 19.1 539.18 804.43 2.9825
0.812 20.62 583.21 867.73 0.812 20.6 583.21 866.84 2.9825
0.875 22.23 627.57 934.60 0.875 22.2 627.87 933.30 2.9825
0.938 23.83 672.45 1000.92 0.938 23.8 672.45 999.62 2.9825
1.000 25.40 716.23 1065.89 1.000 25.4 716.23 1065.82 2.9825
1.062 26.97 759.93 1130.73 1.062 27.0 759.93 1131.89 2.9825
1.125 28.58 804.26 1197.09 1.125 28.6 804.26 1197.84 2.9825
1.188 30.18 848.49 1262.92 1.188 30.2 848.49 1263.66 2.9825
1.250 31.75 891.95 1327.39 1.250 31.8 891.95 1329.36 2.9825
72 72 0.500 12.70 382.17 568.87 0.500 12.7 382.17 568.83 3.3452
72.000 0.562 14.27 429.18 638.64 0.562 14.3 429.18 639.93 3.3452
1829 0.625 15.88 476.87 710.06 0.625 15.9 476.87 710.91 3.3452
1800 0.688 17.48 524.48 780.92 0.688 17.5 524.48 781.75 3.3452
0.750 19.05 571.25 850.32 0.750 19.1 571.25 852.47 3.3452
0.812 20.62 617.93 919.60 0.812 20.6 617.93 918.66 3.3452
0.875 22.23 665.29 990.52 0.875 22.2 665.29 989.14 3.3452
0.938 23.83 712.55 1060.87 0.938 23.8 712.55 1059.49 3.3452
1.000 25.40 758.99 1129.78 1.000 25.4 758.99 1129.71 3.3452
1.062 26.97 805.34 1198.57 1.062 27.0 805.34 1199.81 3.3452
1.125 28.58 852.36 1268.98 1.125 28.6 852.36 1269.78 3.3452
1.188 30.18 899.29 1338.83 1.188 30.2 899.29 1339.62 3.3452
1.250 31.75 945.40 1407.25 1.250 31.8 945.40 1409.34 3.3452
76 76 0.500 12.70 403.55 600.50 0.500 12.7 403.55 600.46 3.7249
76.000 0.562 14.27 453.21 674.18 0.562 14.3 453.21 675.55 3.7249
1930 0.625 15.88 503.60 749.62 0.625 15.9 503.60 750.51 3.7249
1900 0.688 17.48 553.90 824.45 0.688 17.5 553.90 825.34 3.7249
0.750 19.05 603.32 897.77 0.750 19.1 603.32 900.05 3.7249
0.812 20.62 652.65 970.96 0.812 20.6 652.65 969.97 3.7249
0.875 22.23 702.70 1045.89 0.875 22.2 702.70 1044.43 3.7249
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
103
Steel TubesASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB ASME B36.10 and B36.191 API 5L Shipping:4
OD in API 5L Designation Wall thickness Weight2 Wall Thickness Weight2 Weight
OD mm Size or Schedule3 Measure
DN in mm lb/ft kg/m in mm lb/ft kg/m Cube/m
76 76 0.938 23.83 752.66 1120.22 0.938 23.8 752.66 1118.76 3.7249
76.000 1.000 25.40 801.75 1193.05 1.000 25.4 801.75 1192.97 3.7249
1930 1.062 26.97 850.75 1265.74 1.062 27.0 850.75 1267.06 3.7249
1900 1.125 28.58 900.47 1340.17 1.125 28.6 900.47 1341.01 3.7249
1.188 30.18 950.09 1414.01 1.188 30.2 950.09 1414.84 3.7249
1.250 31.75 998.85 1486.33 1.250 31.8 998.85 1488.55 3.7249
80 80 0.562 14.27 477.25 710.08 0.562 14.3 477.25 711.52 4.1290
80.000 0.625 15.88 530.32 789.56 0.625 15.9 530.32 790.50 4.1290
2032 0.688 17.48 583.32 868.43 0.688 17.5 583.32 869.36 4.1290
2000 0.750 19.05 635.39 945.69 0.750 19.1 635.39 948.09 4.1290
0.812 20.62 687.37 1022.83 0.812 20.6 687.37 1021.78 4.1290
0.875 22.23 740.12 1101.81 0.875 22.2 740.12 1100.27 4.1290
0.938 23.83 792.77 1180.17 0.938 23.8 792.77 1178.63 4.1290
1.000 25.40 844.51 1256.94 1.000 25.4 844.51 1256.86 4.1290
1.062 26.97 896.17 1333.59 1.062 27.0 896.17 1334.97 4.1290
1.125 28.58 948.57 1412.06 1.125 28.6 948.57 1412.95 4.1290
1.188 30.18 1000.89 1489.92 1.188 30.2 1000.89 1490.80 4.1290
1.250 31.75 1052.30 1566.20 1.250 31.8 1052.30 1568.53 4.1290
1 Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.2 kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.693 s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.4 Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
104
Casing & TubingAPI 5CTMetric and Imperial Units
Casing & TubingAPI 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line CasingDesignation Outside Wall Plain End ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Size Weight Diameter Thickness Weight/m Round thread Buttress thread Extreme line
D t Wpe Short Long Reg OD SCC Std. Opt.
in lb/ft mm mm kg/m kg kg kg kg kg kg
41/2 9.50 114.30 5.21 14.02 1.91
41/2 10.50 114.30 5.69 15.24 1.72 2.27 1.16
41/2 11.60 114.30 6.35 16.91 1.54 1.72 2.09 0.98
41/2 13.50 114.30 7.37 19.44 1.45 1.81 0.71
41/2 15.10 114.30 8.56 22.32 1.27 1.45 0.34
5 11.50 127.00 5.59 16.74 2.45
5 13.00 127.00 6.43 19.12 2.18 2.63 2.99 1.10
5 15.00 127.00 7.52 22.16 1.91 2.36 2.63 0.73 2.09
5 18.00 127.00 9.19 26.70 1.91 2.00 0.10 0.64
5 21.40 127.00 11.10 31.73 1.34 1.12 –0.78
5 23.20 127.00 12.14 34.39 1.04 0.93 –0.95
5 24.10 127.00 12.70 35.80 0.88 0.56 –1.33
51/2 14.00 139.70 6.20 20.41 2.45
51/2 15.50 139.70 6.99 22.88 2.18 2.63 2.90 0.95 2.63 1.91
51/2 17.00 139.70 7.72 25.13 2.00 2.45 2.63 0.68 2.18 1.45
51/2 20.00 139.70 9.17 29.52 2.00 2.09 0.14 0.64 –0.09
51/2 23.00 139.70 10.54 33.57 1.45 1.54 –0.41 –0.73
51/2 26.80 139.70 12.70 39.78
51/2 29.70 139.70 14.27 44.14
51/2 32.60 139.70 15.88 48.49
51/2 35.30 139.70 17.45 52.61
51/2 38.00 139.70 19.05 56.68
51/2 40.50 139.70 20.62 60.55
51/2 43.10 139.70 22.23 64.40
65/8 20.00 168.28 7.32 29.06 4.99 6.17 6.53 1.08
65/8 24.00 168.28 8.94 35.13 4.35 5.44 5.72 0.26 1.54 0.82
65/8 28.00 168.28 10.59 41.18 4.63 4.81 –0.64 0.09 –0.64
65/8 32.00 168.28 12.07 46.50 3.99 4.08 –1.37 –0.64 –1.36
7 17.00 177.80 5.87 24.89 4.54
7 20.00 177.80 6.91 29.12 4.26
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)L = total length of pipe (m)ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
105
Casing & TubingAPI 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line CasingDesignation Outside Wall Plain End ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Size Weight Diameter Thickness Weight/m Round thread Buttress thread Extreme line
D t Wpe Short Long Reg OD SCC Std. Opt.
in lb/ft mm mm kg/m kg kg kg kg kg kg
7 23.00 177.80 8.05 33.70 3.63 4.72 4.99 0.73 2.72 1.91
7 26.00 177.80 9.19 38.21 3.27 4.26 4.35 0.09 1.27 0.45
7 29.00 177.80 10.36 42.78 3.63 3.72 –0.54 0.27 –0.54
7 32.00 177.80 11.51 47.20 2.99 3.08 –1.18 –0.27 –1.09
7 35.00 177.80 12.65 51.52 2.54 2.54 –1.72 0.45 –0.82
7 38.00 177.80 13.72 55.52 2.00 1.91 –2.36 –0.09 –1.36
7 42.70 177.80 15.88 63.41
7 46.40 177.80 17.45 69.01
7 50.10 177.80 19.05 74.58
7 53.60 177.80 20.62 79.93
7 47.10 177.80 22.23 85.29
75/8 24.00 193.68 7.62 34.97 7.17
75/8 26.40 193.68 8.33 38.08 6.98 8.62 9.34 2.82 2.90 1.81
75/8 29.70 193.68 9.53 43.28 7.89 8.53 2.00 1.18 0.09
75/8 33.70 193.68 10.92 49.22 7.17 7.71 1.18 0.00 –1.09
75/8 39.00 193.68 12.70 56.69 6.17 6.62 0.10 –1.00 –2.09
75/8 42.80 193.68 14.27 63.14 5.45 5.17 –1.37
75/8 45.30 193.68 15.11 66.55 5.01 5.01 –1.52
75/8 47.10 193.68 15.88 69.64 4.61 4.19 –2.35
75/8 51.20 193.68 17.45 75.85
75/8 55.30 193.68 19.05 82.05
73/4 46.10 196.85 15.11 67.74
85/8 24.00 219.08 6.71 35.15 10.70
85/8 28.00 219.08 7.72 40.24 10.07
85/8 32.00 219.08 8.94 46.33 9.43 12.52 12.79 2.74 5.99 3.99
85/8 36.00 219.08 10.16 52.35 8.80 11.61 11.88 1.83 3.45 1.91
85/8 40.00 219.08 11.43 58.54 10.80 10.98 0.92 1.81 0.27
85/8 44.00 219.08 12.70 64.64 9.89 10.07 0.01 0.73 –0.82
85/8 49.00 219.08 14.15 71.52 8.89 8.98 –1.08 –0.36 –1.91
95/8 32.30 244.48 7.92 46.21 11.07
95/8 36.00 244.48 8.94 51.93 10.43 14.51 14.06 2.94
95/8 40.00 244.48 10.03 58.00 9.71 13.61 13.15 2.03 4.81 3.27
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)L = total length of pipe (m)ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
106
Casing & TubingAPI 5CTMetric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line CasingDesignation Outside Wall Plain End ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Size Weight Diameter Thickness Weight/m Round thread Buttress thread Extreme line
D t Wpe Short Long Reg OD SCC Std. Opt.
in lb/ft mm mm kg/m kg kg kg kg kg kg
95/8 43.50 244.48 11.05 63.62 12.79 12.34 1.22 2.45 0.91
95/8 47.00 244.48 11.99 68.75 12.07 11.61 0.49 1.00 –0.54
95/8 53.50 244.48 13.84 78.73 10.61 10.16 –0.96 –0.54 –2.09
95/8 58.40 244.48 15.11 85.48 9.77 9.15 –2.00
95/8 59.40 244.48 15.47 87.38
95/8 64.90 244.48 17.07 95.74
95/8 70.30 244.48 18.64 103.83
95/8 75.60 244.48 20.24 111.94
103/4 32.75 273.05 7.09 46.51 13.15
103/4 40.50 273.05 8.89 57.93 11.97 15.60 3.27
103/4 45.50 273.05 10.16 65.88 10.93 14.42 2.09 9.62
103/4 51.00 273.05 11.43 73.76 10.25 13.34 1.00 8.35
103/4 55.50 273.05 12.57 80.76 9.43 12.25 –0.09 7.17
103/4 60.70 273.05 13.84 88.49 8.53 11.07 5.90
103/4 65.70 273.05 15.11 96.14 7.62 9.98
103/4 73.20 273.05 17.07 107.78
103/4 79.20 273.05 18.64 116.97
103/4 85.30 273.05 20.24 126.21
113/4 42.00 298.45 8.46 60.51 13.43
113/4 47.00 298.45 9.53 67.91 12.52 16.24
113/4 54.00 298.45 11.05 78.33 11.34 14.70
113/4 60.00 298.45 12.42 87.63 10.25 13.43
113/4 65.00 298.45 13.56 95.29
113/4 71.00 298.45 14.78 103.42
133/8 48.00 339.73 8.38 68.47 15.06
133/8 54.50 339.73 9.65 78.55 13.97 18.23
133/8 61.00 339.73 10.92 88.54 12.88 16.69
133/8 68.00 339.73 12.19 98.46 11.70 15.24
133/8 72.00 339.73 13.06 105.20 10.98 14.33
16 65.00 406.40 9.53 93.27 19.32
16 75.00 406.40 11.13 108.49 17.33 20.68
16 84.00 406.40 12.57 122.09 15.51 17.96
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)L = total length of pipe (m)ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
107
Casing & TubingAPI 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line CasingDesignation Outside Wall Plain End ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Size Weight Diameter Thickness Weight/m Round thread Buttress thread Extreme line
D t Wpe Short Long Reg OD SCC Std. Opt.
in lb/ft mm mm kg/m kg kg kg kg kg kg
16 109.00 406.40 16.66 160.13
185/8 87.50 473.08 11.05 125.91 33.38 39.19
20 94.00 508.00 11.13 136.38 21.32 27.76 24.86
20 106.50 508.00 12.70 155.13 18.87 24.86 21.95
20 133.00 508.00 16.13 195.66 13.61 18.42 15.97
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)L = total length of pipe (m)ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
API 5CT · Non-upset, External Upset, Integral Joint TubingDesignation: Weight lb/ ft Outside Wall Plain ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing Kg
Size Non upset External Integral Diameter Thickness t End wpe Non upset External upset Integral
T&C upset T&C Joint mm mm kg/m T & C Regular Spec. Clr. Joint
1.050 1.14 1.20 26.67 2.87 1.68 0.09 0.64
1.050 1.48 1.54 26.67 3.91 2.19 0.60
1.315 1.70 1.80 1.72 33.40 3.38 2.50 0.18 0.64
1.315 2.19 2.24 33.40 4.55 3.24 0.61
1.660 2.10 42.16 3.18 3.06 0.09
1.660 2.30 2.40 2.33 42.16 3.56 3.39 0.39 0.73 0.09
1.660 3.03 3.07 42.16 4.85 4.46 0.68
1.900 2.40 48.26 3.18 3.54 0.09
1.900 2.75 2.90 2.76 48.26 3.68 4.05 0.27 0.91 0.09
1.900 3.65 3.73 48.26 5.08 5.41 0.92
1.900 4.42 48.26 6.35 6.56
1.900 5.15 48.26 7.62 7.64
2.063 3.25 52.40 3.96 4.73
2.063 4.50 52.40 5.72 6.58
WL = Wpe x L + ew ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m) Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steelsL = total length of pipe (m) ie. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
108
Casing & TubingAPI 5CTMetric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Non-upset, External Upset, Integral Joint TubingDesignation: Weight lb/ ft Outside Wall Plain ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing Kg
Size Non upset External Integral Diameter Thickness t End wpe Non upset External upset Integral
T&C upset T&C Joint mm mm kg/m T & C Regular Spec. Clr. Joint
23/8 4.00 60.33 4.24 5.87 0.73
23/8 4.60 4.70 60.33 4.83 6.61 0.73 1.81 1.34
23/8 5.80 5.95 60.33 6.45 8.57 0.64 1.63 1.16
23/8 6.60 60.33 7.49 9.76
23/8 7.35 7.45 60.33 8.53 10.90
27/8 6.40 6.50 73.03 5.51 9.17 1.45 2.54 1.71
27/8 7.80 7.90 73.03 7.01 11.41 1.27 2.63 1.78
27/8 8.60 8.70 73.03 7.82 12.58 1.18 2.27 1.43
27/8 9.35 9.45 73.03 8.64 13.72
27/8 10.50 73.03 9.96 15.49
27/8 11.50 73.03 11.18 17.05
31/2 7.70 88.90 5.49 11.29 2.45
31/2 9.20 9.30 88.90 6.45 13.12 2.27 4.17 2.45
31/2 10.20 88.90 7.34 14.76 2.18
31/2 12.70 12.95 88.90 9.53 18.65 1.81 3.72 2.00
31/2 14.30 88.90 10.92 21.00
31/2 15.50 88.90 12.09 22.90
31/2 17.00 88.90 13.46 25.04
4 9.50 101.60 5.74 13.57 2.81
4 11.00 101.60 6.65 15.57 4.81
4 13.20 101.60 8.38 19.27
4 16.10 101.60 10.54 23.67
4 18.90 101.60 12.70 27.84
4 22.20 101.60 15.49 32.89
41/2 12.60 12.75 114.30 6.88 18.23 2.72 5.99
41/2 15.20 114.30 8.56 22.32
41/2 17.00 114.30 9.65 24.90
41/2 18.90 114.30 10.92 27.84
41/2 21.50 114.30 12.70 31.82
41/2 23.70 114.30 14.22 35.10
41/2 26.10 114.30 16.00 38.79
WL = Wpe x L + ew ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg) Wpe= weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m) Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steelsL = total length of pipe (m) ie. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
109
Casing & TubingAPI 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
Dimensions and Weights
110
Steel TubesDIN 2448
Steel TubesDIN 2448Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 1.6 1.8 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11
10.2 0.339 0.373 0.404 0.448 0.487
13.5 0.519 0.567 0.635 0.699 0.758 0.813 0.879
16 0.630 0.691 0.777 0.859 0.937 1.01 1.10 1.18
17.2 0.684 0.750 0.845 0.936 1.02 1.10 1.21 1.30 1.41
19 0.838 0.947 1.05 1.15 1.25 1.37 1.48 1.61 1.73
20 0.888 1.00 1.12 1.22 1.33 1.46 1.58 1.72 1.85
21.3 0.952 1.08 1.20 1.32 1.43 1.57 1.71 1.86 2.01
25 1.13 1.29 1.44 1.58 1.72 1.90 2.07 2.28 2.47 2.68 2.91
25.4 1.15 1.31 1.46 1.61 1.75 1.94 2.11 2.32 2.52 2.73 2.97
26.9 1.23 1.40 1.56 1.72 1.87 2.07 2.26 2.49 2.70 2.94 3.20 3.47
30 1.57 1.76 1.94 2.11 2.34 2.56 2.83 3.08 3.37 3.68 4.01
31.8 1.67 1.87 2.07 2.26 2.50 2.74 3.03 3.30 3.62 3.96 4.32 4.70
33.7 1.78 1.99 2.20 2.41 2.67 2.93 3.24 3.54 3.88 4.26 4.66 5.07
38 2.27 2.51 2.75 3.05 3.35 3.72 4.07 4.47 4.93 5.41 5.92 6.34
42.4 2.55 2.82 3.09 3.44 3.79 4.21 4.61 5.08 5.61 6.18 6.79 7.29 7.99
44.5 2.69 2.98 3.26 3.63 4.00 4.44 4.87 5.37 5.94 6.55 7.20 7.75 8.51 9.09
48.3 2.93 3.25 3.56 3.97 4.37 4.86 5.34 5.90 6.53 7.21 7.95 8.57 9.45 10.1
51 3.10 3.44 3.77 4.21 4.64 5.16 5.67 6.27 6.94 7.69 8.48 9.16 10.1 10.9
54 3.30 3.65 4.01 4.47 4.93 5.49 6.04 6.68 7.41 8.21 9.08 9.81 10.9 11.7
57 3.87 4.25 4.74 5.23 5.83 6.41 7.10 7.88 8.74 9.67 10.5 11.6 12.5
60.3 4.11 4.51 5.03 5.55 6.19 6.82 7.55 8.39 9.32 10.3 11.2 12.4 13.4
63.5 4.33 4.76 5.32 5.87 6.55 7.21 8.00 8.89 9.88 10.9 11.9 13.2 14.2
70 4.80 5.27 5.90 6.51 7.27 8.01 8.89 9.90 11.0 12.2 13.3 14.8 16.0
73 5.01 5.51 6.16 6.81 7.60 8.38 9.31 10.4 11.5 12.8 13.9 15.5 16.8
1 OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380 and page 383.
Dimensions and Weights
111
Steel TubesDIN 2448
Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 12.5 14.2 16 17.5 20 22.2 25 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 65
10.2
13.5
16
17.2
19
20
21.3
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
33.7
38
42.4
44.5
48.3 11.0
51 11.9
54 12.8
57 13.7 15.0
60.3 14.7 16.1 17.5
63.5 15.7 17.3 18.7
70 17.7 19.5 21.3
73 18.7 20.6 22.5 24.0
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2448
112
DIN 2448Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 1.6 1.8 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11
76.1 5.24 5.75 6.44 7.11 7.95 8.77 9.74 10.8 12.1 13.4 14.6 16.3 17.7
82.5 6.26 7.00 7.74 8.66 9.56 10.6 11.8 13.2 14.7 16.0 17.9 19.4
88.9 6.76 7.57 8.38 9.37 10.3 11.5 12.8 14.3 16.0 17.4 19.5 21.1
101.6 8.70 9.63 10.8 11.9 13.3 14.8 16.5 18.5 20.1 22.6 24.6
108 9.27 10.3 11.5 12.7 14.1 15.8 17.7 19.7 21.5 24.2 26.3
114.3 9.83 10.9 12.2 13.5 15.0 16.8 18.8 21.0 22.9 25.7 28.0
127 12.1 13.6 15.0 16.8 18.8 21.0 23.5 25.7 28.9 31.5
133 12.7 14.3 15.8 17.6 19.7 22.0 24.7 27.0 30.3 33.1
139.7 13.4 15.0 16.6 18.5 20.7 23.2 26.0 28.4 32.0 34.9
152.4 16.4 18.2 20.3 22.7 25.4 28.5 31.2 35.1 38.4
159 17.1 19.0 21.2 23.7 26.6 29.8 32.6 36.7 40.1
168.3 18.2 20.1 22.5 25.2 28.2 31.6 34.6 39.0 42.7
177.8 21.3 23.8 26.6 29.9 33.5 36.7 41.4 45.2
193.7 26.0 29.1 32.7 36.6 40.1 45.3 49.6
219.1 33.1 37.1 41.6 45.6 51.6 56.5
244.5 37.0 41.6 46.7 51.2 57.8 63.3
273 41.4 46.6 52.3 57.3 64.9 71.1
323.9 55.5 62.3 68.4 77.4 84.9
355.6 68.6 75.3 85.2 93.5
406.4 86.3 97.8 107
457 110 121
508 135
559
610
660
1 OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380 and page 383.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2448
113
Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 12.5 14.2 16 17.5 20 22.2 25 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 65
76.1 19.6 21.7 23.7 25.3 27.7
82.5 21.6 23.9 26.2 28.1 30.8 33.0
88.9 23.6 26.2 28.8 30.8 34.0 36.5 39.4
101.6 27.5 30.6 33.8 36.3 40.2 43.5 47.2 50.8
108 29.4 32.8 36.3 39.1 43.4 47.0 51.2 55.2 57.7
114.3 31.4 35.1 38.8 41.8 46.5 50.4 55.1 59.6 62.4 64.9
127 35.3 39.5 43.8 47.3 52.8 57.4 62.9 68.4 71.8 75.0 80.8
133 37.1 41.6 46.2 49.8 55.7 60.7 66.6 72.5 76.2 79.7 86.1
139.7 39.2 43.9 48.8 52.7 59.0 64.3 70.7 77.1 81.2 85.0 92.1
152.4 43.1 48.4 53.8 58.2 65.3 71.3 78.5 85.9 90.6 95.0 103 111
159 45.2 50.7 56.4 61.1 68.6 74.9 82.6 90.5 95.4 100 109 117 127
168.3 48.0 54.0 60.1 65.1 73.1 80.0 88.3 96.9 102 108 117 127 137
177.8 51.0 57.3 63.8 69.2 77.8 85.2 94.2 103 109 115 126 136 147 158
193.7 55.9 62.9 70.1 76.0 85.7 93.9 104 114 121 128 140 152 165 177 188
219.1 63.7 71.8 80.1 87.0 98.2 108 120 132 140 148 163 177 193 209 223 235
244.5 71.5 80.6 90.2 98.0 111 122 135 149 159 168 185 202 221 240 257 273 288
273 80.3 90.6 101 110 125 137 153 169 180 190 210 230 253 275 296 315 333
323.9 96.0 108 121 132 150 165 184 204 217 230 256 280 310 338 365 390 415
355.6 106 120 134 146 166 183 204 226 241 255 284 311 345 377 408 437 466
406.4 121 137 154 168 191 210 235 261 278 295 329 361 401 439 477 513 547
457 137 155 174 190 216 238 266 296 316 335 374 411 457 502 545 587 628
508 153 173 194 212 241 266 298 331 354 376 419 462 514 565 614 663 710
559 168 191 214 234 266 294 329 367 391 416 464 512 570 628 684 738 792
610 184 209 234 256 291 322 361 402 429 456 510 562 627 691 753 814 874
660 226 254 277 316 349 392 436 466 496 554 612 683 752 821 888 954
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2458
114
Steel TubesDIN 2458Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1
10.2 0.304 0.339 0.373 0.404 0.448 0.487
13.5 0.418 0.470 0.519 0.567 0.635 0.699 0.758 0.813 0.879
16 0.504 0.568 0.630 0.691 0.777 0.859 0.937 1.01 1.10
17.2 0.546 0.616 0.684 0.750 0.845 0.936 1.02 1.10 1.21 1.30
19 0.608 0.687 0.764 0.838 0.947 1.05 1.15 1.25 1.37 1.48
20 0.642 0.726 0.808 0.888 1.00 1.12 1.22 1.33 1.46 1.58
21.3 0.687 0.777 0.866 0.952 1.08 1.20 1.32 1.43 1.57 1.71 1.86
25 0.815 0.923 1.03 1.13 1.29 1.44 1.58 1.72 1.90 2.07 2.28 2.47
25.4 0.839 0.939 1.05 1.15 1.31 1.46 1.61 1.75 1.94 2.11 2.32 2.52
26.9 0.880 0.998 1.11 1.23 1.40 1.56 1.72 1.87 2.07 2.26 2.49 2.70
30 0.987 1.12 1.25 1.38 1.57 1.76 1.94 2.11 2.34 2.56 2.83 3.08 3.37 3.68
31.8 1.05 1.19 1.33 1.47 1.67 1.87 2.07 2.26 2.50 2.74 3.03 3.30 3.62 3.96 4.32
33.7 1.12 1.27 1.42 1.56 1.78 1.99 2.20 2.41 2.67 2.93 3.24 3.54 3.88 4.26 4.66
38 1.26 1.44 1.61 1.78 2.02 2.27 2.51 2.75 3.05 3.35 3.72 4.07 4.47 4.93 5.41
42.4 1.42 1.61 1.80 1.99 2.27 2.55 2.82 3.09 3.44 3.79 4.21 4.61 5.08 5.61 6.18
44.5 1.49 1.69 1.90 2.10 2.39 2.69 2.98 3.26 3.63 4.00 4.44 4.87 5.37 5.94 6.55
48.3 1.62 1.84 2.06 2.28 2.61 2.93 3.25 3.56 3.97 4.37 4.86 5.34 5.90 6.53 7.21
51 1.71 1.95 2.18 2.42 2.76 3.10 3.44 3.77 4.21 4.64 5.16 5.67 6.27 6.94 7.69
54 1.82 2.07 2.32 2.56 2.93 3.30 3.65 4.01 4.47 4.93 5.49 6.04 6.68 7.41 8.21
57 1.92 2.19 2.45 2.71 3.10 3.49 3.87 4.25 4.74 5.23 5.83 6.41 7.10 7.88 8.74
60.3 2.03 2.32 2.60 2.88 3.29 3.70 4.11 4.51 5.03 5.55 6.19 6.82 7.55 8.39 9.32
63.5 2.44 2.74 3.03 3.47 3.90 4.33 4.76 5.32 5.87 6.55 7.21 8.00 8.89 9.88
70 2.70 3.03 3.35 3.84 4.32 4.80 5.27 5.90 6.51 7.27 8.01 8.89 9.90 11.0
73 2.82 3.16 3.50 4.01 4.51 5.01 5.51 6.16 6.81 7.60 8.38 9.31 10.4 11.5
76.1 2.94 3.30 3.65 4.19 4.71 5.24 5.75 6.44 7.11 7.95 8.77 9.74 10.8 12.1
82.5 3.19 3.58 3.97 4.55 5.12 5.69 6.26 7.00 7.74 8.66 9.56 10.6 11.8 13.2
88.9 3.44 3.87 4.29 4.91 5.53 6.15 6.76 7.57 8.38 9.37 10.3 11.5 12.8 14.3
101.6 4.91 5.63 6.35 7.06 7.77 8.70 9.63 10.8 11.9 13.3 14.8 16.5
108 5.23 6.00 6.76 7.52 8.27 9.27 10.3 11.5 12.7 14.1 15.8 17.7
1 OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2458
115
Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2 16 17.5 20 22.2 25 28 30 32 36 40
10.2
13.5
16
17.2
19
20
21.3
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
33.7 5.07
38 5.92 6.34
42.4 6.79 7.29
44.5 7.20 7.75
48.3 7.95 8.57
51 8.48 9.16
54 9.08 9.81 10.9
57 9.67 10.5 11.6
60.3 10.3 11.2 12.4
63.5 10.9 11.9 13.2
70 12.2 13.3 14.8
73 12.8 13.9 15.5
76.1 13.4 14.6 16.3
82.5 14.7 16.0 17.9
88.9 16.0 17.4 19.5
101.6 18.5 20.1 22.6
108 19.7 21.5 24.2 26.3
1 OD = Outside Diameter
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2458
116
DIN 2458Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1
114.3 5.54 6.35 7.16 7.97 8.77 9.83 10.9 12.2 13.5 15.0 16.8 18.8
127 6.17 7.07 7.98 8.88 9.77 11.0 12.1 13.6 15.0 16.8 18.8 21.0
133 6.46 7.41 8.36 9.30 10.2 11.5 12.7 14.3 15.8 17.6 19.7 22.0
139.7 6.79 7.79 8.79 9.78 10.8 12.1 13.4 15.0 16.6 18.5 20.7 23.2
152.4 7.42 8.51 9.61 10.7 11.8 13.2 14.6 16.4 18.2 20.3 22.7 25.4
159 7.74 8.89 10.0 11.2 12.3 13.8 15.3 17.1 19.0 21.2 23.7 26.6
168.3 11.8 13.0 14.6 16.2 18.2 20.1 22.5 25.2 28.2
177.8 12.5 13.8 15.5 17.1 19.2 21.3 23.8 26.6 29.9
193.7 13.6 15.0 16.9 18.7 21.0 23.3 26.0 29.1 32.7
219.1 17.0 19.1 21.2 23.8 26.4 29.5 33.1 37.1
244.5 19.0 21.4 23.7 26.6 29.5 33.0 37.0 41.6
273 21.3 23.9 26.5 29.8 33.0 36.9 41.4 46.6
323.9 25.3 28.4 31.6 35.4 39.3 44.0 49.3 55.5
355.6 27.8 31.3 34.7 39.0 43.2 48.3 54.3 61.0
406.4 35.8 39.7 44.6 49.5 55.4 62.2 69.9
457 40.3 44.7 50.2 55.7 62.3 70.0 78.8
508 44.8 49.5 55.9 62.0 69.4 77.9 87.7
559 61.5 68.3 76.4 85.9 96.6
610 67.2 74.6 83.5 93.8 106
660 72.7 80.8 90.4 102 114
711 78.4 87.1 97.4 109 123
762 84.1 93.3 104 117 132
813 89.7 99.6 112 125 141
864 95.4 106 119 133 150
914 101 122 125 141 159
1016 112 125 140 157 177
1220 168 189 212
1420 220 247
1620 282
1820
2020
2220
1 OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2458
117
Weight in kg/ m
OD1 Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2 16 17.5 20 22.2 25 28 30 32 36 40
114.3 21.0 22.9 25.7 28.0
127 23.5 25.7 28.9 31.5
133 24.7 27.0 30.3 33.1
139.7 26.0 28.4 32.0 34.9
152.4 28.5 31.2 35.1 38.4
159 29.8 32.6 36.7 40.1
168.3 31.6 34.6 39.0 42.7
177.8 33.5 36.7 41.4 45.2
193.7 36.6 40.1 45.3 49.6
219.1 41.6 45.6 51.6 56.5 63.7
244.5 46.7 51.2 57.8 63.3 71.5
273 52.3 57.3 64.9 71.1 80.3
323.9 62.3 68.4 77.4 84.9 96.0
355.6 68.6 75.3 85.2 93.5 106
406.4 78.6 86.3 97.8 107 121
457 88.6 97.3 110 121 137
508 98.6 108 123 135 153 173 194
559 109 119 135 149 168 191 214 234 266
610 119 130 148 162 184 209 234 256 291 322 361 402
660 129 141 160 176 200 226 254 277 316 349 392 436 466
711 139 152 173 190 215 244 274 299 341 377 423 472 504 536
762 149 163 185 204 231 262 294 321 366 405 454 507 542 576 645
813 159 175 198 218 247 280 314 343 391 433 486 542 579 616 690 763
864 169 186 211 231 262 298 335 365 416 461 517 577 617 657 735 813
914 179 196 223 245 278 315 354 387 441 488 548 612 654 696 780 862
1016 199 219 248 273 309 351 395 431 491 544 611 682 729 777 870 963
1220 239 263 298 328 372 422 475 519 592 656 737 823 880 938 1051 1164
1420 279 306 348 382 434 492 554 605 691 765 860 961 1028 1095 1229 1361
1620 318 350 397 436 496 562 633 692 789 875 983 1099 1176 1253 1406 1559
1820 393 446 491 557 632 712 778 888 984 1107 1237 1324 1411 1584 1756
2020 496 545 619 702 791 864 986 1094 1230 1376 1472 1569 1761 1953
2220 545 599 681 772 870 951 1085 1203 1353 1514 1620 1727 1939 2150
1 OD = Outside Diameter
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2462
118
Steel TubesDIN 2462 Seamless Austenitic Stainless SteelOD 1 Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4
6 0.125 0.144
8 0.176 0.204
10 0.225 0.264
10.2 0.230 0.270 0.344 0.410
12 0.275 0.416 0.500
13.5 0.313 0.369 0.477 0.576 0.645 0.769
14 0.326 0.496 0.601
16 0.376 0.455 0.577 0.701
17.2 0.406 0.625 0.761 0.858 1.12
18 0.425 0.657 0.801
19 0.451 0.535 0.697 0.851
20 0.476 0.564 0.737 0.901 1.14
21.3 0.509 0.789 0.966 1.10 1.22 1.45 1.74
22 0.526 1.00
25 0.601 0.715 0.937 1.15 1.46 1.75
25.4 0.727 0.953 1.17 1.48
26.9 0.649 1.01 1.25 1.58 1.75 1.90 2.10 2.29
30 1.14 1.40 1.79 2.14
31.8 0.920 1.21 1.49 1.90 2.29 2.78
32 0.926 1.50
33.7 0.818 0.976 1.29 1.58 1.81 2.02 2.45 2.71
35 1.02 1.65
38 1.11 1.46 1.81 2.30 2.79
40 1.17 1.54 2.44
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2462
119
OD 1 Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2
6
8
10
10.2
12
13.5
14
16
17.2
18
19
20
21.3
22
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
32
33.7 3.29
35
38
40
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2462
120
DIN 2462 Seamless Austenitic Stainless SteelOD 1 Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4
42.4 1.63 2.02 2.59 2.86 3.14 3.49
44.5 2.13 2.73 3.02
48.3 1.87 2.31 2.65 2.97 3.61 4.03
51 1.25 1.49 1.98 2.46 3.15 3.83
54 2.10 2.60 3.35
57 2.22 2.75 3.93
60.3 2.35 2.92 3.34 3.76 4.17 4.58 5.11 5.63
63.5 2.48 3.08 3.96 4.83
70 2.74 3.40 4.87
76.1 2.98 3.70 4.25 4.78 5.32 6.54 7.22
82.5 4.03 6.35
88.9 3.49 4.35 4.98 5.61 6.24 6.86 7.68 8.51
101.6 4.98 7.17 9.77
114.3 7.27 8.09 9.98
139.7 13.6
168.3
219.1
273
323.9
355.6
406.4
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2462
121
OD 1 Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8 10 11 12.5 14.2
42.4 4.27 4.68 5.16
44.5
48.3 5.42 6.63
51
54
57
60.3 6.28 7.66 8.52 10.5
63.5
70
76.1 8.90 12.3 13.6 16.5
82.5
88.9 11.7 13.0 16.2 17.7 21.4
101.6 13.5 18.8
114.3 12.4 17.1 19.1 23.2 28.4
139.7 16.8 18.8 21.0 23.5 32.5
168.3 28.6 35.1 43.3
219.1 42.2 46.3 64.7
273 58.2 65.9 81.5 92.0
323.9 78.6 97.4
355.6 94.9 108
406.4
1 OD = Outside Diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2462
122
DIN 2462 Seamless Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless SteelsOutside diameter Masses1 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thicknesses of (mm)
mm 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6
6 0.121 0.140
8 0.170 0.198
10 0.219 0.256
10.2 0.224 0.262 0.334 0.398
12 0.267 0.404 0.486
13.5 0.303 0.359 0.463 0.558 0.625
14 0.316 0.482 0.583
16 0.364 0.431 0.559 0.681
17.2 0.394 0.607 0.739 0.832
18 0.413 0.637 0.777
19 0.437 0.519 0.677 0.825
20 0.462 0.548 0.715 0.875 1.10
21.3 0.493 0.765 0.938 1.18
22 0.510 0.971
25 0.583 0.693 0.909 1.11 1.42
25.4 0.705 0.925 1.13 1.44
26.9 0.629 0.938 1.21 1.54
30 1.10 1.36 1.73
31.8 0.892 1.17 1.45 1.84
32 0.897 1.46
33.7 0.794 0.948 1.25 1.54 1.75 1.96
35 0.985 1.61
38 1.07 1.42 1.75 2.24
40 1.13 1.50 2.36
42.4 1.59 1.96 2.51
44.5 2.07 2.65
48.3 1.81 2.25 2.89
51 1.21 1.45 1.92 2.38 3.05
54 2.04 2.52 3.25
57 2.16 2.67
60.3 2.29 2.84 3.24 3.64
63.5 2.40 2.98 3.84
70 2.66 3.30
76.1 2.90 3.60 4.13 4.64
82.5 3.91
88.9 3.39 4.23 4.84 5.45
101.6 4.84
1 Based on a steel density of 7730 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2462
123
Outside diameter Masses1 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thicknesses of (mm)
mm 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5
6
8
10
10.2
12
13.5 0.747
14
16
17.2 1.08
18
19
20
21.3 1.41 1.68
22
25 1.69
25.4
26.9 1.69 1.84 2.23
30 2.08
31.8 2.23 2.70
32
33.7 2.37 3.19
35
38 2.71
40
42.4 3.04 3.39 4.54
44.5 2.94
48.3 3.51 3.91 5.26
51 3.71
54
57 3.81
60.3 4.05 4.44 4.95 5.47
63.5 4.69
70 4.73
76.1 5.16 6.34 7.00 8.64
82.5 6.17
88.9 6.06 6.66 7.46 8.25
101.6 6.95 9.49
1 Based on a steel density of 7730 kg/m3
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesDIN 2463
124
Steel TubesDIN 2463 Welded Austenitic Stainless SteelOD1 Masses2 (weights) per unit length in kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8
6 0.125
8 0.176
10 0.225 0.264
10.2 0.230 0.270
12 0.275
13.5 0.313 0.369
14 0.326
16 0.376 0.445
17.2 0.406
18 0.425 0.657 0.801
19 0.451 0.535 0.697 0.851
20 0.476 0.564 0.737 0.901
21.3 0.509 0.789 0.966
22 0.526 1.00
25 0.601 0.715 0.937 1.15 1.46
25.4 0.727 0.953 1.17 1.48
26.9 0.649 1.01 1.25 1.58
30 1.14 1.40 1.79
31.8 0.920 1.21 1.49 1.90
32 0.925 1.50
33.7 0.818 0.976 1.29 1.58 1.81 2.02 2.23 2.45
35 1.02 1.65
38 1.11 1.46 1.81 2.30 2.79
40 1.17 1.54 2.44
42.4 1.63 2.02 2.59 3.14 3.49
1 OD = Outside diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 382.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
DIN 2463
125
DIN 2463 Welded Austenitic Stainless SteelOD1 Masses2 (weights) per unit length in kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4 4.5 5 5.6 6.3 7.1 8 8.8
44.5 2.13 2.73 3.02
48.3 1.87 2.31 2.65 2.97 3.61 4.03
51 1.25 1.49 1.98 2.46 3.15 3.83
54 2.10 2.60 3.35
57 2.22 2.75 3.93
60.3 2.35 2.92 3.34 3.76 4.17 4.58 5.11
63.5 2.48 3.08 3.96 4.83
70 2.74 3.40 4.87
76.1 2.98 3.70 4.25 4.78 5.32 6.54 7.22
82.5 4.03 6.35
88.9 3.49 4.35 4.98 5.61 6.24 6.86 7.68 8.51
101.6 4.98 7.17 9.77
114.3 4.52 5.62 7.27 8.09 8.90 9.98 12.4 13.7
139.7 5.53 6.89 8.92 11.0 13.6 16.8 21.0 23.5
168.3 6.68 8.32 10.8 13.2 14.8 16.4 18.5 20.4 22.8 28.6
219.1 10.9 14.1 15.7 17.3 19.4 21.5 33.6 42.2
273 13.6 17.6 19.6 21.6 24.3 26.9 30.2 33.5 42.0
323.9 16.1 20.9 23.3 25.7 32.1 35.9 39.9 44.7 56.3
355.6 17.7 22.9 25.6 28.2 35.2 43.8 55.1 69.6 76.4
406.4 20.2 26.3 29.3 32.3 40.3 50.2 79.8 87.6
457 22.7 36.3 45.4 56.5 71.0
508 25.4 40.4 45.5 50.4 62.9 70.4 79.1
610 48.6 60.7 68.2 75.7 84.8 95.2 121
711 51.4 63.7 70.7 79.6 88.4 125 141
813 73.0 81.0 101 114 161
914 82.0 91.1 114 143 199
1016 91.2 101
1 OD = Outside diameter in mm2 Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 382.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesEN 10 208
126
Steel TubesEN 10 208OD1 Masses (weights) per unit length for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.6 6.3 7.1 8.0 8.8 10.0
33.7 1.78 1.99 2.20 2.41 2.67 2.93 3.24 3.54 3.88 4.26 4.66 5.07 5.40 5.84
42.4 2.27 2.55 2.82 3.09 3.44 3.79 4.21 4.61 5.08 5.61 6.18 6.79 7.29 7.99
48.3 2.61 2.93 3.25 3.56 3.97 4.37 4.86 5.34 5.90 6.53 7.21 7.95 8.57 9.45
60.3 3.29 3.70 4.11 4.51 5.03 5.55 6.19 6.82 7.55 8.39 9.32 10.32 11.18 12.40
88.9 4.91 5.53 6.15 6.76 7.57 8.38 9.37 10.35 11.50 12.83 14.32 15.96 17.38 19.46
114.3 6.35 7.16 7.97 8.77 9.83 10.88 12.19 13.48 15.01 16.78 18.77 20.97 22.90 25.72
168.3 11.83 13.03 14.62 16.21 18.18 20.14 22.47 25.17 28.23 31.63 34.61 39.04
219.1 17.04 19.13 21.22 23.82 26.40 29.49 33.06 37.12 41.65 45.64 51.57
273 23.92 26.54 29.80 33.05 36.93 41.44 46.56 52.28 57.34 64.86
323.9 31.56 35.45 39.32 43.96 49.34 55.47 62.32 68.38 77.41
355.6 38.96 43.23 48.34 54.27 61.02 68.58 75.26 85.23
406.4 44.60 49.50 55.35 62.16 69.92 78.60 86.29 97.76
457 55.73 62.34 70.02 78.78 88.58 97.27 110.24
508 69.38 77.95 87.71 98.65 108.34 122.81
559 76.43 85.87 96.64 108.71 119.41 135.39
610 83.47 93.80 105.57 118.77 130.47 147.97
660 101.56 114.32 128.63 141.32 160.30
711 109.49 123.25 138.70 152.39 172.88
762 117.41 132.18 148.76 163.46 185.45
813 125.33 141.11 158.82 174.53 198.03
864 133.26 150.04 168.88 185.60 210.61
914 141.03 158.80 178.75 196.45 222.94
1016 198.87 218.58 248.09
1067 208.93 229.65 260.67
1118 240.72 273.25
1168 251.57 285.58
1219 262.64 298.16
1321 284.78 323.31
1422 306.69 348.22
1524 328.83 373.38
1626 350.97 398.53
1 OD = Outside diameter in mmBased on a steel density of 7.85 kg/dm3
M = (D – t) x t x 0.0246615 kg/m
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Tubes
EN 10 208
127
OD1 Masses (weights) per unit length for wall thickness of (mm)
mm 11.0 12.5 14.2 16.0 17.5 20.0 22.2 25.0 28.0 30.0 32.0 36.0 40.0
33.7
42.4
48.3 10.12 11.04
60.3 13.37 14.74 16.14
88.9 21.13 23.55 26.16 28.77 30.81 33.98
114.3 28.02 31.38 35.05 38.79 41.78 46.51
168.3 42.67 48.03 53.96 60.10 65.08 73.15 79.99 88.35 96.88 102.32 107.56 117.46 126.56
219.1 56.45 63.69 71.75 80.14 87.01 98.20 107.80 119.67 131.96 139.90 147.65 162.56 176.67
273 71.07 80.30 90.63 101.41 110.27 124.79 137.31 152.90 169.18 179.78 190.19 210.41 229.85
323.9 84.88 95.99 108.45 121.49 132.23 149.89 165.18 184.28 204.33 217.44 230.36 255.60 280.06
355.6 93.48 105.77 119.56 134.00 145.92 165.53 182.53 203.83 226.22 240.89 255.37 283.75 311.33
406.4 107.26 121.43 137.35 154.05 167.84 190.58 210.34 235.15 261.29 278.48 295.46 328.85 361.44
457 120.99 137.03 155.07 174.01 189.68 215.54 238.05 266.34 296.23 315.91 335.40 373.77 411.35
508 134.82 152.75 172.93 194.14 211.69 240.70 265.97 297.79 331.45 353.65 375.64 419.05 461.66
559 148.66 168.47 190.79 214.26 233.70 265.85 293.89 329.23 366.67 391.38 415.89 464.33 511.97
610 162.49 184.19 208.65 234.38 255.71 291.01 321.81 360.67 401.88 429.11 456.14 509.61 562.28
660 176.06 199.60 226.15 254.11 277.29 315.67 349.19 391.50 436.41 466.10 495.60 554.00 611.61
711 189.89 215.33 244.01 274.24 299.30 340.82 377.11 422.94 471.63 503.83 535.85 599.27
762 203.73 231.05 261.87 294.36 321.31 365.98 405.03 454.39 506.84 541.57 576.09 644.55
813 217.56 246.77 279.73 314.48 343.32 391.13 432.95 485.83 542.06 579.30 616.34 689.83
864 231.40 262.49 297.59 334.61 365.33 416.29 460.87 517.27 577.28 617.03 656.59 735.11
914 244.96 277.90 315.10 354.34 386.91 440.95 488.25 548.10 611.80 654.02 696.05 779.50
1016 272.63 309.35 350.82 394.58 430.93 491.26 544.09 610.99 682.24 729.49 777.54 870.06
1067 286.47 325.07 368.68 414.71 452.94 516.41 572.01 642.43 717.45 767.22 816.79 915.34
1118 300.30 340.79 386.54 434.83 474.95 541.57 599.93 673.88 752.67 804.95 857.04 960.61
1168 313.87 356.20 404.05 454.56 496.53 566.23 627.31 704.70 787.20 841.94 896.49 1005.0
1219 327.70 371.93 421.91 474.68 518.54 591.38 655.23 736.15 822.41 879.68 936.74 1050.3
1321 355.37 403.37 457.63 514.93 562.56 641.69 711.07 799.03 892.84 955.14 1017.2 1140.8
1422 382.77 434.50 493.00 554.79 606.15 691.51 766.37 861.30 962.59 1029.9 1096.9 1230.5
1524 410.44 465.95 528.72 595.03 650.17 741.82 822.21 924.19 1033.0 1105.3 1177.4 1321.1
1626 438.11 497.39 564.44 635.28 694.19 792.13 878.06 987.08 1103.5 1180.8 1257.9 1411.6
1 OD = Outside diameter in mmBased on a steel density of 7.85 kg/dm3
M = (D – t) x t x 0.0246615 kg/m
Dimensions and WeightsSteel TubesEN 10 208
128
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections Index
131
Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et poidsDimensioni e pesiDimensiones y pesos
• Beams and SectionsTräger und FormstahlProfilés et aciers marchandsMateriale strutturale e loro sezioniVigas y Perfiles
HEA .................................................................................... 132HEB .................................................................................... 133HEM .................................................................................... 134IPE ...................................................................................... 135IPN ...................................................................................... 136UPN .................................................................................... 137Universal Beams .................................................................. 138Universal Columns .............................................................. 141Universal Bearing Piles ........................................................ 142Joists .................................................................................. 143Channels ............................................................................ 144Equal and Unequal Angles .................................................. 145American W-Shapes ............................................................ 147Hollow Sections .................................................................. 156
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
132
Steel BeamsHEA · EN 53 and DIN 1025
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r
mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
HE 100 A 96 100 5 8 12 16.7
HE 120 A 114 120 5 8 12 19.9
HE 140 A 133 140 5.5 8.5 12 24.7
HE 160 A 152 160 6 9 15 30.4
HE 180 A 171 180 6 9.5 15 35.5
HE 200 A 190 200 6.5 10 18 42.3
HE 220 A 210 220 7 11 18 50.5
HE 240 A 230 240 7.5 12 21 60.3
HE 260 A 250 260 7.5 12.5 24 68.2
HE 280 A 270 280 8 13 24 76.4
HE 300 A 290 300 8.5 14 27 88.3
HE 320 A 310 300 9 15.5 27 97.6
HE 340 A 330 300 9.5 16.5 27 105
HE 360 A 350 300 10 17.5 27 112
HE 400 A 390 300 11 19 27 125
HE 450 A 440 300 11.5 21 27 140
HE 500 A 490 300 12 23 27 155
HE 550 A 540 300 12.5 24 27 166
HE 600 A 590 300 13 25 27 178
HE 650 A 640 300 13.5 26 27 190
HE 700 A 690 300 14.5 27 27 204
HE 800 A 790 300 15 28 30 224
HE 900 A 890 300 16 30 30 252
HE 1000 A 990 300 16.5 31 30 272
t
r
T
D
B
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
133
Steel BeamsHEB · EN 53 and DIN 1025
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r
mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
HE 100 B 100 100 6 10 12 20.4
HE 120 B 120 120 6.5 11 12 26.7
HE 140 B 140 140 7 12 12 33.7
HE 160 B 160 160 8 13 15 42.6
HE 180 B 180 180 8.5 14 15 51.2
HE 200 B 200 200 9 15 18 61.3
HE 220 B 220 220 9.5 16 18 71.5
HE 240 B 240 240 10 17 21 83.2
HE 260 B 260 260 10 17.5 24 93.0
HE 280 B 280 280 10.5 18 24 103
HE 300 B 300 300 11 19 27 117
HE 320 B 320 300 11.5 20.5 27 127
HE 340 B 340 300 12 21.5 27 134
HE 360 B 360 300 12.5 22.5 27 142
HE 400 B 400 300 13.5 24 27 155
HE 450 B 450 300 14 26 27 171
HE 500 B 500 300 14.5 28 27 187
HE 550 B 550 300 15 29 27 199
HE 600 B 600 300 15.5 30 27 212
HE 650 B 650 300 16 31 27 225
HE 700 B 700 300 17 32 27 241
HE 800 B 800 300 17.5 33 30 262
HE 900 B 900 300 18.5 35 30 291
HE 1000 B 1000 300 19 36 30 314
t
r
T
D
B
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
134
Steel BeamsHEM · EN 53 · DIN 1025
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r
mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
HE 100 M 120 106 12 20 12 41.8
HE 120 M 140 126 12.5 21 12 52.1
HE 140 M 160 146 13 22 12 63.2
HE 160 M 180 166 14 23 15 76.2
HE 180 M 200 186 14.5 24 15 88.9
HE 200 M 220 206 15 25 18 103
HE 220 M 240 226 15.5 26 18 117
HE 240 M 270 248 18 32 21 157
HE 260 M 290 268 18 32.5 24 172
HE 280 M 310 288 18.5 33 24 189
HE 300 M 340 310 21 39 27 238
HE 320 M 359 309 21 40 27 245
HE 340 M 377 309 21 40 27 248
HE 360 M 395 308 21 40 27 250
HE 400 M 432 307 21 40 27 256
HE 450 M 478 307 21 40 27 263
HE 500 M 524 306 21 40 27 270
HE 550 M 572 306 21 40 27 278
HE 600 M 620 305 21 40 27 285
HE 650 M 668 305 21 40 27 293
HE 700 M 716 304 21 40 27 301
HE 800 M 814 303 21 40 30 317
HE 900 M 910 302 21 40 30 333
HE 1000 M 1008 302 21 40 30 349
t
r
T
D
B
Steel BeamsIPE · EN 19
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r
mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
IPE 80 80 46 3.8 5.2 5 6.0
IPE 100 100 55 4.1 5.7 7 8.1
IPE 120 120 64 4.4 6.3 7 10.1
IPE 140 140 73 4.7 6.9 7 12.9
IPE 160 160 82 5.0 7.4 9 15.8
IPE 180 180 91 5.3 8.0 9 18.8
IPE 200 200 100 5.6 8.5 12 22.4
IPE 220 220 110 5.9 9.2 12 26.2
IPE 240 240 120 6.2 9.8 15 30.7
IPE 270 270 135 6.6 10.2 15 36.1
IPE 300 300 150 7.1 10.7 15 42.2
IPE 330 330 160 7.5 11.5 18 49.1
IPE 360 360 170 8.0 12.7 18 57.1
IPE 400 400 180 8.6 13.5 21 66.3
IPE 450 450 190 9.4 14.6 21 77.6
IPE 500 500 200 10.2 16.0 21 90.7
IPE 550 550 210 11.1 17.2 24 106
IPE 600 600 220 12.0 19.0 24 122
IPE 750 x 137 753 263 11.5 17 27 137
The following sizes although not specified are available
IPE 750 x 147 753 265 13.2 17 17 147
IPE 750 x 160 761 264 12 21 27 160
IPE 750 x 173 762 267 14.4 21.6 17 173
IPE 750 x 196 770 268 15.6 25.4 17 196
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
135
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
136
Steel BeamsIPN · Narrow Flange I-Beams · DIN 1025
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r1 Radius r2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
80 80 42 3.9 5.9 3.9 2.3 5.94
100 100 50 4.5 6.8 4.5 2.7 8.34
120 120 58 5.1 7.7 5.1 3.1 11.1
140 140 66 5.7 8.6 5.7 3.4 14.3
160 160 74 6.3 9.5 6.3 3.8 17.9
180 180 82 6.9 10.4 6.9 4.1 21.9
200 200 90 7.5 11.3 7.5 4.5 26.2
220 220 98 8.1 12.2 8.1 4.9 31.1
240 240 106 8.7 13.1 8.7 5.2 36.2
260 260 113 9.4 14.1 9.4 5.6 41.9
280 280 119 10.1 15.2 10.1 6.1 47.9
300 300 125 10.8 16.2 10.8 6.5 54.2
320 320 131 11.5 17.3 11.5 6.9 61.0
340 340 137 12.2 18.3 12.2 7.3 68.0
360 360 143 13.0 19.5 13.0 7.8 76.1
380 380 149 13.7 20.5 13.7 8.2 84.0
400 400 155 14.4 21.6 14.4 8.6 92.4
425 425 163 15.3 23.0 15.3 9.2 104
450 450 170 16.2 24.3 16.2 9.7 115
475 475 178 17.1 25.6 17.1 10.3 128
500 500 185 18.0 27.0 18.0 10.8 141
550 550 200 19.0 30.0 19.0 11.9 166
600 600 215 21.6 32.4 21.6 13.0 199
r1Tt
r2
B/4
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
137
Steel BeamsU Channel · DIN 1026
Section Height D Width B Thickness t Flange Corner Corner Weight
Designation Thickness T Radius r1 Radius r2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
30 x 15 30 15 4 4.5 4.5 2 1.74
30 30 33 5 7 7 3.5 4.27
40 x 20 40 20 5 5.5 5 2.5 2.87
40 40 35 5 7 7 3.5 4.87
50 x 25 50 25 5 6 6 3 3.86
50 50 38 5 7 7 3.5 5.59
60 60 40 6 6 6 3 5.07
65 65 42 5.5 7.5 7.5 4 7.09
80 80 45 6 8 8 4 8.64
100 100 50 6 8.5 8.5 4.5 10.6
120 120 55 7 9 9 4.5 13.4
140 140 60 7 10 10 5 16.0
160 160 65 7.5 10.5 10.5 5.5 18.8
180 180 70 8 11 11 5.5 22.0
200 200 75 8.5 11.5 11.5 6 25.3
220 220 80 9 12.5 12.5 6.5 29.4
240 240 85 9.5 13 13 6.5 33.2
260 260 90 10 14 14 7 37.9
280 280 95 10 15 15 7.5 41.8
300 300 100 10 16 16 8 46.2
320 320 100 14 17.5 17.5 8.75 59.5
350 350 100 14 16 16 8 60.6
380 380 102 13.5 16 16 8 63.1
400 400 110 14 18 18 9 71.8
T
t
r2r 1
B/4
B
Equal
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
138
Designation D B t T r
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm
914 x 419 388 950.5 420.5 21.5 36.6 24.1
343 911.4 418.5 19.4 32.0 24.1
914 x 305 289 926.6 307.8 19.6 32.0 19.1
253 918.5 305.5 17.3 27.9 19.1
224 910.3 304.1 15.9 23.9 19.1
201 903.0 303.4 15.2 20.2 19.1
830 x 292 226 850.9 293.8 16.1 26.8 17.8
194 840.7 292.4 14.7 21.7 17.8
176 834.9 291.6 14.0 18.8 17.8
762 x 267 197 769.6 268.0 15.6 25.4 16.5
173 762.0 266.7 14.3 21.6 16.5
147 753.9 265.3 12.9 17.5 16.5
686 x 254 170 692.9 255.8 14.5 23.7 15.2
152 687.6 254.5 13.2 21.0 15.2
140 683.5 253.7 12.4 19.0 15.2
125 677.9 253.0 11.7 16.2 15.2
610 x 305 238 633.0 311.5 18.6 31.4 16.5
179 617.5 307.0 14.1 23.6 16.5
149 609.6 304.8 11.9 19.7 16.5
610 x 229 140 617.0 230.1 13.1 22.1 12.7
125 611.9 229.0 11.9 19.6 12.7
113 607.3 228.2 11.2 17.3 12.7
101 602.2 227.6 10.6 14.8 12.7
533 x 210 122 544.6 211.9 12.8 21.3 12.7
109 539.5 210.7 11.6 18.8 12.7
101 536.7 210.1 10.9 17.4 12.7
92 533.1 209.3 10.2 15.6 12.7
82 528.3 208.7 9.6 13.2 12.7
Steel BeamsUniversal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
rT
t
B
D
Universal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm
457 x 191 98 467.4 192.8 11.4 19.6 10.2
89 463.6 192.0 10.6 17.7 10.2
82 460.2 191.3 9.9 16.0 10.2
74 457.2 190.5 9.1 14.5 10.2
67 453.6 189.9 8.5 12.7 10.2
457 x 152 82 465.1 153.5 10.7 18.9 10.2
74 461.3 152.7 9.9 17.0 10.2
67 457.2 151.9 9.1 15.0 10.2
60 454.7 152.9 8.0 13.3 10.2
52 449.8 152.4 7.6 10.9 10.2
406 x 178 74 412.8 179.7 9.7 16.0 10.2
67 409.4 178.8 8.8 14.3 10.2
60 406.4 177.8 7.8 12.8 10.2
54 402.6 177.6 7.6 10.9 10.2
406 x 140 46 402.3 142.4 6.9 11.2 10.2
39 397.3 141.8 6.3 8.6 10.2
356 x 171 67 364.0 173.2 9.1 15.7 10.2
57 358.6 172.1 8.0 13.0 10.2
51 355.6 171.5 7.3 11.5 10.2
45 352.0 171.0 6.9 9.7 10.2
356 x 127 39 352.8 126.0 6.5 10.7 10.2
33 348.5 125.4 5.9 8.5 10.2
305 x 165 54 310.9 166.8 7.7 13.7 8.9
46 307.1 165.7 6.7 11.8 8.9
40 303.8 165.1 6.1 10.2 8.9
305 x 127 48 310.4 125.2 8.9 14.0 8.9
42 306.6 124.3 8.0 12.1 8.9
37 303.8 123.5 7.2 10.7 8.9
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
139
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
140
Universal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm
305 x 102 33 312.7 102.4 6.6 10.8 7.6
28 308.9 101.9 6.1 8.9 7.6
25 304.8 101.6 5.8 6.8 7.6
254 x 146 43 259.6 147.3 7.3 12.7 7.6
37 256.0 146.4 6.4 10.9 7.6
31 251.5 146.1 6.1 8.6 7.6
254 x 102 28 260.4 102.1 6.4 10.0 7.6
25 257.0 101.9 6.1 8.4 7.6
22 254.0 101.6 5.8 6.8 7.6
203 x 133 30 206.8 133.8 6.3 9.6 7.6
25 203.2 133.4 5.8 7.8 7.6
203 x 102 23 203.2 101.6 5.2 9.3 7.6
178 x 102 19 177.8 101.6 4.7 7.9 7.6
152 x 89 16 152.4 88.9 4.6 7.7 7.6
127 x 76 13 127.0 76.2 4.2 7.6 7.6
rT
t
B
D
Steel BeamsUniversal Columns · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm
356 x 406 634 474.7 424.1 47.6 77.0 15.2
551 455.7 418.5 42.0 67.5 15.2
467 436.6 412.4 35.9 58.0 15.2
393 419.1 407.0 30.6 49.2 15.2
340 406.4 403.0 26.5 42.9 15.2
287 393.7 399.0 22.6 36.5 15.2
235 381.0 395.0 18.5 30.2 15.2
356 x 368 202 374.7 374.4 16.8 27.0 15.2
177 368.3 372.1 14.5 23.8 15.2
153 362.0 370.2 12.6 20.7 15.2
129 355.6 368.3 10.7 17.5 15.2
305 x 305 283 365.3 321.8 26.9 44.1 15.2
240 352.6 317.9 23.0 37.7 15.2
198 339.9 314.1 19.2 31.4 15.2
158 327.2 310.6 15.7 25.0 15.2
137 320.5 308.7 13.8 21.7 15.2
118 314.5 306.8 11.9 18.7 15.2
97 307.8 304.8 9.9 15.4 15.2
254 x 254 167 289.1 264.5 19.2 31.7 12.7
132 276.4 261.0 15.6 25.3 12.7
107 266.7 258.3 13.0 20.5 12.7
89 260.4 255.9 10.5 17.3 12.7
73 254.0 254.0 8.6 14.2 12.7
203 x 203 86 222.3 208.8 13.0 20.5 10.2
71 215.9 206.2 10.3 17.3 10.2
60 209.6 205.2 9.3 14.2 10.2
52 206.2 203.9 8.0 12.5 10.2
46 203.2 203.2 7.3 11.0 10.2
152 x 152 37 161.8 154.4 8.1 11.5 7.6
30 157.5 152.9 6.6 9.4 7.6
23 152.4 152.4 6.1 6.8 7.6
t
r
T
D
B
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
141
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
142
Steel BeamsUniversal Bearing Piles · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm
356 x 368 174 361.5 378.1 20.4 20.4 15.2
152 356.4 375.5 17.9 17.9 15.2
133 351.9 373.3 15.6 15.6 15.2
109 346.4 370.5 12.9 12.9 15.2
305 x 305 223 338.0 325.4 30.5 30.5 15.2
186 328.3 320.5 25.6 25.6 15.2
149 318.5 315.6 20.7 20.7 15.2
126 312.6 312.7 17.8 17.8 15.2
110 307.9 310.3 15.4 15.4 15.2
95 303.8 308.3 13.4 13.4 15.2
88 301.7 307.2 12.3 12.3 15.2
79 299.2 306.0 11.1 11.1 15.2
254 x 254 85 254.3 259.7 14.3 14.3 12.7
71 249.9 257.5 12.1 12.1 12.7
63 246.9 256.0 10.6 10.6 12.7
203 x 203 54 203.9 207.2 11.3 11.3 10.2
45 200.2 205.4 9.5 9.5 10.2
t
r
T
D
B
Steel BeamsJoists · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r1 r2
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm mm
254 x 203 81.85 254.0 203.2 10.2 19.9 19.6 9.7
254 x 114 37.20 254.0 114.3 7.6 12.8 12.4 6.1
203 x 152 52.09 203.2 152.4 8.9 16.5 15.5 7.6
152 x 127 37.20 152.4 127.0 10.4 13.2 13.5 6.6
127 x 114 29.76 127.0 114.3 10.2 11.5 12.4 4.8
127 x 114 26.79 127.0 114.3 7.4 11.4 9.9 5.0
114 x 114 26.79 114.3 114.3 9.5 10.7 14.2 3.2
102 x 102 23.07 101.6 101.6 9.5 10.3 11.1 3.2
89 x 89 19.35 88.9 88.9 9.5 9.9 11.1 3.2
76 x 76 12.65 76.2 76.2 5.1 8.4 9.4 4.6
r 1
T
t
r2
B
D
Equal
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
143
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
144
Steel BeamsChannels · BS 4 pt 1
Designation D B t T r1 r2
Serial Size Mass per metre
mm kg/m mm mm mm mm mm mm
432 x 102 65.54 431.8 101.6 12.2 16.8 15.2 4.8
381 x 102 55.10 381.0 101.6 10.4 16.3 15.2 4.8
305 x 102 46.18 304.8 101.6 10.2 14.8 15.2 4.8
305 x 89 41.69 304.8 88.9 10.2 13.7 13.7 3.2
254 x 89 35.74 254.0 88.9 9.1 13.6 13.7 3.2
254 x 76 28.29 254.0 76.2 8.1 10.9 12.2 3.2
229 x 89 32.76 228.6 88.9 8.6 13.3 13.7 3.2
229 x 76 26.06 228.6 76.2 7.6 11.2 12.2 3.2
203 x 89 29.78 203.2 88.9 8.1 12.9 13.7 3.2
203 x 76 23.82 203.2 76.2 7.1 11.2 12.2 3.2
178 x 89 26.81 177.8 88.9 7.6 12.3 13.7 3.2
178 x 76 20.84 177.8 76.2 6.6 10.3 12.2 3.2
152 x 89 23.84 152.4 88.9 7.1 11.6 13.7 3.2
152 x 76 17.88 152.4 76.2 6.4 9.0 12.2 2.4
127 x 64 14.90 127.0 63.5 6.4 9.2 10.7 2.4
T
t
r2r 1
B
Equal
95°
D
Steel BeamsEqual Angles · EN 10056-1
Not all sizes in EN 10056-1 are listed here.
Designation Mass per metre r1 r2
Size A Thickness t
mm mm kg/m mm mm
250 x 250 35 128.0 18 9.0
28 104.0 18 9.0
25 93.6 18 9.0
23 86.4 18 9.0
20 75.6 18 9.0
200 x 200 26 76.6 18 9.0
24 71.1 18 9.0
20 59.9 18 9.0
18 54.2 18 9.0
16 48.5 18 9.0
180 x 180 20 53.7 18 9.0
16 43.5 18 9.0
13 35.7 18 9.0
150 x 150 18 40.1 16 8.0
15 33.8 16 8.0
12 27.3 16 8.0
10 23.0 16 8.0
130 x 130 12 23.5 14 7.0
120 x 120 15 26.6 13 6.5
12 21.6 13 6.5
10 18.2 13 6.5
8 14.7 13 6.5
100 x 100 15 21.9 12 6.0
12 17.8 12 6.0
8 12.2 12 6.0
90 x 90 12 15.9 11 5.5
10 13.4 11 5.5
8 10.9 11 5.5
7 9.6 11 5.5
80 x 80 10 11.9 10 5.0
8 9.6 10 5.0
t
r2
r 1
t
90°
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
145
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
146
Steel BeamsUnequal Angles · EN 10056-1
Not all sizes in EN 10056-1 are listed here.
Designation Mass per metre r1 r2
Size A x B Thickness t
mm mm kg/m mm mm
200 x 150 18 47.1 15 7.5
15 39.6 15 7.5
12 32.0 15 7.5
200 x 100 15 33.7 15 7.5
14 31.6 15 7.5
12 27.3 15 7.5
10 23.0 15 7.5
150 x 100 14 26.1 12 6.0
12 22.5 12 6.0
10 19.0 12 6.0
150 x 90 15 26.6 12 6.0
12 21.6 12 6.0
11 19.9 12 6.0
10 18.2 12 6.0
150 x 75 15 24.8 11 6.0
12 20.2 11 6.0
11 18.6 12 6.0
10 17.0 12 6.0
9 15.4 12 6.0
125 x 75 12 17.8 11 5.5
10 15.0 11 5.5
8 12.2 11 5.5
120 x 80 12 17.8 11 5.5
10 15.0 11 5.5
8 12.2 11 5.5
100 x 75 12 15.4 10 5.0
10 13.0 10 5.0
8 10.6 10 5.0
100 x 65 10 12.3 10 5.0
8 9.9 10 5.0
7 8.8 10 5.0
t
t
r1
B
A
90°
r2
Steel BeamsAmerican W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W44 335 W1100 499 1118 405 45.0 26.0
290 433 1108 402 40.0 22.0
262 390 1100 400 36.0 20.0
230 343 1090 400 31.0 18.0
W40 593 W1000 883 1092 424 82.0 45.5
503 748 1068 417 70.0 39.0
431 642 1048 412 60.0 34.0
397 591 1040 409 55.9 31.0
372 554 1032 408 52.0 29.5
362 539 1030 407 51.1 28.4
324 483 1020 404 46.0 25.4
297 443 1012 402 41.9 23.6
277 412 1008 402 40.0 21.1
249 371 1000 400 36.1 19.0
215 321 990 400 31.0 16.5
199 296 982 400 27.1 16.5
W40 392 W1000 584 1056 314 64.0 36.0
331 494 1036 309 54.0 31.0
327 486 1036 308 54.1 30.0
294 438 1026 305 49.0 26.9
278 415 1020 304 46.0 26.0
264 393 1016 303 43.9 24.4
235 350 1008 302 40.0 21.1
211 314 1000 300 35.9 19.1
183 272 990 300 31.0 16.5
167 249 980 300 26.0 16.5
149 222 970 300 21.1 16.0
W36 798 W920 1188 1066 457 109.0 60.5
650 967 1028 446 89.9 50.0
527 784 996 437 73.9 40.9
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
147
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
148
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W36 439 W920 653 972 431 62.0 34.5
393 585 960 427 55.9 31.0
359 534 950 425 51.1 28.4
328 488 942 422 47.0 25.9
300 446 933 423 42.7 24.0
280 417 928 422 39.9 22.5
260 387 921 420 36.6 21.3
256 381 951 310 43.3 24.4
245 365 916 419 34.3 20.3
232 345 943 308 39.9 22.1
230 342 912 418 32.0 19.3
210 313 932 309 34.5 21.1
194 289 927 308 32.0 19.4
182 271 923 307 30.0 18.4
170 253 919 306 27.9 17.3
160 238 915 305 25.9 16.5
150 223 911 304 23.9 15.9
135 201 903 304 20.1 15.2
W33 387 W840 576 913 411 57.9 32.0
354 527 903 409 53.1 29.5
318 473 893 406 48.0 26.4
291 433 885 404 43.9 24.4
263 392 877 401 39.9 22.1
241 359 868 403 35.6 21.1
221 329 862 401 32.4 19.7
201 299 855 400 29.2 18.2
169 251 859 292 31.0 17.0
152 226 851 294 26.8 16.1
141 210 846 293 24.4 15.4
130 193 840 292 21.7 14.7
118 176 835 292 18.8 14.0
W30 391 W760 582 843 396 62.0 34.5
rT
t
B
D
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W30 357 W760 531 833 393 56.9 31.5
326 484 823 390 52.1 29.0
292 434 813 387 47.0 25.9
261 389 803 385 41.9 23.6
235 350 795 382 38.1 21.1
211 314 786 384 33.4 19.7
191 284 779 382 30.1 18.0
173 257 773 381 27.1 16.6
148 220 779 266 30.0 16.5
132 196 770 268 25.4 15.6
124 185 766 267 23.6 14.9
116 173 762 267 21.6 14.4
108 161 758 266 19.3 13.8
99 147 753 265 17.0 13.2
90 134 750 264 15.5 11.9
W27 539 W690 802 826 387 89.9 50.0
368 548 772 372 63.0 35.1
336 500 762 369 57.9 32.0
307 457 752 367 53.1 29.5
281 419 744 364 49.0 26.9
258 384 736 362 45.0 24.9
235 350 728 360 40.9 23.1
217 323 722 359 38.1 21.1
194 289 714 356 34.0 19.0
178 265 706 358 30.2 18.4
161 240 701 356 27.4 16.8
146 217 695 355 24.8 15.4
129 192 702 254 27.9 15.5
114 170 693 256 23.6 14.5
102 152 688 254 21.1 13.1
94 140 684 254 18.9 12.4
84 125 678 253 16.3 11.7
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
149
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
150
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W24 370 W610 551 711 347 69.1 38.6
335 498 699 343 63.0 35.1
306 455 689 340 57.9 32.0
279 415 679 338 53.1 29.5
250 372 669 335 48.0 26.4
229 341 661 333 43.9 24.4
207 307 653 330 39.9 22.1
192 285 647 329 37.1 20.6
176 262 641 327 34.0 19.0
162 241 635 329 31.0 17.1
146 217 628 328 27.7 16.5
131 195 622 327 24.4 15.4
117 174 616 325 21.6 14.0
104 155 611 324 19.0 12.7
103 153 623 229 24.9 14.0
94 140 617 230 22.2 13.1
84 125 612 229 19.6 11.9
76 113 608 228 17.3 11.2
68 101 603 228 14.9 10.5
62 92 603 179 15.0 10.9
55 82 599 178 12.8 10.0
W21 201 W530 300 585 319 41.4 23.1
182 272 577 317 37.6 21.1
166 248 571 315 34.5 19.0
147 219 560 318 29.2 18.3
132 196 554 316 26.3 16.5
122 182 551 315 24.4 15.2
111 165 546 313 22.2 14.0
101 150 543 312 20.3 12.7
93 138 549 214 23.6 14.7
83 123 544 212 21.2 13.1
73 109 539 211 18.8 11.6
rT
t
B
D
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W21 68 W530 101 537 210 17.4 10.9
62 92 533 209 15.6 10.2
57 85 535 166 16.5 10.3
55 82 528 209 13.3 9.50
50 74 529 166 13.6 9.7
48 72 524 207 10.9 9.00
44 66 525 165 11.4 8.9
W18 311 W460 464 567 305 69.6 38.6
283 471 555 302 63.5 35.6
258 384 545 299 58.4 32.5
234 349 535 296 53.6 29.5
211 315 525 293 48.5 26.9
192 286 517 291 44.4 24.4
175 260 509 289 40.4 22.6
158 235 501 287 36.6 20.6
143 213 495 285 33.5 18.5
130 193 489 283 30.5 17.0
119 177 482 286 26.9 16.6
106 158 476 284 23.9 15.0
97 144 472 283 22.1 13.6
86 128 467 282 19.6 12.2
76 113 463 280 17.3 10.8
71 106 469 194 20.6 12.6
65 97 466 193 19.0 11.4
60 89 463 192 17.7 10.5
55 82 460 191 16.0 9.9
50 74 457 190 14.5 9.0
46 68 459 154 15.4 9.1
40 60 455 153 13.3 8.0
35 52 450 152 10.8 7.6
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
151
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
152
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W16 100 W410 149 431 265 25.0 14.9
89 132 425 263 22.2 13.3
77 114 420 261 19.3 11.6
67 100 415 260 16.9 10.0
57 85 417 181 18.2 10.9
50 75 413 180 16.0 9.7
45 67 410 179 14.4 8.8
40 60 407 178 12.8 7.7
36 53 403 177 10.9 7.5
31 46.1 403 140 11.2 7.0
26 38.8 399 140 8.8 6.4
W14 730 W360 1086 569 454 125.0 78.0
665 990 550 448 115.0 71.9
605 900 531 442 106.0 65.9
550 818 514 437 97.0 60.5
500 744 498 432 88.9 55.6
455 677 483 428 81.5 51.2
426 634 474 424 77.1 47.6
398 592 465 421 72.3 45.0
370 551 455 418 67.6 42.0
342 509 446 416 62.7 39.1
311 463 435 412 57.4 35.8
283 421 425 409 52.6 32.8
257 382 416 406 48.0 29.8
233 347 407 404 43.7 27.2
211 314 399 401 39.6 24.9
193 287 393 399 36.6 22.6
176 262 387 398 33.3 21.1
159 237 380 395 30.2 18.9
145 216 375 394 27.7 17.3
132 196 372 374 26.2 16.4
120 179 368 373 23.9 15.0
109 162 364 371 21.8 13.3
99 147 360 370 19.8 12.3
90 134 356 369 18.0 11.2
rT
t
B
D
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W14 82 W360 122 363 257 21.7 13.0
74 110 360 256 19.9 11.4
68 101 357 255 18.3 10.5
61 91 353 254 16.4 9.5
53 79 354 205 16.8 9.4
48 72 350 204 15.1 8.6
43 64 347 203 13.5 7.7
38 58 358 172 13.1 7.9
34 51 355 171 11.6 7.2
30 44.6 352 171 9.8 6.9
26 39.0 353 128 10.7 6.5
22 32.9 349 127 8.5 5.8
W12 336 W310 500 427 340 75.1 45.1
305 454 415 336 68.7 41.3
279 415 403 334 62.7 38.9
252 375 391 330 57.2 35.4
230 342 382 328 52.6 32.6
210 313 374 325 48.3 30.0
190 283 365 322 44.1 26.9
170 253 356 319 39.6 24.4
152 226 348 317 35.6 22.1
136 202 341 315 31.8 20.1
120 179 333 313 28.1 18.0
106 158 327 310 25.1 15.5
96 143 323 309 22.9 14.0
87 129 318 308 20.6 13.1
79 117 314 307 18.7 11.9
72 107 311 306 17.0 10.9
65 97 308 305 15.4 9.9
58 86 310 254 16.3 9.1
53 79 306 254 14.6 8.8
50 74 310 205 16.3 9.4
45 67 306 204 14.6 8.5
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
153
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
154
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W12 40 W310 60 303 203 13.1 7.5
35 52 317 167 13.2 7.6
30 44.5 313 166 11.2 6.6
26 38.7 310 165 9.7 5.8
22 32.7 313 102 10.8 6.6
19 28.3 309 102 8.9 6.0
16 23.8 305 101 6.7 5.6
14 21.0 303 101 5.7 5.1
W10 112 W250 167 289 265 31.8 19.2
100 149 282 263 28.4 17.3
88 131 275 261 25.1 15.4
77 115 269 259 22.1 13.5
68 101 264 257 19.6 11.9
60 89 260 256 17.3 10.7
54 80 256 255 15.6 9.4
49 73 253 254 14.2 8.6
45 67 257 204 15.7 8.9
39 58 252 203 13.5 8.0
33 49.1 247 202 11.0 7.4
30 44.8 266 148 13.0 7.6
26 38.5 262 147 11.2 6.6
22 32.7 258 146 9.1 6.1
19 28.4 260 102 10.0 6.4
17 25.3 257 102 8.4 6.1
15 22.3 254 102 6.9 5.8
12 17.9 251 101 5.3 4.8
W8 67 W200 100 229 210 23.7 14.5
58 86 222 209 20.6 13.0
48 71 216 206 17.4 10.2
40 59 210 205 14.2 9.1
35 52 206 204 12.6 7.9
31 46.1 203 203 11.0 7.2
rT
t
B
D
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation Depth Flange Web
Serial Size Weight per Foot Serial Size Weight per Meter D B T t
in lb/ft mm kg/m mm mm mm mm
W8 28 W200 41.7 205 166 11.8 7.2
24 35.9 201 165 10.2 6.2
21 31.3 210 134 10.2 6.4
18 26.6 207 133 8.4 5.8
15 22.5 206 102 8.0 6.2
13 19.3 203 102 6.5 5.8
10 15.0 200 100 5.2 4.3
W6 25 W150 37.1 162 154 11.6 8.1
20 29.8 157 153 9.3 6.6
15 22.5 152 152 6.6 5.8
16 24.0 160 102 10.3 6.6
12 18.0 153 102 7.1 5.8
9 13.5 150 100 5.5 4.3
8.5 13.0 14.8 100 4.9 4.3
W5 19 W130 28.1 131 128 10.9 6.9
16 23.8 127 127 9.1 6.1
W4 13 W100 19.3 106 103 8.8 7.1
rT
t
B
D
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
155
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
156
Steel BeamsRectangular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
Size D x B Thickness t Weight Size D x B Thickness t Weight Size D x B Thickness t Weight
mm mm kg/m mm mm kg/m mm mm kg/m
50 x 25 2.5 2.69 100 x 50 3.0 6.71 140 x 80 4.0 13.2
3.0 3.17 4.0 8.78 5.0 16.3
50 x 30 2.5 2.89 5.0 10.8 6.0 19.3
3.0 3.41 6.0 12.7 6.3 20.2
4.0 4.39 6.3 13.3 8.0 25.1
5.0 5.28 8.0 16.3 10.0 30.6
60 x 40 2.5 3.68 100 x 60 3.0 7.18 150 x 100 4.0 15.1
3.0 4.35 4.0 9.41 5.0 18.6
4.0 5.64 5.0 11.6 6.0 22.1
5.0 6.85 6.0 13.6 6.3 23.1
6.0 7.99 6.3 14.2 8.0 28.9
6.3 8.31 8.0 17.5 10.0 35.3
80 x 40 3.0 5.29 120 x 60 4.0 10.7 12.0 41.4
4.0 6.90 5.0 13.1 12.5 42.8
5.0 8.42 6.0 15.5 160 x 80 4.0 14.4
6.0 9.87 6.3 16.2 5.0 17.8
6.3 10.3 8.0 20.1 6.0 21.2
8.0 12.5 10.0 24.3 6.3 22.2
90 x 50 3.0 6.24 120 x 80 4.0 11.9 8.0 27.6
4.0 8.15 5.0 14.7 10.0 33.7
5.0 9.99 6.0 17.4 12.0 39.5
6.0 11.8 6.3 18.2 12.5 40.9
6.3 12.3 8.0 22.6
8.0 15.0 10.0 27.4
D
t
B
Rectangular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
Size D x B Thickness t Weight Size D x B Thickness t Weight Size D x B Thickness t Weight
mm mm kg/m mm mm kg/m mm mm kg/m
180 x 100 4.0 16.9 250 x 150 6.0 36.2 350 x 250 6.0 55.1
5.0 21.0 6.3 38.0 6.3 57.8
6.0 24.9 8.0 47.7 8.0 72.8
6.3 26.1 10.0 58.8 10.0 90.2
8.0 32.6 12.0 69.6 12.0 107
10.0 40.0 12.5 72.3 12.5 112
12.0 47.0 16.0 90.3 16.0 141
12.5 48.7 260 x 180 6.0 40.0 400 x 200 8.0 72.8
200 x 100 4.0 18.2 6.3 41.9 10.0 90.2
5.0 22.6 8.0 52.7 12.0 107
6.0 26.8 10.0 65.1 12.5 112
6.3 28.1 12.0 77.2 16.0 141
8.0 35.1 12.5 80.1 450 x 250 8.0 85.4
10.0 43.1 16.0 100 10.0 106
12.0 50.8 300 x 200 6.0 45.7 12.0 126
12.5 52.7 6.3 47.9 12.5 131
16.0 65.2 8.0 60.3 16.0 166
200 x 120 6.0 28.7 10.0 74.5 500 x 300 10.0 122
6.3 30.1 12.0 88.5 12.0 145
8.0 37.6 12.5 91.9 12.5 151
10.0 46.3 16.0 115 16.0 191
12.0 54.6 20.0 235
12.5 56.6
D
t
B
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
157
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
158
Steel BeamsSquare Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight
mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m
20 2.0 1.10 80 5.0 11.6 150 10.0 43.1 220 12.5 80.1
2.5 1.32 6.0 13.6 12.0 50.8 16.0 100
25 2.0 1.41 6.3 14.2 12.5 52.7 250 6.0 45.7
2.5 1.71 8.0 17.5 16.0 65.2 6.3 47.9
3.0 2.00 90 4.0 10.7 160 5.0 24.1 8.0 60.3
30 2.0 1.72 5.0 13.1 6.0 28.7 10.0 74.5
2.5 2.11 6.0 15.5 6.3 30.1 12.0 88.5
3.0 2.47 6.3 16.2 8.0 37.6 12.5 91.9
40 2.5 2.89 8.0 20.1 10.0 46.3 16.0 115
3.0 3.41 100 4.0 11.9 12.0 54.6 260 6.0 47.6
4.0 4.39 5.0 14.7 12.5 56.6 6.3 49.9
5.0 5.28 6.0 17.4 16.0 70.2 8.0 62.8
50 2.5 3.68 6.3 18.2 180 5.0 27.3 10.0 77.7
3.0 4.35 8.0 22.6 6.0 32.5 12.0 92.2
4.0 5.64 10.0 27.4 6.3 34.0 12.5 95.8
5.0 6.85 120 5.0 17.8 8.0 42.7 16.0 120
6.0 7.99 6.0 21.2 10.0 52.5 300 6.0 55.1
6.3 8.31 6.3 22.2 12.0 62.1 6.3 57.8
60 2.5 4.46 8.0 27.6 12.5 64.4 8.0 72.8
3.0 5.29 10.0 33.7 16.0 80.2 10.0 90.2
4.0 6.90 12.0 39.5 200 5.0 30.4 12.0 107
5.0 8.42 12.5 40.9 6.0 36.2 12.5 112
6.0 9.87 140 5.0 21.0 6.3 38.0 16.0 141
6.3 10.3 6.0 24.9 8.0 47.7 350 8.0 85.4
8.0 12.5 6.3 26.1 10.0 58.8 10.0 106
70 3.0 6.24 8.0 32.6 12.0 69.6 12.0 126
4.0 8.15 10.0 40.0 12.5 72.3 12.5 131
5.0 9.99 12.0 47.0 16.0 90.3 16.0 166
6.0 11.8 12.5 48.7 220 6.0 40.0 400 10.0 122
6.3 12.3 150 5.0 22.6 6.3 41.9 12.0 145
8.0 15.0 6.0 26.8 8.0 52.7 12.5 151
80 3.0 7.18 6.3 28.1 10.0 65.1 16.0 191
4.0 9.41 8.0 35.1 12.0 77.2 20.0 235
D
t
D
Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight
mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m
D t
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
159
21.3 2.3 1.08
3.2 1.43
26.9 2.3 1.40
3.2 1.87
33.7 2.6 1.99
3.2 2.41
4.0 2.93
42.4 2.6 2.55
3.2 3.09
4.0 3.79
48.3 2.6 2.93
3.2 3.56
4.0 4.37
5.0 5.34
60.3 2.6 3.70
3.2 4.51
4.0 5.55
5.0 6.82
76.1 2.6 4.71
3.2 5.75
4.0 7.11
5.0 8.77
88.9 3.2 6.76
4.0 8.38
5.0 10.3
6.3 12.8
101.6 4.0 9.63
5.0 11.9
6.3 14.8
8.0 18.5
10.0 22.6
114.3 4.0 10.9
5.0 13.5
6.3 16.8
8.0 21.0
10.0 25.7
139.7 5.0 16.6
6.3 20.7
8.0 26.0
10.0 32.0
12.5 39.2
168.3 5.0 20.1
6.3 25.2
8.0 31.6
10.0 39.0
12.5 48.0
177.8 5.0 21.3
6.3 26.6
10.0 41.4
12.5 51.0
193.7 5.0 23.3
6.3 29.1
12.5 55.9
16.0 70.1
219.1 5.0 26.4
6.3 33.1
10.0 51.6
12.5 63.7
20.0 98.2
244.5 6.3 37.0
10.0 57.8
12.5 71.5
20.0 111
25.0 135
273.0 6.3 41.4
10.0 64.9
12.5 80.3
20.0 125
25.0 153
323.9 6.3 49.3
10.0 77.4
12.5 96.0
Steel BeamsCircular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
Not all sizes in EN 10210-2 are listed here
Dimensions and WeightsBeams & Sections
160
Circular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight Size D Thickness Weight
mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m mm t mm kg/m
D t
323.9 20.0 150
25.0 184
355.6 6.3 54.3
10.0 85.2
12.5 106
20.0 166
25.0 204
406.4 6.3 62.2
12.5 121
20.0 191
25.0 235
40.0 361
457.0 6.3 70.0
12.5 137
20.0 216
25.0 266
457.0 40.0 411
508.0 6.3 77.9
12.5 153
25.0 298
40.0 462
50.0 565
610.0 6.3 93.8
12.5 184
25.0 361
40.0 562
50.0 691
711.0 6.3 109
12.5 215
25.0 423
40.0 662
50.0 815
711.0 60.0 963
762.0 6.3 117
12.5 231
25.0 454
40.0 712
50.0 878
813.0 12.5 247
16.0 314
25.0 486
30.0 579
914.0 12.5 278
16.0 354
25.0 548
30.0 654
1016.0 12.5 309
16.0 395
1016.0 25.0 611
30.0 729
1067.0 12.5 325
16.0 415
25.0 642
30.0 767
1168.0 12.5 356
16.0 455
25.0 705
1219.0 12.5 372
16.0 475
25.0 736
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and WeightsButtweld Fittings Index
163
Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et poidsDimensioni e pesiDimensiones y pesos
• Buttweld FittingsVorschweißfittingsRaccords à souderRaccordi a saldare di testaAcessorios para soldar
Elbows and Returns, long radius .......................................... 164Elbows, short radius ............................................................ 172Tees, equal and reducing ...................................................... 178Reducers, concentric and excentric ...................................... 201End Caps.............................................................................. 215
Tables are for ASME B16.9. MSS-SP-75 is not listed separately assizes are the same, but note that tolerances on dimensions aredifferent and so weights may differ slightly. ASME B16.28 hasbeen incorporated into ASME B16.9.
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
164
Steel FittingsElbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°1/2 0.84 1.50 0.62 1.88 5s 0.04 0.02 0.08 0.00005
21.3 38 16 48 10s 0.06 0.03 0.12
STD 40(s) 0.08 0.04 0.16
XS 80(s) 0.10 0.05 0.20
160 0.10 0.05 0.20
XXS 0.12 0.06 0.24
3/4 1.05 1.50 0.75 2.00 5s 0.04 0.02 0.08 0.00005
alt 1.12 alt 0.44 alt 1.69 10s 0.06 0.03 0.12
26.7 38 19 51 STD 40(s) 0.10 0.05 0.20
XS 80(s) 0.12 0.06 0.24
160 0.12 0.06 0.24
XXS 0.14 0.07 0.28
1 1.32 1.50 0.88 2.19 5s 0.10 0.06 0.20 0.00010
33.4 38 22 56 10s 0.12 0.08 0.24
STD 40(s) 0.15 0.11 0.31
XS 80(s) 0.19 0.14 0.40
160 0.30 0.15 0.60
XXS 0.34 0.17 0.68
11/4 1.66 1.88 1.00 2.75 5s 0.17 0.09 0.34 0.00020
42.2 48 25 70 10s 0.21 0.12 0.42
STD 40(s) 0.26 0.17 0.53
XS 80(s) 0.34 0.22 0.69
160 0.44 0.22 0.88
XXS 0.61 0.31 1.22
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
165
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
11/2 1.90 2.25 1.12 3.25 5s 0.22 0.11 0.44 0.00031
48.3 57 29 83 10s 0.28 0.14 0.56
STD 40(s) 0.38 0.23 0.76
XS 80(S) 0.48 0.29 1.00
160 0.68 0.34 1.36
XXS 0.90 0.45 1.80
2 2.38 3.00 1.38 4.19 5s 0.34 0.17 0.68 0.00058
60.3 76 35 106 10s 0.47 0.24 0.94
STD 40(s) 0.68 0.37 1.36
XS 80(s) 0.91 0.49 1.85
160 1.40 0.70 2.80
XXS 1.68 0.84 3.36
21/2 2.88 3.75 1.75 5.19 5s 0.61 0.32 1.22 0.00127
73.0 95 44 132 10s 0.79 0.39 1.58
STD 40(s) 1.30 0.74 2.67
XS 80(s) 1.73 0.95 3.50
160 2.34 1.17 4.68
XXS 3.20 1.60 6.40
3 3.50 4.50 2.00 6.25 5s 0.92 0.46 1.84 0.00217
88.9 114 51 159 10s 1.16 0.58 2.32
STD 40(s) 2.08 1.10 4.19
XS 80(s) 2.78 1.47 5.62
160 4.02 2.01 8.04
XXS 5.17 2.59 10.34
31/2 4.00 5.25 2.25 7.25 5s 1.19 0.60 2.38 0.00345
101.6 133 57 184 10s 1.55 0.78 3.10
STD 40(s) 2.92 1.49 5.90
XS 80(s) 3.96 2.01 7.98
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
166
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
4 4.50 6.00 2.50 8.25 5s 1.71 0.86 3.42 0.00540
114.3 152 64 210 10s 2.01 1.01 4.02
STD 40(s) 3.95 1.95 7.94
XS 80(s) 5.40 2.66 11.00
120 7.11 3.56 14.22
160 8.42 4.21 16.84
XXS 10.30 5.15 20.60
5 5.56 7.50 3.12 10.31 5s 3.10 1.55 6.20 0.00957
141.3 190 79 262 10s 3.46 1.73 6.92
STD 40(s) 6.67 3.31 13.50
XS 80(s) 9.34 4.63 19.00
120 12.65 6.33 25.30
160 15.42 7.71 30.84
XXS 18.10 9.05 36.20
6 6.62 9.00 3.75 12.31 5s 4.46 2.23 8.92 0.01944
168.3 229 95 313 10s 4.98 2.49 9.96
STD 40(s) 10.40 5.13 20.90
XS 80(s) 15.50 7.57 31.30
120 20.42 10.21 40.84
160 25.46 12.73 50.92
XXS 29.90 14.95 59.80
8 8.62 12.00 5.00 16.31 5s 8.80 4.40 17.60 0.0390
219.1 305 127 414 10s 9.55 4.78 19.10
20 16.74 8.37 33.48
30 18.50 9.25 37.00
STD 40(s) 20.90 10.30 41.90
60 26.60 13.33 53.32
XS 80(s) 31.30 15.40 63.50
100 38.19 19.10 76.88
120 45.46 22.73 90.92
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
167
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
8 8.62 12.00 5.00 16.31 140 50.74 25.37 101.48
219.1 305 127 414 XXS 54.40 27.20 108.80
160 55.93 27.97 111.86
10 10.75 15.00 6.25 20.38 5s 16.60 8.31 33.20 0.074
273.0 381 159 518 10s 18.15 9.08 36.30
20 26.22 13.11 52.44
30 32.04 16.02 64.08
STD 40(s) 37.00 18.30 74.40
XS 60/80s 49.40 24.40 100.20
80 60.31 30.16 120.62
100 71.82 35.91 143.64
120 83.54 41.77 167.08
XXS 140 97.41 48.71 194.82
160 108.19 54.10 216.38
12 12.75 18.00 7.50 24.38 5s 24.00 12.00 48.00 0.124
323.8 457 190 619 10s 25.80 12.90 51.60
20 37.46 18.37 74.92
30 49.12 24.56 98.24
STD 40s 54.00 27.00 109.30
40 60.07 30.04 120.14
XS 80s 71.20 35.50 143.80
60 82.26 41.13 164.52
80 99.36 49.68 198.72
100 120.27 60.14 240.54
XXS 120 140.87 70.44 281.74
140 156.82 78.41 313.64
160 179.90 89.95 359.80
14 14.00 21.00 8.75 28.00 5s 28.00 14.00 56.00 0.158
355.6 533 222 711 10s 34.62 17.31 69.24
10 48.09 24.05 96.18
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
168
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
14 14.00 21.00 8.75 28.00 20 59.70 29.85 119.40
355.6 533 222 711 STD 30 69.90 34.70 140.20
40 83.06 41.53 166.12
XS 91.60 45.40 184.60
60 111.49 55.75 222.98
80 138.68 69.34 277.36
100 171.23 85.62 342.46
120 197.54 98.77 395.08
140 222.96 111.48 445.92
160 247.70 123.85 495.40
16 16.00 24.00 10.00 32.00 5s 38.00 19.00 76.00 0.251
406.4 610 254 813 10s 45.24 22.62 90.48
10 62.95 31.48 125.90
20 78.20 39.10 156.40
STD 30 91.20 45.40 183.70
XS 40 120.20 59.90 242.20
60 161.29 80.65 322.58
80 204.17 102.09 408.34
100 246.85 123.43 493.70
120 288.05 144.03 576.10
140 334.83 167.42 669.66
160 367.15 183.58 734.30
18 18.00 27.00 11.25 36.00 5s 48.00 24.00 96.00 0.388
457 686 286 914 10s 57.30 28.65 114.60
10 79.82 39.91 159.64
20 99.20 49.60 198.40
STD 116.10 58.10 233.10
30 138.29 69.15 276.58
XS 153.30 76.20 308.00
40 176.21 88.11 352.42
60 232.70 116.35 465.40
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
169
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
18 18.00 27.00 11.25 36.00 80 287.57 143.79 575.14
457 686 286 914 100 350.64 175.32 701.28
120 411.21 205.60 822.42
140 461.77 230.89 923.54
160 519.59 259.80 1039.18
20 20.00 30.00 12.50 40.00 5s 58.40 29.20 116.80 0.498
508 762 318 1016 10s 82.00 41.00 164.00
10 98.67 49.34 197.34
STD 20 143.80 71.70 288.90
XS 30 190.10 94.30 381.50
40 229.96 114.98 459.92
60 311.02 155.51 622.04
80 391.03 195.52 782.06
100 478.71 239.36 957.42
120 554.58 277.29 1109.16
140 638.27 319.14 1276.54
160 717.50 358.75 1435.00
22 22.00 33.00 13.50 44.00 5s 73.00 36.50 146.00 0.684
559 838 343 1118 10s 99.44 49.72 198.88
10 119.54 59.77 239.08
STD 20 174.60 87.10 349.70
XS 30 230.40 114.80 462.70
40 300.00 150.00 600.00
60 406.26 203.13 812.52
80 516.35 258.18 1032.70
100 623.36 311.68 1246.72
120 727.94 363.52 1454.08
140 829.61 414.81 1659.22
160 939.80 470.00 1879.60
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
170
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
24 24.00 36.00 15.00 48.00 5s 88.00 44.00 176.00 0.854
610 914 381 1219 10(s) 142.40 71.20 284.80
STD 20 207.70 103.90 417.30
XS 274.90 137.00 553.40
30 315.36 157.68 630.72
40 384.10 192.05 768.20
60 534.95 267.48 1069.90
80 664.71 332.36 1329.42
100 825.23 412.62 1650.46
120 964.10 482.05 1928.20
140 1101.62 550.81 2203.24
160 1251.54 625.50 2502.00
26 26.00 39.00 16.00 10 208.10 104.05 1.078
660 991 406 STD 244.50 122.00
XS 20 323.40 161.00
28 28.00 42.00 17.25 10 241.56 120.78 1.357
711 1067 438 STD 308.00 154.00
XS 20 385.00 193.00
30 478.56 239.28
30 30.00 45.00 18.50 10 277.51 138.76 1.694
762 1143 470 STD 326.60 162.40
XS 20 452.30 215.50
30 550.20 275.10
32 32.00 48.00 19.75 10 315.95 157.98 2.128
813 1219 502 STD 386.00 193.00
XS 20 511.00 255.00
30 626.84 313.42
40 688.65 344.33
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long RadiusASME B16.9
171
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
NB Outside Centre to End Back Designation/ Weight1 Shipping2
Diameter to Face Schedule 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Return Weight measure
in A in/mm B in/mm K in/mm kg kg kg m3 90°
34 34.00 51.00 21.00 10 356.88 178.44 2.512
864 1295 533 STD 420.00 210.00
XS 20 557.90 279.00
30 708.47 354.24
40 778.42 389.21
36 36.00 54.00 22.25 10 400.31 200.16 2.914
914 1372 565 STD 471.70 235.00
XS 20 626.00 311.20
30 795.09 397.55
40 951.04 475.52
38 38.00 57.00 23.62 STD 544.00 272.00 3.503
965 1448 600 XS 717.00 354.00
40 40.00 60.00 24.88 STD 590.00 295.00 3.974
1016 1524 632 XS 794.00 397.00
42 42.00 63.00 26.00 STD 644.10 320.70 4.780
1067 1600 660 XS 852.70 425.00
44 44.00 66.00 27.38 STD 726.00 363.00 5.110
1118 1676 695 XS 975.00 488.00
46 46.00 69.00 28.62 STD 816.00 408.00 5.826
1168 1753 727 XS 1055.00 530.00
48 48.00 72.00 29.88 STD 907.00 454.00 6.912
1219 1829 759 XS 1134.00 567.00
1 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. For dimensional tolerances see page 384. 2 Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚. For short radius elbows see page 172.3 MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
B
B
A
A
A A
0
K
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
172
Steel FittingsElbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
1 1.32 1.00 5s 0.05 0.00006
33.4 25 10s 0.08
STD 40(s) 0.10
XS 80(s) 0.13
160 0.18
XXS 0.23
11/4 1.66 1.25 5s 0.07 0.00012
42.2 32 10s 0.14
STD 40(s) 0.17
XS 80(s) 0.23
160 0.29
XXS 0.41
11/2 1.90 1.50 5s 0.10 0.00020
48.3 38 10s 0.20
STD 40(s) 0.25
XS 80(s) 0.33
160 0.45
XXS 0.60
2 2.38 2.00 5s 0.20 0.00031
60.3 51 10s 0.33
STD 40(s) 0.45
XS 80(s) 0.60
160 0.93
XXS 1.13
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
173
Elbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
21/2 2.88 2.50 5s 0.37 0.00074
73.0 64 10s 0.57
STD 40(s) 0.87
XS 80(s) 1.14
160 1.56
XXS 2.03
3 3.50 3.00 5s 0.67 0.0012
88.9 76 10s 0.84
STD 40(s) 1.38
XS 80(s) 1.83
160 2.68
XXS 3.47
31/2 4.00 3.50 5s 0.98 0.0020
101.6 89 10s 1.15
STD 40(s) 1.93
XS 80(s) 2.61
4 4.50 4.00 5s 1.07 0.0029
114.3 102 10s 1.40
STD 40(s) 2.62
XS 80(s) 3.58
120 4.74
160 5.62
XXS 6.86
5 5.56 5.00 5s 1.80 0.0055
141.3 127 10s 2.45
STD 40(s) 4.42
XS 80(s) 6.21
120 8.43
160 10.28
XXS 12.02
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
174
Elbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
6 6.62 6.00 5s 2.95 0.0103
168.3 152 10s 3.65
STD 40(s) 6.89
XS 80(s) 10.30
120 13.62
160 16.97
XXS 19.00
8 8.62 8.00 5s 5.31 0.0207
291.1 203 10s 7.81
20 11.16
30 12.34
STD 40(s) 13.80
60 17.77
XS 80(s) 20.70
100 25.46
120 30.31
140 33.82
XXS 36.12
160 37.29
10 10.75 10.00 5s 8.41 0.0394
273.0 254 10s 12.05
20 17.48
30 21.36
STD 40(s) 24.50
XS 60/80(s) 32.90
80 40.21
100 47.88
120 55.69
XXS 140 64.94
160 72.13
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
175
Elbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
12 12.75 12.00 5s 12.14 0.0660
323.8 305 10s 18.10
20 24.97
30 32.75
STD 40s 36.10
40 40.05
XS 80s 47.20
60 54.87
80 66.24
100 80.18
XXS 120 93.91
140 104.55
160 119.93
14 14.00 14.00 5s 21.17 0.0840
355.6 356 10s 26.13
10 32.06
20 39.80
STD 30 46.30
40 55.37
XS 61.20
60 74.33
80 92.68
100 114.16
120 131.69
140 148.64
160 165.13
16 16.00 16.00 5s 29.31 0.134
406.4 406 10s 34.57
10 41.97
20 52.14
STD 30 61.20
XS 40 80.30
60 107.52
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsElbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
176
Elbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
16 16.00 16.00 80 136.08 0.134
406.4 406 100 164.57
120 192.03
140 233.22
160 244.77
18 18.00 18.00 5s 37.70 0.206
457 457 10s 43.82
10 53.21
20 66.13
STD 77.60
30 92.19
XS 102.10
40 117.48
60 155.13
80 191.71
100 233.76
120 274.14
140 307.85
160 346.39
20 20.00 20.00 5s 41.88 0.265
508 508 10s 56.88
10 65.78
STD 20 96.20
XS 30 126.10
40 153.31
60 207.35
80 260.68
100 319.14
120 369.72
140 425.51
160 478.50
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
Elbows · Short RadiusASME B16.9
177
Elbows · Short Radius
NB Diameter at Bevel Centre to end A Designation Schedule Weight1 Shipping: Weight measure2
in in/mm in/mm kg m3
22 22.00 22.00 5s 63.71 0.364
559 559 10s 77.38
10 76.69
STD 20 117.00
XS 30 154.20
40 193.51
60 270.84
80 344.24
100 415.57
120 485.29
140 553.08
160 626.70
24 24.00 24.00 5s 71.50 0.454
610 610 10(s) 94.93
STD 20 138.30
XS 183.30
30 210.24
40 256.07
60 356.63
80 443.95
100 550.15
120 642.73
140 743.42
160 834.76
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes. For long radius see page 164.2 Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
178
Steel FittingsEqual and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 0.84 0.84 1.00 1.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.16 0.00004
21.3 21.3 25 25 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.25
1/2 x 1/2 x 3/8 0.84 0.68 1.00 1.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.16 0.00004
21.3 17.3 25 25 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.25
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/4 0.84 0.54 1.00 1.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.16 0.00004
21.3 13.7 25 25 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.25
3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4 1.05 1.05 1.12 1.12 5s 0.09 STD 40(s) 0.23 0.00006
26.7 26.7 29 29 10s 0.11 XS 80(s) 0.38
3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 1.05 0.84 1.12 1.12 5s 0.09 STD 40(s) 0.23 0.00006
26.7 21.3 29 29 10s 0.11 XS 80(s) 0.38
3/4 x 3/4 x 3/8 1.05 0.68 1.12 1.12 5s 0.09 STD 40(s) 0.23 0.00006
26.7 17.3 29 29 10s 0.11 XS 80(s) 0.38
1 x 1 x 1 1.32 1.32 1.50 1.50 5s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.45 0.00014
33.4 33.4 38 38 10s 0.27 160 0.47
STD 40(s) 0.34 XXS 0.65
1 x 1 x 3/4 1.32 1.05 1.50 1.50 5s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.45 0.00014
33.4 26.7 38 38 10s 0.27 160 0.47
STD 40(s) 0.34 XXS 0.65
1 x 1 x 1/2 1.32 0.84 1.50 1.50 5s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.45 0.00014
33.4 21.3 38 38 10s 0.27 160 0.47
STD 40(s) 0.34 XXS 0.65
11/4 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.66 1.66 1.88 1.88 5s 0.35 XS 80(s) 0.85 0.00028
42.2 42.2 48 48 10s 0.45 160 1.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
179
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
11/4 x 11/4 x 11/4 STD 40(s) 0.63 XXS 1.18
11/4 x 11/4 x 1 1.66 1.32 1.88 1.88 5s 0.35 XS 80(s) 0.85 0.00028
42.2 33.4 48 48 10s 0.45 160 1.00
STD 40(s) 0.63 XXS 1.18
11/4 x 11/4 x 3/4 1.66 1.05 1.88 1.88 5s 0.35 XS 80(s) 0.85 0.00028
42.2 26.7 48 48 10s 0.45 160 1.00
STD 40(s) 0.63 XXS 1.18
11/4 x 11/4 x 1/2 1.66 0.84 1.88 1.88 5s 0.35 XS 80(s) 0.85 0.00028
42.2 21.3 48 48 10s 0.45 160 1.00
STD 40(s) 0.63 XXS 1.18
11/2 x 11/2 x 11/2 1.90 1.90 2.25 2.25 5s 0.55 XS 80(s) 1.27 0.00045
48.3 48.3 57 57 10s 0.65 160 1.79
STD 40(s) 0.92 XXS 2.54
11/2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.90 1.66 2.25 2.25 5s 0.55 XS 80(s) 1.27 0.00045
48.3 42.2 57 57 10s 0.65 160 1.79
STD 40(s) 0.92 XXS 2.54
11/2 x 11/2 x 1 1.90 1.32 2.25 2.25 5s 0.55 XS 80(s) 1.27 0.00045
48.3 33.4 57 57 10s 0.65 160 1.79
STD 40(s) 0.92 XXS 2.54
11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4 1.90 1.05 2.25 2.25 5s 0.55 XS 80(s) 1.27 0.00045
48.3 26.7 57 57 10s 0.65 160 1.79
STD 40(s) 0.92 XXS 2.54
11/2 x 11/2 x 1/2 1.90 0.84 2.25 2.25 5s 0.55 XS 80(s) 1.27 0.00045
48.3 21.3 57 57 10s 0.65 160 1.79
STD 40(s) 0.92 XXS 2.54
2 x 2 x 2 2.38 2.38 2.50 2.50 5s 0.68 XS 80(s) 2.15 0.00072
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
180
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
2 x 2 x 2 60.3 60.3 64 64 10s 1.26 160 3.18
STD 40(s) 1.49 XXS 4.00
2 x 2 x 11/2 2.38 1.90 2.50 2.38 5s 0.68 XS 80(s) 2.15 0.00070
60.3 48.3 64 60 10s 1.26 160 3.18
STD 40(s) 1.49 XXS 4.00
2 x 2 x 11/4 2.38 1.66 2.50 2.25 5s 0.68 XS 80(s) 2.15 0.00067
60.3 42.3 64 57 10s 1.26 160 3.18
STD 40(s) 1.49 XXS 4.00
2 x 2 x 1 2.38 1.32 2.50 2.00 5s 0.68 XS 80(s) 2.15 0.00062
60.3 33.4 64 51 10s 1.26 160 3.18
STD 40(s) 1.49 XXS 4.00
2 x 2 x 3/4 2.38 1.05 2.50 1.75 5s 0.68 XS 80(s) 2.15 0.00057
60.3 26.7 64 44 10s 1.26 160 3.18
STD 40(s) 1.49 XXS 4.00
21/2 x 21/2 x 21/2 2.88 2.88 3.00 3.00 5s 1.06 XS 80(s) 3.00 0.00126
73.0 73.0 76 76 10s 2.18 160 4.00
STD 40(s) 2.68 XXS 4.50
21/2 x 21/2 x 2 2.88 2.38 3.00 2.75 5s 1.06 XS 80(s) 3.00 0.00119
73.0 60.3 76 70 10s 2.18 160 3.85
STD 40(s) 2.68 XXS 4.20
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/2 2.88 1.90 3.00 2.62 5s 1.06 XS 80(s) 3.00 0.00115
73.0 48.3 76 67 10s 2.18 160 3.85
STD 40(s) 2.68 XXS 4.20
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/4 2.88 1.66 3.00 2.50 5s 1.06 XS 80(s) 3.00 0.00112
73.0 42.2 76 64 10s 2.18 160 3.58
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
181
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/4 STD 40(s) 2.68 XXS 4.15
21/2 x 21/2 x 1 2.88 1.32 3.00 2.25 5s 1.06 XS 80(s) 3.00 0.00104
73.0 33.4 76 57 10s 2.18 160 3.58
STD 40(s) 2.68 XXS 4.00
3 x 3 x 3 3.50 3.50 3.38 3.38 5s 1.50 XS 80(s) 4.29 0.00199
88.9 88.9 86 86 10s 3.30 160 6.58
STD 40(s) 3.75 XXS 7.10
3 x 3 x 21/2 3.50 2.88 3.38 3.25 5s 1.50 XS 80(s) 4.29 0.00194
88.9 73.0 86 83 10s 3.00 160 6.13
STD 40(s) 3.75 XXS 6.60
3 x 3 x 2 3.50 2.38 3.38 3.00 5s 1.50 XS 80(s) 4.29 0.00184
88.9 60.3 86 76 10s 3.00 160 5.85
STD 40(s) 3.75 XXS 6.35
3 x 3 x 11/2 3.50 1.90 3.38 2.88 5s 1.50 XS 80(s) 4.29 0.00180
88.9 48.3 86 73 10s 3.00 160 5.75
STD 40(s) 3.75 XXS 6.30
3 x 3 x 11/4 3.50 1.66 3.38 2.75 5s 1.50 XS 80(s) 4.29 0.00174
88.9 42.2 86 70 10s 3.00 160 5.65
STD 40(s) 3.75 XXS 6.25
31/2 x 31/2 x 31/2 4.00 4.00 3.75 3.75 5s 2.05 STD 40(s) 5.00 0.00283
101.6 101.6 95 95 10s 3.75 XS 80(s) 6.15
31/2 x 31/2 x 3 4.00 3.50 3.75 3.62 5s 2.05 STD 40(s) 5.00 0.00276
101.6 88.9 95 92 10s 3.70 XS 80(s) 6.15
31/2 x 31/2 x 21/2 4.00 2.88 3.75 3.50 5s 2.05 STD 40(s) 5.00 0.00270
101.6 73.0 95 89 10s 3.70 XS 80(s) 6.15
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
182
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
31/2 x 31/2 x 2 4.00 2.38 3.75 3.25 5s 2.05 STD 40(s) 5.00 0.00258
101.6 60.3 95 83 10s 3.70 XS 80(s) 6.15
31/2 x 31/2 x 11/2 4.00 1.90 3.75 3.12 5s 2.05 STD 40(s) 5.00 0.00252
101.6 48.3 95 79 10s 3.70 XS 80(s) 6.15
4 x 4 x 4 4.50 4.50 4.12 4.12 5s 2.60 120 9.00 0.00408
114.3 114.3 105 105 10s 4.40 160 11.83
STD 40(s) 6.50 XXS 15.00
XS 80(s) 7.65
4 x 4 x 31/2 4.50 4.00 4.12 4.00 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 7.65 0.00376
114.3 101.6 105 102 10s 4.40 160 11.10
STD 40(s) 6.50
4 x 4 x 3 4.50 3.50 4.12 3.88 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 7.65 0.00372
114.3 88.9 105 98 10s 4.40 160 11.10
STD 40(s) 6.50 XXS 14.50
4 x 4 x 21/2 4.50 2.88 4.12 3.75 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 7.65 0.00365
114.3 73.0 105 95 10s 4.40 160 10.75
STD 40(s) 6.50 XXS 14.50
4 x 4 x 2 4.50 2.38 4.12 3.50 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 7.65 0.00349
114.3 60.3 105 89 10s 4.40 160 10.75
STD 40(s) 6.50 XXS 14.50
4 x 4 x 11/2 4.50 1.90 4.12 3.38 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 7.65 0.00342
114.3 48.3 105 86 10s 4.40 160 10.75
STD 40(s) 6.50 XXS 14.50
5 x 5 x 5 5.56 5.56 4.88 4.88 5s 4.00 120 17.50 0.00681
141.3 141.3 124 124 10s 7.42 160 25.00
STD 40(s) 10.00 XXS 29.90
XS 80(s) 13.50
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
183
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
5 x 5 x 4 5.56 4.50 4.88 4.62 5s 4.00 120 17.50 0.00658
141.3 114.3 124 117 10s 7.42 160 23.00
STD 40(s) 10.00 XXS 28.84
XS 80(s) 13.50
5 x 5 x 31/2 5.56 4.00 4.88 4.50 5s 4.00 STD 40(s) 10.00 0.00647
141.3 101.6 124 114 10s 7.42 XS 80(s) 13.50
5 x 5 x 3 5.56 3.50 4.88 4.38 5s 4.00 XS 80(s) 13.50 0.00637
141.3 88.9 124 111 10s 7.42 160 23.00
STD 40(s) 10.00 XXS 27.71
5 x 5 x 21/2 5.56 2.88 4.88 4.25 5s 4.00 XS 80(s) 13.50 0.00625
141.3 73.0 124 108 10s 7.42 160 23.00
STD 40(s) 10.00 XXS 27.16
5 x 5 x 2 5.56 2.38 4.88 4.12 5s 4.00 XS 80(s) 13.50 0.00614
141.3 60.3 124 105 10s 7.42 160 23.00
STD 40(s) 10.00 XXS 27.16
6 x 6 x 6 6.62 6.62 5.62 5.62 5s 6.35 120 24.00 0.0109
168.3 168.3 143 143 10s 12.35 160 39.50
STD 40(s) 16.00 XXS 47.48
XS 80(s) 19.30
6 x 6 x 5 6.62 5.56 5.62 5.38 5s 6.35 120 24.00 0.0106
168.3 141.3 141 137 10s 12.35 160 32.70
STD 40(s) 16.00 XXS 47.48
6 x 6 x 5 XS 80(s) 19.30
6 x 6 x 4 6.62 4.50 5.62 5.12 5s 6.35 120 24.00 0.0103
168.3 114.3 143 130 10s 12.35 160 32.70
STD 40(s) 14.00 XXS 37.25
XS 80(s) 19.30
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
184
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
6 x 6 x 31/2 6.62 4.00 5.62 5.00 5s 6.35 STD 40(s) 14.00 0.0101
168.3 101.6 143 127 10s 12.35 XS 80(s) 19.30
6 x 6 x 3 6.62 3.50 5.62 4.88 5s 6.35 XS 80(s) 19.30 0.00999
168.3 88.9 143 124 10s 12.35 160 30.85
STD 40(s) 14.00 XXS 37.25
6 x 6 x 21/2 6.62 2.88 5.62 4.75 5s 6.35 XS 80(s) 19.30 0.00983
168.3 73.0 143 121 10s 12.35 160 30.85
STD 40(s) 14.00 XXS 37.25
8 x 8 x 8 8.62 8.62 7.00 7.00 5s 10.70 XS 80(s) 33.00 0.0300
219.1 219.1 178 178 10s 20.00 100 43.60
20 23.00 120 49.50
30 24.60 140 54.00
STD 40(s) 27.00 XXS 68.00
60 31.75 160 70.35
8 x 8 x 6 8.62 6.62 7.00 6.62 5s 10.70 120 49.50 0.0290
219.1 168.3 178 168 10s 20.00 160 55.60
STD 40(s) 27.00 XXS 51.30
XS 80(s) 33.00
8 x 8 x 5 8.62 5.56 7.00 6.38 5s 10.70 120 43.15 0.0283
219.1 141.3 178 162 10s 20.00 XXS 50.40
STD 40(s) 27.00 160 55.60
8 x 8 x 5 XS 80(s) 33.00
8 x 8 x 4 8.62 4.50 7.00 6.12 5s 10.70 120 43.15 0.0276
219.1 114.3 178 156 10s 20.00 XXS 50.40
STD 40(s) 27.00 160 51.00
XS 80(s) 33.00
8 x 8 x 31/2 8.62 4.00 7.00 6.00 5s 10.70 STD 40(s) 27.00 0.0273
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
185
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
8 x 8 x 31/2 219.1 101.6 178 152 10s 20.00 XS 80s 33.00
10 x 10 x 10 10.75 10.75 8.50 8.50 5s 18.00 80 67.50 0.0560
273.0 273.0 216 216 10s 28.15 100 74.00
20 34.70 120 93.00
30 40.00 XXS 140 98.50
STD 40(s) 41.00 160 120.30
XS 60/80s 58.40
10 x 10 x 8 10.75 8.62 8.50 8.00 5s 17.45 80 65.83 0.0537
273.0 219.1 216 203 10s 26.30 100 73.50
20 33.15 120 88.50
30 38.60 140 95.00
STD 40(s) 39.63 XXS 98.50
XS 80s 53.53 160 113.00
60 53.60
10 x 10 x 6 10.75 6.62 8.50 7.62 5s 17.45 XS 80s 53.53 0.0522
273.0 168.3 216 194 10s 26.30 120 81.70
STD 40(s) 39.63 XXS 90.93
80 49.03 160 102.15
10 x 10 x 5 10.75 5.56 8.50 7.50 5s 17.45 XS 80s 53.53 0.0517
273.0 141.3 216 191 10s 26.30 120 71.25
STD 40(s) 39.63 XXS 79.30
10 x 10 x 5 80 46.30 160 91.25
10 x 10 x 4 10.75 4.50 8.50 7.25 5s 17.45 XS 80s 53.53 0.0507
273.0 114.3 216 184 10s 26.30 120 71.25
STD 40(s) 39.63 XXS 79.30
80 46.30 160 85.00
12 x 12 x 12 12.75 12.75 10.00 10.00 5s 26.00 60 95.00 0.0980
323.8 323.8 254 254 10s 47.45 80 115.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
186
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
12 x 12 x 12 20 43.40 100 136.20
30 56.60 XXS 120 150.00
STD 40s 65.00 140 176.50
40 70.50 160 183.85
XS 80s 78.00
12 x 12 x 10 12.75 10.75 10.00 9.50 5s 25.25 60 95.00 0.0889
323.8 273.0 254 241 10s 47.45 80 106.24
20 43.40 100 124.85
30 56.60 120 140.85
STD 40s 63.00 XXS 150.00
40 70.50 140 158.00
XS 80s 78.00 160 163.45
12 x 12 x 8 12.75 8.62 10.00 9.00 5s 25.25 60 77.50 0.0861
323.8 219.1 254 229 10s 46.30 80 83.35
20 41.20 100 122.50
30 54.78 120 128.70
STD 40s 63.00 XXS 129.07
40 67.20 140 140.00
XS 80s 74.82 160 152.30
12 x 12 x 6 12.75 6.62 10.00 8.62 5s 25.25 80 85.35 0.0840
323.8 168.3 254 219 10s 46.30 120 112.15
12 x 12 x 6 STD 40s 63.00 XXS 119.50
40 67.20 160 140.25
XS 80s 74.82
12 x 12 x 5 12.75 5.56 10.00 8.50 5s 25.25 80 85.35 0.0833
323.8 141.3 254 216 10s 46.30 120 102.60
STD 40s 63.00 XXS 119.50
40 67.20 160 140.25
XS 80s 74.82
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
187
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
14 x 14 x 14 14.00 14.00 11.00 11.00 5s 40.70 60 135.00 0.122
355.6 355.6 279 279 10s 69.90 80 165.00
10 68.00 100 206.00
20 84.00 120 240.00
STD 30 102.00 140 275.00
40 105.00 160 300.00
XS 115.00
14 x 14 x 12 14.00 12.75 11.00 10.62 5s 40.70 60 135.00 0.121
355.6 323.8 279 270 10s 69.90 80 162.28
20 84.00 100 206.00
STD 30 102.00 120 235.00
40 105.00 140 275.00
XS 115.00 160 300.00
14 x 14 x 10 14.00 10.75 11.00 10.12 5s 39.00 60 127.10 0.116
355.6 273.0 279 257 10s 67.20 80 160.00
20 80.50 100 195.00
STD 30 97.60 120 230.00
40 100.00 140 265.00
XS 109.55 160 285.00
14 x 14 x 8 14.00 8.62 11.00 9.75 5s 39.00 60 127.10 0.113
14 x 14 x 8 355.6 219.1 279 248 10s 67.20 80 141.85
20 80.50 100 195.00
STD 30 97.60 120 220.00
40 100.00 140 250.00
XS 109.55 160 270.00
14 x 14 x 6 14.00 6.62 11.00 9.38 5s 39.00 XS 109.55 0.111
355.6 168.3 279 238 10s 67.20 80 141.85
STD 97.60 120 205.00
40 100.00 160 270.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
188
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
16 x 16 x 16 16.00 16.00 12.00 12.00 5s 43.95 60 206.50 0.170
406.4 406.4 305 305 10s 72.65 80 249.00
10 90.80 100 279.00
20 100.00 120 330.00
STD 30 110.00 140 385.00
XS 40 167.00 160 425.00
16 x 16 x 14 16.00 14.00 12.00 12.00 5s 43.95 60 206.50 0.170
406.4 355.6 305 305 10s 72.65 80 230.00
10 90.80 100 279.00
20 100.00 120 320.00
STD 30 110.00 140 360.00
XS 40 167.00 160 410.00
16 x 16 x 12 16.00 12.75 12.00 11.62 5s 43.95 80 181.60 0.165
406.4 323.8 305 295 10s 72.65 100 270.68
20 100.00 120 310.00
STD 30 110.00 140 340.00
XS 40 164.00 160 385.00
60 180.50
16 x 16 x 10 16.00 10.75 12.00 11.12 5s 42.70 80 163.89 0.161
16 x 16 x 10 406.4 273.0 305 283 10s 70.80 100 266.50
20 98.00 120 295.00
STD 30 106.50 140 310.00
XS 40 160.00 160 360.00
60 162.75
16 x 16 x 8 16.00 8.62 12.00 10.75 5s 42.70 80 163.89 0.158
406.4 219.1 305 273 10s 70.80 100 258.20
20 98.00 120 280.00
STD 30 106.50 140 295.00
XS 40 160.00 160 298.00
60 160.25
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
189
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
16 x 16 x 6 16.00 6.62 12.00 10.38 5s 42.70 80 163.89 0.155
406.4 168.3 305 264 10s 70.80 120 250.00
STD 106.50 160 295.00
XS 40 160.00
18 x 18 x 18 18.00 18.00 13.50 13.50 5s 53.95 40 237.45 0.243
457 457 343 343 10s 101.70 60 277.00
10 93.10 80 322.00
20 127.00 100 335.00
STD 135.00 120 450.00
30 164.00 140 500.00
XS 190.00 160 590.00
18 x 18 x 16 18.00 16.00 13.50 13.00 5s 53.95 40 237.45 0.235
457 406.4 343 330 10s 101.70 60 256.50
10 93.10 80 278.87
20 127.00 100 335.00
STD 135.00 120 440.00
30 164.00 140 475.00
XS 190.00 160 550.00
18 x 18 x 14 18.00 14.00 13.50 13.00 5s 53.95 40 192.95 0.235
457 355.6 343 330 10s 101.70 60 212.50
10 93.10 80 258.00
20 127.00 100 327.00
STD 135.00 120 420.00
30 164.00 140 455.00
XS 190.00 160 520.00
18 x 18 x 12 18.00 12.75 13.50 12.62 5s 53.95 40 192.95 0.231
457 323.8 343 321 10s 101.70 60 212.50
20 127.00 80 233.90
STD 135.00 100 286.50
30 154.00 120 400.00
XS 164.00 140 410.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
190
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
18 x 18 x 12 160 500.00
18 x 18 x 10 18.00 10.75 13.50 12.12 5s 51.60 60 187.00 0.225
457 273.0 343 308 10s 98.00 80 224.85
20 123.00 100 286.50
STD 129.00 120 375.00
30 140.00 140 385.00
40 149.15 160 475.00
XS 154.00
18 x 18 x 8 18.00 8.62 13.50 11.75 5s 51.60 60 187.00 0.221
457 219.1 343 298 10s 98.00 80 203.50
20 123.00 100 273.30
STD 129.00 120 340.00
30 140.00 140 360.00
40 149.15 160 455.00
XS 154.00
20 x 20 x 20 20.00 20.00 15.00 15.00 5s 67.20 60 378.65 0.329
508 508 381 381 10s 84.95 80 459.00
10 112.00 100 540.00
STD 20 168.00 120 590.00
XS 30 245.00 140 720.00
40 320.00 160 790.00
20 x 20 x 18 20.00 18.00 15.00 14.50 5s 67.20 60 350.00 0.328
508 457 381 368 10s 84.95 80 405.42
10 112.00 100 540.00
STD 20 168.00 120 570.00
XS 30 218.00 140 680.00
40 265.10 160 770.00
20 x 20 x 16 20.00 16.00 15.00 14.00 5s 67.20 60 322.35 0.327
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
191
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
20 x 20 x 16 508 406.4 381 356 10s 84.95 80 350.50
10 112.00 100 470.00
STD 20 168.00 120 550.00
XS 30 218.00 140 630.00
40 230.00 160 750.00
20 x 20 x 14 20.00 14.00 15.00 14.00 5s 65.40 60 292.00 0.327
508 355.6 381 356 10s 82.95 80 319.15
10 109.45 100 470.00
STD 20 163.50 120 530.00
XS 30 214.00 140 590.00
40 224.00 160 725.00
20 x 20 x 12 20.00 12.75 15.00 13.62 5s 65.40 80 319.15 0.326
508 323.8 381 346 10s 82.95 100 450.00
STD 20 163.50 120 500.00
XS 30 214.00 140 540.00
40 224.00 160 700.00
20 x 20 x 12 60 292.00
20 x 20 x 10 20.00 10.75 15.00 13.12 5s 65.40 80 298.25 0.305
508 273.0 381 333 10s 80.45 100 420.00
STD 20 163.50 120 475.00
XS 30 214.00 140 500.00
40 220.00 160 680.00
60 286.00
20 x 20 x 8 20.00 8.62 15.00 12.75 5s 65.40 80 228.25 0.300
508 219.1 381 324 10s 80.45 100 390.00
STD 20 163.50 120 430.00
XS 30 214.00 140 450.00
40 220.20 160 660.00
60 223.85
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
192
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
22 x 22 x 22 22.00 22.00 16.50 16.50 5s 80.90 60 511.06 0.438
559 559 419 419 10s 119.50 80 657.34
10 146.00 100 803.16
STD 20 220.00 120 949.45
XS 30 280.00 140 1095.50
160 1241.00
22 x 22 x 20 22.00 20.00 16.50 16.00 5s 79.50 80 657.34 0.430
559 508 419 406 10s 101.45 100 803.16
10 146.00 120 949.45
STD 20 220.00 140 1095.50
XS 30 280.00 160 1241.00
60 511.06
22 x 22 x 18 22.00 18.00 16.50 15.50 5s 80.80 80 657.34 0.422
559 457 419 394 10s 101.45 100 803.16
10 139.40 120 949.45
22 x 22 x 18 STD 20 220.00 140 1095.50
XS 30 260.00 160 1241.00
60 511.06
22 x 22 x 16 22.00 16.00 16.50 15.00 5s 79.00 60 511.06 0.414
559 406.4 419 381 10s 89.60 80 657.34
10 139.40 100 803.16
20 170.00 120 949.45
STD 209.00 140 1095.50
XS 30 260.00 160 1241.00
22 x 22 x14 22.00 14.00 16.50 15.00 5s 79.00 60 481.60 0.414
559 355.6 419 381 10s 89.60 80 619.00
10 111.50 100 757.00
20 170.00 120 984.90
STD 172.50 140 1032.50
XS 30 245.00 160 1040.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
193
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
22 x 22 x12 22.00 12.75 16.50 14.62 5s 77.20 80 619.00 0.408
559 323.8 419 371 10s 89.60 100 757.00
20 170.00 120 894.90
STD 172.50 140 1032.50
XS 30 245.00 160 1040.00
60 481.60
22 x 22 x 10 22.00 10.75 16.50 14.12 5s 77.20 80 619.00 0.400
559 273.0 419 359 10s 89.60 100 757.00
20 170.00 120 894.90
STD 172.50 140 1032.50
XS 30 245.00 160 1040.00
60 481.60
24 x 24 x 24 24.00 24.00 17.00 17.00 5s 95.90 60 653.75 0.453
24 x 24 x 24 610 610 432 432 10s 153.25 80 748.00
10 160.00 100 910.00
STD 20 240.00 120 1100.00
XS 350.00 140 1180.00
30 373.00 160 1310.00
40 570.65
24 x 24 x 22 24.00 22.00 17.00 17.00 5s 94.50 60 653.75 0.453
610 559 432 432 10s 134.50 80 748.00
10 140.40 100 910.00
STD 20 237.00 120 1100.00
XS 350.00 140 1180.00
30 373.00 160 1310.00
24 x 24 x 20 24.00 20.00 17.00 17.00 5s 90.80 60 544.80 0.453
610 508 432 432 10s 116.45 80 606.10
10 123.90 100 910.00
STD 20 227.00 120 1060.00
XS 350.00 140 1140.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
194
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
24 x 24 x 20 30 373.00 160 1270.00
40 390.45
24 x 24 x 18 24.00 18.00 17.00 16.50 5s 90.80 60 471.50 0.427
610 457 432 419 10s 116.45 80 533.25
10 123.90 100 815.00
STD 20 227.00 120 1040.00
XS 320.00 140 1090.00
30 340.00 160 1210.00
40 389.50
24 x 24 x 16 24.00 16.00 17.00 16.00 5s 89.00 60 426.75 0.419
610 406.4 432 406 10s 96.60 80 490.55
24 x 24 x 16 10 98.10 100 815.00
STD 20 222.00 120 1010.00
XS 320.00 140 1040.00
30 340.00 160 1180.00
40 368.75
24 x 24 x 14 24.00 14.00 17.00 16.00 5s 89.00 60 426.75 0.419
610 355.6 432 406 10s 96.60 80 490.55
10 98.10 100 770.00
STD 20 222.00 120 1000.00
XS 300.00 140 1050.00
30 320.00 160 1140.00
40 368.75
24 x 24 x 12 24.00 12.75 17.00 15.62 5s 87.20 60 389.00 0.414
610 323.8 432 397 10s 96.60 80 451.96
STD 20 218.00 100 700.00
XS 300.00 120 950.00
30 320.00 140 980.00
40 367.80 160 1090.00
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
195
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
24 x 24 x 10 24.00 10.75 17.00 15.12 5s 87.20 60 389.00 0.406
610 273.0 432 384 10s 95.60 80 451.96
STD 20 204.00 100 635.00
XS 300.00 120 920.00
30 320.00 140 950.00
40 367.80 160 1040.00
26 x 26 x 26 26.00 26.00 19.50 19.50 10 239.28 XS 20 360.20 0.612
660 660 495 495 STD 287.60
26 x 26 x 24 26.00 24.00 19.50 19.00 10 234.00 XS 20 349.70 0.596
660 610 495 483 STD 279.40
26 x 26 x 22 26.00 22.00 19.50 18.50 10 234.00 XS 20 339.70 0.586
660 559 495 470 STD 271.20
26 x 26 x 20 26.00 20.00 19.50 18.00 10 219.20 XS 20 330.20 0.577
660 508 495 457 STD 263.50
26 x 26 x 18 26.00 18.00 19.50 17.50 10 212.10 XS 20 320.20 0.567
660 457 495 444 STD 254.90
26 x 26 x 16 26.00 16.00 19.50 17.00 10 205.30 XS 20 310.30 0.558
660 406.4 495 432 STD 246.80
26 x 26 x 14 26.00 14.00 19.50 17.00 10 198.80 XS 20 300.30 0.558
660 355.6 495 432 STD 239.00
26 x 26 x 12 26.00 12.75 19.50 16.62 STD 234.10 XS 20 294.40 0.551
660 323.8 495 422
28 x 28 x 28 28.00 28.00 20.50 20.50 10 280.38 XS 20 421.10 0.757
711 711 521 521 STD 337.00 30 526.25
28 x 28 x 26 28.00 26.00 20.50 20.50 10 270.56 XS 20 410.50 0.727
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
196
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
28 x 28 x 26 711 660 521 521 STD 325.20
28 x 28 x 24 28.00 24.00 20.50 20.00 10 266.00 XS 20 400.50 0.716
711 610 521 508 STD 319.80 30 480.00
28 x 28 x 22 28.00 22.00 20.50 19.50 10 258.50 XS 20 390.00 0.706
711 559 521 495 STD 310.70 30 461.00
28 x 28 x 20 28.00 20.00 20.50 19.00 10 250.90 XS 20 380.00 0.695
711 508 521 483 STD 301.60 30 461.00
28 x 28 x 18 28.00 18.00 20.50 18.50 10 243.00 XS 20 368.80 0.685
711 457 521 470 STD 292.10 30 461.00
28 x 28 x 16 28.00 16.00 20.50 18.00 10 235.50 XS 20 357.00 0.674
711 406.4 521 457 STD 283.00 30 450.00
28 x 28 x 14 28.00 14.00 20.50 18.00 10 228.00 XS 20 346.00 0.674
711 355.6 521 457 STD 274.00 30 450.00
28 x 28 x 12 28.00 12.75 20.50 17.62 10 221.00 XS 20 341.00 0.666
711 323.8 521 448 STD 274.00 30 450.00
30 x 30 x 30 30.00 30.00 22.00 22.00 5s 155.02 STD 387.80 0.896
762 762 559 559 10s 247.65 XS 20 483.10
10 322.64 30 603.75
30 x 30 x 28 30.00 28.00 22.00 21.50 10 314.74 XS 20 471.70 0.884
762 711 559 546 STD 378.30 30 566.00
30 x 30 x 26 30.00 26.00 22.00 21.50 10 308.33 XS 20 462.70 0.884
762 660 559 546 STD 370.60
30 x 30 x 24 30.00 24.00 22.00 21.00 10 300.00 XS 20 451.30 0.872
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
197
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
30 x 30 x 24 762 610 559 533 STD 360.60 30 541.50
30 x 30 x 22 30.00 22.00 22.00 20.50 10 291.35 XS 20 440.00 0.860
762 559 559 521 STD 350.20 30 500.00
30 x 30 x 20 30.00 20.00 22.00 20.00 10 282.65 XS 20 428.60 0.848
762 508 559 508 STD 339.70 30 500.00
30 x 30 x 18 30.00 18.00 22.00 19.50 10 274.40 XS 20 417.30 0.836
762 457 559 495 STD 329.80 30 500.00
30 x 30 x 16 30.00 16.00 22.00 19.00 10 265.65 XS 20 403.70 0.824
762 406.4 559 483 STD 319.30 30 470.00
30 x 30 x 14 30.00 14.00 22.00 19.00 10 257.00 XS 20 392.40 0.824
762 355.6 559 483 STD 308.90 30 470.00
30 x 30 x 12 30.00 12.75 22.00 18.62 10 249.00 XS 20 381.20 0.814
762 323.8 559 473 STD 298.90 30 465.00
30 x 30 x 10 30.00 10.75 22.00 18.12 10 241.00 XS 20 360.00 0.802
762 273.0 559 460 STD 289.00 30 465.00
32 x 32 x 32 32.00 32.00 23.50 23.50 10 375.23 30 698.75 1.090
813 813 597 597 STD 451.00 40 768.60
XS 20 559.00
32 x 32 x 30 32.00 30.00 23.50 23.00 10 365.10 XS 20 543.40 1.077
813 762 597 584 STD 441.40 30 651.60
32 x 32 x 28 32.00 28.00 23.50 22.50 10 357.00 XS 20 536.20 1.063
813 711 597 572 STD 429.10 30 643.44
32 x 32 x 26 32.00 26.00 23.50 22.50 10 349.85 XS 20 526.20 1.063
813 660 597 572 STD 420.50
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
198
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
32 x 32 x 24 32.00 24.00 23.50 22.00 10 341.10 XS 20 513.50 1.049
813 610 597 559 STD 410.00 30 616.20
32 x 32 x 22 32.00 22.00 23.50 21.50 10 339.90 XS 20 500.55 1.035
813 559 597 546 STD 408.00 30 601.55
32 x 32 x 20 32.00 20.00 23.50 21.00 10 337.70 XS 20 487.60 1.021
813 508 597 533 STD 406.00 30 585.10
32 x 32 x 18 32.00 18.00 23.50 20.50 10 324.50 XS 20 475.00 1.008
813 457 597 521 STD 390.00 30 570.00
32 x 32 x 16 32.00 16.00 23.50 20.00 10 316.95 XS 20 461.00 0.994
813 406.4 597 508 STD 381.00 30 553.20
32 x 32 x 14 32.00 14.00 23.50 20.00 10 310.75 XS 20 448.50 0.994
813 355.6 597 508 STD 372.00 30 548.10
34 X 34 X 34 34.00 34.00 25.00 25.00 10 428.72 30 805.13 1.310
864 864 635 635 STD 515.30 40 885.65
XS 20 644.10
34 x 34 x 32 34.00 32.00 25.00 24.50 10 419.25 XS 20 630.50 1.295
864 813 635 622 STD 503.90 30 788.10
34 x 34 x 30 34.00 30.00 25.00 24.00 10 409.40 XS 20 614.60 1.279
864 762 635 610 STD 492.10 30 768.20
34 x 34 x 28 34.00 28.00 25.00 23.50 10 399.70 XS 20 601.00 1.264
864 711 635 597 STD 480.40 30 751.25
34 x 34 x 26 34.00 26.00 25.00 23.50 10 392.10 XS 20 589.70 1.264
864 660 635 597 STD 471.30
34 x 34 x 24 34.00 24.00 25.00 23.00 10 382.30 XS 20 576.10 1.248
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
TeesASME B16.9
199
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
34 x 34 x 24 864 610 635 584 STD 459.50 30 720.13
34 x 34 x 22 34.00 22.00 25.00 22.50 10 372.10 XS 20 562.50 1.232
864 559 635 572 STD 447.20 30 666.10
34 x 34 x 20 34.00 20.00 25.00 22.00 10 361.90 XS 20 546.60 1.217
864 508 635 559 STD 435.40 30 666.10
34 x 34 x 18 34.00 18.00 25.00 21.50 10 354.30 XS 20 532.90 1.201
864 457 635 546 STD 423.20 30 660.10
34 x 34 x 16 34.00 16.00 25.00 21.00 10 342.60 XS 20 519.40 1.186
864 406.4 635 533 STD 411.40 30 650.00
36 x 36 x 36 36.00 36.00 26.50 26.50 10 488.30 30 912.88 1.558
914 914 673 673 STD 586.90 40 1004.17
XS 20 730.30
36 x 36 x 34 36.00 34.00 26.50 26.00 10 477.00 XS 20 714.40 1.541
914 864 673 660 STD 573.30 30 893.00
36 x 36 x 32 36.00 32.00 26.50 25.50 10 466.83 XS 20 698.50 1.523
914 813 673 648 STD 561.10 30 873.10
36 x 36 x 30 36.00 30.00 26.50 25.00 10 455.50 XS 20 684.90 1.506
914 762 673 635 STD 547.50 30 856.25
36 x 36 x 28 36.00 28.00 26.50 24.50 10 455.70 XS 20 669.00 1.488
914 711 673 622 STD 535.70 30 836.25
36 x 36 x 26 36.00 26.00 26.50 24.50 10 437.10 XS 20 653.20 1.488
914 660 673 622 STD 525.30
36 x 36 x 24 36.00 24.00 26.50 24.00 10 426.10 XS 20 641.80 1.471
914 610 673 610 STD 512.10 30 802.50
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsTeesASME B16.9
200
Equal and Reducing Tees
NB OD at Bevel Centre to End Designation/ Weight 2 Designation/ Weight 2 Shipping Weight
Run Outlet C M 3, 4 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Measure
in in/mm in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg m3
36 x 36 x 22 36.00 22.00 26.50 23.50 10 415.15 XS 20 626.00 1.453
914 559 673 597 STD 499.00 30 782.50
36 x 36 x 20 36.00 20.00 26.50 23.00 10 404.65 XS 20 610.10 1.436
914 508 673 584 STD 486.30 30 762.60
36 x 36 x 18 36.00 18.00 26.50 22.50 10 394.03 XS 20 596.50 1.418
914 457 673 572 STD 473.60 30 745.60
36 x 36 x 16 36.00 16.00 26.50 22.00 10 383.00 XS 20 580.60 1.401
914 406.4 673 559 STD 460.40 30 725.70
The following are equal tees only, but please note that reducing tees are also available.
38 x 38 x 38 38.00 38.00 28.00 28.00 STD 638.00 XS 812.00 1.709
965 965 711 711
40 x 40 x 40 40.00 40.00 29.50 29.50 STD 690.00 XS 895.00 2.082
1016 1016 749 749
42 x 42 x 42 42.00 42.00 30.00 28.00 STD 795.00 XS 1045.00 2.456
1067 1067 762 711
44 x 44 x 44 44.00 44.00 32.00 30.00 STD 899.00 XS 1194.00 2.652
1118 1118 813 762
46 x 46 x 46 46.00 46.00 33.50 31.50 STD 1007.00 XS 1346.00 2.920
1168 1168 851 800
48 x 48 x 48 48.00 48.00 35.00 33.00 STD 1113.00 XS 1499.00 3.708
1219 1219 889 838
1 Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.2 Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.3 Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.4 Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
M
C C
M
C C
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
201
Steel FittingsConcentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg3/4 x 1/2 1.05 0.84 1.50 5s 0.03 STD 40(s) 0.07 160 0.13
26.7 21.3 38 10s 0.03 XS 80(s) 0.10 XXS 0.17
3/4 x 3/8 1.05 0.68 1.50 5s 0.03 STD 40(s) 0.06 160 0.11
26.7 17.3 38 10s 0.03 XS 80(s) 0.09 XXS 0.15
1 x 3/4 1.32 1.05 2.00 5s 0.05 STD 40(s) 0.14 160 0.22
33.4 26.7 51 10s 0.10 XS 80(s) 0.17 XXS 0.38
1 x 1/2 1.32 0.84 2.00 5s 0.05 STD 40(s) 0.14 160 0.22
33.4 21.3 51 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.16 XXS 0.38
11/4 x 1 1.66 1.32 2.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.18 160 0.28
42.2 33.4 51 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.22 XXS 0.38
11/4 x 3/4 1.66 1.05 2.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.18 160 0.28
42.2 26.7 51 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.22 XXS 0.38
11/4 x 1/2 1.66 0.84 2.00 5s 0.07 STD 40(s) 0.18 160 0.28
42.2 21.3 51 10s 0.09 XS 80(s) 0.22 XXS 0.38
11/2 x 11/4 1.90 1.66 2.50 5s 0.12 STD 40(s) 0.26 160 0.60
48.3 42.2 64 10s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.35 XXS 0.79
11/2 x 1 1.90 1.32 2.50 5s 0.12 STD 40(s) 0.24 160 0.55
48.3 33.4 64 10s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.31 XXS 0.73
11/2 x 3/4 1.90 1.05 2.50 5s 0.12 STD 40(s) 0.22 160 0.51
48.3 26.7 64 10s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.27 XXS 0.67
11/2 x 1/2 1.90 0.84 2.50 5s 0.10 STD 40(s) 0.20 160 0.46
48.3 21.3 64 10s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.28 XXS 0.61
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
202
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
2 x 11/2 2.38 1.90 3.00 5s 0.15 STD 40(s) 0.41 160 1.04
60.3 48.3 76 10s 0.27 XS 80(s) 0.54 XXS 1.26
2 x 11/4 2.38 1.66 3.00 5s 0.15 STD 40(s) 0.39 160 0.99
60.3 42.2 76 10s 0.23 XS 80(s) 0.53 XXS 1.20
2 x 1 2.38 1.32 3.00 5s 0.15 STD 40(s) 0.37 160 0.94
60.3 33.4 76 10s 0.23 XS 80(s) 0.45 XXS 1.14
2 x 3/4 2.38 1.05 3.00 5s 0.15 STD 40(s) 0.33 160 0.84
60.3 26.7 76 10s 0.22 XS 80(s) 0.46 XXS 1.02
21/2 x 2 2.88 2.38 3.50 5s 0.32 STD 40(s) 0.73 160 1.65
73.0 60.3 89 10s 0.43 XS 80(s) 0.94 XXS 2.26
21/2 x 11/2 2.88 1.90 3.50 5s 0.32 STD 40(s) 0.68 160 1.53
73.0 48.3 89 10s 0.39 XS 80(s) 0.86 XXS 2.09
21/2 x 11/4 2.88 1.66 3.50 5s 0.32 STD 40(s) 0.67 160 1.52
73.0 42.2 89 10s 0.38 XS 80(s) 0.79 XXS 2.07
21/2 x 1 2.88 1.32 3.50 5s 0.32 STD 40(s) 0.59 160 1.33
73.0 33.4 89 10s 0.36 XS 80(s) 0.79 XXS 1.82
3 x 21/2 3.50 2.88 3.50 5s 0.40 STD 40(s) 0.98 160 2.40
88.9 73.0 89 10s 0.52 XS 80(s) 1.29 XXS 3.12
3 x 2 3.50 2.38 3.50 5s 0.40 STD 40(s) 0.91 160 2.23
88.9 60.3 89 10s 0.48 XS 80(s) 1.18 XXS 2.90
3 x 11/2 3.50 1.90 3.50 5s 0.40 STD 40(s) 0.86 160 2.12
88.9 48.3 89 10s 0.45 XS 80(s) 1.04 XXS 2.76
3 x 11/4 3.50 1.66 3.50 5s 0.40 STD 40(s) 0.77 160 1.89
88.9 42.2 89 10s 0.50 XS 80(s) 1.04 XXS 2.46
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
203
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
31/2 x 3 4.00 3.50 4.00 5s 0.53 STD 40(s) 1.38
101.6 88.9 102 10s 0.66 XS 80(s) 1.85
31/2 x 21/2 4.00 2.88 4.00 5s 0.53 STD 40(s) 1.34
101.6 73.0 102 10s 0.66 XS 80(s) 1.75
31/2 x 2 4.00 2.38 4.00 5s 0.53 STD 40(s) 1.23
101.6 60.3 102 10s 0.66 XS 80(s) 1.61
31/2 x 11/2 4.00 1.90 4.00 5s 0.53 STD 40(s) 1.14
101.6 48.3 102 10s 0.66 XS 80(s) 1.43
31/2 x 11/4 4.00 1.66 4.00 5s 0.53 STD 40(s) 1.07
101.6 42.2 102 10s 0.66 XS 80(s) 1.27
4 x 31/2 4.50 4.00 4.00 5s 0.65 STD 40(s) 1.64
114.3 101.6 102 10s 0.82 XS 80(s) 2.21
4 x 3 4.50 3.50 4.00 5s 0.65 STD 40(s) 1.59 160 4.38
114.3 88.9 102 10s 0.76 XS 80(s) 2.13 XXS 5.35
4 x 21/2 4.50 2.88 4.00 5s 0.65 STD 40(s) 1.52 160 4.21
114.3 73.0 102 10s 0.71 XS 80(s) 2.01 XXS 5.14
4 x 2 4.50 2.38 4.00 5s 0.65 STD 40(s) 1.44 160 3.97
114.3 60.3 102 10s 0.67 XS 80(s) 1.78 XXS 4.85
4 x 11/2 4.50 1.90 4.00 5s 0.61 STD 40(s) 1.24 160 3.42
114.3 48.3 102 10s 0.63 XS 80(s) 1.73 XXS 4.18
5 x 4 5.56 4.50 5.00 5s 1.10 XS 80(s) 3.78 XXS 8.68
141.3 114.3 127 10s 1.35 120 6.09
STD 40(s) 2.72 160 7.41
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
204
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
5 x 31/2 5.56 4.00 5.00 5s 1.10 STD 40(s) 2.66
141.3 101.6 127 10s 1.35 XS 80(s) 3.65
5 x 3 5.56 3.50 5.00 5s 1.10 STD 40(s) 2.60 160 7.10
141.3 88.9 127 10s 1.35 XS 80(s) 3.55 XXS 8.31
5 x 21/2 5.56 2.88 5.00 5s 1.05 STD 40(s) 2.51 160 6.68
141.3 73.0 127 10s 1.25 XS 80(s) 3.31 XXS 7.80
5 x 2 5.56 2.38 5.00 5s 1.05 STD 40(s) 2.29 160 6.23
141.3 60.3 127 10s 1.25 XS 80(s) 3.00 XXS 7.29
6 x 5 6.62 5.56 5.50 5s 1.60 XS 80(s) 5.72 XXS 12.64
168.3 141.3 140 10s 2.00 120 8.65
STD 40(s) 3.93 160 10.78
6 x 4 6.62 4.50 5.50 5s 1.60 XS 80(s) 5.45 XXS 11.98
168.3 114.3 140 10s 1.65 120 8.20
STD 40(s) 3.72 160 10.22
6 x 31/2 6.62 4.00 5.50 5s 1.55 STD 40(s) 3.69
168.3 101.6 140 10s 1.95 XS 80(s) 5.27
6 x 3 6.62 3.50 5.50 5s 1.50 STD 40(s) 3.63 160 9.93
168.3 88.9 140 10s 1.53 XS 80(s) 5.04 XXS 11.64
6 x 21/2 6.62 2.88 5.50 5s 1.35 STD 40(s) 3.45 160 9.46
168.3 73.0 140 10s 1.41 XS 80(s) 4.52 XXS 11.09
8 x 6 8.82 6.62 6.00 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 9.26 160 18.43
219.1 168.3 152 10s 2.72 120 14.99
STD 40(s) 6.31 XXS 17.88
8 x 5 8.62 5.56 6.00 5s 2.60 XS 80(s) 8.85 160 17.76
219.1 141.3 152 10s 2.72 120 14.44
STD 40(s) 6.08 XXS 17.22
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
205
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
8 x 4 8.62 4.50 6.00 5s 2.55 STD 40(s) 5.95 120 14.03
219.1 114.3 152 10s 2.63 XS 80(s) 8.44 XXS 16.73
160 17.25
8 x 31/2 8.62 4.00 6.00 5s 2.50 STD 40(s) 5.81
219.1 101.6 152 10s 2.57 XS 80(s) 7.31
10 x 8 10.75 8.62 7.00 5s 4.30 STD 40(s) 10.50 100 21.65
273.0 219.1 178 10s 4.49 60 13.50 120 25.09
20 7.89 XS 80(s) 14.20 XXS 140 29.27
30 9.62 80 18.10 160 32.50
10 x 6 10.75 6.62 7.00 5s 4.00 XS 80s 13.50 XXS 28.99
273.0 168.3 178 10s 4.14 80 17.93 160 32.19
STD 40(s) 10.10 120 24.85
10 x 5 10.75 5.56 7.00 5s 3.90 XS 80s 13.00 XXS 28.44
273.0 141.3 178 10s 3.94 80 17.59 160 31.58
STD 40(s) 9.90 120 24.38
10 x 4 10.75 4.50 7.00 5s 3.70 XS 80s 11.50 XXS 27.61
273.0 114.3 178 10s 3.82 80 17.08 160 30.66
STD 40(s) 9.58 120 23.67
12 x 10 12.75 10.75 8.00 5s 6.00 STD 40s 15.20 80 29.48
323.8 273.0 203 10s 6.78 40 17.80 100 35.70
20 11.10 XS 80s 19.80 XXS 120 41.73
30 14.56 60 24.33 140 46.25
160 53.31
12 x 8 12.75 8.62 8.00 5s 5.90 STD 40s 14.60 80 28.41
323.8 219.1 203 10s 6.31 40 17.15 100 34.40
20 10.70 XS 80s 19.08 XXS 120 40.22
30 14.03 60 23.45 140 44.76
160 51.37
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
206
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
12 x 6 12.75 6.62 8.00 5s 5.70 40 16.50 XXS 120 38.70
323.8 168.3 203 10s 5.92 XS 80s 18.40 160 49.43
STD 40s 14.10 80 27.34
12 x 5 12.75 5.56 8.00 5s 6.00 40 16.18 XXS 120 37.94
323.8 141.3 203 10s 7.70 XS 80s 17.70 160 48.46
STD 40s 13.80 80 26.80
14 x 12 14.00 12.75 13.00 5s 10.75 30 30.57 80 59.47
355.6 323.8 330 10s 13.00 40 35.55 100 73.32
20 25.56 XS 80s 37.70 120 84.50
STD 40s 28.80 60 47.65 140 95.37
160 105.96
14 x 10 14.00 10.75 13.00 5s 10.65 30 28.97 80 56.34
355.6 273.0 330 10s 12.10 40 33.67 100 69.47
20 24.21 XS 80s 36.10 120 80.05
STD 27.40 60 45.14 140 90.35
160 100.39
14 x 8 14.00 8.62 13.00 5s 10.55 30 27.62 80 53.74
355.6 219.1 330 10s 11.20 40 32.12 100 66.25
20 23.09 XS 80s 34.90 120 76.34
STD 40s 26.00 60 43.05 140 86.17
160 95.74
14 x 6 14.00 6.62 13.00 5s 9.75 40 31.18 120 74.12
355.6 168.3 330 10s 10.33 XS 80s 33.70 160 92.95
STD 40s 25.30 80 52.17
16 x 14 16.00 14.00 14.00 5s 13.25 30 36.50 100 95.87
406.4 355.6 356 10s 15.81 XS 80s 46.30 120 111.93
10 24.53 40 48.28 140 130.45
20 30.49 60 62.52 160 143.06
STD 40s 35.21 80 79.68
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
207
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
16 x 12 16.00 12.75 14.00 5s 13.05 XS 80s 45.00 120 109.89
406.4 323.8 356 10s 15.22 40 47.40 140 128.08
20 29.94 60 61.39 160 140.45
STD 40s 34.30 80 78.24
30 35.83 100 94.12
16 x 10 16.00 10.75 14.00 5s 12.75 XS 80s 43.70 120 105.82
406.4 273.0 356 10s 14.41 40 45.65 140 123.33
20 28.83 60 59.11 160 135.25
STD 40s 33.10 80 75.34
30 34.51 100 90.64
16 x 8 16.00 8.62 14.00 5s 12.55 XS 80s 42.60 120 101.75
406.4 219.1 356 10s 13.63 40 43.89 140 118.59
20 27.72 60 56.84 160 130.05
STD 40s 31.90 80 72.44
30 33.18 100 87.15
18 x 16 18.00 16.00 15.00 5s 16.00 30 50.35 100 127.46
457 406.4 381 10s 19.19 XS 80s 55.80 120 149.63
10 29.04 40 64.15 140 168.07
20 36.13 60 84.68 160 189.08
STD 40s 42.70 80 104.76
18 x 14 18.00 14.00 15.00 5s 16.00 30 48.95 100 123.92
457 355.6 381 10s 18.21 XS 80s 54.50 120 145.48
10 28.23 40 62.37 140 163.40
20 35.12 60 82.33 160 183.82
STD 40s 41.30 80 101.85
18 x 12 18.00 12.75 15.00 5s 15.95 XS 80s 53.60 120 142.71
457 323.8 381 10s 17.62 40 61.18 140 160.29
20 34.45 60 80.76 160 180.32
STD 40s 40.50 80 99.91
30 48.02 100 121.56
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
208
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
18 x 10 18.00 10.75 15.00 5s 15.85 XS 80s 51.80 120 138.55
457 273.0 381 10s 17.00 40 59.40 140 155.62
20 33.45 60 78.41 160 175.07
STD 40s 39.40 80 97.00
30 46.62 100 118.02
20 x 18 20.00 18.00 20.00 5s 23.80 30 83.52 100 205.41
508 457 508 10s 33.10 XS 80s 84.40 120 237.71
10 42.62 40 98.74 140 350.00
20 63.04 60 133.46 160 370.00
STD 40s 64.50 80 167.52
20 x 16 20.00 16.00 20.00 5s 22.80 30 81.15 100 199.59
508 406.4 508 10s 31.71 XS 80s 82.60 120 230.98
10 41.10 40 95.94 140 350.00
20 61.25 60 129.69 160 370.00
STD 40s 62.60 80 162.80
20 x 14 20.00 14.00 20.00 5s 22.80 30 79.58 100 195.72
508 355.6 508 10s 29.75 XS 80s 81.30 120 226.49
10 40.30 40 94.08 140 350.00
20 60.07 60 127.17 160 370.00
STD 40s 61.30 80 159.62
20 x 12 20.00 12.75 20.00 5s 22.80 XS 80s 79.90 120 224.25
508 323.8 508 10s 29.75 40 93.15 140 320.00
20 59.47 60 125.91 160 340.00
STD 40s 60.80 80 158.04
30 78.79 100 193.78
22 x 20 22.00 20.00 20.00 5s 26.30 30 92.08 100 242.93
559 508 508 10s 33.05 XS 80s 94.00 120 320.00
10 52.28 40 125.21 140 390.00
20 69.47 60 158.33 160 475.00
STD 40s 71.30 80 201.18
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
209
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
22 x 18 22.00 18.00 20.00 5s 26.10 30 90.34 100 238.35
559 457 508 10s 32.90 XS 80s 92.70 120 320.00
10 51.29 40 122.84 140 390.00
20 68.16 60 155.34 160 475.00
STD 40s 69.90 80 197.37
22 x 16 22.00 16.00 20.00 5s 25.90 30 88.61 100 233.76
559 406.4 508 10s 32.30 XS 80s 89.90 120 320.00
10 50.31 40 120.49 140 390.00
20 66.85 60 152.36 160 465.00
STD 40s 68.50 80 193.58
22 x 14 22.00 14.00 20.00 5s 25.80 30 86.87 100 229.18
559 355.6 508 10s 32.20 XS 80s 88.50 120 290.00
10 49.32 40 118.12 140 370.00
20 65.54 60 149.37 160 450.00
STD 40s 67.20 80 189.78
24 x 22 24.00 22.00 20.00 5s 28.70 XS 80s 99.90 100 289.11
610 559 508 10s 36.32 30 110.71 120 394.00
10 55.95 40 149.14 140 570.00
20 74.46 60 187.56 160 610.00
STD 40s 75.80 80 233.39
24 x 20 24.00 20.00 20.00 5s 28.60 XS 80s 99.90 100 289.11
610 508 508 10s 36.10 30 110.71 120 394.00
10 55.95 40 134.79 140 570.00
20 74.46 60 187.56 160 610.00
STD 40s 75.80 80 233.39
24 x 18 24.00 18.00 20.00 5s 28.40 XS 80s 97.60 100 283.55
610 457 508 10s 35.90 30 108.58 120 394.00
10 54.94 40 132.20 140 570.00
20 73.03 60 183.96 160 610.00
STD 40s 74.00 80 228.90
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
210
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
24 x 16 24.00 16.00 20.00 5s 28.20 XS 80s 95.80 100 277.99
610 406.4 508 10s 35.70 30 106.45 120 360.00
10 53.86 40 129.61 140 570.00
20 71.60 60 180.35 160 580.00
STD 40s 72.60 80 224.41
26 x 24 26.00 24.00 24.00 10 75.45 20 123.00 XS 123.00
660 610 610 STD 90.70
26 x 22 26.00 22.00 24.00 10 75.45 20 123.00 XS 123.00
660 559 610 STD 90.70
26 x 20 26.00 20.00 24.00 10 75.45 20 123.00 XS 123.00
660 508 610 STD 90.70
26 x 18 26.00 18.00 24.00 10 75.45 20 123.00 XS 123.00
660 457 610 STD 90.70
28 x 26 28.00 26.00 24.00 10 79.30 20 131.43 XS 132.00
711 660 610 STD 95.30
28 x 24 28.00 24.00 24.00 10 79.30 20 131.34 30 166.03
711 610 610 STD 95.30 XS 132.00
28 x 22 28.00 22.00 24.00 10 79.30 20 131.43 30 166.03
711 559 610 STD 95.30 XS 132.00
28 x 20 28.00 20.00 24.00 10 79.30 20 131.43 30 166.03
711 508 610 STD 95.30 XS 132.00
28 x 18 28.00 18.00 24.00 10 79.30 20 131.43 30 166.03
711 457 610 STD 95.30 XS 132.00
30 x 28 30.00 28.00 24.00 10 83.20 XS 20 143.00 30 178.16
762 711 610 STD 100.00
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
211
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
30 x 26 30.00 26.00 24.00 10 83.20 STD 100.00 XS 20 143.00
762 660 610
30 x 24 30.00 24.00 24.00 10 83.20 20 142.13 30 178.16
762 610 610 STD 100.00 XS 143.00
30 x 22 30.00 22.00 24.00 10 83.20 20 142.13 30 178.16
762 559 610 STD 100.00 XS 143.00
30 x 20 30.00 20.00 24.00 10 83.20 20 142.13 30 178.16
762 508 610 STD 100.00 XS 143.00
32 x 30 32.00 30.00 24.00 10 95.70 XS 20 150.00 30 190.29
813 762 610 STD 115.00
32 x 28 32.00 28.00 24.00 10 95.70 XS 20 150.00 30 190.29
813 711 610 STD 115.00
32 x 26 32.00 26.00 24.00 10 95.70 STD 115.00 XS 20 150.00
813 660 610
32 x 24 32.00 24.00 24.00 10 95.70 XS 20 150.00 30 190.29
813 610 610 STD 115.00
34 x 32 34.00 32.00 24.00 10 112.35 XS 20 157.00 30 202.42
864 813 610 STD 112.00
34 x 30 34.00 30.00 24.00 10 112.35 XS 20 157.00 30 202.42
864 762 610 STD 112.00
34 x 28 34.00 28.00 24.00 10 112.35 XS 20 157.00 30 202.42
864 711 610 STD 112.00
34 x 26 34.00 26.00 24.00 10 112.35 STD 112.00 XS 20 157.00
864 660 610
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
212
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
34 x 24 34.00 24.00 24.00 10 112.35 XS 20 157.00 30 202.42
864 610 610 STD 112.00
36 x 34 36.00 34.00 24.00 10 123.00 XS 20 172.00 30 221.00
914 864 610 STD 129.00
36 x 32 36.00 32.00 24.00 10 123.00 XS 20 172.00 30 221.00
914 813 610 STD 129.00
36 x 30 36.00 30.00 24.00 10 123.00 XS 20 172.00 30 221.00
914 762 610 STD 129.00
36 x 28 36.00 28.00 24.00 10 123.00 XS 20 172.00 30 221.00
914 711 610 STD 129.00
36 x 26 36.00 26.00 24.00 10 123.00 STD 129.00 XS 20 172.00
914 660 610
36 x 24 36.00 24.00 24.00 10 123.00 20 172.00 30 221.00
914 610 610 STD 129.00 XS 172.00
38 x 36 38.00 36.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 914 610
38 x 34 38.00 34.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 864 610
38 x 32 38.00 32.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 813 610
38 x 30 38.00 30.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 762 610
38 x 28 38.00 28.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 711 610
38 x 26 38.00 26.00 24.00 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
965 660 610
40 x 38 40.00 38.00 24.00 STD 143.00 XS 193.00
1016 965 610
40 x 36 40.00 36.00 24.00 STD 143.00 XS 193.00
1016 914 610
40 x 34 40.00 34.00 24.00 STD 143.00 XS 193.00
1016 864 610
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
ReducersASME B16.9
213
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
40 x 32 40.00 32.00 24.00 STD 143.00 XS 193.00
1016 813 610
40 x 30 40.00 30.00 24.00 STD 143.00 XS 193.00
1016 762 610
42 x 40 42.00 40.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 1016 610
42 x 38 42.00 38.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 965 610
42 x 36 42.00 36.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 914 610
42 x 34 42.00 34.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 864 610
42 x 32 42.00 32.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 813 610
42 x 30 42.00 30.00 24.00 STD 152.00 XS 201.00
1067 762 610
44 x 42 44.00 42.00 24.00 STD 159.00 XS 211.00
1118 1067 610
44 x 40 44.00 40.00 24.00 STD 159.00 XS 211.00
1118 1016 610
44 x 38 44.00 38.00 24.00 STD 159.00 XS 211.00
1118 965 610
44 x 36 44.00 36.00 24.00 STD 159.00 XS 211.00
1118 914 610
46 x 44 46.00 44.00 28.00 STD 170.00 XS 225.00
1168 1118 711
46 x 42 46.00 42.00 28.00 STD 170.00 XS 225.00
1168 1067 711
46 x 40 46.00 40.00 28.00 STD 170.00 XS 225.00
1168 1016 711
46 x 38 46.00 38.00 28.00 STD 170.00 XS 225.00
1168 965 711
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsReducersASME B16.9
214
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
NB Outside Diameter End to End Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
Large Small H Schedule Schedule Schedule
in in/mm in/mm in/mm kg kg kg
48 x 46 48.00 46.00 28.00 STD 181.00 XS 238.00
1219 1168 711
48 x 44 48.00 44.00 28.00 STD 181.00 XS 238.00
1219 1118 711
48 x 42 48.00 42.00 28.00 STD 181.00 XS 238.00
1219 1067 711
48 x 40 48.00 40.00 28.00 STD 181.00 XS 238.00
1219 1016 711
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
H H
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
End CapsASME B16.9
215
Steel FittingsEnd Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg1/2 0.84 1.00 1.00 5s 0.01 XS 80(s) 0.05
21.3 25 25 10s 0.02 160 0.06
STD 40(s) 0.03 XXS 0.10
3/4 1.05 1.00 1.00 5s 0.02 XS 80(s) 0.09
26.7 25 25 10s 0.02 160 0.13
STD 40(s) 0.06 XXS 0.18
1 1.32 1.50 1.50 5s 0.04 XS 80(s) 0.13
33.4 38 38 10s 0.05 160 0.15
STD 40(s) 0.10 XXS 0.20
11/4 1.66 1.50 1.50 5s 0.05 XS 80(s) 0.19
42.2 38 38 10s 0.07 160 0.23
STD 40(s) 0.14 XXS 0.30
11/2 1.90 1.50 1.50 5s 0.08 XS 80(s) 0.23
48.3 38 38 10s 0.10 160 0.30
STD 40(s) 0.20 XXS 0.35
2 2.38 1.50 1.75 5s 0.10 XS 80(s) 0.30
60.3 38 44 10s 0.13 160 0.55
STD 40(s) 0.25 XXS 0.60
21/2 2.88 1.50 2.00 5s 0.14 XS 80(s) 0.45
73.0 38 51 10s 0.23 160 0.90
STD 40(s) 0.35 XXS 1.00
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000. Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsEnd CapsASME B16.9
216
End Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg
3 3.50 2.00 2.50 5s 0.25 XS 80(s) 0.85
88.9 51 64 10s 0.36 160 1.45
STD 40(s) 0.70 XXS 1.80
31/2 4.00 2.50 3.00 5s 0.36 STD 40(s) 1.00
101.6 64 76 10s 0.52 XS 80(s) 1.30
4 4.50 2.50 3.00 5s 0.52 120 2.50
114.3 64 76 10s 0.55 160 2.75
STD 40(s) 1.10 XXS 3.50
XS 80(s) 1.60
5 5.56 3.00 3.50 5s 0.80 120 4.00
141.3 76 89 10s 1.00 160 5.00
STD 40(s) 2.00 XXS 5.50
XS 80(s) 2.70
6 6.62 3.50 4.00 5s 1.20 120 6.00
168.3 89 102 10s 1.50 160 7.50
STD 40(s) 3.00 XXS 8.12
XS 80(s) 4.40
8 8.62 4.00 5.00 5s 2.20 80(s) 8.35
219.1 102 127 10s 2.75 100 11.00
20 4.50 120 12.27
30 5.00 140 13.85
STD 40(s) 5.50 XXS 14.91
60 7.00 160 19.49
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000. Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
End CapsASME B16.9
217
End Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg
10 10.75 5.00 6.00 5s 3.60 80 16.25
273.0 127 152 10s 4.45 100 21.00
20 6.00 120 24.74
30 8.00 XXS 140 29.31
STD 40(s) 9.00 160 32.98
XS 60/80s 13.60
12 12.75 6.00 7.00 5s 6.00 60 25.50
323.8 152 178 10s 7.50 80 29.50
20 10.00 100 32.50
30 13.00 XXS 120 41.00
STD 40s 15.00 140 46.12
40 19.00 160 53.77
XS 80s 22.50
14 14.00 6.50 7.50 5s 6.40 60 32.10
355.6 165 191 10s 8.17 80 40.39
10 14.00 100 50.00
20 14.00 120 58.91
STD 30 16.00 140 67.30
40 24.50 160 75.70
XS 27.00
16 16.00 7.00 8.00 5s 8.40 60 40.76
406.4 178 203 10s 10.67 80 52.25
10 18.00 100 64.00
20 18.00 120 75.57
STD 30 21.00 140 89.16
XS 40 31.50 160 98.83
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000. Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsEnd CapsASME B16.9
218
End Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg
18 18.00 8.00 9.00 5s 10.40 40 42.00
457 203 229 10s 13.00 60 66.00
10 22.00 80 72.50
20 22.00 100 75.00
STD 26.00 120 88.00
30 30.00 140 93.00
XS 36.00 160 104.00
20 20.00 9.00 10.00 5s 13.60 60 77.62
508 229 254 10s 17.00 80 98.50
10 29.00 100 122.46
STD 20 32.00 120 143.56
XS 30 42.00 140 153.00
40 56.75 160 170.00
22 22.00 10.00 10.00 5s 16.80 60 89.10
559 254 254 10s 21.00 80 126.00
10 35.50 100 154.00
STD 20 39.00 120 182.04
XS 30 51.00 140 210.00
40 70.00 160 240.00
24 24.00 10.50 12.00 5s 20.80 60 120.00
610 267 305 10s 26.00 80 150.00
10 44.00 100 185.66
STD 20 46.00 120 219.65
XS 60.00 140 250.00
30 74.50 160 285.00
40 96.50
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000. Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Dimensions and WeightsSteel Fittings
End CapsASME B16.9
219
End Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg
26 26.00 10.50 10 41.45 XS 20 66.10
660 267 STD 49.80
28 28.00 10.50 10 46.60 XS 20 74.81
711 267 STD 56.00 30 93.50
30 30.00 10.50 5s 24.00 STD 62.00
762 267 10s 31.00 XS 20 82.80
10 51.68 30 103.50
32 32.00 10.50 10 56.60 30 116.75
813 267 STD 68.00 40 128.55
XS 20 93.40
34 34.00 10.50 10 60.40 30 121.15
864 267 STD 72.60 40 133.40
XS 20 96.91
36 36.00 10.50 10 66.05 30 133.75
914 267 STD 79.40 40 147.30
XS 20 107.00
38 38.00 12.00 STD 86.20 XS 124.70
965 305
40 40.00 12.00 STD 95.30 XS 129.30
1016 305
42 42.00 12.00 STD 104.00 XS 136.00
1067 305
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000. Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Dimensions and WeightsSteel FittingsEnd CapsASME B16.9
220
End Caps
NB OD Length2 E Length2 E1 Designation/ Weight1 Designation/ Weight1
in in/mm in/mm in/mm Schedule kg Schedule kg
44 44.00 13.50 STD 120.20 XS 167.80
1118 343
46 46.00 13.50 STD 136.00 XS 186.00
1168 343
48 48.00 13.50 STD 159.00 XS 215.50
1219 343
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
Eor E1
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges Index
223
Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et poidsDimensioni e pesiDimensiones y pesos
• FlangesFlanscheBridesFlangeBridas
ASME B16.5 ........................................................................ 224ASME B16.47, Series A ........................................................ 238ASME B16.47, Series B ........................................................ 242
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
224
Pipe Flanges · Threaded and Socket WeldingClass 150 & 300 1/2 to 4 NB
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Length Thread Bore Bore2 Depth Diameter
Diameter of Flange min of Hub Through Hub Length of Socket of Face
O tf X Y T B B1 D R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
Class 150 1/2 3.50 90 0.38 9.6 1.19 30 0.56 14 0.62 16 0.88 22.2 0.62 15.8 0.38 10 1.38 34.93/4 3.88 100 0.44 11.2 1.50 38 0.56 14 0.62 16 1.09 27.7 0.82 20.9 0.44 11 1.69 42.9
1 4.25 110 0.50 12.7 1.94 49 0.62 16 0.69 17 1.36 34.5 1.05 26.6 0.50 13 2.00 50.8
11/4 4.62 115 0.56 14.3 2.31 59 0.75 19 0.81 21 1.70 43.2 1.38 35.1 0.56 14 2.50 63.5
11/2 5.00 125 0.62 15.9 2.56 65 0.81 21 0.88 22 1.95 49.5 1.61 40.9 0.62 16 2.88 73.0
2 6.00 150 0.69 17.5 3.06 78 0.94 24 1.00 25 2.44 61.9 2.07 52.5 0.69 17 3.62 92.1
21/2 7.00 180 0.75 20.7 3.56 90 1.06 27 1.12 29 2.94 74.6 2.47 62.7 0.75 19 4.12 104.8
3 7.50 190 0.88 22.3 4.25 108 1.12 29 1.19 30 3.57 90.7 3.07 77.9 0.81 21 5.00 127.0
31/2 8.50 215 0.88 22.3 4.81 122 1.19 30 1.25 32 4.07 103.4 3.55 90.1 5.50 139.7
4 9.00 230 0.88 22.3 5.31 135 1.25 32 1.31 33 4.57 116.1 4.03 102.3 6.19 157.2
Class 300 1/2 3.75 95 0.50 12.7 1.50 38 0.81 21 0.62 16 0.88 22.2 0.62 15.8 0.38 10 1.38 34.93/4 4.62 115 0.56 14.3 1.88 48 0.94 24 0.62 16 1.09 27.7 0.82 20.9 0.44 11 1.69 42.9
1 4.88 125 0.62 15.9 2.12 54 1.00 25 0.69 18 1.36 34.5 1.05 26.6 0.50 13 2.00 50.8
11/4 5.25 135 0.69 17.5 2.50 64 1.00 25 0.81 21 1.70 43.2 1.38 35.1 0.56 14 2.50 63.5
11/2 6.12 155 0.75 19.1 2.75 70 1.12 29 0.88 23 1.95 49.5 1.61 40.9 0.62 16 2.88 73.0
2 6.50 165 0.81 20.7 3.31 84 1.31 32 1.12 29 2.44 61.9 2.07 52.6 0.69 17 3.62 92.1
21/2 7.50 190 0.94 23.9 3.94 100 1.50 37 1.25 32 2.94 74.6 2.47 62.7 0.75 19 4.12 104.8
3 8.25 210 1.06 27.0 4.62 117 1.69 41 1.25 32 3.57 90.7 3.07 77.9 0.81 21 5.00 127.0
31/2 9.00 230 1.12 28.6 5.25 133 1.75 43 1.44 37 4.07 103.4 3.55 90.1 5.50 139.7
4 10.00 255 1.19 30.2 5.75 146 1.88 46 1.44 37 4.57 116.1 4.03 102.3 6.19 157.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
Bolt circle
R
O X (Note 1)
O
tfYT
X (Note 1)
tfY
D
B1
B
O
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
225
Class 150 & 300 1/2 to 4 NB
NB Weight Diameter Diameter Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Thread. Socket of Bolt Circle of Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts (not incl.height of points) Machine Bolts
Weld 2 mm RF Ring Joint 2 mm RF
in kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm in mm
Class 150 1/2 0.40 0.42 2.38 60.3 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.25 55 2.00 503/4 0.56 0.58 2.75 69.9 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 2.00 50
1 0.78 0.81 3.12 79.4 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 3.00 75 2.25 55
11/4 1.02 1.08 3.50 88.9 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.75 70 3.25 85 2.25 55
11/2 1.32 1.37 3.88 98.4 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.75 70 3.25 85 2.50 65
2 2.07 2.10 4.75 120.7 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.25 85 3.75 95 2.75 70
21/2 3.29 3.32 5.50 139.7 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
3 3.85 3.90 6.00 152.4 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
31/2 4.80 7.00 177.8 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
4 5.30 7.50 190.5 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
Class 300 1/2 0.65 0.66 2.62 66.2 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 3.00 75 2.25 553/4 1.11 1.14 3.25 82.6 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.00 75 3.50 90 2.50 65
1 1.35 1.40 3.50 88.9 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.00 75 3.50 90 2.50 65
11/4 1.68 1.75 3.88 98.4 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.25 85 3.75 95 2.75 70
11/2 2.49 2.55 4.50 114.3 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
2 2.88 2.94 5.00 127.0 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
21/2 4.33 4.40 5.88 149.2 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.00 100 4.50 115 3.25 85
3 5.84 5.91 6.62 168.3 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.25 110 4.75 120 3.50 90
31/2 7.34 7.25 184.2 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.25 110 5.00 125 3.75 95
4 9.60 7.88 200.0 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.50 115 5.00 125 3.75 95
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
R
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
226
Pipe FlangesClass 150
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Length through Hub Bore2 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Slip on Welding Neck Slip on Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B B R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 3.50 90 0.38 9.6 1.19 30 0.84 21.3 0.56 14 1.81 46 0.88 22.2 0.62 15.8 1.38 34.93/4 3.88 100 0.44 11.2 1.50 38 1.05 26.7 0.56 14 2.00 51 1.09 27.7 0.82 20.9 1.69 42.9
1 4.25 110 0.50 12.7 1.94 49 1.32 33.4 0.62 16 2.12 54 1.36 34.5 1.05 26.6 2.00 50.8
11/4 4.62 115 0.56 14.3 2.31 59 1.66 42.2 0.75 19 2.19 56 1.70 43.2 1.38 35.1 2.50 63.5
11/2 5.00 125 0.62 15.9 2.56 65 1.90 48.3 0.81 21 2.38 60 1.95 49.5 1.61 40.9 2.88 73.0
2 6.00 150 0.69 17.5 3.06 78 2.38 60.3 0.94 24 2.44 62 2.44 61.9 2.07 52.5 3.62 92.1
21/2 7.00 180 0.81 20.7 3.56 90 2.88 73.0 1.06 27 2.69 68 2.94 74.6 2.47 62.7 4.12 104.8
3 7.50 190 0.88 22.3 4.25 108 3.50 88.9 1.12 29 2.69 68 3.57 90.7 3.07 77.9 5.00 127.0
31/2 8.50 215 0.88 22.3 4.81 122 4.00 101.6 1.19 30 2.75 70 4.07 103.4 3.55 90.1 5.50 139.7
4 9.00 230 0.88 22.3 5.31 135 4.50 114.3 1.25 32 2.94 75 4.57 116.1 4.03 102.3 6.19 157.2
5 10.00 255 0.88 22.3 6.44 164 5.56 141.3 1.38 35 3.44 87 5.66 143.8 5.05 128.2 7.31 185.7
6 11.00 280 0.94 23.9 7.56 192 6.63 168.3 1.50 38 3.44 87 6.72 170.7 6.07 154.1 8.50 215.9
8 13.50 345 1.06 27.0 9.69 246 8.63 219.1 1.69 43 3.94 100 8.72 221.5 7.89 200.7 10.62 269.9
10 16.00 405 1.12 28.6 12.00 305 10.75 273.0 1.88 48 3.94 100 10.88 276.2 10.02 254.6 12.75 323.8
12 19.00 485 1.19 30.2 14.38 365 12.75 323.8 2.12 54 4.44 113 12.88 327.0 12.00 304.8 15.00 381.0
14 21.00 535 1.31 33.4 15.75 400 14.00 355.6 2.19 56 4.94 125 14.14 359.2 16.25 412.8
16 23.50 595 1.38 35.0 18.00 457 16.00 406.4 2.44 62 4.94 125 16.16 410.5 18.50 469.9
18 25.00 635 1.50 38.1 19.88 505 18.00 457.0 2.62 67 5.44 138 18.18 461.8 21.00 533.4
20 27.50 700 1.62 41.3 22.00 559 20.00 508.0 2.81 71 5.62 143 20.20 513.1 23.00 584.2
24 32.00 815 1.81 46.1 26.12 663 24.00 610.0 3.19 81 5.94 151 24.25 616.0 27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
To be specified by purchaser
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
AX (Note 1)
Slip-on-Welding
Y
O
B
tf tf
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
227
Class 150
NB Weight 1 Diameter of Diameter of Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Bolt Circle Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts not incl.height of points Machine Bolts
WN Slip on Blind 2 mm RF Ring Joint 2 mm RF
in kg kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm in mm1/2 0.48 0.39 0.42 2.38 60.3 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.25 55 2.00 503/4 0.71 0.56 0.61 2.75 69.9 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 2.00 50
1 1.01 0.78 0.86 3.12 79.4 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 3.00 75 2.25 55
11/4 1.33 1.03 1.17 3.50 88.9 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.75 70 3.25 85 2.25 55
11/2 1.72 1.32 1.53 3.88 98.4 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.75 70 3.25 85 2.50 65
2 2.58 2.06 2.42 4.75 120.7 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.25 85 3.75 95 2.75 70
21/2 4.11 3.32 3.94 5.50 139.7 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
3 4.92 3.85 4.93 6.00 152.4 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
31/2 6.08 4.81 6.17 7.00 177.8 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
4 6.84 5.30 7.00 7.50 190.5 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
5 8.56 6.07 8.63 8.50 215.9 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 3.75 95 4.25 110 3.25 85
6 10.60 7.45 11.31 9.50 241.3 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.00 100 4.50 115 3.25 85
8 17.61 12.11 19.59 11.75 298.5 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.25 110 4.75 120 3.50 90
10 23.98 16.49 28.80 14.25 362.0 1 25.4 12 7/8 4.50 115 5.00 125 4.00 100
12 36.50 26.19 43.21 17.00 431.8 1 25.4 12 7/8 4.75 120 5.25 135 4.00 100
14 48.39 34.61 58.10 18.75 476.3 11/8 28.4 12 1 5.25 135 5.75 145 4.50 115
16 60.58 44.80 76.01 21.25 539.8 11/8 28.4 16 1 5.25 135 5.75 145 4.50 115
18 68.31 48.88 93.70 22.75 577.9 11/4 31.8 16 11/8 5.75 145 6.25 160 5.00 125
20 84.49 61.91 122.01 25.00 635.0 11/4 31.8 20 11/8 6.25 160 6.75 170 5.50 140
24 115.01 86.90 184.98 29.50 749.3 13/8 35.1 20 11/4 6.75 170 7.25 185 6.00 150
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
228
Pipe FlangesClass 300
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Length through Hub Bore2 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Slip on Welding Neck Slip on Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B B R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 3.75 95 0.50 12.7 1.50 38 0.84 21.3 0.81 21 2.00 51 0.88 22.2 0.62 15.8 1.38 34.93/4 4.62 115 0.56 14.3 1.88 48 1.05 26.7 0.94 24 2.19 56 1.09 27.7 0.82 20.9 1.69 42.9
1 4.88 125 0.62 15.9 2.12 54 1.32 33.4 1.00 25 2.38 60 1.36 34.5 1.05 26.6 2.00 50.8
11/4 5.25 135 0.69 17.5 2.50 64 1.66 42.2 1.00 25 2.50 64 1.70 43.2 1.38 35.1 2.50 63.5
11/2 6.12 155 0.75 19.1 2.75 70 1.90 48.3 1.12 29 2.62 67 1.95 49.5 1.61 40.9 2.88 73.0
2 6.50 165 0.81 20.7 3.31 84 2.38 60.3 1.31 32 2.75 68 2.44 61.9 2.07 52.5 3.62 92.1
21/2 7.50 190 0.94 23.9 3.94 100 2.88 73.0 1.50 37 3.00 75 2.94 74.6 2.47 62.7 4.12 104.8
3 8.25 210 1.06 27.0 4.62 117 3.50 88.9 1.69 41 3.12 78 3.57 90.7 3.07 77.9 5.00 127.0
31/2 9.00 230 1.12 28.6 5.25 133 4.00 101.6 1.75 43 3.19 79 4.07 103.4 3.55 90.1 5.50 139.7
4 10.00 255 1.19 30.2 5.75 146 4.50 114.3 1.88 46 3.38 84 4.57 116.1 4.03 102.3 6.19 157.2
5 11.00 280 1.31 33.4 7.00 178 5.56 141.3 2.00 49 3.88 97 5.66 143.8 5.05 128.2 7.31 185.7
6 12.50 320 1.38 35.0 8.12 206 6.63 168.3 2.06 51 3.88 97 6.72 170.7 6.07 154.1 8.50 215.9
8 15.00 380 1.56 39.7 10.25 260 8.63 219.1 2.44 60 4.38 110 8.72 221.5 7.98 202.7 10.62 269.9
10 17.50 445 1.81 46.1 12.62 321 10.75 273.0 2.62 65 4.62 116 10.88 276.2 10.02 254.6 12.75 323.8
12 20.50 520 1.94 49.3 14.75 375 12.75 323.8 2.88 71 5.12 129 12.88 327.0 12.00 304.8 15.00 381.0
14 23.00 585 2.06 52.4 16.75 425 14.00 355.6 3.00 75 5.62 141 14.14 359.2 16.25 412.8
16 25.50 650 2.19 55.6 19.00 483 16.00 406.4 3.25 81 5.75 144 16.16 410.5 18.50 469.9
18 28.00 710 2.31 58.8 21.00 533 18.00 457.0 3.50 87 6.25 157 18.18 461.8 21.00 533.4
20 30.50 775 2.44 62.0 23.12 587 20.00 508.0 3.75 94 6.38 160 20.20 513.1 23.00 584.2
24 36.00 915 2.69 68.3 27.62 702 24.00 610.0 4.19 105 6.62 167 24.25 616.0 27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
To be specified by purchaser
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
AX (Note 1)
Slip-on-Welding
Y
O
B
tf tf
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
229
Class 300
NB Weight 1 Diameter of Diameter of Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Bolt Circle Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts not incl.height of points Machine Bolts
WN Slip on Blind 2 mm RF Ring Joint 2 mm RF
in kg kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm in mm1/2 0.75 0.64 0.64 2.62 66.7 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 2.50 65 3.00 75 2.25 553/4 1.26 1.12 1.11 3.25 82.6 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.00 75 3.50 90 2.50 65
1 1.52 1.36 1.39 3.50 88.9 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.00 75 3.50 90 2.50 65
11/4 2.03 1.68 1.79 3.88 98.4 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.25 85 3.75 95 2.75 70
11/2 2.89 2.49 2.66 4.50 114.3 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
2 3.40 2.87 3.18 5.00 127.0 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 3.50 90 4.00 100 3.00 75
21/2 5.17 4.32 4.85 5.88 149.2 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.00 100 4.50 115 3.25 85
3 6.93 5.85 6.81 6.62 168.3 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.25 110 4.75 120 3.50 90
31/2 8.67 7.34 8.71 7.25 184.2 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.25 110 5.00 125 3.75 95
4 11.20 9.61 11.50 7.88 200.0 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.50 115 5.00 125 3.75 95
5 15.11 12.30 15.59 9.25 235.0 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.75 120 5.25 135 4.25 110
6 19.11 15.59 20.91 10.62 269.9 7/8 22.4 12 3/4 4.75 120 5.50 140 4.25 110
8 29.89 24.19 34.29 13.00 330.2 1 25.4 12 7/8 5.50 140 6.00 150 4.75 120
10 42.70 34.11 53.29 15.25 387.4 11/8 28.4 16 1 6.25 160 6.75 170 5.50 140
12 61.80 49.80 78.79 17.75 450.8 11/4 31.8 16 11/8 6.75 170 7.25 185 5.75 145
14 85.81 69.90 105.00 20.25 514.4 11/4 31.8 20 11/8 7.00 180 7.50 190 6.25 160
16 106.01 88.11 136.99 22.50 571.5 13/8 35.1 20 11/4 7.50 190 8.00 205 6.50 165
18 130.99 108.99 175.01 24.75 628.6 13/8 35.1 24 11/4 7.75 195 8.25 210 6.75 170
20 158.00 134.00 221.01 27.00 685.8 13/8 35.1 24 11/4 8.00 205 8.75 220 7.25 185
24 230.01 201.00 339.00 32.00 812.8 15/8 41.1 24 11/2 9.00 230 10.00 255 8.00 205
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
230
Pipe FlangesClass 600
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Length through Hub Bore2 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Slip on Welding Neck Slip on Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B B R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 3.75 95 0.56 14.3 1.50 38 0.84 21.3 0.88 22 2.06 52 0.88 22.2 1.38 34.93/4 4.62 115 0.62 15.9 1.88 48 1.05 26.7 1.00 25 2.25 57 1.09 27.7 1.69 42.9
1 4.88 125 0.69 17.5 2.12 54 1.32 33.4 1.06 27 2.44 62 1.36 34.5 2.00 50.8
11/4 5.25 135 0.81 20.7 2.50 64 1.66 42.2 1.12 29 2.62 67 1.70 43.2 2.50 63.5
11/2 6.12 155 0.88 22.3 2.75 70 1.90 48.3 1.25 32 2.75 70 1.95 49.5 2.88 73.0
2 6.50 165 1.00 25.4 3.31 84 2.38 60.3 1.44 37 2.88 73 2.44 61.9 3.62 92.1
21/2 7.50 190 1.12 28.6 3.94 100 2.88 73.0 1.62 41 3.12 79 2.94 74.6 4.12 104.8
3 8.25 210 1.25 31.8 4.62 117 3.50 88.9 1.81 46 3.25 83 3.57 90.7 5.00 127.0
31/2 9.00 230 1.38 35.0 5.25 133 4.00 101.6 1.94 49 3.38 86 4.07 103.4 5.50 139.7
4 10.75 275 1.50 38.1 6.00 152 4.50 114.3 2.12 54 4.00 102 4.57 116.1 6.19 157.2
5 13.00 330 1.75 44.5 7.44 189 5.56 141.3 2.38 60 4.50 114 5.66 143.8 7.31 185.7
6 14.00 355 1.88 47.7 8.75 222 6.63 168.3 2.62 67 4.62 117 6.72 170.7 8.50 215.9
8 16.50 420 2.19 55.6 10.75 273 8.63 219.1 3.00 76 5.25 133 8.72 221.5 10.62 269.9
10 20.00 510 2.50 63.5 13.50 343 10.75 273.0 3.38 86 6.00 152 10.88 276.2 12.75 323.8
12 22.00 560 2.62 66.7 15.75 400 12.75 323.8 3.62 92 6.12 156 12.88 327.0 15.00 381.0
14 23.75 605 2.75 69.9 17.00 432 14.00 355.6 3.69 94 6.50 165 14.14 359.2 16.25 412.8
16 27.00 685 3.00 76.2 19.50 495 16.00 406.4 4.19 106 7.00 178 16.16 410.5 18.50 469.9
18 29.25 745 3.25 82.6 21.50 546 18.00 457.0 4.62 117 7.25 184 18.18 461.8 21.00 533.4
20 32.00 815 3.50 88.9 24.00 610 20.00 508.0 5.00 127 7.50 190 20.20 513.1 23.00 584.2
24 37.00 940 4.00 101.6 28.25 718 24.00 610.0 5.50 140 8.00 203 24.25 616.0 27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
AX (Note 1)
Slip-on-Welding
Y
O
B
tf tf
To be specified by purchaser
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
231
Class 600
NB Weight 1 Diameter of Diameter of Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Bolt Circle Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
WN Slip on Blind 7 mm Raised Face Ring Joint
in kg kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm1/2 1.24 1.06 1.02 2.62 66.7 5/8 15.7 4 1/2 3.00 75 3.00 753/4 2.08 1.85 1.76 3.25 82.6 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 3.50 90
1 2.51 2.24 2.21 3.50 88.9 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.50 90 3.50 90
11/4 3.35 2.77 2.85 3.88 98.4 3/4 19.1 4 5/8 3.75 95 3.75 95
11/2 4.77 4.11 4.23 4.50 114.3 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.25 110 4.25 110
2 5.61 4.74 5.06 5.00 127.0 3/4 19.1 8 5/8 4.25 110 4.25 110
21/2 8.53 7.13 7.71 5.88 149.2 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 4.75 120 4.75 120
3 11.4 9.65 10.8 6.62 168.3 7/8 22.4 8 3/4 5.00 125 5.00 125
31/2 14.3 12.1 13.8 7.25 184.2 1 25.4 8 7/8 5.50 140 5.50 140
4 18.5 15.9 18.3 8.50 215.9 1 25.4 8 7/8 5.75 145 5.75 145
5 24.9 20.3 24.8 10.50 266.7 11/8 28.4 8 1 6.50 165 6.50 165
6 31.5 25.7 33.2 11.50 292.1 11/8 28.4 12 1 6.75 170 6.75 170
8 49.3 39.9 54.5 13.75 349.2 11/4 31.8 12 11/8 7.50 190 7.75 195
10 70.5 56.3 84.7 17.00 431.8 13/8 35.1 16 11/4 8.50 215 8.50 215
12 102 82.2 125 19.25 489.0 13/8 35.1 20 11/4 8.75 220 8.75 220
14 127 115 152 20.75 527.0 11/2 38.1 20 13/8 9.25 235 9.25 235
16 177 145 216 23.75 603.2 15/8 41.1 20 11/2 10.00 255 10.00 255
18 215 180 274 25.75 654.0 13/4 44.5 20 15/8 10.75 275 10.75 275
20 268 221 356 28.50 723.9 13/4 44.5 24 15/8 11.25 285 11.50 290
24 376 332 547 33.00 838.2 2 50.8 24 17/8 13.00 330 13.25 335
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
232
Pipe FlangesClass 900
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Length through Hub Bore2 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Slip on Welding Neck Slip on Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B B R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 4.75 120 0.88 22.3 1.50 38 0.84 21.3 1.25 32 2.38 60 0.88 22.2 1.38 34.93/4 5.12 130 1.00 25.4 1.75 44 1.05 26.7 1.38 35 2.75 70 1.09 27.7 1.69 42.9
1 5.88 150 1.12 28.6 2.06 52 1.32 33.4 1.62 41 2.88 73 1.36 34.5 2.00 50.8
11/4 6.25 160 1.12 28.6 2.50 64 1.66 42.2 1.62 41 2.88 73 1.70 43.2 2.50 63.5
11/2 7.00 180 1.25 31.8 2.75 70 1.90 48.3 1.75 44 3.25 83 1.95 49.5 2.88 73.0
2 8.50 215 1.50 38.1 4.12 105 2.38 60.3 2.25 57 4.00 102 2.44 61.9 3.62 92.1
21/2 9.62 245 1.62 41.3 4.88 124 2.88 73.0 2.50 64 4.12 105 2.94 74.6 4.12 104.8
3 9.50 240 1.50 38.1 5.00 127 3.50 88.9 2.12 54 4.00 102 3.57 90.7 5.00 127.0
4 11.50 290 1.75 44.5 6.25 159 4.50 114.3 2.75 70 4.50 114 4.57 116.1 6.19 157.2
5 13.75 350 2.00 50.8 7.50 190 5.56 141.3 3.12 79 5.00 127 5.66 143.8 7.31 185.7
6 15.00 380 2.19 55.6 9.25 235 6.63 168.3 3.38 86 5.50 140 6.72 170.7 8.50 215.9
8 18.50 470 2.50 63.5 11.75 298 8.63 219.1 4.00 102 6.38 162 8.72 221.5 10.62 269.9
10 21.50 545 2.75 69.9 14.50 368 10.75 273.0 4.25 108 7.25 184 10.88 276.2 12.75 323.8
12 24.00 610 3.12 79.4 16.50 419 12.75 323.8 4.62 117 7.88 200 12.88 327.0 15.00 381.0
14 25.25 640 3.38 85.8 17.75 451 14.00 355.6 5.12 130 8.38 213 14.14 359.2 16.25 412.8
16 27.75 705 3.50 88.9 20.00 508 16.00 406.4 5.25 133 8.50 216 16.16 410.5 18.50 469.9
18 31.00 785 4.00 101.6 22.25 565 18.00 457.0 6.00 152 9.00 229 18.18 461.8 21.00 533.4
20 33.75 855 4.25 108.0 24.50 622 20.00 508.0 6.25 159 9.75 248 20.20 513.1 23.00 584.2
24 41.00 1040 5.50 139.7 29.50 749 24.00 610.0 8.00 203 11.50 292 24.25 616.0 27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
AX (Note 1)
Slip-on-Welding
Y
O
B
tf tf
To be specified by purchaser
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
233
Class 900
NB Weight 1 Diameter of Diameter of Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Bolt Circle Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
WN Slip on Blind 7 mm Raised Face Ring Joint
in kg kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm1/2 1.87 1.74 1.77 3.25 82.6 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.25 110 4.25 1103/4 2.56 2.34 2.42 3.50 88.9 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.50 115 4.50 115
1 3.74 3.44 3.57 4.00 101.6 1 25.4 4 7/8 5.00 125 5.00 125
11/4 4.33 3.91 4.14 4.38 111.1 1 25.4 4 7/8 5.00 125 5.00 125
11/2 5.94 5.36 5.75 4.88 123.8 11/8 28.4 4 1 5.50 140 5.50 140
2 10.8 9.85 10.1 6.50 165.1 1 25.4 8 7/8 5.75 145 5.75 145
21/2 15.0 13.7 14.0 7.50 190.5 11/8 28.4 8 1 6.25 160 6.25 160
3 13.7 11.6 13.1 7.50 190.5 1 25.4 8 7/8 5.75 145 5.75 145
4 22.5 19.7 26.9 9.25 235.0 11/4 31.8 8 11/8 6.75 170 6.75 170
5 37.4 31.9 36.5 11.00 279.4 11/8 35.1 8 11/4 7.50 190 7.50 190
6 47.7 41.1 47.4 12.50 317.5 11/4 31.8 12 11/8 7.50 190 7.75 195
8 81.3 70.7 82.5 15.50 393.7 11/2 38.1 12 13/8 8.75 220 8.75 220
10 119 101 122 18.50 469.9 11/2 38.1 16 13/8 9.25 235 9.25 235
12 157 133 173 21.00 533.4 11/2 38.1 20 13/8 10.00 255 10.00 255
14 180 153 206 22.00 558.8 15/8 41.1 20 11/2 10.75 275 11.00 280
16 217 185 259 24.25 616.0 13/4 44.5 20 15/8 11.25 285 11.50 290
18 292 258 367 27.00 685.8 2 50.8 20 17/8 12.75 325 13.25 335
20 362 317 463 29.50 749.3 21/8 53.8 20 2 13.75 350 14.25 360
24 665 606 876 35.50 901.7 25/8 66.5 20 21/2 17.25 440 18.00 455
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Length through Hub Bore2 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Slip on Welding Neck Slip on Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B B R
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 4.75 120 0.88 22.3 1.50 38 0.84 21.3 1.25 32 2.38 60 0.88 22.2 1.38 34.93/4 5.12 130 1.00 25.4 1.75 44 1.05 26.7 1.38 35 2.75 70 1.09 27.7 1.69 42.9
1 5.88 150 1.12 28.6 2.06 52 1.32 33.4 1.62 41 2.88 73 1.36 34.5 2.00 50.8
11/4 6.25 160 1.12 28.6 2.50 64 1.66 42.2 1.62 41 2.88 73 1.70 43.2 2.50 63.5
11/2 7.00 180 1.25 31.8 2.75 70 1.90 48.3 1.75 44 3.25 83 1.95 49.5 2.88 73.0
2 8.50 215 1.50 38.1 4.12 105 2.38 60.3 2.25 57 4.00 102 2.44 61.9 3.62 92.1
21/2 9.62 245 1.62 41.3 4.88 124 2.88 73.0 2.50 64 4.12 105 2.94 74.6 4.12 104.8
3 10.50 265 1.88 47.7 5.25 133 3.50 88.9 4.62 117 5.00 127.0
4 12.25 310 2.12 54.0 6.38 162 4.50 114.3 4.88 124 6.19 157.2
5 14.75 375 2.88 73.1 7.75 197 5.56 141.3 6.12 156 7.31 185.7
6 15.50 395 3.25 82.6 9.00 229 6.63 168.3 6.75 171 8.50 215.9
8 19.00 485 3.62 92.1 11.50 292 8.63 219.1 8.38 213 10.62 269.9
10 23.00 585 4.25 108.0 14.50 368 10.75 273.0 10.00 254 12.75 323.8
12 26.50 675 4.88 123.9 17.75 451 12.75 323.8 11.12 283 15.00 381.0
14 29.50 750 5.25 133.4 19.50 495 14.00 355.6 11.75 298 16.25 412.8
16 32.50 825 5.75 146.1 21.75 552 16.00 406.4 12.25 311 18.50 469.9
18 36.00 915 6.38 162.0 23.50 597 18.00 457.0 12.88 327 21.00 533.4
20 38.75 985 7.00 177.8 25.25 641 20.00 508.0 14.00 356 23.00 584.2
24 46.00 1170 8.00 203.2 30.00 762 24.00 610.0 16.00 406 27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
234
Pipe FlangesClass 1500
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
AX (Note 1)
Slip-on-Welding
Y
O
B
tf tf
To be specified by purchaser
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
235
Class 1500
NB Weight 1 Diameter of Diameter of Bolts Lenght of Bolts L
Bolt Circle Bolt Holes No. ø Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
WN Slip on Blind 7 mm Raised Face Ring Joint
in kg kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm1/2 1.87 1.74 1.77 3.25 82.6 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.25 110 4.25 1103/4 2.56 2.34 2.42 3.50 88.9 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.50 115 4.50 115
1 3.74 3.44 3.57 4.00 101.6 1 25.4 4 7/8 5.00 125 5.00 125
11/4 4.33 3.91 4.14 4.38 111.1 1 25.4 4 7/8 5.00 125 5.00 125
11/2 5.94 5.36 5.75 4.88 123.8 11/8 28.4 4 1 5.50 140 5.50 140
2 10.8 9.85 10.1 6.50 165.1 1 25.4 8 7/8 5.75 145 5.75 145
21/2 15.0 13.7 14.0 7.50 190.5 11/8 28.4 8 1 6.25 160 6.25 160
3 19.9 19.1 8.00 203.2 11/4 31.8 8 11/8 7.00 180 7.00 180
4 29.9 29.9 9.50 241.3 13/8 35.1 8 11/4 7.75 195 7.75 195
5 55.4 58.4 11.50 292.1 15/8 41.1 8 11/2 9.75 250 9.75 250
6 68.4 71.8 12.50 317.5 11/2 38.1 12 13/8 10.25 260 10.50 265
8 117 122 15.50 393.7 13/4 44.5 12 15/8 11.50 290 12.75 325
10 194 210 19.00 482.6 2 50.4 12 17/8 13.25 335 13.50 345
12 288 316 22.50 571.5 21/8 53.8 16 2 14.75 375 15.25 385
14 380 420 25.00 635.0 23/8 60.5 16 21/4 16.00 405 16.75 425
16 485 558 27.75 704.8 25/8 66.5 16 21/2 17.50 445 18.50 470
18 644 760 30.50 774.7 27/8 73.2 16 23/4 19.75 495 20.75 525
20 775 965 32.75 831.8 31/8 79.2 16 3 21.25 540 22.25 565
24 1232 1558 39.00 990.6 35/8 91.9 16 31/2 24.25 615 25.50 650
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.5
236
Pipe FlangesClass 2500
NB Outside Thickness Diameter Welding Neck Len. through Hub Bore1 Diameter
Diameter Flange min of Hub OD at Chamfer Welding Neck Welding Neck of Face
O tf X A Y Y B
in in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm1/2 5.25 135 1.19 30.2 1.69 43 0.84 21.3 2.88 73 1.38 34.93/4 5.50 140 1.25 31.8 2.00 51 1.05 26.7 3.12 79 1.69 42.9
1 6.25 160 1.38 35.0 2.25 57 1.32 33.4 3.50 89 2.00 50.8
11/4 7.25 185 1.50 38.1 2.88 73 1.66 42.2 3.75 95 2.50 63.5
11/2 8.00 205 1.75 44.5 3.12 79 1.90 48.3 4.38 111 2.88 73.0
2 9.25 235 2.00 50.9 3.75 95 2.38 60.3 5.00 127 3.62 92.1
21/2 10.50 265 2.25 57.2 4.50 114 2.88 73.0 5.62 143 4.12 104.8
3 12.00 305 2.62 66.7 5.25 133 3.50 88.9 6.62 168 5.00 127.0
4 14.00 355 3.00 76.2 6.50 165 4.50 114.3 7.50 190 6.19 157.2
5 16.50 420 3.62 92.1 8.00 203 5.56 141.3 9.00 229 7.31 185.7
6 19.00 485 4.25 108.0 9.25 235 6.63 168.3 10.75 273 8.50 215.9
8 21.75 550 5.00 127.0 12.00 305 8.63 219.1 12.50 318 10.62 269.9
10 26.50 675 6.50 165.1 14.75 375 10.75 273.0 16.50 419 12.75 323.8
12 30.00 760 7.25 184.2 17.38 441 12.75 323.8 18.25 464 15.00 381.0
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
O
Blind
R
O
Welding Neck
X
tf
YB
A
tf
To be specified by purchaser
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.5
237
Class 2500
NB Weight1 Diameter Diameter Bolts Length L
of Bolt Circle of Bolt Holes No. Ø of Stud Bolts not including height of points
WN Blind 7 mm Raised Face Ring Joint
in kg kg in mm in mm in in mm in mm1/2 3.12 2.99 3.50 88.9 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 4.75 120 4.75 1203/4 3.70 3.50 3.75 95.2 7/8 22.4 4 3/4 5.00 125 5.00 125
1 5.24 4.96 4.25 108.0 1 25.4 4 7/8 5.50 140 5.50 140
11/4 7.74 7.35 5.12 130.2 11/8 28.4 4 1 6.00 150 6.00 150
11/2 10.9 10.4 5.75 146.0 11/4 31.8 4 11/8 6.75 170 6.75 170
2 16.2 15.6 6.75 171.4 11/8 28.4 8 1 7.00 180 7.00 180
21/2 23.7 22.6 7.75 196.8 11/4 31.8 8 11/8 7.75 195 8.00 205
3 36.2 34.8 9.00 228.6 13/8 35.1 8 11/4 8.75 220 9.00 230
4 55.3 53.9 10.75 273.0 15/8 41.1 8 11/2 10.00 255 10.25 260
5 92.5 90.8 12.75 323.8 17/8 47.8 8 13/4 11.75 300 12.25 310
6 143 141 14.50 368.3 21/8 53.8 8 2 13.50 345 14.00 355
8 215 214 17.25 438.2 21/8 53.8 12 2 15.00 380 15.50 395
10 406 411 21.25 539.8 25/8 66.5 12 21/2 19.25 490 20.00 510
12 572 592 24.38 619.1 27/8 73.2 12 23/4 21.25 540 22.00 560
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Bolt circle
O
LL
Point is not included in length
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.47
238
Pipe FlangesClass 150 Series ADimensions in inches.Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 136 250 34.25 2.69 2.69 4.75 26.62 26.00 29.50 31.75 24 1.38 11/4 0.38
28 143 330 36.50 2.81 2.81 4.94 28.62 28.00 31.50 34.00 28 1.38 11/4 0.44
30 163 437 38.75 2.94 2.94 5.38 30.75 30.00 33.75 36.00 28 1.38 11/4 0.44
32 197 544 41.75 3.19 3.19 5.69 32.75 32.00 36.00 38.50 28 1.62 11/2 0.44
34 211 609 43.75 3.25 3.25 5.88 34.75 34.00 38.00 40.50 32 1.62 11/2 0.50
36 236 698 46.00 3.56 3.56 6.19 36.75 36.00 40.25 42.75 32 1.62 11/2 0.50
38 353 807 48.75 3.44 3.44 6.19 39.00 38.00 42.25 45.25 32 1.62 11/2 0.50
40 377 903 50.75 3.56 3.56 6.44 41.00 40.00 44.25 47.25 36 1.62 11/2 0.50
42 438 1058 53.00 3.81 3.81 6.75 43.00 42.00 47.00 49.50 36 1.62 11/2 0.50
44 480 1205 55.25 4.00 4.00 7.00 45.00 44.00 49.00 51.75 40 1.62 11/2 0.50
46 513 1317 57.25 4.06 4.06 7.31 47.12 46.00 51.00 53.75 40 1.62 11/2 0.50
48 566 1486 59.50 4.25 4.25 7.56 49.12 48.00 53.50 56.00 44 1.62 11/2 0.50
50 613 1635 61.75 4.38 4.38 8.00 51.25 50.00 55.50 58.25 44 1.88 13/4 0.50
52 684 1834 64.00 4.56 4.56 8.25 53.25 52.00 57.50 60.25 44 1.88 13/4 0.50
54 756 2051 66.25 4.75 4.75 8.50 55.25 54.00 59.50 62.75 44 1.88 13/4 0.50
56 824 2259 68.75 4.88 4.88 9.00 57.38 56.00 62.00 65.00 48 1.88 13/4 0.50
58 910 2513 71.00 5.06 5.06 9.25 59.38 58.00 64.00 67.25 48 1.88 13/4 0.50
60 956 2722 73.00 5.19 5.19 9.44 61.38 60.00 66.00 69.25 52 1.88 13/4 0.50
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.47
239
Pipe FlangesClass 300 Series ADimensions in inches.Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 291 477 38.25 3.12 3.31 7.25 28.38 26.00 29.50 34.50 28 1.75 15/8 0.38
28 352 584 40.75 3.38 3.56 7.75 30.50 28.00 31.50 37.00 28 1.75 15/8 0.44
30 405 685 43.00 3.62 3.75 8.25 32.56 30.00 33.75 39.25 28 1.88 13/4 0.44
32 465 793 45.25 3.88 3.94 8.75 34.69 32.00 36.00 41.50 28 2.00 17/8 0.44
34 523 919 47.50 4.00 4.12 9.12 36.88 34.00 38.00 43.50 28 2.00 17/8 0.50
36 580 1072 50.00 4.12 4.38 9.50 39.00 36.00 40.25 46.00 32 2.12 2 0.50
38 324 900 46.00 4.25 4.25 7.12 39.12 38.00 40.50 43.00 32 1.62 11/2 0.50
40 391 1066 48.75 4.50 4.50 7.62 41.25 40.00 42.75 45.50 32 1.75 15/8 0.50
42 428 1206 50.75 4.69 4.69 7.88 43.25 42.00 44.75 47.50 32 1.75 15/8 0.50
44 485 1378 53.25 4.88 4.88 8.12 45.25 44.00 47.00 49.75 32 1.88 13/4 0.50
46 559 1570 55.75 5.06 5.06 8.50 47.38 46.00 49.00 52.00 28 2.00 17/8 0.50
48 597 1745 57.75 5.25 5.25 8.81 49.38 48.00 51.25 54.00 32 2.00 17/8 0.50
50 674 1983 60.25 5.50 5.50 9.12 51.38 50.00 53.50 56.25 32 2.12 2 0.50
52 728 2194 62.25 5.69 5.59 9.38 53.38 52.00 55.50 58.25 32 2.12 2 0.50
54 871 2538 62.25 6.00 6.00 9.94 55.50 54.00 57.75 61.00 28 2.38 21/4 0.50
56 921 2728 67.25 6.06 6.06 10.25 57.62 56.00 59.75 63.00 28 2.38 21/4 0.50
58 968 2975 69.25 6.25 6.25 10.50 59.62 58.00 62.00 65.00 32 2.38 21/4 0.50
60 1032 3250 71.25 6.44 6.44 10.75 61.62 60.00 64.00 67.00 32 2.38 21/4 0.50
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.47
240
FlangesASME B16.47
Pipe FlangesClass 600 Series ADimensions in inches.Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 450 777 40.00 4.25 4.94 8.75 29.44 26.00 29.50 36.00 28 2.00 17/8 0.50
28 506 909 42.25 4.38 5.19 9.25 31.62 28.00 31.50 38.00 28 2.12 2 0.50
30 575 1074 44.50 4.50 5.50 9.75 33.94 30.00 33.75 40.25 28 2.12 2 0.50
32 642 1253 47.00 4.62 5.81 10.25 36.12 32.00 36.00 42.50 28 2.38 21/4 0.50
34 705 1427 49.00 4.75 6.06 10.62 38.31 34.00 38.00 44.50 28 2.38 21/4 0.56
36 800 1665 51.75 4.88 6.38 11.12 40.62 36.00 40.25 47.00 28 2.62 21/2 0.56
38 674 1509 50.00 6.00 6.12 10.00 40.25 38.00 41.50 45.75 28 2.38 21/4 0.56
40 725 1695 52.00 6.25 6.38 10.38 42.25 40.00 43.75 47.75 32 2.38 21/4 0.56
42 895 2028 55.25 6.62 6.75 11.00 44.38 42.00 46.00 50.50 28 2.62 21/2 0.56
44 951 2246 57.25 6.81 7.00 11.38 46.50 44.00 48.25 52.50 32 2.62 21/2 0.56
46 1055 2543 59.50 7.06 7.31 11.81 48.62 46.00 50.25 54.75 32 2.62 21/2 0.56
48 1247 2951 62.75 7.44 7.69 12.44 50.75 48.00 52.50 57.50 32 2.88 23/4 0.56
50 1423 3381 65.75 7.75 8.00 12.94 52.88 50.00 54.50 60.00 28 3.12 3 0.56
52 1493 3682 67.75 8.00 8.25 13.25 54.88 52.00 56.50 62.00 32 3.12 3 0.56
54 1637 4091 70.00 8.25 8.56 13.75 57.00 54.00 58.75 64.25 32 3.12 3 0.56
56 1843 4585 73.00 8.56 8.88 14.25 59.12 56.00 60.75 66.75 32 3.38 31/4 0.62
58 1954 4986 75.00 8.75 9.12 14.56 61.12 58.00 63.00 68.75 32 3.38 31/4 0.62
60 2353 5750 78.50 9.19 9.56 15.31 63.38 60.00 65.25 71.75 28 3.62 31/2 0.69
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.47
241
FlangesASME B16.47
Pipe FlangesClass 900 Series ADimensions in inches.Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 890 1110 42.75 5.50 6.31 11.25 30.50 26.00 29.50 37.50 20 2.88 23/4 0.44
28 1055 1350 46.00 5.62 6.75 11.75 32.75 28.00 31.50 40.25 20 3.12 3 0.50
30 1230 1610 48.50 5.88 7.18 12.25 35.00 30.00 33.75 42.75 20 3.12 3 0.50
32 1480 1940 51.75 6.25 7.62 13.00 37.25 32.00 36.00 45.50 20 3.38 31/4 0.50
34 1750 2310 55.00 6.50 8.06 13.75 39.62 34.00 38.00 48.25 20 3.62 31/2 0.56
36 1997 2660 57.50 6.75 8.44 14.25 41.88 36.00 40.25 50.75 20 3.62 31/2 0.56
38 2000 2690 57.50 7.50 8.50 13.88 42.25 38.00 43.25 50.75 20 3.62 31/2 0.75
40 2161 2950 59.50 7.75 8.81 14.31 44.38 40.00 45.75 52.75 24 3.62 31/2 0.81
42 2379 3280 61.50 8.12 9.12 14.62 46.31 42.00 47.75 54.75 24 3.62 31/2 0.81
44 3321 3810 64.88 8.44 9.56 15.38 48.62 44.00 50.00 57.62 24 3.88 33/4 0.88
46 3224 4430 68.25 8.88 10.86 16.18 50.88 46.00 52.50 60.50 24 4.12 4 0.88
48 3500 4860 70.25 9.19 10.38 16.50 52.88 48.00 54.50 62.50 24 4.12 4 0.94
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.47
242
Pipe FlangesClass 75 Series BDimensions in inches.Series B is equivalent to API 605.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 45.5 97.5 30.00 1.31 1.31 2.31 26.62 26.06 27.75 28.50 36 0.75 5/8 0.31
28 52.5 129 32.00 1.31 1.31 2.44 28.62 28.06 29.75 30.50 40 0.75 5/8 0.31
30 57.4 170 34.00 1.31 1.31 2.56 30.62 30.06 31.75 32.50 44 0.75 5/8 0.31
32 65.8 212 36.00 1.38 1.38 2.75 32.62 32.06 33.75 34.50 48 0.75 5/8 0.31
34 79.1 238 38.00 1.38 1.38 2.88 34.62 34.06 35.75 36.50 52 0.75 5/8 0.31
36 89.6 272 40.69 1.44 1.44 3.38 36.81 36.06 38.00 39.06 40 0.88 3/4 0.38
38 107 315 42.69 1.50 1.50 3.50 38.81 38.06 40.00 41.06 40 0.88 3/4 0.38
40 116 352 44.69 1.50 1.50 3.62 40.81 40.06 42.00 43.06 44 0.88 3/4 0.38
42 127 413 46.69 1.56 1.56 3.75 42.81 42.06 44.00 45.06 48 0.88 3/4 0.38
44 137 470 49.25 1.69 1.69 4.12 44.88 44.06 46.25 47.38 36 1.00 7/8 0.38
46 160 514 51.25 1.75 1.75 4.25 46.88 46.06 48.25 49.38 40 1.00 7/8 0.38
48 174 580 53.25 1.81 1.81 4.38 48.88 48.06 50.25 51.38 44 1.00 7/8 0.38
50 188 638 55.25 1.88 1.88 4.56 50.94 50.06 52.25 53.38 44 1.00 7/8 0.38
52 199 715 57.38 1.88 1.88 4.75 52.94 52.06 54.25 55.50 48 1.00 7/8 0.38
54 226 800 59.38 1.94 1.94 4.94 55.00 54.06 56.25 57.50 48 1.00 7/8 0.38
56 230 881 62.00 2.00 2.00 5.31 57.12 56.06 58.25 59.88 40 1.12 1 0.44
58 274 980 64.00 2.06 2.06 5.44 59.12 58.06 60.50 61.88 44 1.12 1 0.44
60 290 1062 66.00 2.19 2.19 5.69 61.12 60.06 62.50 63.88 44 1.12 1 0.44
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.47
243
Pipe FlangesClass 150 Series BDimensions in inches.Series B is equivalent to API 605.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 65.0 127.4 30.94 1.62 1.75 3.50 29.64 26.06 28.00 29.31 36 0.88 3/4 0.38
28 75.0 159.6 32.94 1.75 1.88 3.75 28.94 28.06 30.00 31.31 40 0.88 3/4 0.38
30 82.0 178.3 34.94 1.75 2.00 3.94 31.00 30.06 32.00 33.31 44 0.88 3/4 0.38
32 94.0 254.1 37.06 1.81 2.12 4.25 33.06 32.06 34.00 35.44 48 0.88 3/4 0.38
34 113.0 318.3 39.56 1.94 2.25 4.34 35.12 34.06 36.25 37.69 40 1.00 7/8 0.38
36 128.0 365.6 41.62 2.06 2.31 4.62 37.19 36.06 38.25 39.75 44 1.00 7/8 0.38
38 153.0 447.4 44.25 2.12 2.50 4.88 39.12 38.12 40.25 42.12 40 1.12 1 0.38
40 166.0 485.4 46.25 2.19 2.62 5.06 41.31 40.12 42.50 44.12 44 1.12 1 0.38
42 182.0 543.3 48.25 2.31 2.69 5.25 43.38 42.12 44.50 46.12 48 1.12 1 0.44
44 195.0 541.7 50.25 2.38 2.81 5.38 45.38 44.12 46.50 48.12 52 1.12 1 0.44
46 229.0 700.3 52.81 2.44 2.94 5.69 47.44 46.12 48.62 50.56 40 1.25 11/8 0.44
48 248.0 775.0 54.81 2.56 3.06 5.88 49.50 48.12 50.75 52.56 44 1.25 11/8 0.44
50 268.0 850.8 56.81 2.69 3.18 6.06 51.50 50.12 52.75 54.56 48 1.25 11/8 0.44
52 284.0 931.1 58.81 2.75 3.31 6.19 53.56 52.12 54.75 56.56 52 1.25 11/8 0.44
54 309.0 1030.0 61.00 2.81 3.44 6.38 55.62 54.12 56.75 58.75 56 1.25 11/8 0.44
56 329.0 1115.3 63.00 2.88 3.56 6.56 57.69 56.12 58.75 60.75 60 1.25 11/8 0.56
58 391.0 1348.3 65.94 2.94 3.68 6.88 59.69 58.12 60.75 63.44 48 1.38 11/4 0.56
60 414.0 1452.6 67.94 3.00 3.81 7.06 61.81 60.12 63.00 65.44 52 1.38 11/4 0.56
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.47
244
Pipe FlangesClass 300 Series BDimensions in inches.Series B is equivalent to API 605.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 193.0 378.4 34.12 3.50 3.50 5.69 27.62 26.19 29.00 31.62 32 1.38 11/4 0.56
28 211.0 444.2 36.25 3.50 3.50 5.88 29.75 28.19 31.00 33.75 36 1.38 11/4 0.56
30 258.0 560.9 39.00 3.69 3.69 6.22 32.00 30.25 33.25 36.25 36 1.50 13/8 0.56
32 315.0 870.2 41.50 4.06 4.06 6.62 34.00 32.25 35.50 38.50 32 1.62 11/2 0.62
34 339.0 954.9 43.62 4.06 4.06 6.81 36.12 34.25 37.50 40.62 36 1.62 11/2 0.62
36 380.0 1082.6 46.12 4.06 4.06 7.12 38.00 36.25 39.75 42.88 32 1.75 15/8 0.62
38 425.0 1231.9 48.12 4.38 4.38 7.56 40.00 38.25 41.75 44.88 36 1.75 15/8 0.62
40 459.0 1330.4 50.12 4.56 4.56 7.81 42.00 40.25 43.88 46.88 40 1.75 15/8 0.62
42 514.0 1404.4 52.50 4.69 4.69 8.06 44.00 42.31 46.00 49.00 36 1.88 13/4 0.62
44 567.0 1702.7 54.50 5.00 5.00 8.44 46.19 44.31 48.00 51.00 40 1.88 13/4 0.62
46 666.0 2061.9 57.50 5.06 5.12 8.75 48.38 46.31 50.00 53.75 36 2.00 17/8 0.62
48 687.0 2146.8 59.50 5.06 5.31 8.81 50.31 48.31 52.25 55.75 40 2.00 17/8 0.62
50 797.0 2530.2 61.50 5.44 5.50 9.25 52.38 50.31 54.25 57.75 44 2.00 17/8 0.62
52 806.0 2625.4 63.50 5.62 5.68 9.56 54.44 52.31 56.25 59.75 48 2.00 17/8 0.62
54 840.0 2800.0 65.88 5.38 5.88 9.44 56.50 54.31 58.25 62.12 48 2.00 17/8 0.62
56 1117.0 3786.0 69.50 6.06 6.18 10.56 58.81 56.31 60.50 65.00 36 2.38 21/4 0.69
58 1194.0 4117.0 71.94 6.06 6.38 10.81 60.94 58.31 62.75 67.44 40 2.38 21/4 0.69
60 1215.0 4263.2 73.94 5.94 6.56 10.69 62.94 60.31 65.00 69.44 40 2.38 21/4 0.69
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
FlangesASME B16.47
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlanges
ASME B16.47
245
FlangesASME B16.47
Pipe FlangesClass 600 Series BDimensions in inches.Series B is equivalent to API 605.Dimensions NPS 38 and larger arethe same as Series A flanges.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 260.0 448.9 35.00 4.38 4.38 7.12 27.50 26.00 28.62 31.75 28 1.75 15/8 0.50
28 305.0 547.9 37.50 4.56 4.56 7.50 29.62 28.00 30.88 34.00 28 1.88 13/4 0.50
30 378.0 707.0 40.25 4.94 5.00 8.06 31.75 30.00 33.12 36.50 28 2.00 17/8 0.50
32 436.0 850.9 42.75 5.12 5.31 8.50 33.88 32.00 35.25 38.75 28 2.12 2 0.50
34 550.0 1113.2 45.75 5.56 5.68 9.19 36.00 34.00 37.50 41.50 24 2.38 21/4 0.56
36 591.0 1230.0 47.75 5.76 5.94 9.56 38.12 36.00 39.75 43.50 28 2.38 21/4 0.56
Class 900 Series BDimensions in inches.Series B is equivalent to API 605.Dimensions NPS 38 and larger arethe same as Series A flanges.
Nominal Weight OD of Thickness of Length Ø of Ø of Raised Drilling Ø of Fillet
Pipe Size Flange Flange min 2 Through Hub Hub Top Face Ø Ø Bolt Holes Bolt Radius
WN Blind WN Blind Hub Circle No. Ø min
in kg kg O C C Y X A R r1
26 534.0 666.0 40.25 5.31 6.06 10.91 29.25 26.00 30.00 35.50 20 2.62 21/2 0.44
28 633.0 810.0 43.50 5.81 6.56 10.88 31.38 28.00 32.25 38.25 20 2.88 23/4 0.50
30 800.0 1047.1 46.50 6.12 6.93 11.38 33.50 30.00 34.50 40.75 20 3.12 3 0.50
32 1006.4 1319.2 48.75 6.31 7.31 11.94 35.75 32.00 36.50 43.00 20 3.12 3 0.50
34 1225.0 1617.0 51.75 6.75 7.68 12.56 37.88 34.00 39.00 45.50 20 3.38 31/4 0.56
36 1398.0 1862.1 53.00 6.81 7.94 12.81 40.00 36.00 40.50 47.25 24 3.12 3 0.56
1 The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.2 Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
O
R
A
x
r1
C
CY
Dimensions and WeightsFlangesASME B16.47
246
FlangesASME B16.47
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and WeightsForged Fittings · Bolts and Nuts Index
249
Dimensions and WeightsAbmessungen und GewichteDimensions et poidsDimensioni e pesiDimensiones y pesos
• Forged FittingsSchmiedefittingsRaccords forgésRaccordi forgiatiAcessorios forjados
Socket Weld ........................................................................ 250Threaded ............................................................................ 252Plugs .................................................................................. 254Welding Bosses .................................................................... 255Unions ................................................................................ 257Hexagonal Nipples .............................................................. 259Round Nipples .................................................................... 260Bushings .............................................................................. 260Swage Nipples .................................................................... 260Correlation of Fitting Class .................................................. 261Welding Outlets .................................................................. 262Reinforced Nipples .............................................................. 263
Stud Bolts ............................................................................ 264Heavy Hex Nuts .................................................................. 265
• Bolts and NutsSchrauben und MutternBoulonnerieTiranti e DadiTuercas y Tornillos
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
250
Forged Steel FittingsASME B16.11 Socket Weld Forged Fittings 3000 & 6000 lbs
NB Socket Bore Diameter Socket Wall Bodywall Depth Centre to Bottom of Socket Laying Length End Wall
Bore Ø of Fitting Thickness Thickness of 90° Elbows 45° Elbows Coupl. Half Thickness
DN max & max & min ave 1 & min minimum Socket Tees & Crosses Coupl. Cap
in min 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 min 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000
mm B mm D mm D mm C mm C mm G mm G mm J mm A mm A mm A mm A mm E mm F mm K mm K mm1/8 11.2 7.6 4.8 3.18 3.96 2.41 3.15 9.5 11.0 11.0 8.0 8.0 6.5 16.0 4.8 6.4
6 10.8 6.1 3.2 3.18 3.43 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.5 ±1.01/4 14.6 10.0 7.1 3.78 4.60 3.02 3.68 9.5 11.0 13.5 8.0 8.0 6.5 16.0 4.8 6.4
8 14.2 8.5 5.6 3.30 4.01 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.5 ±1.03/8 18.0 13.3 9.9 4.01 5.03 3.20 4.01 9.5 13.5 15.5 8.0 11.0 6.5 17.5 4.8 6.4
10 17.6 11.8 8.4 3.50 4.37 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±3.0 ±1.51/2 22.2 16.6 12.5 4.67 5.97 3.73 4.78 9.5 15.5 19.0 11.0 12.5 9.5 22.5 6.4 7.9
15 21.80 15.0 11.0 4.09 5.18 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±3.0 ±1.53/4 27.6 21.7 16.3 4.90 6.96 3.91 5.56 12.5 19.0 22.5 13.0 14.0 9.5 24.0 6.4 7.9
20 27.2 20.2 14.8 4.27 6.04 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±3.0 ±1.5
1 34.3 27.4 21.5 5.69 7.92 4.55 6.35 12.5 22.5 27.0 14.0 17.5 12.5 28.5 9.6 11.2
25 33.9 25.9 19.9 4.98 6.93 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±4.0 ±2.0
11/4 43.1 35.8 30.2 6.07 7.92 4.85 6.35 12.5 27.0 32.0 17.5 20.5 12.5 30.0 9.6 11.2
32 42.7 34.3 28.7 5.28 6.93 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±4.0 ±2.0
11/2 49.2 41.6 34.7 6.35 8.92 5.08 7.14 12.5 32.0 38.0 20.5 25.5 12.5 32.0 11.2 12.7
40 48.8 40.1 33.2 5.54 7.80 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±4.0 ±2.0
2 61.7 53.3 43.6 6.93 10.92 5.54 8.74 16 38.0 41.0 25.5 28.5 19.0 41.0 12.7 15.7
50 61.2 51.7 42.1 6.04 9.50 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±4.0 ±2.0
21/2 74.4 64.2 8.76 7.01 16 41.0 28.5 19.0 43.0 15.7 19.0
65 73.9 61.2 7.67 ±2.5 ±2.5 ±5.0 ±2.5
3 90.3 79.4 9.52 7.62 16 57.0 32.0 19.0 44.5 19.0 22.4
80 89.8 76.4 8.30 ±2.5 ±2.5 ±5.0 ±2.5
4 115.7 103.8 10.69 8.56 19 66.5 41.0 19.0 48.0 22.4 28.4
100 115.2 100.7 9.35 ±2.5 ±2.5 ±5.0 ±2.5
1 Average of Socket Wall Thickness around periphery shall be no less than listed values. The minimum values are in localised areas.
For additional tolerances see page 384.
J
B
B
KJ
F
D
B C
J
E
D
B CG
J
A
C
DB
CA A
J
A
C
D
A
G
J
B
C
C
D
J
A
BD
G
C
C
A
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
251
NB 90° Elbow Cross Tee 45° Elbow Coupling Half Coupling Cap
3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000
in kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg1/8 0.080 0.160 0.130 0.260 0.110 0.210 0.070 0.120 0.050 0.070 0.050 0.070 0.030 0.070
1/4 0.082 0.165 0.135 0.260 0.118 0.210 0.078 0.120 0.050 0.070 0.058 0.075 0.035 0.075
3/8 0.115 0.300 0.205 0.495 0.191 0.400 0.100 0.240 0.065 0.095 0.085 0.110 0.060 0.135
1/2 0.235 0.430 0.340 0.670 0.310 0.555 0.192 0.300 0.105 0.148 0.180 0.205 0.135 0.180
3/4 0.290 0.660 0.470 1.06 0.400 0.910 0.250 0.530 0.152 0.335 0.205 0.300 0.175 0.210
1 0.480 1.14 0.800 1.79 0.580 1.41 0.380 0.860 0.260 0.370 0.320 0.470 0.295 0.460
11/4 0.750 1.60 1.25 2.15 0.910 1.750 0.580 1.070 0.370 0.490 0.410 0.600 0.510 0.700
11/2 0.950 2.70 1.50 4.45 1.25 3.56 0.830 1.90 0.420 0.680 0.560 1.05 0.650 0.885
2 1.65 2.95 2.23 5.40 2.10 4.10 1.15 2.35 0.770 1.24 0.960 1.60 0.920 1.20
21/2 2.50 3.75 3.95 7.75 3.15 6.25 2.05 3.00 1.10 1.81 1.50 2.30 1.40 2.00
3 4.30 7.50 6.50 12.80 5.25 10.30 3.40 6.00 1.40 2.80 2.00 2.65 2.50 3.25
4 9.70 13.00 16.00 21.00 13.50 17.00 9.00 10.30 2.35 3.50 3.40 5.00 3.50 5.50
Note: Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
J
B
B
KJ
F
D
B C
J
E
D
B CG
J
A
C
DB
CA A
J
A
C
D
A
G
J
B
C
C
D
J
A
BD
G
C
C
A
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
252
Forged Steel FittingsASME B16.11 Threaded Forged Fittings 3000 & 6000 lbs
NB DN Centre to End OD of Band Wall Thickness End to End OD End Wall End Length of
90° Elbow, 45° Elbow min Caps Coupling, Cap Thickness of to End Thread min1
Tee, Cross half Coupling Cap min Coup-
3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 ling
in mm A mm A mm C mm C mm H mm H mm G mm G mm P mm P mm D mm D mm G mm G mm W mm B mm L2 mm1/8 6 21 25 17 19 22 25 3.18 6.35 19 16 22 4.8 32 6.4 6.71/4 8 25 28 19 22 25 33 3.30 6.60 25 27 19 25 4.8 6.4 35 8.1 10.23/8 10 28 33 22 25 33 38 3.51 6.98 25 27 22 32 4.8 6.4 38 9.1 10.41/2 15 33 38 25 28 38 46 4.09 8.15 32 33 28 38 6.4 7.9 48 10.9 13.63/4 20 38 44 28 33 46 56 4.32 8.53 37 38 35 44 6.4 7.9 51 12.7 13.9
1 25 44 51 33 35 56 62 4.98 9.93 41 43 44 57 9.7 11.2 60 14.7 17.3
11/4 32 51 60 35 43 62 75 5.28 10.59 44 46 57 64 9.7 11.2 67 17.0 18.0
11/2 40 60 64 43 44 75 84 5.56 11.07 44 48 64 76 11.2 12.7 79 17.8 18.4
2 50 64 83 44 52 84 102 7.14 12.09 48 51 76 92 12.7 15.7 86 19.0 19.2
21/2 65 83 95 52 64 102 121 7.65 15.29 60 64 92 108 15.7 19.0 92 23.6 28.9
3 80 95 106 64 79 121 146 8.84 16.64 65 68 108 127 19.0 22.4 108 25.9 30.5
4 100 114 114 79 79 152 152 11.18 18.67 68 75 140 159 22.4 28.4 121 27.7 33.0
1 Dimension B is a minimum length of perfect thread. The length of useful thread (B plus threads with fully formed roots and flat crests) shallnot be less than L2 (effective length of external thread) required by American National Standard for Pipe Threads (ASME B1.20.1).
For additional tolerances see page 384.
C
H
C
L 2 B
A
H
H
A
H
H
A
A
AG
A
A
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
253
NB DN 90° Elbow Tee Cross 45° Elbow Coupling Half Coupling Cap
3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000 3000 6000
in mm kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg1/8 6 0.140 0.310 0.200 0.410 0.220 0.450 0.130 0.250 0.050 0.100 0.020 0.050 0.040 0.1601/4 8 0.140 0.310 0.205 0.410 0.220 0.450 0.130 0.250 0.056 0.105 0.028 0.053 0.047 0.160
3/8 10 0.265 0.500 0.305 0.600 0.400 0.700 0.250 0.350 0.066 0.115 0.033 0.058 0.058 0.2001/2 15 0.365 0.685 0.490 0.935 0.630 1.16 0.360 0.600 0.140 0.370 0.070 0.185 0.125 0.290
3/4 20 0.600 1.25 0.800 1.59 0.990 1.80 0.530 0.950 0.200 0.450 0.110 0.225 0.210 0.395
1 25 1.08 1.65 1.31 2.14 1.63 2.50 0.780 1.22 0.390 1.00 0.195 0.500 0.370 0.700
11/4 32 1.22 2.75 1.61 3.39 1.97 4.10 1.02 1.35 0.730 1.65 0.365 0.830 0.600 1.10
11/2 40 2.45 3.22 3.20 4.50 3.70 5.20 1.70 2.55 1.03 1.85 0.510 0.920 0.730 1.35
2 50 2.50 6.25 3.55 10.00 4.90 12.30 2.35 5.60 1.35 2.80 0.660 1.40 1.10 2.10
21/2 65 5.25 10.00 6.50 13.00 10.50 14.00 5.40 8.00 2.30 4.00 1.15 2.00 2.31 3.50
3 80 7.40 17.00 9.25 19.50 11.50 25.00 6.00 15.50 3.15 5.50 1.57 2.75 3.00 4.80
4 100 13.00 34.50 17.00 38.00 21.70 43.00 10.50 23.00 5.80 10.00 2.90 5.00 4.50 7.50
Note: Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
BB
D
L 2
W
D
L 2
W2 L 2
D
P
B
G
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
254
Forged SteelForged Steel Plugs · ASME B16.11
Nominal DN Length Plugs Square Head Plugs Round Head Hex Plugs
Pipe Size min Height of Width Flats Weight1 Nominal Ø Length Weight1 Width Flats Height of Weight1
Square min min of Head min (Nominal) Hex min
in mm A mm B mm C mm kg E mm D mm kg F mm H mm kg1/8 6 10 6 7 0.016 10 35 11 61/4 8 11 6 10 0.016 14 41 0.048 16 6 0.0263/8 10 13 8 11 0.028 18 41 0.070 18 8 0.0471/2 15 14 10 14 0.048 21 44 0.130 22 8 0.0713/4 20 16 11 16 0.090 27 44 0.220 27 10 0.130
1 25 19 13 21 0.170 33 51 0.320 36 10 0.218
11/4 32 21 14 24 0.273 43 51 0.500 46 14 0.410
11/2 40 21 16 28 0.400 48 51 0.720 50 16 0.490
2 50 22 18 32 0.600 60 64 1.35 65 18 0.770
21/2 65 27 19 36 0.890 73 70 2.20 75 19 1.61
3 80 28 21 41 1.25 89 70 3.30 90 21 1.94
4 100 32 25 65 3.10 114 76 6.00 115 25 4.50
1 Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
See page 255 for Hex Head Bushings + Flush Bushings.
H
A
F
D
E
A
C
B
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
255
Welding Bosses · Screwed · BS 3799
Nominal Size Length of thread Length Bore Diameter Outside Diameter Weight 1
3000 6000 3000 6000
in mm L2 mm A mm b mm D mm D mm kg kg1/8 (6) 6.70 38 8.4 16 22 0.05 0.101/4 (8) 10.21 41 11.1 19 26 0.06 0.113/8 (10) 10.36 45 14.2 22 32 0.07 0.121/2 (15) 13.56 51 18.0 29 38 0.14 0.373/4 (20) 13.86 51 23.0 35 45 0.20 0.45
1 (25) 17.34 51 29.0 45 60 0.39 1.00
11/2 (40) 18.38 51 44.0 64 76 1.03 1.85
2 (50) 19.22 51 56.0 76 95 1.35 2.80
21/2 (65) 28.89 51 67.0 95 2.30
3 (80) 30.48 57 82.0 110 3.15
4 (100) 33.02 64 95.0 140 5.80
1 Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Welding Bosses · Socket Weld · BS 3799
Nominal Size Bore Ø of Socket wall thickn. (min) Bore Ø of fitting Length Depth of Weight 2
socket (min) 3000 6000 3000 6000 socket (min) 3000 6000
in mm B mm C mm C mm d1 mm d1 mm F mm S mm kg kg1/8 (6) 10.7 3.2 6.8 28 10 0.0541/4 (8) 14.1 3.3 9.2 32 10 0.0723/8 (10) 17.6 3.5 12.5 34 11 0.0911/2 (15) 21.8 4.1 5.2 15.5 11.8 38 13 0.19 0.243/4 (20) 27.4 4.3 6.1 21.0 15.5 38 13 0.25 0.30
1 (25) 34.1 5.0 7.0 26.5 20.7 35 16 0.41 0.45
11/2 (40) 49.0 5.6 7.8 40.5 34.0 32 19 0.50 0.65
2 (50) 61.0 6.1 9.5 52.0 43.0 29 22 0.67 0.91
21/2 (65) 73.8 7.7 10.4 62.0 54.0 29 22 0.86 1.14
3 (80) 89.7 8.3 12.2 78.0 66.0 29 22 1.03 1.25
1 d corresponds to Sch 40.2 Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
F
d 1.6 mm
B
S
45°
C
A
b 1.6 mm
L2
45°
D
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
256
Forged SteelUnions 3000 · Socket Weld · BS 3799
Nominal Size min Depth Distance Bore Socket wall Bore Thickness Width Height Weight2
of Socket between diameter thickness diameter of shoulder across flats of nut min
bottoms of of sockets min of union min of nut min
sockets min
in mm S mm A mm B mm C mm d1 mm E mm F mm G mm kKg1/8 (6) 10 17 10.7 3.2 6.8 3.2 32 16 0.141/4 (8) 10 17 14.1 3.3 9.2 3.2 32 18 0.163/8 (10) 10 17 17.6 3.5 12.5 3.2 36 19 0.201/2 (15) 10 18 21.8 4.1 15.5 4.0 41 21 0.353/4 (20) 13 20 27.4 4.3 21.0 4.8 50 24 0.43
1 (25) 13 26 34.1 5.0 26.5 4.8 60 25 0.65
11/4 (32) 13 28 42.9 5.3 35.0 5.6 70 29 0.98
11/2 (40) 13 30 49.0 5.6 40.5 5.6 78 30 1.26
2 (50) 16 36 61.0 6.1 52.0 6.4 95 37 2.01
21/2 (65) 16 57 73.8 7.7 62.0 9.6 125 48 5.50
3 (80) 16 70 89.7 8.3 78.0 12.7 140 51 8.00
1 d corresponds to Sch 40.2 Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes
Bd
G
S
E E
C
SA
F
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
257
Unions 3000 · Screwed · BS 3799
Nominal Size End to End Width A Heigth of Width across Thickness of Length Weight1
across flats union nut min flats of ends shoulder min of thread min
union nut min min
in mm A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm L2 mm kg1/8 (6) 40 32 16 17 3.2 6.70 0.141/4 (8) 43 32 18 19 3.2 10.21 0.163/8 (10) 48 36 19 22 3.2 10.36 0.201/2 (15) 51 43 21 30 4.0 13.56 0.353/4 (20) 57 50 24 36 4.8 13.86 0.43
1 (25) 64 60 25 41 4.8 17.34 0.65
11/4 (32) 70 70 29 50 5.6 17.93 0.98
11/2 (40) 79 78 30 60 5.6 18.38 1.26
2 (50) 89 95 37 70 6.4 19.22 2.01
21/2 (65) 118 125 48 85 9.6 28.89 5.50
3 (80) 121 140 51 100 12.7 30.48 8.00
Note: Other external forms of nut and ends are permissible provided the minimum s shown in this table are maintained.1 Weights are not specific and are approximate for shipping purposes.
DL2
C
A
E E
EB
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
258
Screwed Hexagonal Nipples · BS 3799
Nominal Size A W E b b C F Weight1
Equal Reducing (min) (min) (min) 3000 6000 (min) (min) 3000 6000
in mm in mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg1/8 (6) 11 26 10 5 2 6 0.041 0.0411/4 (8) 15 36 15 8 6 6 0.041 0.041
1/4 x 1/8 (8 x 6) 15 31 15 5 2 6 10 0.041 0.0413/8 (10) 18 40 16 11 8 8 0.045 0.045
3/8 x 1/4 (10 x 8) 18 39 16 8 6 8 15 0.041 0.0411/2 (15) 22 48 20 14 11 8 0.080 0.12
1/2 x 3/8 (15 x 10) 22 44 20 11 8 8 16 0.075 0.111/2 x 1/4 (15 x 8) 22 43 20 8 6 8 15 0.070 0.10
3/4 (20) 27 52 21 19 13 10 0.15 0.173/4 x 1/2 (20 x 15) 27 50 21 14 11 9 20 0.14 0.163/4 x 3/8 (20 x 10) 27 46 21 11 8 9 16 0.12 0.15
1 (25) 35 60 25 24 17 10 0.24 0.30
1 x 3/4 (25 x 20) 35 56 25 19 13 10 21 0.22 0.28
1 x 1/2 (25 x 15) 35 55 25 14 11 10 20 0.20 0.26
11/2 (40) 50 68 26 38 30 16 0.45 0.63
11/2 x 1 (40 x 25) 50 67 26 24 17 16 25 0.43 0.60
11/2 x 3/4 (40 x 20) 50 63 26 19 13 16 21 0.41 0.58
11/2 x 1/2 (40 x 15) 50 62 26 14 11 16 20 0.40 0.56
2 (50) 62 71 27 49 39 17 0.76 0.93
2 x 11/2 (50 x 40) 62 70 27 38 30 17 26 0.74 0.91
2 x 1 (50 x 25) 62 70 27 24 17 18 25 0.73 0.90
2 x 3/4 (50 x 20) 62 65 27 19 13 17 21 0.70 0.88
2 x 1/2 (50 x 15) 62 65 27 14 11 18 20 0.69 0.86
1 Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
CE
A A/F Hex
W
F
Reducing
CE
A A/F Hex
W
E
b b
Equal
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
259
Screwed Round Nipples · BS 3799
Nominal Size Std. Lengths L1 Wall thickness t Weight kg 2,3
3000 6000 3000 6000
in mm mm mm mm mm1/8 (6) 50 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.050 0.0751/4 (8) 50 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.075 0.113/8 (10) 50 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.11 0.171/2 (15) 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.16 0.253/4 (20) 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.22 0.36
1 (25) 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.31 0.54
11/2 (40) 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.53 0.95
2 (50) 75 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 0.74 1.31
21/2 (65) 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 1.12 2.00
3 (80) 100 150 Sched. 80 XXS 1.46 2.65
4 (100) 150 Sched. 80 XXS 2.15 4.00
1 Other lengths are available when specified. 2 Weights not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.3 Weights here are for 100mm length. Weights for other lengths can be calculated pro-rata.
Screwed Bushings · BS 3799Hex Head Bushings ASME B16.11
Nominal Size C + G D E Weight1 A Weight1
in mm mm mm mm kg mm kg1/4 (8) 3 16 15 0.027 11 0.0203/8 (10) 4 18 16 0.036 13 0.0291/2 (15) 5 22 20 0.055 14 0.0393/4 (20) 6 27 21 0.082 16 0.063
1 (25) 6 35 25 0.15 19 0.12
11/4 (32) 7 45 26 0.28 21 0.23
11/2 (40) 8 51 26 0.31 21 0.25
2 (50) 9 64 27 0.51 22 0.42
21/2 (65) 10 76 41 1.14 27 0.75
3 (80) 10 90 42 1.35 28 0.90
4 (100) 13 118 45 2.90 32 2.06
1 Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.2 For L2 see screwed elbows, tees and crosse. Internal thread size specified by purchaser.
Flush bushings are of length A and weight 2/3 of Hex Head Bushings.
L
t
D
L 2
C E
L 2
G A
BS 3799 ASME B16.11
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
260
Swage Nipples · BS 3799
Nominal Size Parallel Length Eccentricity E Thickness T and t Weight kg1
(min) A (min) B (min) C 3000 6000 Screwed/ Plain 6000 Screwed 3000 6000
Plain 3000 6000
in mm mm mm mm mm mm3/8 x 1/4 (10 x 8) 76 48 16 1.6 0.0641/2 x 3/8 (15 x 10) 89 56 19 1.6 0.1341/2 x 1/4 (15 x 8) 89 56 19 3.2 0.1363/4 x 1/2 (20 x 15) 95 57 22 2.4 2.4 sch160 XXS 0.180 0.2583/4x 3/8 (20 x 10) 95 57 22 4.0 0.180
1 x 3/4 (25 x 20) 102 64 22 2.8 2.0 0.250 0.423
1 x 1/2 (25 x 15) 102 64 22 5.2 4.4 0.250 0.423
11/2 x 1 (40 x 25) 114 70 25 6.7 6.4 0.600 1.10
11/2 x 3/4 (40 x 20) 114 70 25 9.5 8.3 0.600 1.10
11/2 x 1/2 (40 x 15) 114 70 25 11.9 10.7 0.600 1.10
2 x 11/2 (50 x 40) 165 108 29 5.6 5.2 1.14 2.20
2 x 1 (50 x 25) 165 108 29 12.7 11.5 1.14 2.20
2 x 3/4 (50 x 20) 165 108 29 15.5 13.5 1.14 2.20
2 x 1/2 (50 x 15) 165 108 29 17.5 15.9 1.14 2.20
21/2 x 2 (65 x 50) 178 114 32 4.8 3.2 1.69 3.05
21/2 x 11/2 (65 x 40) 178 114 32 10.3 8.3 1.69 3.05
3 x 21/2 (80 x 65) 203 133 41 7.1 6.7 2.90 5.25
3 x 2 (80 x 50) 203 133 41 11.9 9.9 2.90 5.25
3 x 11/2 (80 x 40) 203 133 41 17.5 15.5 2.90 5.25
4 x 3 (100 x 80) 229 140 48 11.9 10.7 4.20 7.80
4 x 21/2 (100 x 65) 229 140 48 19.1 17.5 4.20 7.80
1 Thickness and outside diameters of swage nipples shall correspond to those of the appropriate nominal pipe size.Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
All sizessch XXS
All sizessch 80
All sizessch 160
Plain Screwed Plain Screwed
B
A
T
E
t
C
Dimensions and WeightsForged Steel Fittings
261
Correlation for Fittings Class with Schedule Number or Wall Designation of Pipe for Calculation of Ratings
Pressure Class Type of Fitting Pipe 1 used for Rating Basis
Designation of Fittings Schedule No. Designation
2000 Threaded 80 XS
3000 Threaded 160
6000 Threaded – XXS
3000 Socket Weld 80 XS
6000 Socket Weld 160
9000 Socket Weld – XXS
1 Pipe actually used may be thinner, or thicker. When thinner pipe is used its strength may govern the rating. When thicker pipe is used thestrength of the fitting governs the rating.
Types of Fittings by Class and Size Range
Description Socket Weld Threaded
3000 6000 9000 2000 3000 6000
45°, 90° Elbow 1/8–4 1/8–2 1/2–2 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/8–4
Tees, Crosses 1/8–4 1/8–2 1/2–2 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/8–4
Coupling, Half Coupling 1/8–4 1/8–2 1/2–2 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/8–4
Caps 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/2–2 – 1/8–4 1/8–4
Plugs1 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/8–4
Bushings1 1/8–4 1/8–4 1/8–4
1 Plugs and Bushings are not identified by pressure class.
Dimensions and WeightsForged Fittings
262
Branch Outlet FittingsWeldolets, Sockolets, Threadolets, Elbowlets, Laterolets, Re-inforced Nipples
These are generally made to a manufacturers own standard, following the principals of ANSI B16.11 and BS 3799.Weights are given here for some sizes.
All of these fittings are specified by material, output size and pipe run size and rating/wall thickness: eg Weldolet: A105, 1“, 6-36“, Sch 80.A 1“ Sch 80 outlet suitable for run pipe of NB 6“ to 36“ in A105.
Weldolets, Threadolets and SockoletsWeights in kg
NB 3000 6000 Butt Weld
in Threaded Socket Weld Threaded Socket Weld Std XS Sch 160 XXS1/4 0.065 0.070 0.045 0.0503/8 0.100 0.105 0.075 0.0781/2 0.125 0.132 0.425 0.307 0.095 0.100 0.23 0.243/4 0.240 0.240 0.690 0.405 0.160 0.175 0.33 0.34
1 0.379 0.370 1.05 0.700 0.23 0.27 0.53 0.55
11/4 0.460 0.465 1.45 0.950 0.32 0.39 0.75 0.80
11/2 0.660 0.650 2.30 1.25 0.42 0.50 1.00 1.10
2 0.950 1.02 2.90 1.87 0.60 0.85 1.40 1.50
21/2 1.45 1.50 4.25 2.50 0.95 1.30 2.10 2.25
3 2.05 2.39 7.07 4.00 1.20 1.72 3.40 3.65
4 3.80 3.80 10.40 6.30 2.20 3.30 4.75 5.00
6 4.77 6.85 11.48 14.97
8 8.20 13.03 24.76 25.50
10 12.37 16.45 36.85 32.43
12 20.00 30.45 79.78 60.63
14 25.45 32.84
16 34.54 46.41
18 44.09 58.98
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Dimensions and WeightsForged Fittings
263
Elbowlets and LateroletsWeights in kg
NB 3000 6000 Butt Weld
in Threaded Socket Weld Threaded Socket Weld Std/XS Sch 160 XXS1/4 0.22 0.223/8 0.17 0.191/2 0.17 0.45 0.19 0.48 0.15 0.39 0.433/4 0.37 0.82 0.39 0.90 0.32 0.68 0.84
1 0.58 1.50 0.68 1.55 0.52 1.25 1.45
11/4 1.00 2.35 1.10 2.40 0.88 2.00 2.35
11/2 1.35 3.11 1.50 3.20 1.10 2.75 3.15
2 2.10 4.85 2.36 5.00 1.80 4.25 4.85
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Re-inforced NipplesWeights in kg
NB in Sch 40/80 Sch 160 XXS1/2 0.20 0.29 0.343/4 0.34 0.39 0.46
1 0.50 0.66 0.73
11/4 0.65 0.88 1.07
11/2 0.80 1.15 1.35
2 1.22 1.65 1.90
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Dimensions and WeightsBolts and Nuts
264
Bolts and NutsANSI B18.2 · Stud Bolts
Nom. L w L w L w L w L w L w L w L w
Size in mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg3/8 60 2.7 70 3.1 80 3.5 90 3.9 100 4.3 120 5.1 130 5.7 150 6.67/16 60 3.8 70 4.4 80 5.0 100 6.2 120 7.4 140 8.4 160 9.6 180 10.91/2 60 4.8 70 5.6 75 6.0 80 6.4 90 7.2 120 9.6 160 12.8 200 16.09/16 60 6.1 80 8.1 100 10.1 120 12.1 150 15.1 180 18.1 200 20.2 230 23.25/8 70 9.0 100 12.6 120 15.0 150 18.6 180 22.7 200 25.3 220 27.8 240 30.33/4 80 14.8 100 18.6 120 22.4 150 28.1 180 33.2 200 36.9 220 40.1 250 46.17/8 90 23.0 120 30.8 150 38.6 180 46.4 200 51.0 220 56.1 240 61.2 260 66.3
1 100 33.2 120 40.0 150 50.2 200 67.4 230 76.4 250 83.4 280 93.4 300 99.4
11/8 110 48.2 150 65.2 200 87.2 220 95.2 250 108 280 121 300 130 360 156
11/4 120 65.6 150 81.6 200 109 230 125 270 146 300 162 350 189 400 217
13/8 130 86.4 150 100 200 133 250 167 300 199 350 233 400 266 460 306
11/2 140 115 200 164 250 205 300 239 350 279 400 318 450 358 500 398
15/8 150 142 200 189 250 235 300 282 350 330 400 377 500 472 560 528
13/4 160 178 200 222 250 278 300 333 350 387 400 442 500 553 560 619
17/8 170 218 200 256 250 319 300 383 350 447 400 512 500 639 620 792
2 220 321 250 365 300 438 350 511 400 584 500 728 600 874 660 961
21/4 230 430 300 563 350 658 400 745 500 932 550 1026 600 1119 700 1305
21/2 320 743 400 928 450 1044 500 1160 550 1276 600 1392 650 1508 700 1624
23/4 340 959 400 1128 450 1269 500 1410 550 1551 600 1692 650 1833 700 1974
3 380 1283 400 1350 450 1520 500 1688 550 1857 600 2026 650 2195 700 2363
L = Length · w = weight in kg per 100 pieces
Note: The weight of a stud bolt of any length can be calculated approximately:
Weight (kg) per 100 of length L = x weight in tableL
length in table L
Dimensions and WeightsBolts and Nuts
265
ANSI B18.2 · Heavy Hex Nuts
Nominal Threads per in Widths across flats S Thickness h Width across corners e Wgt of 100
Size in in mm in mm in mm kg3/8 16 11/16 17.5 3/8 9.1 3/4 19.7 1.47/16 14 3/4 19.0 7/16 10.7 7/8 22.0 1.91/2 13 7/8 22.2 1/2 12.3 1 25.4 3.09/16 12 15/16 23.8 9/16 13.9 11/16 27.0 3.75/8 11 11/16 27.0 5/8 15.5 11/4 31.2 5.43/4 10 11/4 31.7 3/4 18.7 13/8 35.7 8.87/8 9 17/16 36.5 7/8 21.8 15/8 41.6 13.5
1 8 15/8 41.3 1 25.0 17/8 47.2 19.3
11/8 8 113/16 46.0 11/8 28.2 21/16 52.0 26.9
11/4 8 2 50.8 11/4 31.0 21/4 57.8 35.7
13/8 8 23/16 55.6 13/8 34.1 21/2 63.5 46.3
11/2 8 23/8 60.3 11/2 37.3 23/4 69.3 59.5
18/8 8 29/16 65.1 15/8 40.5 215/16 75.0 73.6
13/4 8 23/4 69.8 13/4 43.6 31/16 78.6 92.7
17/8 8 215/16 74.6 17/8 46.8 33/8 85.5 109.5
2 8 31/8 79.4 2 50.0 39/16 90.0 135.8
21/4 8 31/2 88.9 21/4 56.0 315/16 100.0 190.3
21/2 8 37/8 98.4 21/2 62.3 43/8 111.6 256.0
23/4 8 41/4 108.0 23/4 70.0 47/8 124.3 335.0
3 8 45/8 117.5 3 76.2 53/8 135.3 432.0
e
h
30°
d
S
Dimensions and WeightsBolts and Nuts
266
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
ValvesIndex
269
Valves
General Descriptions of Valves with Diagrams ...................... 270Materials:Mechanical and Chemical Properties .................... 278Valve Specifications ............................................................ 280Testing of Valves .................................................................. 282End to End Dimensions ........................................................ 284Pressure/Temperature Ratings .............................................. 296
Armaturen
Allgemeine Beschreibung der Armaturen mit Diagrammen ................................................................ 270Werkstoffe: chemische und mechanische Eigenschaften ...... 278Armaturenspezifikationen .................................................... 280Prüfung der Armaturen ........................................................ 282Einbaumaße ........................................................................ 284Druck-/Temperaturwerte ...................................................... 296
Vannes
Description générale des vannes avec plans ........................ 270Matériaux: Propriétés chimiques et mécaniques .................. 278Spécifications des vannes .................................................... 280Tests des vannes .................................................................. 282Dimensions hors tout .......................................................... 284Gamme de Pression/Températures ...................................... 296
Valvole
Descrizione delle valvole e loro diagrammi .......................... 270Materiali: Caratteristiche chimiche e fisiche .......................... 278Specifiche valvole ................................................................ 280Prove di collaudo delle valvole .............................................. 282Scartamento ........................................................................ 284Pressioni/Temperatura di esercizio ........................................ 296
Válvulas
Descripción general de válvulas con diagramas .................... 270Materiales, propiedades mecánicas y quimicas .................... 278Especificaciones .................................................................. 280Inspección de válvulas .......................................................... 282Dimensiones de cara a cara ................................................ 284Tabla de presiones/temperaturas .......................................... 296
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
270
Basic Introduction to Valve TypesAir/Vacuum Breaker Valve · To release pressure or vacuumwhen filling or emptying a tank or pipeline, automatic operation.Used as depression limiting devices on condensers, tanks or otherequipment which, for any reason, are subject to contractions inthe volume of the liquid they contain.
Ball Valve
• Types: side entry · top entry• Pattern: floating ball · trunnion mounted• Construction: single body · split body · bolted body · fully
welded body · double block and bleed · soft seated · metalseated
Butterfly Valve · An economical bi-directional valve with a quarter turn, low torque operation. Uses a rotating disc as closingelement and provides tight shutoff in the closed position. Alsosuitable for flow regulation.
Used in refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and oiltransportation.
Spherical closure between two seats, which rotates about an axis which is perpendicular to the direction of flow, with holebored through. Operated by a quarter turn, by wrench or gearbox. May be full or reduced bore and body construction maybe in one, two or three pieces, bolted or fully welded. Side/endentry valves are assembled through the side of the valve, topentry valves through the top.
Floating ball valves for small sizes, trunnion mounted (seat supported) valves with a bottom bearing for large sizes and highpressures.
A double block and bleed valve has two seating surfaces which inthe closed position provide blockage of flow from both valveends when the cavity between the sealing surface is vented ordrained.
Valves can be multi-port, 3 way and 4 way.
Generally all types are fire safe designed with anti-static devicesand blow out proof stems.
Ball valves have the advantage of positive tight shut off, lowoperating torque and low resistance to flow.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas andoil transportation, and drilling applications.
Ball
Body Shaft Seat Ring
Side Entry Trunnion Mounted
• Types:cold working pressure rated butterfly valves that normally have a concentric disc and seat · pressure-temperature rated butterfly valves whose seat rating may beless than their body rating, and which have an offset seatwith either a concentric or eccentric disc configuration.
• Patterns: Wafer · Lug · Flanged• Construction: Soft lined · Metal seated
Upper StemUpper Ring
O' RingO' RingBodySpacer
Bushing
O' RingSeat
Disk
Lower StemSpacer
Lower RingBushing
PlugWasher
Wafer type Lug type Flanged type
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
271
• Types: swing · lift piston · lift ball · wafer · tilting disc• Pattern: straight way · angle · oblique (Y)· single plate · dual
plate• Construction: bolted cover · welded cover · pressure seal
cover
Choke Valve · A dependable means of controlling pressure onservice applications. In two different configurations, with fixedorifice (positive) and adjustable.
Positive configuration has a replaceable element (flow bean) witha fixed orifice diameter. Adjustable configuration has an externally controlled variable orifice with a visual mechanism toindicate orifice increments. Used for drilling applications.
• Types: plug · cage• Pattern: straight way· angle• Construction: fixed orifice· adjustable
Control Valve · For regulation of fluid flow, used with appropriate pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical actuation.Automatic control by response to a process signal, or self actingthrough up-stream and down-stream pressure differential.
Used for high control and regulation of flow.
• Types: globe · ball• Pattern: single seated · double seated, invertible type · V
port• Construction: double port · multi port 3 way
Diaphragm Valve
Check Valve
Self-acting valve allowing unlimited flow in one direction onlyand restraining flow in the opposite direction.
Swing check valves have a disc held by an arm which rotates on a pin contained in the upper portion of the valve. The disk swingsaway from the seat upon exertion of fluid pressure on theupstream side. When the flow direction reverses, the reversalpressure and the weight of the disc closes the disc against theseat, stopping backflow.
Lift check valves operate with a piston or ball as closing memberto provide some damping. They are best suited for moderatevelocity applications.
Dual plate check, wafer type valves operate with two hinged discsand are used to save space to be fitted between two flanges.
Tilting disc check valves have a closure element which pivots onsupport pins located close to the centre of gravity of the disc.This, together with the contoured shape of the disc, providesrapid closing while minimising slamming and vibration.
Check valves perform the single function of preventing reversal offlow in a pipe. Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and oil transportation and drilling aplications.
Cover
Cover GasketCover Bolt
Hinge PinHinge
Disc
Seat Ring
Body
Swing Check
Spring
Body
Plate (Disc)
Plate (Disc)
Dual Plate Wafer Check
Felt WasherHandwheel
Stem
Bonnet
Body Studs Compressor
Body
Diaphragm
Stem Nut
Body Nuts
Flexible elastomeric diaphragm with a piston operated by amulti-turn handle. The diaphragm isolates the valve workingparts from the operating fluid.
Suitable for tight shut-off service applications, especially inchemical plants.
• Pattern: weir · straight through• Construction: sealed bonnet · lined body
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
272
Float Valve · Automatic control and maintenance of fluid levels in tanks and vessels. Medium level can be regulated inmany ways. The double equilibrated disc allows a gradual closingwithout vibrations.
• Types: fixed stroke · adjustable stroke• Pattern:straight way · angle
Gate Valve
Through conduit gate valves use a parallel disc, extended with acircular port to obtain a smooth bore in the open position. Knifegate valves use a narrow section parallel disc tapered at the endto provide a simple cutting edge.
Yoke
Bonnet
Wedge
Seat Ring
Body
Stem
Wedge Gate valve
Disc with two seats as the closing element, raised and loweredwith a stem. The closure member moves in a plane perpendicularto the direction of flow. Wedge gates are tapered and may besolid, flexible or double disc (split) type. Parallel slide have twodiscs separated by an expanding spring that keeps the upstreamand downstream seats in sliding contact and improves the seating load at low fluid pressure.
SolidWedge
FlexibleWedge
SplitWedge
ExpandingWedge
Wedge
Bonnet
Yoke
Seat Ring
Body
Stem
Through Conduit Gate valve
All types are provided with a secondary stem sealing capability orback seat in addition to the primary stem seal.
Used preferably for services that require infrequent valve operation, and where disc is kept either in fully opened or closedposition. Gate valves provide bi-directional on-off service withminimal pressure drop and flow turbulance.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas andoil transportation, and drilling activities.
• Types: wedge gate · through conduit · parallel slide · knife• Pattern: standard · wafer· slab• Construction: bolted bonnet · welded bonnet · pressure seal
bonnet
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
273
Globe Valve Piston Valve
Closure member is a disc moved squarely on and off the seat.A single direction flow valve that may be straight, angle oroblique (Y) pattern. Parabolic, ball or needle shaped disc forthrottling and regulating service. Stop check globe valve type inthe open position allows unlimited flow in one direction and noflow in the opposite direction.
All types are provided with a secondary stem sealing capability orback seat in addition to the primary stem seal.
The globe valve seating construction increases resistance andtherefore permits close regulation of flow.
Used mainly for moderate control or regulation of flow, due tothe seating design which causes a change in direction of flowthrough valve body.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas andoil transportation, and drilling applications.
• Types: on-off · throttling · stop check• Pattern: straight way · angle · oblique (Y) pattern• Construction: bolted bonnet · welded bonnet · pressure seal
bonnet
Disc types
Plug Needle Ball Parabolic Soft inserted Equilibrated
Stem
Gland
Body Seat Ring
Handwheel
Body
Gland PackingBonnet GasketBack SeatDisk Stem Nut
Disk
Bonnet
Yoke Bush
Yoke
The disc is replaced with a piston arrangement and a lanternbush, and elastomer upper and lower valve rings. In order toprovide a constant load to the sealing rings, the valve is providedwith cup springs below the bonnet stud bolts that have beenadjusted to the correct tightening moment.
Used for durable perfect tightness and for resistance to etchingof process fluids, especially for steam installations.
• Types: stop · flow control• Pattern: straight way · angle• Construction:with standard lantern bush · with regulating
lantern
Plug Valve
Conical or cylindrical closure member which rotates about an axiswhich is perpendicular to the direction of flow. Operated by aquarter turn, wrench or gear box. A sealing compound (lubricant)is usually injected between the plug and valve body.
Cover Nut
Lantern Bush
Disk SpringWasher
Lower Valve Ring
Stainless Steel Piston
Upper Valve Ring
Gland
Gland Packing
Body
Lubricant Screw
Plug
Cover
Lubricant Grooves
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
274
Multi port in various flow configurations, two way coaxial port,three way, four way.
Sleeved Plug Valves have a soft insert between the plug andvalve body.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas andoil transportation, and drilling applications.
• Types: tapered · parallel plug · standard · inverted · pressurebalanced
• Pattern: short · regular · venturi · round full port• Construction: lubricated · non-lubricated · soft seated ·
sleeve lined
Pressure Reducing and Controlling Valve · Automatic valve for reduction and maintenance of upstream line pressureirrespective of pressure changes or flow variation. A balancedsingle-seat disc arrangement guarantees stable operation without noise. Can be pilot operated and equipped with integralstrainer.
Safety and Safety relief Valve · A pressure relieving spring loaded device actuated by the static pressureupstream of the valve which discharges the medium automatically, to prevent a pre-determined safe-pressure beingexceeded. May be low-lift type, where the discharge areadepends on the lift, and full-lift where the discharge area doesnot depend on the lift. Can be pilot operated, allowing more reliability and superior performance compared with traditionalspring loaded versions.
• Types: low lift · full lift• Pattern: straight way · angle• Construction: metal seated · soft seated · with balancing
bellows
Solenoid Valve · A type where the closing member movesunder the action of a solenoid. A combination of two basic functional units, a solenoid (electro-magnet) with its core(plunger), and an orifice in which the closure element is positioned to stop or allow flow. The valve is opened or closed bymovement of the magnetic core which is drawn into the solenoidwhen the coil is energised.
• Types : disc operated · pilot operated · pressure operated• Pattern: disc · diaphragm · piston• Construction: floating · hung · multi port 3-4 way
Strainer · Not a valve but a piece of equipment for providing afine filtering action for inline installation for the decontaminationof fluids. Filter elements are screens (perforated plates in basketor cylinder shape) that allow the filtering action with a low pressure drop. A strainer assures free flow of fluid whilst sediments are accumulated on the screen which can be removedat regular intervals.
Adjusting Scew
Yoke Nut
Gasket
Spring Washer
Spring
Stem
Bonnet
Bolt
Gasket
Guide
Pin
Disk-Holder
Disk
Screw
BlowdownBlowdown Ring
Gasket
Screw
Body
Nozzle
Gasket
Cap
Safety Relief valve
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
275
When a valve has to operate at very low temperatures, oftendown to –196° C., apart from material selection criteria, designfeatures require an extended bonnet and stem to isolate the closure elements from the actuator mechanism. Applicable onlyfor ball, gate and globe valves.
Emergency Shut Down Service · Usually automatic ball
Bellows Seal Gate valve Bellows Seal Globe valve
Cryogenic Ball valve
Bypass · A smaller valve used for equalising the pressurearound the disc of the main valve before opening. The bypassvalve can form an integral part of the main valve or can beattached by piping. Bypasses are usually installed only with gateand globe valves.
Cryogenic Service
valves actioned by a pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical actuatorare employed for this service and operate “fail safe”.
Fire Safe Design · Fire safe Ball, Plug and Butterfly valves have a secondary metal to metal seal for use when the non-metallicprimary seal is destroyed by fire, to ensure operating continuity.Manufacturers can qualify a specific design by testing to standards eg API 607, API 6FA or BS 6755 part2.
Manœuvre · All types of valves except check, can be operatedmanually with hand or chain wheel, with gear assistance or byusing actuators. Lock open and lock closed features can bedesigned in or added as a separate device.
A wide range of electric, hydaulic or pneumatic actuators areavailable for different output torques and thrusts.
Cryogenic Gate valve Cryogenic Globe valve
Design Options and Manœvre
Anti-Static · Valves with non-metallic (soft) seating usuallyrequire anti-static devices to ensure electrical continuity betweenall valve components. A stainless steel or inconel spring betweenthe stem and the closure member acts as an anti-static device.
Bellows Seal · A flexible metallic component that provides anhermetic seal capable of following the closure element stroke inthe opening and closing position. The stem of the valve is weld-sealed to the body with the bellows to eliminate fugitive emissions through the most vulnerable leakage path of the valve,the stem packing surface.
Mainly used for gate and globe valves in special environmentalconditions with a dangerous medium.
ValvesGeneral Description of Valves
276
MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties · Materials are
selected for strength, ductility and corrosion resistance suitable for various temperature ranges. Various materials ascastings or forgings are specified in national or internationalstandards. See overleaf for the more common ASTMStandards.
Body/Bonnet · Materials are listed in the appropriate valve standards. Pressure and temperature limits for the materialsare given for particular valve ratings. See for exampleANSI/ASME B16.34 in the following pages.
Ratings · Are based on the valve body or for flanged valves, the flange if its rating is less. The bonnet or cover, stem, disc, bolts, nuts and any other pressure retaining parts areselected consistent with the rating.
Valve Parts · Are defined in the relevant standards, specifications and manufacturers data sheets. They coverclosure element (obdurator), body and back seat(s), stem,bolting nut, stem nut, packing, gaskets and other parts.
Valve Trims · Are specified in API 600 and other standards. Trim parts are disc, disc seats, body seats andstem and may include bushings, bolts and nuts etc. Plasticand elastomeres are very common but care must be takenwith temperature limitations.
Trim materials · Are the manufacturers standard trimmaterial for the combination number, CN, stated in the purchase order. An alternative CN may be furnished in accordance with this table:
Specified CN Alternative CN
1 8 or 8A
2 10
5A 5
6 8
8A 8
Note: if the alternative CN is specified in the order, the specified CNcannot be supplied without purchaser agreement.
Ball valves have the stem extended and are usually equipped withdrain lines and grease injectors piped up to the top of the extension for easier access.
Taps and Drains · When a valve has to be internally cleanedand purged frequently, auxiliary conections such as taps anddrains are connected to the valve body for this purpose.
The position of these auxillary connections are shown in standardASME B16.34.
Underground Service · When valves are to be installed below ground on buried pipelines or where they are not easilyaccessible, a special operating device is required for gate andglobe valves.
Valves
277
Materials
Typical Trim Material based on API 600The trim combination number, CN, identifies both the stem material and the associated seating surfaces
Part Combination number Material description Brinnell hardness
Stem (shall be wrought material) 1 and 4 through 8A 13Cr 200 HB min
275 HB max
2 18Cr-8Ni not specified
3 25Cr-20Ni not specified
9 or 11 NiCu alloy not specified
10 or 12 18Cr-8Ni-Mo not specified
13 or 14 19Cr-29Ni not specified
Seating surfaces 1 13Cr 250 HB min
2 18 Cr-8Ni not specified
3 25Cr-20Ni not specified
4 13Cr 750 HB min
5 or 5A HF 350 HB min
6 13Cr/ 250 HB min
CuNi 175 HB min
7 13Cr/ 250 HB min
13Cr 750 HB min
8 or 8A 13Cr/ 250 HB min
HF 350 HB min
9 NiCu alloy not specified
10 18Cr-8Ni-Mo not specified
11 or 11 A NiCu alloy/ not specified
HF 350 HB min
12 or 12A 18Cr-8Ni-Mo not specified
HF 350 HB min
13 19Cr-29Ni not specified
14 or 14A 19Cr- 29Ni/ not specified
HF 350 HB min
notes Backseat surfaces for CN 1 and 4 through 8A shall have a minimum hardness of 250 HB
HF = Hard Facing using CoCr or NiCr welding alloy. The suffix A applies to NiCr
Free machining grades of 13Cr shall not be used
For CN 1 a differential hardness of at least 50 Brinell points is required between mating surfaces
When two materials are separated by a slash this denotes two separate materials, one for the seat ring seating surface and the other forthe gate seating surface without implying a preference for which is to be applied to other part
ValvesMaterials
278
Mechanical and Chemical PropertiesStandard Form Grade Description Mechanical Properties min
Tensile Yield Charpy J Hardness
N/mm2 N/mm2 ave/min/T °C HB max
ASTM A105 Forged Carbon Steel 485 250 187
ASTM A126 Cast CLB Cast Iron 214
ASTM A182 Forged F5 4–6% Chromium 485 275 143–217
Forged F6a 13% Chromium Cl1 485 275 143–207
Cl2 585 380 167–229
Cl3 760 585 235–302
Cl4 895 760 263–321
Forged F11 11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum Cl2 485 275 143–207
Forged F22 21/4% Chromium 1% Molybdenum Cl3 515 310 156–207
Forged F304 18 Chromium 8 Nickel 515 205
Forged F304L 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Low Carbon 485 170
Forged F316 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Molybdenum Modified 515 205
Forged F316L 18 Cr 8 Ni Mo Modified Low Carbon 485 170
Forged F321 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Titanium Stabilised 515 205
Forged F347 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Columbium Stabilised 515 205
ASTM A216 Cast WCB Carbon Steel 485–655 250
ASTM A217 Cast WC1 Carbon Molybdenum 450–620 240
Cast WC4 Nickel Chromium Molybdenum 485–655 275
Cast WC5 Nickel Chromium Molybdenum 485–655 275
Cast WC6 11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum 485–655 275
Cast WC9 21/4% Chromium 1% Molybdenum 485–655 275
Cast WC11 11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum 550–725 345
Cast C5 5% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum 620–795 415
Cast C12 9% Chromium 1% Molybdenum 620–795 415
Cast CA15 13% Chromium 620–795 450
ASTM A350 Forged LF2 Low Temperature Carbon Steel 485–655 250 20/16–46°C 197max
Forged LF3 Low Temperature Nickel Steel 485–655 260 20/16–101°C 197max
ASTM A351 Cast CF3 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Low Carbon 485 205
Cast CF8 18 Chromium 8 Nickel 485 205
Cast CF3M 18 Cr 8 Ni Mo Modified Low Carbon 485 205
Cast CF8M 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Molybdenum Modified 485 205
Cast CF8C 18 Chromium 8 Nickel Columbium Modified 485 205
Cast CN7M Alloy 20 (20% Cr, 30% Ni, 2% Mo, 3% Cu) 425 170
Cast CD4MCu 25% Chromium 5% Nickel 2% Mo 3% Copper 690 485
ASTM A352 Cast LCB Low Temperature Carbon Steel 450–620 240 18/14–46°C
Cast LC1 Low Temperature Carbon Molybdenum Steel 450–620 240 18/14–59°C
Cast LC3 Low Temperature 3.1/2% Nickel Steel 485–655 275 20/16–101°C
Cast LC9 Low Temperature 9% Nickel Steel 585 515 27/20–196°C
ASTM A694 Forged F42 High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel 415 290
Forged F52 High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel 455 360
Forged F60 High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel 515 415
Forged F65 High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel 530 450
ASTM B148 Cast 955 Aluminium Bronze 620 275 190
Valves
279
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C Mn Si P S Cr Mo Cu Ni
0.35 0.60–1.05 0.10–0.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.40 0.40 V 0.08
0.750 0.120
0.15 0.30–0.60 0.50 0.030 0.030 4.0–6.0 0.44–0.65 0.50
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5 0.50
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5 0.50
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5 0.50
0.15 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 11.5–13.5 0.50
0.10–0.20 0.30–0.80 0.50–1.00 0.040 0.040 1.00–1.50 0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.50 0.040 0.040 2.00–2.50 0.87–1.13
0.08 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–11.0
0.035 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 18.0–20.0 8.0–13.0
0.08 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–14.0
0.035 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 16.0–18.0 2.00–3.00 10.0–15.0
0.08 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–19.0 9.0–12.0 5C � Ti � 0.70
0.08 2.00 1.00 0.045 0.030 17.0–20.0 9.0–13.0 10C � Nb � 1.10
0.30 1.00 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.50 0.20 0.30 0.50 V 0.03, Cu+Ni+Mo+V+Cr � 1.00
0.25 0.50–0.80 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.35 0.45–0.65 0.50 0.50 Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Cr+V+Tu � 1.00
0.05–0.20 0.50–0.80 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.50–0.80 0.45–0.65 0.50 0.70–1.10 Tu 0.10, Cr+Ni+Cu+Tu � 0.60
0.05–0.20 0.40–0.70 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.50–0.90 0.90–1.20 0.50 0.60–1.00 Tu 0.10, Cr+Ni+Cu+Tu � 0.60
0.05–0.20 0.50–0.80 0.60 0.040 0.045 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65 0.50 0.50 Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V � 1.00
0.05–0.18 0.40–0.70 0.60 0.040 0.045 2.00–2.75 0.90–1.20 0.50 0.50 Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V � 1.00
0.15–0.21 0.50–0.80 0.30–0.60 0.020 0.015 1.00–1.50 0.45–0.65 0.35 0.50 Al 0.01 V 0.030, Cu+Ni+V+Cr+Tu � 1.00
0.20 0.40–0.70 0.75 0.040 0.045 4.00–6.50 0.45–0.65 0.50 0.50 Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V � 1.00
0.20 0.35–0.65 1.00 0.040 0.045 8.00–10.00 0.90–1.20 0.50 0.50 Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V � 1.00
0.15 1.00 1.50 0.040 0.040 11.5–14.00 0.50 1.00
0.30 1.35 0.15–0.30 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.40 0.40 Nb 0.02 V 0.03
0.20 0.90 0.20–0.35 0.035 0.040 0.30 0.12 0.40 3.25–3.75 Nb 0.02 V 0.03
0.03 1.50 2.00 0.040 0.040 17.0–21.0 0.50 8.0–12.0
0.08 1.50 2.00 0.040 0.040 18.0–21.0 0.50 8.0–11.0
0.03 1.50 1.50 0.040 0.040 17.0–21.0 2.0–3.0 9.0–13.0
0.08 1.50 1.50 0.040 0.040 18.0–21.0 2.0–3.0 9.0–12.0
0.08 1.50 2.00 0.040 0.040 18.0–21.0 0.50 9.0–12.0 8C � Nb � 1.0
0.07 1.50 1.50 0.040 0.040 19.0–22.0 2.0–3.0 3.00–4.00 27.5–30.5
0.04 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.04 24.5–26.5 1.75–2.25 2.75–3.25 4.75–6.00
0.30 1.00 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.50 0.20 0.30 0.50 V 0.03 Cu+Ni+Mo+Cr+V � 1.00
0.25 0.50–0.80 0.60 0.040 0.045 0.45–0.65
0.15 0.50–0.80 0.60 0.040 0.045 3.00–4.00
0.13 0.90 0.45 0.040 0.045 0.50 0.20 0.30 8.50–10.00 V 0.03
0.26 1.40 0.15–0.35 0.025 0.025
0.26 1.40 0.15–0.35 0.025 0.025
0.26 1.40 0.15–0.35 0.025 0.025
0.26 1.40 0.15–0.35 0.025 0.025
3.50 78 min 3.00–5.50 Fe 3.00–5.00 Al 10.00–11.50
Materials
Valves
280
Valve SpecificationsAPI 6A Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
6D Specification for Pipeline Valves (Steel Gate, Plug, Ball and Check Valves)
591 User Acceptance of Refinery Valves
593 Ductile Iron Plug Valves, Flanged Ends
594 Wafer and Wafer Lug Check Valves
595 Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
598 Valve Inspection and Testing
599 Metal Plug Valves, Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends
600 Steel Gate Valves- Flanged and Welding Ends
602 Compact Steel Gate Valves- Flanged, Threaded, Welding, and Extended-Body Ends
603 Class 150, Cast, Corrosion Resistant, Flanged-End Gate Valves
604 Ductile Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
606 Compact Steel Gate Valves – Extended Body
607 Fire Test for Soft Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
609 Lug Type and Wafer Type Butterfly Valves
ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose
B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B16.10 Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of Valves
B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
B 16.25 Butt Welding Ends
B16.34 Valves- Flanged, Threaded and Welding Ends
B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges
BS 1414 Steel Wedge Gate Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries.
1868 Steel Check Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
1873 Steel Globe and Globe Stop and Check Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
2080 Face-to-Face, Centre-to-Face, End-to-End and Centre-to-End Dimensions of Valves
5146 Inspection and Test of Steel valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
5150 Cast Iron Wedge and Double Disk Gate Valves for General Purposes
5151 Cast Iron Gate (Parallel Slide) Valves for General Purposes
5152 Cast Iron Globe and Globe Stop Check Valves for General Purposes
5153 Cast Iron Check Valves for General Purposes
5154 Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop Check, Check and gate Valves
5155 Butterfly Valve
5156 Diaphragm Valves
5157 Steel Gate (Parallel Slide) Valves
5158 Cast Iron and Carbon Steel Plug Valves
5159 Cast Iron and Carbon Steel Ball valves
5160 Steel Globe Valves, Globe Stop Check Valves and Lift Type Check Valves
5351 Steel Ball Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
5352 Specification for Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and Check Valves 50 mm and smaller
for the Petroleum,Petrochemical and Allied Industries
5353 Steel Plug Valves
5998 Quality Levels for Steel Valve Castings
Specifications
Valves
Valves
281
Valve SpecificationsBS 6364 Valves for Cryogenic Service
6755 Testing of Valves – Part 1 Specification for Production Pressure Testing Requirements
– Part 2 Specification for Fire Type Testing Requirements
DIN 3202 Face-to-face and Centre-to-Face Dimensions
3230 Technical Conditions of Delivery of Valves
3239 Valve Welding Ends
3352 Gate Valves
3354 Butterfly Valves
3356 Globe Valves
3357 Ball valves
3437 Gas Stopvalves
3840 Valve Bodies-Strength Calculation in respect of Internal Pressure
5210 Industrial Valves – Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachments
MSS SP 6 Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
25 Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions
42 Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves with Flanged and Butt-Weld Ends
53 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Magnetic Particle Examination Method
54 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Radiographic Examination Method
55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Visual Method
61 Pressure Testing of Steel Valves
67 Butterfly Valves
68 High Pressure – Offset Seat Butterfly Valves
70 Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
71 Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
72 Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
78 Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
80 Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves
81 Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves
82 Valve Pressure Testing Methods
84 Valves-Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
85 Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
88 Diaphragm Type Valves
93 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
94 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Ultrasonic Examination Method
98 Protective Epoxy Coatings for the Interior of Valves and Hydrants
99 Instrument Valves
101 Part-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment: Flange and Driving Component
Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
102 Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment: Flange and Driving Component
Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
108 Resilient Seated-Eccentric Cast Iron Plug Valves
110 Ball Valves Threaded, Socket Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends
Specifications
ValvesPressure Tests
282
API 598Tests Required: valves NPS 4 and smaller up to and incl. class 1500, and above NPS 4 up to and incl. class 600
Test Description Gate Globe Plug Check Floating Ball Butterfly and Trunnion Mounted Ball
Shell Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Back Seat1 Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A
Low Pressure Closure Yes Optional5 Yes4 Optional5 Yes Yes
High Pressure Closure2 Optional5,6 Yes3 Optional4,5,6 Yes Optional5,6 Optional5,6
1 Either high pressure or low pressure test at manufacturer’s option. Required for all valves with this feature except bellows seal valves2 May degrade subsequent sealing performance of resiliant-seated valves in low pressure service3 Power operated: at 110% of the design differential pressure used for sizing the power operator4 For lubricated Plug Valves, high pressure closure is mandatory and low-pressure closure is optional.5 When purchaser specifier an optional test, it shall be performed in addition to the required test.6 A high pressure closure test is requested for all valves specified as double block and bleed.
Tests Required: valves NPS 4 and smaller above class 1500 and above NPS 4 above class 600
Test Description Gate Globe Plug Check Floating Ball Butterfly and Trunnion Mounted Ball
Shell Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Back Seat1 Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A
Low Pressure Closure Optional4 Optional4 Optional4 Optional4 Yes Optional4
High Pressure Closure2 Yes Yes3 Yes Yes Optional4,5 Yes3
1 Either high pressure or low pressure test at manufacturer’s option. Required for all valves with this feature except bellows seal valves2 May degrade subsequent sealing performance of resiliant-seated valves in low pressure service3 Power operated: at 110% of the design differential pressure used for sizing the power operator4 When purchaser specifier an optional test, it shall be performed in addition to the required test.5 A high pressure closure test is requested for all valves specified as double block and bleed.
Shell Test PressureSteel Valves: as ANSI B16.34 (see facing page), except class 800 screwed and socket-weld where the test pressure is 11/2 times thepressure rating at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C) rounded off to the next higher increment of 25 psi or 1 bar.
Other Test Pressures
Test Valve Type Pressure
P.S.I.G. Bar
Low Pressure Closure and Back Seat1 All 60 – 100 4 – 7
High Pressure Closure and Back Seat1 Butterfly Valves 110% of design differential pressure at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C)
All other steel valves 110% of maximum allowable pressure at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C) in accordance with purchase specification
1 Where applicable
Test Duration seconds minimum
Valve Size NPS Check Other
in Shell Closure Backseat Shell Closure Backseat
� 2 60 60 15 15 15 15
2 1/2 – 6 60 60 60 60 60 60
8 – 12 60 60 60 120 120 60
� 14 120 120 60 300 120 60
ValvesPressure Tests
283
API 598Test Leakage Rates Allowable for closure tests, past the seats only
Valve Size NPS All resilient All metal and non-resilient seated valves except check Metal and non-resilient seated check valves
in seated valves Liquid (drops per minute)1 Gas (bubbles per minute) Liquid Gas
� 2 0 0 0
2 1/2 – 6 0 12 24
8 – 12 0 20 40
� 14 0 2/min/NPS size in 4/min/NPS size in
N.B. NO LEAKAGE allowed for shell or back seat tests, or other than past the seats for closure tests1 Drops per minute. 1 millilitre = 16 drops
High-Pressure Pneumatic Shell Test
Required when specified by the client, after hydrostatic test. Test is 110% of the maximum allowable pressure at 38 °C ( 100 °F).
ASME B16.34Shell Test Pressure
1.5 x 100 ˚F rating, rounded to next higher 25 psi increment. Fluid: water, kerosene, or suitable fluid with viscosity � water at � 125 ˚F
Shell Test Duration
Valve Size NPS in � 2 2 1/2 – 8 � 10
Test Time, sec. 15 60 180
Closure Test Pressure110% of 100 ˚F rating
At manufacturer’s option, a gas closure test at 80 psi can be substituted for valves � 12 NPS � 400 class, � 4 NPS all classes
Closure Test Duration
Valve Size NPS in � 2 2 1/2 – 8 10 – 18 � 20
Test Time, sec. 15 30 60 120
Notes
1. Closure tests apply to valves designed for shut off or isolation service.2. Test fluid as shell test.3. Double seated valves shall have test pressure applied successively on each side of closed valve.4. For other valves, pressure shall be applied in the directions producing the most adverse seating condition, except marked one
way valves.5. For valves where the pressure differential is less than 100 ˚F pressure rating, test pressure shall be 110% of maximum specified
closed position differential pressure. Manufacturer’s nameplate data shall include this limitation.
0.18 cu in (3cc)
per minute per
inch of nominal
pipe size
1.5 cu ft
(0.042 cu m)
per hour per inch of
nominal pipe size
Valves
284
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
Class 150 Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (2 mm in Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Size Plug Globe, Lift, Angle and Lift Y-Globe and
Short Regular Short and Venturi Round Port, Check and Check Y-Swing
Pattern Pattern Reg. Pattern Pattern Full Bore Swing Check2 Check
NPS in DN A A B A A A and B D and E A and B1/4 8 102 513/8 10 102 511/2 15 108 57 1403/4 20 117 64 152
1 25 140 176 127 70 165
11/4 32 140 76 184
11/2 40 165 222 165 83 203
2 50 178 267 178 267 203 102 229
21/2 65 190 305 298 216 108 279
3 80 203 330 203 343 241 121 318
4 100 229 305 356 229 432 292 146 368
5 125 254 381 381 3564 178
6 150 267 394 457 394 4064 203 470
8 200 292 457 521 457 495 248 597
10 250 330 533 559 533 622 311 673
12 300 356 610 635 610 698 349 775
14 350 686 686 787 394
16 400 762 762 9145 457
18 450 864 864 9786
20 500 914 914 9786
22 550 10676
24 600 1067 1067 12956
26 650 12956
28 700 14486
30 750 15246
32 800
34 850 1016
36 900 19566
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at end of this section.2 These dimensions are not intended to cover the type of check valve having the seat angle at approximately 45 deg. to the run of the valve,
or the “Underwriter Pattern”, or other patterns where large clearances are required.3 Double disc and conduit only.
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
285
Class 150 Dimensions in mm
Nominal Gate Ball
Valve Size Flanged End1 Welding End
Solid Wedge and Conduit Solid Wedge, Double Long Pattern Short Pattern Long Pattern Short Pattern
Double Disc Disc and Conduit
NPS in DN A A B A A B B1/4 8 102 1023/8 10 102 1021/2 15 108 108 108 108 1403/4 20 117 117 117 117 152
1 25 127 127 127 127 165
11/4 32 140 140 140 140 178
11/2 40 165 165 165 165 190 190
2 50 178 178 216 178 178 216 216
21/2 65 190 190 241 190 190 241 241
3 80 203 203 282 203 203 282 282
4 100 229 229 305 229 229 305 305
5 125 254 381
6 150 267 267 403 394 267 457 403
8 200 292 292 419 457 292 521 419
10 250 330 330 457 533 330 559 457
12 300 356 356 502 610 356 635 502
14 350 381 381 572 686 381 762 572
16 400 406 406 610 762 406 838 610
18 450 432 432 660 864 914 660
20 500 457 457 711 914 991 711
22 550 508 762 1092
24 600 508 508 813 1067 1143 813
26 650 559 559 8643 1245
28 700 610 610 9143 1356
30 750 610 660 9143 1397
32 800 711 9653 1524
34 850 762 10163 1626
36 900 711 813 10163 1727
4 Globe and horizontal lift check only. The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions for Class 150 steel flanged and butt welding end, swingcheck valves in NPS 5 is 330 and in NPS 6 is 356.
5 Globe and horizontal lift check only. The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of swing check valves in NPS 16 is 864.6 Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS12 and larger: ±3 mm
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
286
Class 300Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (2 mm in Raised Face1) and Welding End
Valve Size Gate, Solid Wedge, Plug
Double Disc & Conduit Short and Venturi Short and Venturi Regular Round Port,
Pattern Pattern Pattern Full Bore
NPS in DN A and B A B A A and B1/2 15 1402
3/4 20 1522
1 25 1652 1593 190
11/4 32 1782
11/2 40 190 1903 241
2 50 216 216 2673 282
21/2 65 241 241 3053 330
3 80 282 282 3303 387
4 100 305 305 3563 457
5 125 381
6 150 403 403 457 403 559
8 200 419 419 521 502 686
10 250 457 457 559 568 826
12 300 502 502 635 711 965
14 350 762 7624 7624 762
16 400 838 8384 8384 838
18 450 914 9144 9144 914
20 500 991 9914 9914 991
22 550 1092 10924 10924 1092
24 600 1143 11434 11434 1143
26 650 1245 12454 12454 1245
28 700 1346 13464 13464 1346
30 750 1397 13974 13974 1397
32 800 1524 15244 15244 1524
34 850 1626 16264 16264 1626
36 900 1727 17274 17274 1727
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.2 Solid wedge only.3 Short pattern only.4 Venturi pattern only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm.
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
287
Dimensions in mm
Nominal Globe and Angle and Swing Check Ball
Valve Size Lift Check Lift Check Flanged1 and Welding End
Long Pattern Short Pattern Long Pattern
NPS in DN A and B D and E A and B A A and B B1/2 15 152 76 140 1403/4 20 178 89 152 152
1 25 203 102 216 165 165
11/4 32 216 108 229 178 178
11/2 40 229 114 241 190 190 190
2 50 267 133 267 216 216 216
21/2 65 292 146 292 241 241 241
3 80 318 159 318 282 282 282
4 100 356 178 356 305 305 305
5 125 400 200 400
6 150 444 222 444 403 403 457
8 200 559 279 533 502 419 521
10 250 622 311 622 568 457 559
12 300 711 356 711 648 502 635
14 350 838 762 572 762
16 400 864 838 610 838
18 450 978 914 660 914
20 500 1016 991 711 991
22 550 1118 1092 1092
24 600 1346 1143 813 1143
26 650 1346 1245 1245
28 700 1499 1346 1346
30 750 1594 1397 1397
32 800 1524 1524
34 850 1626 1626
36 900 2083 1727 1727
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
288
Class 600Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Ball Gate Plug Globe, Lift Check, Angle and Lift Check,
Size and Swing Check,
Long Solid Wedge, Short Regular Round Round Long Short Long Short
Pattern Double Disc Pattern2 and Venturi Bore, Bore, Pattern Pattern2 Pattern Pattern2
and Conduit Pattern Full Port Full Port
Long Pattern
NPS in DN A and B A and B B A and B A B A and B B D and E E1/2 15 165 1653 165 833/4 20 190 1903 190 95
1 25 216 216 133 2165 254 216 133 108
11/4 32 229 229 146 2295 229 146 114
11/2 40 241 241 152 241 318 241 152 121
2 50 292 292 178 292 330 292 178 146 108
21/2 65 330 330 216 330 381 330 216 165 127
3 80 356 356 254 356 444 356 254 178 152
4 100 432 432 305 432 508 559 432 305 216 178
5 125 508 381 508 381 254 216
6 150 559 559 457 559 660 711 559 457 279 254
8 200 660 660 584 660 794 845 660 584 330
10 250 787 787 711 787 940 1016 787 711 394
12 300 838 838 813 838 1067 1067 838 813 419
14 350 889 889 889 889 8897
16 400 991 991 991 991 9917
18 450 1092 1092 1092 10926 10927
20 500 1194 1194 1194 11946 11947
22 550 1295 1295 12956 12957
24 600 1397 1397 1397 13976 13977
26 650 1448 1448 14486 14487
28 700 1549 1549 16007
30 750 1651 1651 16516 16517
32 800 1778 17784 17786
34 850 1930 19304 19306
36 900 2083 20834 20836 20837
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for 3 Solid wedge only. Tolerances:adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section. 4 Double disc and conduit only. NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm
2 These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. 5 Regular pattern only. NPS 12 and larger: ± 3mmThey may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with 6 Venturi pattern only.flanged bonnets. 7 Swing check only.
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
289
Class 900Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Gate Plug Globe Lift Check, and Angle and Lift Check Ball
Size Solid Wedge, Double Disc, Regular Round Port Swing Check
and Conduit and Full Bore
Long Short Venturi Long Short Long Short Long
Pattern Pattern2 Pattern Pattern Pattern2 Pattern Pattern2 Pattern
NPS in DN A and B B A and B A A and B B D and E E A and B1/2 15 216 1083/4 20 229 114
1 25 2543 140 2544 254 127 254
11/4 32 2793 165 2794 279 140 279
11/2 40 3053 178 3054 356 305 152 305
2 50 368 216 3684 381 368 216 184 368
21/2 652 419 254 4194 432 419 254 210 419
3 80 381 305 3814 470 381 305 190 152 381
4 100 457 356 4575 559 457 356 229 178 457
5 125 559 432 559 432 279 216
6 150 610 508 610 737 610 508 305 254 610
8 200 737 660 737 813 737 660 368 330 737
10 250 838 787 838 965 838 787 419 394 838
12 300 965 914 965 1118 965 914 483 457 965
14 350 1029 991 1029 991 514 495 1029
16 400 1130 1092 11305 11306 1092 660 1130
18 450 1219 12196 737 1219
20 500 1321 13215 13216 826 1321
22 550
24 600 1549 15496 991 1549
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.2 These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.3 Solid wedge only.4 Regular apttern only.5 Venturi pattern only.6 Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
290
Class 1500 Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Gate Plug Globe Lift Check, and Angle Ball
Size Solid Wedge, Double Disc, Regular Round Port Swing Check and
and Conduit and Full Bore Lift Check
Long Short Venturi Long Short Long Long
Pattern Pattern2 Pattern Pattern Pattern2 Pattern Pattern
NPS in DN A and B B A and B A A and B B D and E A and B1/2 15 2166 1083/4 20 229 114
1 25 2543 140 2544 254 127
11/4 32 2793 165 2794 279 140
11/2 40 3053 178 3054 305 152
2 50 368 216 3684 391 368 216 184 368
21/2 65 419 254 4194 454 419 254 210 419
3 80 470 305 4704 524 470 305 235 470
4 100 546 406 5464 625 546 406 273 546
5 125 673 483 673 483 337
6 150 705 559 705 787 705 559 353 705
8 200 832 711 832 889 832 711 416 832
10 250 991 864 991 1067 991 864 495 991
12 300 1130 991 1130 1219 1130 991 565 1130
14 350 1257 1067 1257 1067 629 1257
16 400 1384 1194 13845 13847 1194 1384
18 450 1537 1346 15377
20 500 1664 1473 16647
22 550
24 600 1943 19437
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.2 These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.3 Solid wedge only.4 Regular apttern only.5 Venturi pattern only.6 Globe and Lift check only.7 Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
291
Class 2500 Dimensions in mm
Nominal Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Gate Plug Globe, Lift Globe, Lift Angle and Ball
Size Solid Wedge Regular Check and Check and Lift Check Long Pattern
Double Disc, Pattern Swing Check Swing Check Long Pattern
and Conduit Long Short
Long Pattern Short Pattern2 Pattern Pattern2
NPS in DN A and B B A and B A and B B D and E A and B1/2 15 2643 264 1323/4 20 2733 273 137
1 25 3083 186 308 308 154
11/4 32 3493 232 349 175
11/2 40 3843 232 384 384 192
2 50 451 279 451 451 279 226 451
21/2 65 508 330 508 508 330 254 508
3 80 578 368 578 578 368 289 578
4 100 673 457 673 673 457 337 673
5 125 794 533 794 794 533 397
6 150 914 610 914 914 610 457 914
8 200 1022 762 1022 1022 762 511 1022
10 250 1270 914 1270 1270 914 635 1270
12 300 1422 1041 1422 1422 1041 711 1422
14 350 1118
16 400 1245
18 450 1397
1 For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.2 These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.3 Solid wedge only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
A
Raised face
B
Buttweldingend
Raisedface
Butt-welding
end
D
D
E
E
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
292
Class 150 to 2500 Wafer Type ValvesDimensions in mm
Nom. Bonnetless Knife Swing Check, Single and Dual Plate, Installation Between Standard ANSI Flanges
Valve Gate, Class 150 Long Pattern Short Pattern
Size Flange Mating Class Class
NPS in DN Dimensions 150 300 600 900 1500 2500 150 300 600 900 1500
2 50 48 60 60 60 70 70 70 19 19 19 19 19
21/2 65 67 67 67 83 83 83 19 19 19 19 19
3 80 51 73 73 73 83 83 86 19 19 19 19 22
4 100 51 73 73 79 102 102 105 19 19 22 22 32
5 125 57
6 150 57 99 99 137 159 159 159 19 22 28 35 44
8 200 70 127 127 165 206 206 206 28 28 38 44 57
10 250 70 146 146 213 241 248 254 28 38 57 57 73
12 300 76 181 181 229 292 305 305 38 51 60
14 350 76 184 222 273 356 356 44 51 67
16 400 89 190 232 305 384 384 51 51 73
18 450 89 203 264 362 451 468 60 76 83
20 500 114 219 292 368 451 533 64 83 92
24 600 114 222 318 438 495 559
30 750 305 368 505
36 900 368 483 635
42 1050 432 568 702
48 1200 524 629
Note: Valves of sizes NPS 30 and larger in Classes 150, 300, 400 and 600 shall have body outside diameters and gasket surface dimensions com-patible with flange standards specified in the purchase order, e.g., API 605 or MSS SP-44.
Tolerances face-to-face dimensions: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mmNPS 12 to 24: ±3 mmNPS30 and larger: ±6 mm
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
293
Class 150 to 600 Butterfly ValvesDimensions in mm
Nominal Class 150 Cast Iron and Steel
Valve Size Flanged End Lug and Wafer Style Steel Grooved Steel Offset Seat
End Lug and Wafer Style
Class Class Class Class
NPS in DN Narrow Wide Narrow Wide Extra Wide 150 150 300 600
11/2 40 33 37 38 86
2 50 43 44 46 81
21/2 65 46 49 51 97
3 80 127 127 46 49 51 97 48 48 54
4 100 127 178 52 56 57 116 54 54 64
5 125 127 190 56 64 65 148
6 150 127 203 56 70 71 148 57 59 78
8 200 152 216 60 71 75 133 64 73 102
10 250 203 381 68 76 79 159 71 83 117
12 300 203 381 78 83 86 165 81 92 140
14 350 203 406 78 92 95 178 92 117 155
16 400 203 406 79 102 105 178 102 133 178
18 450 203 406 102 114 117 203 114 149 200
20 500 203 457 111 127 130 216 127 159 216
24 600 203 457 154 157 254 154 181 232
30 750 305 559 165
36 900 305 559 200
42 1050 305 610 251
48 1200 381 660 276
54 1350 381 711
60 1500 381 762
66 1650 457 864
72 1800 457 914
Note: The valves are of the design having concentric location of disc, unless they are offset type.
Tolerances:NPS 6 and smaller: ±2 mmNPS 8 and larger: ±3 mmNPS 30 and larger, single flange and flangeless: ±6 mmOffset valves all sizes ±3 mm
ValvesSizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensionsASME B16.10 Steel
294
Correction factors for different flange facingsRing Joint Facings: Add (substract) X to the raised face dimensions in tables (1/2 x for angle valves).Dimensions in mm
Nominal Class 150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500
Valve Size
NPS in DN X S X S X S X S X S X S1/2 15 11 3 –2 3 0 4 0 4 0 43/4 20 13 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4
1 25 13 4 13 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4
11/4 32 13 4 13 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 3 3
1 1/2 40 13 4 13 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 3 3
2 50 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 1/2 65 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 3 3 3 6 3
3 80 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 3 3 6 3
4 100 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 3 3 10 4
5 125 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 3 3 13 4
6 150 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 6 3 13 4
8 200 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 10 4 16 5
10 250 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 10 4 22 6
12 300 13 4 16 6 3 5 3 4 16 5 22 8
14 350 13 3 16 6 3 5 10 4 19 6
16 400 13 3 16 6 3 5 10 4 22 8
18 450 13 3 16 6 3 5 13 5 22 8
20 500 13 3 19 6 6 5 13 5 22 10
22 550 13 1 22 6 10 6
24 600 13 3 22 6 10 6 19 6 28 11
26 650 25 6 13 6
28 700 25 6 13 6
30 750 25 6 13 6
32 800 28 1 16 1
34 850 28 1 16 1
36 900 28 1 16 1
1 not determined.
Flanges conform to ASME B16.5, except NPS22 and NPS26 and above which conform to ASME B16.47, Series AS dimension should be used with octagonal or oval gaskets when the rings are compressed.
End-to-end
Ring joint Ring joint
Center-to-end s
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
295
Pressure/Temperature RatingsThe following tables give pressure/temperature ratings for valves by class number 150, 300, 400, 600, 800, 900, 1500, 2500 and4500. Apart from 800, these are defined in ASME B 16.34 (800 valves are an interpolation between 600 and 900, for example seeAPI 602).
Location of GradesSpecification Grade Page Specification Grade Page
A 105 296 A 217 C5 304
A 182 F1 300 C12 305
F5, F5a 304 WC1 300
F9 305 WC4, WC5 301
F11, F12 302 WC6 302
F22 303 WC9 303
F304, F304H 306 A 350 LF1 299
F304L 314 LF2 296
F316, F316H 308 LF3 297
F316L 314 A 351 CF3, CF8 306
F321, F321H 310 CF3M, CF8M 308
F347, F347H 312 CF8C 312
A 216 WCB 296 A 352 LC1 300
WCC 297 LC2, LC3, LCC 297
LCB 298
Special class valves can only be used under certain circumstances:
1. If allowed by the valve standard.
2. If the following examinations are performed:
• Radiography or ultrasonic examination of pressure containing parts• MPI or dye penetrant testing of exterior and accessible interior surfaces
Full definitions of testing and acceptance are given in ANSI B16.34 section 8.
3. If valves are threaded or have welding ends.
The following points should be noted:
Class 4500 applies only to welding end valves. The tables do not apply to threaded valves greater than either class 2500 or 1000 ˚F in temperature. The tables do not apply to threaded and socket welding end valves larger than NPS 2.1/2.Except for flanged end valves, linear interpolation is allowed between temperatures and between class numbers.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 364.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
296
Materials ASTM A105 · A216 WCB · A350LF2Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 285 740 990 1,480 2,220 3,705 6,170 11,110
200 260 675 900 1,350 2,025 3,375 5,625 10,120
300 230 655 875 1,315 1,970 3,280 5,470 9,845
400 200 635 845 1,270 1,900 3,170 5,280 9,505
500 170 600 800 1,200 1,795 2,995 4,990 8,980
600 140 550 730 1,095 1,640 2,735 4,560 8.210
650 125 535 715 1,075 1,610 2,685 4,475 8,055
700 110 535 710 1,065 1,600 2,665 4,440 7,990
750 95 505 670 1,010 1,510 2,520 4,200 7,560
800 80 410 550 825 1,235 2,060 3,430 6,170
850 65 270 355 535 805 1,340 2,230 4,010
900 50 170 230 345 515 860 1,430 2,570
950 35 105 140 205 310 515 860 1,545
1000 20 50 70 105 155 260 430 770
Notes:ASTM A105, A216 WCB: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
400 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
500 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
600 275 715 950 1,425 2,140 3,565 5,940 10,690
650 270 700 935 1,400 2,100 3,495 5,825 10,485
700 265 695 925 1,390 2,080 3,470 5,780 10,405
750 240 630 840 1,260 1,890 3,150 5,250 9,450
800 200 515 685 1,030 1,545 2,570 4,285 7,715
850 130 335 445 670 1,005 1,670 2,785 5,015
900 85 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
950 50 130 170 260 385 645 1,070 1,930
1000 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
Notes:ASTM A105, A216 WCB: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
297
Materials: ASTM A216 WCC · 350 LF3 · 352 LC2 · LC3 · LCCStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 230 730 970 1,455 2,185 3,640 6,070 10.925
400 200 705 940 1,410 2,115 3,530 5,880 10,585
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 505 670 1,010 1,510 2,520 4,200 7,560
800 80 410 550 825 1,235 2,060 3,430 6,170
850 65 270 355 535 805 1,340 2,230 4,010
900 50 170 230 345 515 860 1,430 2,570
950 35 105 140 205 310 515 860 1,545
1000 20 50 70 105 155 260 430 770
Notes:ASTM A216 WCC: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.ASTM A350 LF3, A352 LC2, LC3, LCC: not to be used over 650 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
400 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
500 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
600 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
650 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
700 275 710 950 1,425 2,135 3,560 5,930 10,670
750 240 630 840 1,260 1,890 3,150 5,250 9,450
800 200 515 685 1,030 1,545 2,570 4,285 7,715
850 130 335 445 670 1,005 1,670 2,785 5,015
900 85 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
950 50 130 170 260 385 645 1,070 1,930
1000 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
Notes:ASTM A216 WCC: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.ASTM A350 LF3, A352 LC2, LC3, LCC: not to be used over 650 °F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
298
Material: ASTM A352 LCBStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
200 250 655 875 1,315 1,970 3,280 5,470 9,845
300 230 640 850 1,275 1,915 3,190 5,315 9,565
400 200 620 825 1,235 1,850 3,085 5,145 9,260
500 170 585 775 1,165 1,745 2,910 4,850 8,735
600 140 535 710 1,065 1,600 2,665 4,440 7,990
650 125 525 695 1,045 1,570 2,615 4,355 7,840
700 110 520 690 1,035 1,555 2,590 4,320 7,775
750 95 475 630 945 1,420 2,365 3,945 7,100
800 80 390 520 780 1,175 1,955 3,260 5,865
850 65 270 355 535 805 1,340 2,230 4,010
900 50 170 230 345 515 860 1.430 2,570
950 35 105 140 205 310 515 860 1,545
1000 20 50 70 105 155 260 430 770
Note: ASTM A352 LCB: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
200 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
300 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
400 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
500 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
600 265 695 925 1,390 2,080 3,470 5,780 10,405
650 260 680 910 1,360 2,040 3,400 5,670 10,205
700 255 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,320 5,535 9,965
750 225 590 790 1,185 1,775 2,960 4,930 8,870
800 190 490 650 980 1,465 2,445 4,070 7,330
850 130 335 445 670 1,005 1,670 2,785 5,015
900 85 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
950 50 130 170 260 385 645 1,070 1,930
1000 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
Note:ASTM A352 LCB: ASTM A352 LCB: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
299
Material ASTM A350 LF1Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 235 620 825 1,235 1,850 3,085 5,145 9,260
200 215 560 750 1,125 1,685 2,810 4,680 8,425
300 210 550 730 1,095 1,640 2,735 4,560 8,210
400 200 530 705 1,060 1,585 2,645 4,405 7,930
500 170 500 665 995 1,495 2,490 4,150 7,470
600 140 455 610 915 1,370 2,285 3,805 6,850
650 125 450 600 895 1,345 2,245 3,740 6,725
700 110 450 600 895 1,345 2,245 3,740 6,725
750 95 445 590 885 1,325 2,210 3,685 6,635
800 80 370 495 740 1,110 1,850 3,085 5,555
850 65 270 355 535 805 1,340 2,230 4,010
900 50 170 230 345 515 860 1,430 2,570
950 35 105 140 205 310 515 860 1,545
1000 20 50 70 105 155 260 430 770
Note:ASTM A350LF1: permissible but not recommended over 800 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 245 645 860 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,360 9,645
200 245 645 860 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,360 9,645
300 245 645 860 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,630 9,645
400 245 645 860 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,630 9,645
500 245 645 860 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,630 9,645
600 230 595 795 1,190 1,785 2,975 4,955 8,920
650 225 585 780 1,170 1,750 2,920 4,865 8,760
700 220 580 770 1,160 1,735 2,895 4,820 8,680
750 210 555 740 1,105 1,660 2,765 4,610 8,295
800 180 465 620 925 1,390 2,315 3,860 6,945
850 130 335 445 670 1,005 1,670 2,785 5,015
900 85 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
950 50 130 170 260 385 645 1,070 1,930
1000 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
Note:ASTM A350LF1: permissible but not recommended over 800 °F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
300
Material: ASTM A182 F1 · A217 WC1 · A352 LC1Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
200 260 680 905 1,360 2,035 3,395 5,660 10,185
300 230 655 870 1,305 1,955 3,260 5,435 9,780
400 200 640 855 1,280 1,920 3,200 5,330 9,595
500 170 620 830 1,245 1,865 3,105 5,180 9,320
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,660 4,430 7,970
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,305
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 280 375 560 845 1,405 2,345 4,215
1000 20 165 220 330 495 825 1,370 2,470
Notes:ASTM A182 F1, A217 WC1: permissible, but not recommended for usage above 875 ˚F. ASTM A352 LC1: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
200 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
300 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
400 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
500 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
600 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
650 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
700 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
750 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
800 265 695 925 1,390 2,085 3,470 5,785 10,415
850 260 680 905 1,355 2,030 3,335 5,645 10,160
900 225 590 785 1,175 1,760 2,935 4,895 8,810
950 135 350 470 705 1,055 1,755 2,930 5,270
1000 80 205 275 410 615 1,030 1,715 3,085
Notes: ASTM A182 F1, A217 WC1: permissible, but not recommended for usage above 875 ˚F. ASTM A352 LC1: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
301
Material: ASTM A217 WC4 · WC5Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 230 720 965 1,445 2,165 3,610 6,015 18,830
400 200 695 925 1,385 2,080 3,465 5,775 10,400
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,660 4,430 7,970
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,305
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 315 420 630 945 1,575 2,630 4,730
1000 20 200 270 405 605 1,010 1,685 3,035
1050 201 160 210 315 475 790 1,315 2,365
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only ASTM A217 WC4: not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
400 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
500 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
600 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
650 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
700 280 735 980 1,465 2,200 3,665 6,110 10,995
750 280 730 970 1,460 2,185 3,645 6,070 10,930
800 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
850 260 680 905 1,355 2,030 3,385 5,645 10,160
900 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
950 150 395 525 790 1,185 1,970 3,285 5,915
1000 95 255 335 505 760 1,265 2,105 3,795
1050 75 195 265 395 590 985 1,645 2,955
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only ASTM A217 WC4: not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
302
Material ASTM A182 F11cl 2· F12cl 2· A217 WC6Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 750 1,000 1.500 2,250 3,950 6,250 11,250
300 230 720 965 1,445 2,165 3,610 6,015 10,830
400 200 695 925 1,385 2,080 3,465 5,775 10,400
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,660 4,430 7,970
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,305
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 320 425 640 955 1,595 2,655 4,785
1000 20 215 290 430 650 1,080 1,800 3,240
1050 201 145 190 290 430 720 1,200 2,160
1100 201 95 130 190 290 480 800 1,440
1150 201 60 80 125 185 310 515 925
1200 151 40 50 75 115 190 315 565
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.Note: use normalised and tempered materials onlyASTM A182 F11cl2, F12cl2: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above about 1100 ˚F. 217 WC6: not to be used over 1100 ˚F
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
400 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
500 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
600 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
650 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
700 280 735 980 1,465 2,200 3,665 6,110 10,995
750 280 730 970 1,460 2,185 3,645 6,070 10,930
800 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
850 260 680 905 1,355 2,030 3,385 5,645 10,160
900 225 585 785 1,175 1,760 2,935 4,895 8, 805
950 155 400 530 795 1,195 1,995 3,320 5,980
1000 105 270 360 540 810 1,350 2,250 4,050
1050 70 180 240 360 540 900 1,500 2,700
1100 45 120 160 240 360 600 1,000 1,800
1150 30 75 105 155 230 385 645 1,155
1200 20 45 65 95 140 235 395 705
Note: use normalised and tempered materials onlyASTM A182 F11cl2, F12cl2: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above about 1100 ˚F. 217 WC6: not to be used over 1100 ˚F
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
303
Material: ASTM A182 F22cl 3· A217 WC9Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 230 730 970 1,455 2,185 3,640 6,070 10,925
400 200 705 940 1,410 2,115 3,530 5,880 10,585
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,660 4,430 7,970
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,305
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 375 505 755 1,130 1,885 3,145 5,665
1000 20 260 345 520 780 1,305 2,170 3,910
1050 201 175 235 350 525 875 1,455 2,625
1100 201 115 150 225 340 565 945 1,700
1150 201 70 90 135 205 345 570 1,030
1200 201 40 55 80 125 205 345 615
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.Note: ASTM A182 F22: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged uasage above 1100 °F. A217 WC9: not to be used over 1100 °F.
ASTM A217 WC9 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 285 740 990 1,485 2,225 3,705 6,180 11,120
400 280 725 965 1,450 2,175 3,620 6,035 10,865
500 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
600 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
650 275 715 955 1,430 2,145 3,580 5,965 10,735
700 275 710 955 1,425 2,135 3,555 5,930 10,670
750 265 690 920 1,380 2,070 3,450 5,750 10,350
800 260 675 895 1,345 2,020 3,365 5,605 10,095
850 245 645 855 1,285 1,930 3,215 5,355 9,645
900 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
950 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,355 3,930 7,070
1000 125 325 435 650 975 1,630 2,715 4,885
1050 85 220 290 435 655 1,095 1,820 3,280
1100 55 135 185 275 410 685 1,145 2,055
1150 35 85 115 170 255 430 715 1,285
1200 25 50 70 105 155 255 430 770
Note: ASTM A182 F22 Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 1100 ˚F. A217 WC9 not to be used over 1100 ˚F.ASTM A219 WC9 use normalised and tempered materials only
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
304
Materials: ASTM A182 F5 · F5a · A217 C5Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 745 995 1,490 2,235 3,725 6,205 11,170
300 230 715 955 1,430 2,150 3,580 5,965 10,740
400 200 705 940 1,410 2,115 3,530 5,880 10,585
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 705 1,055 1,585 2,640 4,400 7,920
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 645 965 1,450 2,415 4,030 7,250
900 50 390 495 740 1,110 1,850 3,085 5,555
950 35 275 365 550 825 1,370 2,285 4,115
1000 20 200 265 400 595 995 1,655 2,985
1050 201 145 190 290 430 720 1,200 2,160
1100 201 100 135 200 300 495 830 1,490
1150 201 60 80 125 185 310 515 925
1200 151 35 45 70 105 170 285 515
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.ASTM A217 C5 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 280 730 970 1,455 2,185 3,645 6,070 10,930
400 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
500 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
600 270 705 945 1,415 2,120 3,535 5,895 10,605
650 270 700 930 1,395 2,095 3,495 5,820 10,480
700 265 685 915 1,370 2,055 3,430 5,715 10,285
750 255 660 880 1,320 1,980 3,300 5,500 9,900
800 245 640 850 1,275 1,915 3,195 5,320 9,580
850 230 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,020 5,035 9,065
900 175 465 615 925 1,390 2,315 3,855 6,945
950 130 345 455 685 1,030 1,715 2,855 5,145
1000 95 250 330 495 745 1,245 2,070 3,730
1050 70 180 240 360 540 900 1,500 2,700
1100 50 125 165 250 375 620 1,035 1,865
1150 30 75 105 155 230 385 645 1,155
1200 15 45 55 85 130 215 355 645
ASTM A217 C5 use normalised and tempered materials only
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
305
Materials: ASTM A182 F9 · A217 C12Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 230 730 970 1,455 2,185 3,640 6,070 10,925
400 200 705 940 1,410 2,115 3,530 5,880 10,585
500 170 665 885 1,330 1,995 3,325 5,540 9,965
600 140 605 805 1,210 1,815 3,025 5,040 9,070
650 125 590 785 1,175 1,765 2,940 4,905 8,825
700 110 570 755 1,135 1,705 2,840 4,730 8,515
750 95 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,660 4,430 7,970
800 80 510 675 1,015 1,525 2,540 4,230 7,610
850 65 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,305
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 375 505 755 1,130 1,850 3,145 5,655
1000 20 255 340 505 760 1,270 2,115 3,805
1050 201 170 230 345 515 855 1,430 2,570
1100 201 115 150 225 340 565 945 1,695
1150 201 75 100 150 225 375 630 1,130
1200 201 50 70 105 155 255 430 770
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.ASTM A217 C12 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
300 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
400 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
500 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
600 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
650 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
700 280 735 980 1,465 2,200 3,665 6,110 10,995
750 280 730 970 1,460 2,185 3,645 6,070 10,930
800 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
850 260 680 905 1,355 2,030 3,385 5,645 10,160
900 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
950 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,355 3,930 7,070
1000 120 315 425 635 950 1,585 2,645 4,755
1050 80 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
1100 55 140 190 285 425 710 1,180 2,120
1150 35 95 125 190 285 470 785 1,415
1200 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
ASTM A217 C12 use normalised and tempered materials only
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
306
Materials: ASTM A182 F304 · F304H · A351 CF3 · CF8Standard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
200 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
300 205 540 720 1,080 1,620 2,700 4,500 8,100
400 190 495 660 995 1,490 2,485 4,140 7,450
500 170 465 620 930 1,395 2,330 3,880 6,985
600 140 435 580 875 1,310 2,185 3,640 6,550
650 125 430 575 860 1,290 2,150 3,580 6,445
700 110 425 565 850 1,275 2,125 3,540 6,370
750 95 415 555 830 1,245 2,075 3,460 6,230
800 80 405 540 805 1,210 2,015 3,360 6,050
850 65 395 530 790 1,190 1,980 3,300 5,940
900 50 390 520 780 1,165 1,945 3,240 5,830
950 35 385 510 765 1,145 1,910 3,180 5,725
1000 20 320 430 640 965 1,605 2,675 4,815
1050 201 310 410 615 925 1,545 2,570 4,630
1100 201 255 345 515 770 1,285 2,145 3,855
1150 201 200 265 400 595 995 1,655 2,985
1200 201 155 205 310 465 770 1,285 2,315
1250 201 115 150 225 340 565 945 1,695
1300 201 85 115 170 255 430 715 1,285
1350 201 60 80 125 185 310 515 925
1400 201 50 65 90 145 240 400 720
1450 151 35 45 70 105 170 285 515
1500 101 25 35 55 80 135 230 410
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000˚ F.Notes: ASTM A182 304, A351 CF8: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higherASTM A351 CF3: not to be used over 800 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
307
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 255 670 890 1,335 2,005 3,345 5,570 10,030
300 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
400 210 555 735 1,105 1,660 2,765 4,605 8,295
500 200 520 690 1,035 1,555 2,595 4,320 7,780
600 185 490 650 975 1,465 2,440 4,065 7,315
650 185 480 640 960 1,440 2,395 3,995 7,190
700 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,355 3,930 7,070
750 175 465 615 925 1,390 2,315 3,855 6,945
800 175 450 600 900 1,350 2,250 3,750 6,750
850 170 440 590 885 1,325 2,205 3,680 6,620
900 165 435 575 865 1,300 2,165 3,605 6,495
950 165 425 565 850 1,275 2,120 3,535 6,365
1000 155 405 545 815 1,220 2,035 3,395 6,105
1050 150 385 515 770 1,155 1,930 3,215 5,785
1100 125 320 430 645 965 1,605 2,680 4,820
1150 95 250 330 495 745 1,245 2,070 3,730
1200 75 195 255 385 580 965 1,605 2,895
1250 55 140 190 285 425 705 1,180 2,120
1300 40 105 145 215 320 535 895 1,605
1350 30 75 105 155 230 385 645 1,155
1400 25 60 80 120 180 300 500 900
1450 15 45 55 85 130 215 355 645
1500 15 35 45 70 105 170 285 515
Notes:ASTM A182 304, A351 CF8: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higherASTM A351 CF3: not to be used over 800 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
308
Materials: ASTM A182 F316 · F316H · A351 CF3M · CF8MStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
200 235 620 825 1,240 1,860 3,095 5,160 9,290
300 215 560 745 1,120 1,680 2,795 4,660 8,390
400 195 515 685 1,025 1,540 2,570 4,280 7,705
500 170 480 635 955 1,435 2,390 3,980 7,165
600 140 450 600 900 1,355 2,255 3,760 6,770
650 125 445 590 890 1,330 2,220 3,700 6,660
700 110 430 580 870 1,305 2,170 3,620 6,515
750 95 425 570 855 1,280 2,135 3,560 6,410
800 80 420 565 845 1,265 2,110 3,520 6,335
850 65 420 555 835 1,255 2,090 3,480 6,265
900 50 415 555 830 1,245 2,075 3,460 6,230
950 35 385 515 775 1,160 1,930 3,220 5,795
1000 20 350 465 700 1,050 1,750 2,915 5,245
1050 201 345 460 685 1,030 1,720 2,865 5,155
1100 201 305 405 610 915 1,525 2,545 4,575
1150 201 235 315 475 710 1,185 1,970 3,550
1200 201 185 245 370 555 925 1,545 2,775
1250 201 145 195 295 440 735 1,230 2,210
1300 201 115 155 235 350 585 970 1,750
1350 201 95 130 190 290 480 800 1,440
1400 201 75 100 150 225 380 630 1,130
1450 201 60 80 115 175 290 485 875
1500 151 40 55 85 125 205 345 620
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Notes:ASTM A182 316, A351 CF8M: over 1000 ˚F use only when C 0.04% or higher.ASTM A351 CF3M: not to be used over 850 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
309
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 265 690 920 1,380 2,070 3,450 5,750 10,350
300 240 625 830 1,250 1,870 3,120 5,200 9,360
400 220 570 760 1,140 1,710 2,850 4,750 8,550
500 205 530 710 1,065 1,595 2,655 4,430 7,970
600 195 505 670 1,005 1,510 2,520 4,195 7,555
650 190 495 655 985 1,480 2,465 4,105 7,395
700 185 485 645 970 1,455 2,420 4,035 7,265
750 180 475 635 950 1,415 2,380 3,965 7,135
800 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,355 3,930 7,070
850 180 465 620 930 1,400 2,330 3,885 6,990
900 175 465 615 925 1,390 2,315 3,855 6,945
950 175 460 610 915 1,375 2,290 3,815 6,870
1000 160 420 560 840 1,260 2,105 3,505 6,310
1050 160 420 560 840 1,260 2,105 3,505 6,310
1100 145 380 510 765 1,145 1,905 3,180 5,720
1150 115 295 395 590 885 1,480 2,465 4,435
1200 90 230 310 465 695 1,155 1,930 3,470
1250 70 185 245 370 555 920 1,535 2,765
1300 55 145 195 290 435 730 1,215 2,185
1350 45 120 160 240 360 600 1.000 1,800
1400 35 95 125 190 285 470 785 1,415
1450 30 75 100 145 220 365 610 1,095
1500 20 50 70 105 155 260 430 770
Notes:ASTM A182 316, A351 CF8M: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higher.ASTM A351 CF3M: not to be used over 850 ˚F.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
310
Materials: ASTM A182 F321 · F321HStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
200 245 645 860 1,290 1,935 3,230 5,380 9,685
300 230 595 795 1,190 1,785 2,975 4,960 8,930
400 200 550 735 1,105 1,655 2,760 4,600 8,280
500 170 515 685 1,030 1,545 2,570 4,285 7,715
600 140 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,310
650 125 480 635 955 1,435 2,390 3,980 7,165
700 110 465 620 930 1,395 2,330 3,880 6,985
750 95 460 610 915 1,375 2,290 3,820 6,875
800 80 450 600 900 1,355 2,255 3,760 6,770
850 65 445 595 895 1,340 2,230 3,720 6,695
900 50 440 590 885 1,325 2,210 3,680 6,625
950 35 385 515 775 1,160 1,930 3,220 5,795
1000 20 355 475 715 1,070 1,785 2,970 5,350
1050 201 315 415 625 940 1,565 2,605 4,690
1100 201 270 360 545 815 1,360 2,265 4,075
1150 201 235 315 475 710 1,185 1,970 3,550
1200 201 185 245 370 555 925 1,545 2,775
1250 201 140 185 280 420 705 1,170 2,110
1300 201 110 145 220 330 550 915 1,645
1350 201 85 115 170 255 430 715 1,285
1400 201 65 85 130 195 325 545 975
1450 201 50 70 105 155 255 430 770
1500 201 40 50 75 115 190 315 565
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.Note: ASTM A182 F321 not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A182 F321H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
311
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 260 680 910 1,365 2,045 3,405 5,680 10,220
300 235 610 810 1,215 1,825 3,045 5,070 9,130
400 210 555 735 1,105 1,660 2,765 4,605 8,295
500 195 515 685 1,030 1,545 2,570 4,285 7,715
600 185 490 650 975 1,465 2,445 4,070 7,330
650 185 480 640 960 1,440 2,400 4,000 7,200
700 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,355 3,930 7,070
750 180 465 625 935 1,400 2,335 3,895 7,005
800 175 465 615 925 1,390 2,315 3,855 6,945
850 175 460 610 915 1,375 2,295 3,820 6,880
900 175 455 605 910 1,365 2,270 3,785 6,815
950 175 455 605 910 1,365 2,270 3,785 6,815
1000 160 420 560 840 1,260 2,105 3,505 6,310
1050 155 405 545 815 1,220 2,035 3,395 6,105
1100 135 355 470 705 1,060 1,770 2,945 5,305
1150 115 295 395 590 885 1,480 2,465 4,435
1200 90 230 310 465 695 1,155 1,930 3,470
1250 65 175 235 350 525 880 1,465 2,635
1300 55 135 185 275 410 685 1,145 2,055
1350 40 105 145 215 320 535 895 1,605
1400 30 80 110 165 245 405 680 1,220
1450 25 65 85 130 195 320 535 965
1500 20 45 65 95 140 235 395 705
Note: ASTM A182 F321 not to be used over 1000 ˚F.ASTM A182 F321H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
312
Materials: ASTM A182 F347 · F347H · A351 CF8CStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 275 720 960 1,440 2,160 3,600 6,000 10,800
200 255 660 880 1,320 1,980 3,300 5,500 9.900
300 230 615 820 1,230 1,845 3,070 5,120 9,215
400 200 575 765 1,145 1,720 2,870 4,780 8,605
500 170 540 720 1,080 1,620 2,700 4,500 8,100
600 140 515 685 1,025 1,540 2,570 4,280 7,705
650 125 505 670 1,010 1,510 2,520 4,200 7,560
700 110 495 660 990 1,485 2,470 4,120 7,415
750 95 490 655 985 1,475 2,460 4,100 7,380
800 80 485 650 975 1,460 2,435 4,060 7,310
850 65 485 645 970 1,455 2,425 4,040 7,270
900 50 450 600 900 1,350 2,245 3,745 6,740
950 35 385 515 775 1,160 1,930 3,220 5,795
1000 20 365 485 725 1,090 1,820 3,030 5,450
1050 201 360 480 720 1,080 1,800 3,000 5,400
1100 201 325 430 645 965 1,610 2,685 4,835
1150 201 275 365 550 825 1,370 2,285 4,115
1200 201 170 230 345 515 855 1,430 2,570
1250 201 125 165 245 370 615 1,030 1,850
1300 201 95 125 185 280 465 770 1,390
1350 201 70 90 135 205 345 570 1,030
1400 201 55 75 110 155 275 455 825
1450 151 40 55 80 125 205 345 615
1500 151 35 45 70 105 170 285 515
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note:ASTM A182 F347: Not to be used over 1000 ˚F.ASTM A182 F347H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimumASTM A351 CF8C: over 1000 °F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
ValvesPressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
313
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 290 750 1,000 1,500 2,250 3,750 6,250 11,250
200 275 715 955 1,430 2,145 3,580 5,965 10,735
300 250 655 875 1,310 1,965 3,280 5,465 9,835
400 235 615 825 1,235 1,850 3,085 5,145 9,255
500 230 595 795 1,190 1,785 2,980 4,965 8,935
600 220 575 765 1,145 1,720 2,865 4,775 8,600
650 215 565 750 1,125 1,690 2,815 4,690 8,440
700 210 550 735 1,105 1,655 2,760 4,600 8,275
750 210 550 730 1,095 1,645 2,745 4,570 8,230
800 210 545 725 1,090 1,630 2,720 4,530 8,155
850 205 540 720 1,080 1,625 2,705 4,510 8,115
900 205 540 720 1,075 1,615 2,690 4,485 8,075
950 180 470 630 945 1,415 2,360 3,930 7,070
1000 160 420 560 840 1,260 2,105 3,505 6,310
1050 160 420 560 840 1,260 2,105 3,505 6,310
1100 155 405 540 805 1,210 2,015 3,360 6,045
1150 130 345 455 685 1,030 1,715 2,855 5,145
1200 80 215 285 430 645 1,070 1,785 3,215
1250 60 155 205 310 465 770 1,285 2,315
1300 45 115 155 230 345 580 965 1,735
1350 35 85 115 170 255 430 715 1,285
1400 25 70 90 135 205 345 570 1,030
1450 20 50 70 105 155 255 430 770
1500 15 45 55 85 130 215 355 645
Note:ASTM A182 F347: Not to be used over 1000 ˚F.ASTM A182 F347H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimumASTM A351 CF8C: over 1000 ˚F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
ValvesPressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.34
314
Materials: ASTM A182 F304L · F316LStandard Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 230 600 800 1,200 1,800 3,000 5,000 9,000
200 195 505 675 1,015 1,520 2,530 4,220 7,595
300 175 455 605 910 1,360 2,270 3,780 6,805
400 160 415 550 825 1,240 2,065 3,440 6,190
500 145 380 510 765 1,145 1,910 3,180 5,725
600 140 360 480 720 1,080 1,800 3,000 5,400
650 125 350 470 700 1,050 1,750 2,920 5,255
700 110 345 460 685 1,030 1,715 2,860 5,150
750 95 335 450 670 1,010 1,680 2,800 5,040
800 80 330 440 660 985 1,645 2,740 4,930
850 65 320 430 645 965 1,610 2,680 4,825
Note: A182 F304L not to be used over 800 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig. For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F Class 150 Class 300 Class 400 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 Class 2500 Class 4500
–20 to 100 255 670 890 1,340 2,005 3,345 5,570 10,030
200 215 565 755 1,130 1,695 2,825 4,710 8,480
300 195 505 675 1,010 1,520 2,530 4,215 7,585
400 175 460 615 920 1,385 2,305 3,840 6,910
500 165 425 570 850 1,280 2,130 3,550 6,390
600 155 400 535 805 1,205 2,010 3,350 6,025
650 150 390 520 780 1,170 1,950 3,250 5,850
700 145 380 510 765 1,145 1,910 3,180 5,720
750 145 375 500 745 1,120 1,865 3,110 5,595
800 140 365 490 735 1,100 1,835 3,060 5,505
850 140 360 480 720 1,075 1,795 2,990 5,385
Note: A182 F304L not to be used over 800 °F.
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
FormulaeHydraulic Test Pressures are derived from the following formula:
Metric Units: P =
P = Pressure in bart = Wall thickness in mmD = Outside diameter in mms = Stress level. A percentage of yield strength
depending on the standard in N/mm2
e.g. 103/4 12.7 mm grade B thenP = 20 x 241 x 0.6 x 12.7/273 = 134 bar
Imperials Units: P =
P = Pressure in lbs/sq int = Wall thickness in inchesD = Outside diameter in inchess = Stress level. A percentage of yield strength
depending on the standard in lb/sq in
e.g. 103/4 0.5“ grade B thenP = 2 x 35 000 x 0.6 x 0.5/10.75 = 1950 psi
With end load compensation eg API 5L Appendix K, EN 10 208-21
Metric Units: P = 10 ·
Imperial Units: P =
AI = internal cross sectional area of pipeAP = cross sectional area of pipe wallAR = cross sectional area of ramPR = internal pressure on end sealing ram
1 For EN 10 208-2 t is the specified minimum wall thickness
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5L · ASTM A450 · A530Line Pipe
317
Fiber Stress S and max Test PressuresAPI 5LPercentage of Specified Yield Strength
Grade Size (in) Percentage of
Specified Yield Strength
Standard Test Alternate Test
A + B1 23/8 and larger 60 75
X42–X80 59/16 and 60 75
smaller
65/8 and 85/8 752 753
103/4 to 18 852 853
20 and larger 902 903
1 limited to 2500 psi (172 bar) for 3.1/2 and smallerand to 2800 psi (193 bar) for all others
2 3000 psi (207 bar) maximum3 7260 psi (500 bar) maximum < 16, 3630 psi (250 bar) >14
API 5L Test Pressures are listed on the following pages.
ASTM A450Applies to ASTM A 179, 213, 214
S = 1103 MetricS = 16000 Imperial
Outside Maximum Test Pressure
Diameter
in mm psi MPa bar
under 1 25.4 1000 7 69
1–11/2 excl. 25.4–38.1 1500 10 104
11/2–2 excl. 38.1–50.8 2000 14 138
2–3 excl. 50.8–76.2 2500 17 172
3–5 excl. 76.2–127 3500 24 241
5 and over 127 4500 31 310
ASTM A530Applies to ASTM A 106, 312, 333, 335, 358, 671, 672, 691
S = 60% minimum specified yield carbon & ferritic alloyS = 50% minimum specified yield austenitic alloy (stainless).
Maximum pressure: 2500 psi (172 bar, 17.0 MPa) for 31/2 and smaller2800 psi (193 bar, 19.0 MPa) for all others.
2 · s · t
D
PR · AR
APS –
D
2t
AI
AP–
PR · AR
APS –
D
2t
AI
AP–
20 · s · t
D
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
318
Hydraulic Test Pressure for API 5L PipeNB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
0.405 0.068 1.7 STD 48 48
10.3 0.095 2.4 STD 59 59
0.540 0.088 2.2 STD 48 48
13.7 0.119 3.0 STD 59 59
0.675 0.091 2.3 STD 48 48
17.1 0.126 3.2 STD 59 59
0.840 0.109 2.8 STD 48 48
21.3 0.147 3.7 STD 59 59
0.294 7.5 STD 69 69
1.050 0.113 2.9 STD 48 48
26.7 0.154 3.9 STD 59 59
0.308 7.8 STD 69 69
1.315 0.133 3.4 STD 48 48
33.4 0.179 4.5 STD 59 59
0.358 9.1 STD 69 69
1.660 0.140 3.6 STD 83 90
42.2 0.191 4.9 STD 124 131
0.382 9.7 STD 152 158
1.900 0.145 3.7 STD 83 90
48.3 0.200 5.1 STD 124 131
0.400 10.2 STD 152 158
2 3/8 0.083 2.1 STD 87 101 121 132 150 161 173 187 202 207
60.3 ALT 108 126 151 166 188 202 216 234 252 288
0.109 2.8 STD 115 134 162 177 200 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 144 168 202 221 250 269 288 312 336 384
0.125 3.2 STD 132 153 185 202 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 165 172 231 252 286 307 330 357 384 439
0.141 3.6 STD 148 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 260 284 321 346 371 401 433 495
0.154 3.9 STD 161 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 281 308 348 374 402 435 469 500
0.172 4.4 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 317 347 393 422 453 490 500 500
0.188 4.8 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
319
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
2 3/8 ALT 172 172 346 379 429 461 494 500 500 500
60.3 0.218 5.5 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 397 434 491 500 500 500 500 500
0.250 6.4 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 462 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.281 7.1 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.436 11.1 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
2 7/8 0.083 2.1 STD 71 83 100 109 124 133 143 155 167 190
73.0 ALT 89 104 125 137 155 167 179 193 208 238
0.109 2.8 STD 95 111 133 146 165 178 191 206 207 207
ALT 119 139 167 182 207 222 238 258 278 318
0.125 3.2 STD 109 127 153 167 189 203 207 207 207 207
ALT 136 158 191 208 236 254 272 295 318 363
0.141 3.6 STD 122 143 172 188 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 153 172 215 234 266 286 306 331 357 408
0.156 4.0 STD 136 158 191 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 170 172 238 261 295 317 340 368 395 454
0.172 4.4 STD 150 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 262 287 325 349 374 405 437 499
0.188 4.8 STD 163 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 286 313 354 381 408 442 476 500
0.203 5.2 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 310 339 384 412 442 479 500 500
0.216 5.5 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 328 358 406 436 468 500 500 500
0.250 6.4 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 381 417 472 500 500 500 500 500
0.276 7.0 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 417 456 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.552 14.0 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
3 1/2 0.083 2.1 STD 59 68 82 90 102 109 117 127 137 157
88.9 ALT 73 85 103 112 127 137 147 159 171 196
0.109 2.8 STD 78 91 110 120 136 146 156 169 183 207
ALT 98 114 137 150 170 182 196 212 228 261
0.125 3.2 STD 89 104 125 137 155 167 179 194 207 207
ALT 112 130 157 171 194 208 224 242 261 298
0.141 3.6 STD 101 117 141 154 174 188 201 207 207 207
ALT 126 146 176 193 218 234 251 272 293 335
0.156 4.0 STD 112 130 157 171 194 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
320
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
3 1/2 ALT 140 163 196 214 242 261 279 302 326 373
88.9 0.172 4.4 STD 123 143 172 188 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 154 172 215 235 267 287 307 333 359 410
0.188 4.8 STD 134 156 188 205 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 168 172 235 257 291 313 335 363 391 447
0.216 5.5 STD 154 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 269 294 333 358 384 416 448 500
0.250 6.4 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 313 342 388 417 447 484 500 500
0.281 7.1 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 347 380 430 462 496 500 500 500
0.300 7.6 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 372 407 460 495 500 500 500 500
0.600 15.2 STD 172 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 172 172 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
4 0.083 2.1 STD 51 60 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
101.6 ALT 64 75 90 98 111 120 128 139 150 171
0.109 2.8 STD 68 80 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 183
ALT 86 100 120 131 148 160 171 185 200 228
0.125 3.2 STD 78 91 110 120 136 146 156 169 183 207
ALT 98 114 137 150 170 182 196 212 228 261
0.141 3.6 STD 88 102 123 135 153 164 176 190 205 207
ALT 110 128 154 168 191 205 220 238 257 293
0.156 4.0 STD 98 114 137 150 170 182 196 207 207 207
ALT 122 142 171 187 212 228 244 265 285 326
0.172 4.4 STD 108 125 151 165 187 201 207 207 207 207
ALT 134 157 188 206 233 251 269 291 314 359
0.188 4.8 STD 117 137 164 180 204 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 147 171 206 225 254 274 293 317 342 391
0.226 5.7 STD 139 162 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 174 193 244 267 302 325 348 377 406 465
0.250 6.4 STD 156 182 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 274 300 339 365 391 423 456 500
0.281 7.1 STD 174 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 304 332 376 405 434 470 500 500
0.318 8.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 347 379 426 462 495 500 500 500
4 1/2 0.083 2.1 STD 46 53 64 70 79 85 91 99 106 122
114.3 ALT 57 66 80 87 99 106 114 123 133 152
0.125 3.2 STD 70 81 97 106 121 130 139 151 162 185
ALT 87 101 122 133 151 162 174 188 203 232
0.141 3.6 STD 78 91 110 120 136 146 156 169 183 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
321
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
4 1/2 ALT 98 114 137 150 170 182 196 212 228 261
114.3 0.156 4.0 STD 87 101 122 133 151 162 174 188 203 207
ALT 109 127 152 166 188 203 217 235 254 290
0.172 4.4 STD 96 111 134 146 166 178 191 207 207 207
ALT 120 139 167 183 207 223 239 259 279 319
0.188 4.8 STD 104 121 146 160 181 195 207 207 207 207
ALT 130 152 183 200 226 243 261 282 304 348
0.203 5.2 STD 113 132 158 173 196 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 141 164 198 216 245 263 283 306 330 377
0.219 5.6 STD 122 142 170 186 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 152 177 213 233 264 284 304 329 355 406
0.237 6.0 STD 130 152 183 200 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 163 190 228 250 283 304 326 353 380 435
0.250 6.4 STD 139 162 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 174 193 244 266 302 324 348 376 406 464
0.281 7.1 STD 154 180 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 270 295 335 360 386 417 450 500
0.312 7.9 STD 172 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 301 329 372 400 429 464 500 500
0.337 8.6 STD 187 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 327 358 405 436 467 500 500 500
0.438 11.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 422 462 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.531 13.5 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.674 17.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 50
5 9/16 0.083 2.1 STD 37 43 52 57 64 69 74 80 86 98
141.3 ALT 46 54 65 71 80 86 92 100 108 123
0.125 3.2 STD 56 65 79 86 98 105 113 122 131 150
ALT 70 82 99 108 122 131 141 152 164 188
0.156 4.0 STD 70 82 99 108 122 131 141 152 164 188
ALT 88 102 123 135 152 164 176 190 205 234
0.188 4.8 STD 84 98 118 129 146 157 169 183 197 207
ALT 105 123 148 162 183 197 211 228 246 281
0.219 5.6 STD 98 115 138 151 171 184 197 207 207 207
ALT 123 143 172 188 213 229 246 266 287 328
0.258 6.6 STD 116 135 163 178 201 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 145 169 203 222 252 270 290 314 338 387
0.281 7.1 STD 125 145 175 191 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 156 182 219 239 271 291 312 338 364 416
0.312 7.9 STD 139 162 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 174 193 243 266 301 324 347 376 405 463
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
322
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
5 9/16 0.344 8.7 STD 153 178 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
141.3 ALT 191 193 268 293 332 356 382 414 446 500
0.375 9.5 STD 167 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 292 320 362 389 418 452 487 500
0.500 12.7 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 391 427 484 500 500 500 500 500
0.625 15.9 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 489 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.750 19.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
6 5/8 0.083 2.1 STD 31 36 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
168.3 ALT 39 45 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
0.109 2.8 STD 41 48 72 79 90 96 103 112 121 138
ALT 52 60 72 79 90 96 103 112 121 138
0.125 3.2 STD 47 55 83 90 102 110 118 128 138 157
ALT 59 69 83 90 102 110 118 128 138 157
0.141 3.6 STD 53 62 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
ALT 66 77 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
0.156 4.0 STD 59 69 103 113 128 138 148 160 172 197
ALT 74 86 103 113 128 138 148 160 172 197
0.172 4.4 STD 65 76 114 124 141 151 162 176 189 207
ALT 81 95 114 124 141 151 162 176 189 216
0.188 4.8 STD 71 82 124 136 154 165 177 192 207 207
ALT 89 103 124 136 154 165 177 192 207 236
0.203 5.2 STD 77 89 134 147 166 179 192 207 207 207
ALT 96 112 134 147 166 179 192 208 224 256
0.219 5.6 STD 83 96 145 158 179 193 207 207 207 207
ALT 103 120 145 158 179 193 207 224 241 276
0.250 6.4 STD 94 110 165 181 205 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 118 137 165 181 205 220 236 256 276 315
0.280 7.1 STD 105 122 184 201 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 131 153 184 201 227 244 262 283 306 349
0.312 7.9 STD 117 136 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 146 170 204 223 253 272 291 315 340 389
0.344 8.7 STD 128 149 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 161 187 225 246 278 299 321 347 375 428
0.375 9.5 STD 140 163 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 175 193 246 268 304 327 351 379 409 467
0.432 11.0 STD 162 189 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 284 311 352 378 406 439 474 500
0.500 12.7 STD 187 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 328 359 406 437 469 500 500 500
0.562 14.3 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
323
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
6 5/8 ALT 193 193 370 404 458 492 500 500 500 500
168.3 0.625 15.9 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 411 449 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.719 18.3 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 473 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.750 19.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 494 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.864 21.9 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.875 22.2 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
8 5/8 0.125 3.2 STD 36 42 64 69 79 85 91 98 106 121
219.1 ALT 45 53 64 69 79 85 91 98 106 121
0.156 4.0 STD 45 53 79 87 98 106 113 123 132 151
ALT 57 66 79 87 98 106 113 123 132 151
0.188 4.8 STD 54 63 95 104 118 127 136 147 159 181
ALT 68 79 95 104 118 127 136 147 159 181
0.203 5.2 STD 59 69 103 113 128 137 147 159 172 197
ALT 74 86 103 113 128 137 147 159 172 197
0.219 5.6 STD 63 74 111 122 138 148 159 172 185 207
ALT 79 92 111 122 138 148 159 172 185 212
0.250 6.4 STD 73 84 127 139 157 169 181 196 207 207
ALT 91 106 127 139 157 169 181 196 212 242
0.277 7.0 STD 79 92 139 152 172 185 198 207 207 207
ALT 99 115 139 152 172 185 198 215 231 265
0.312 7.9 STD 90 104 157 171 194 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 112 130 157 171 194 209 224 242 261 299
0.322 8.2 STD 93 108 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 116 135 163 178 202 217 232 252 271 310
0.344 8.7 STD 99 115 173 189 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 123 144 173 189 214 230 247 267 288 329
0.375 9.5 STD 108 125 189 206 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 135 157 189 206 233 251 269 291 314 359
0.438 11.1 STD 126 147 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 157 183 220 241 273 293 315 340 367 419
0.500 12.7 STD 144 168 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 180 193 252 276 312 336 360 390 420 480
0.562 14.3 STD 162 189 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 284 310 351 378 405 439 473 500
0.625 15.9 STD 180 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 316 345 391 420 451 488 500 500
0.719 18.3 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 363 397 450 484 500 500 500 500
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
324
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
8 5/8 0.750 19.1 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
219.1 ALT 193 193 379 415 469 500 500 500 500 500
0.812 20.6 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 409 447 500 500 500 500 500 500
0.875 22.2 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 441 482 500 500 500 500 500 500
1.000 25.4 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
10 3/4 0.156 4.0 STD 36 42 72 79 89 96 103 112 120 137
273.1 ALT 45 53 72 79 89 96 103 112 120 137
0.188 4.8 STD 44 51 87 95 107 115 124 134 144 165
ALT 55 64 87 95 107 115 124 134 144 165
0.203 5.2 STD 47 55 94 103 116 125 134 145 156 179
ALT 59 69 94 103 116 125 134 145 156 179
0.219 5.6 STD 51 59 101 111 125 135 144 156 168 192
ALT 64 74 101 111 125 135 144 156 168 192
0.250 6.4 STD 58 68 116 126 143 154 165 178 192 207
ALT 73 85 116 126 143 154 165 178 192 220
0.279 7.1 STD 65 75 128 140 159 171 183 198 207 207
ALT 81 94 128 140 159 171 183 198 213 244
0.307 7.8 STD 71 83 141 154 174 187 201 207 207 207
ALT 89 103 141 154 174 187 201 218 235 268
0.344 8.7 STD 79 92 157 172 194 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 99 115 157 172 194 209 224 243 262 299
0.365 9.3 STD 85 98 168 184 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 106 123 168 184 208 223 240 259 280 320
0.438 11.1 STD 101 118 200 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 126 147 200 219 248 267 286 310 334 381
0.500 12.7 STD 116 134 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 144 168 229 251 284 305 327 354 382 436
0.562 14.3 STD 130 151 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 163 189 258 282 320 344 369 399 430 491
0.625 15.9 STD 145 168 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 181 193 287 314 355 382 410 443 478 500
0.719 18.3 STD 166 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 330 361 409 440 472 500 500 500
0.812 20.6 STD 187 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 372 406 460 495 500 500 500 500
0.875 22.2 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 401 438 496 500 500 500 500 500
0.938 23.8 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 430 470 500 500 500 500 500 500
1.000 25.4 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
325
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
10 3/4 ALT 193 193 459 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
273.1 1.250 31.8 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
12 3/4 0.172 4.4 STD 34 39 67 73 83 89 96 103 112 127
323.9 ALT 42 49 67 73 83 89 96 103 112 127
0.188 4.8 STD 37 43 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
ALT 46 54 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
0.203 5.2 STD 40 46 79 87 98 105 113 122 132 151
ALT 50 58 79 87 98 105 113 122 132 151
0.219 5.6 STD 43 50 85 93 106 113 122 132 142 162
ALT 54 63 85 93 106 113 122 132 142 162
0.250 6.4 STD 49 57 97 106 121 130 139 150 162 185
ALT 61 71 97 106 121 130 139 150 162 185
0.281 7.1 STD 54 63 108 118 134 144 154 167 180 206
ALT 68 79 108 118 134 144 154 167 180 206
0.312 7.9 STD 61 71 120 131 149 160 172 186 200 207
ALT 76 88 120 131 149 160 172 186 200 229
0.330 8.4 STD 64 75 128 140 158 170 183 198 207 207
ALT 81 94 128 140 158 170 183 198 213 243
0.344 8.7 STD 67 78 132 145 164 176 189 205 207 207
ALT 83 97 132 145 164 176 189 205 221 252
0.375 9.5 STD 73 85 145 158 179 192 206 207 207 207
ALT 91 106 145 158 179 192 206 223 241 275
0.406 10.3 STD 79 92 157 171 194 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 99 115 157 171 194 209 224 242 261 298
0.438 11.1 STD 85 99 169 185 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 106 124 169 185 209 225 241 261 281 322
0.500 12.7 STD 97 113 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 122 142 193 211 239 257 276 299 322 368
0.562 14.3 STD 110 128 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 137 160 218 238 269 290 311 336 363 414
0.625 15.9 STD 122 142 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 152 177 242 265 300 322 345 374 403 461
0.688 17.5 STD 134 156 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 168 193 266 291 330 355 380 411 444 500
0.750 19.1 STD 146 171 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 183 193 291 318 360 387 415 449 484 500
0.812 20.6 STD 158 184 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 314 343 388 417 448 484 500 500
0.875 22.2 STD 170 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 338 369 418 450 482 500 500 500
0.938 23.8 STD 183 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 362 396 448 482 500 500 500 500
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
326
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
12 3/4 1.000 25.4 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
323.9 ALT 193 193 387 423 479 500 500 500 500 500
1.062 27.0 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 411 449 500 500 500 500 500 500
1.125 28.6 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 435 476 500 500 500 500 500 500
1.250 31.8 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 484 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
14 0.188 4.8 STD 34 39 67 73 82 89 95 103 111 127
355.6 ALT 42 49 67 73 82 89 95 103 111 127
0.203 5.2 STD 36 42 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
ALT 45 53 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
0.210 5.3 STD 37 43 73 80 91 98 105 114 122 140
ALT 46 54 73 80 91 98 105 114 122 140
0.219 5.6 STD 39 46 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
ALT 49 57 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
0.250 6.4 STD 45 52 89 97 110 118 127 137 148 169
ALT 56 65 89 97 110 118 127 137 148 169
0.281 7.1 STD 50 58 98 108 122 131 141 152 164 187
ALT 62 72 98 108 122 131 141 152 164 187
0.312 7.9 STD 55 64 110 120 136 146 156 169 182 207
ALT 69 80 110 120 136 146 156 169 182 208
0.344 8.7 STD 61 71 121 132 150 161 173 187 201 207
ALT 76 88 121 132 150 161 173 187 201 230
0.375 9.5 STD 66 77 132 144 163 175 188 203 207 207
ALT 83 97 132 144 163 175 188 203 219 251
0.406 10.3 STD 72 84 143 156 177 190 204 207 207 207
ALT 90 105 143 156 177 190 204 221 238 272
0.438 11.1 STD 78 90 154 168 191 205 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 154 168 191 205 220 238 256 293
0.469 11.9 STD 83 97 165 180 204 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 104 121 165 180 204 220 236 255 275 314
0.500 12.7 STD 89 103 176 192 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 111 129 176 192 218 234 251 272 293 335
0.562 14.3 STD 100 116 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 124 145 198 217 245 264 283 306 330 377
0.625 15.9 STD 111 129 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 139 162 220 241 273 293 315 341 367 420
0.688 17.5 STD 122 142 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 153 178 243 265 300 323 346 375 404 462
0.750 19.1 STD 133 155 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 167 193 265 289 328 352 378 409 441 500
0.812 20.6 STD 144 168 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
327
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
14 ALT 180 193 286 312 354 380 408 441 476 500
355.6 0.875 22.2 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 308 336 381 410 439 475 500 500
0.938 23.8 STD 166 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 330 361 408 439 471 500 500 500
1.000 25.4 STD 177 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 352 385 436 469 500 500 500 500
1.062 27.0 STD 189 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 374 409 463 498 500 500 500 500
1.125 28.6 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 397 433 491 500 500 500 500 500
1.250 31.8 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 441 482 500 500 500 500 500 500
16 0.188 4.8 STD 29 34 58 64 72 78 83 90 97 111
406.4 ALT 37 43 58 64 72 78 83 90 97 111
0.203 5.2 STD 32 37 63 69 78 84 90 97 105 120
ALT 40 46 63 69 78 84 90 97 105 120
0.219 5.6 STD 34 40 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
ALT 43 50 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
0.250 6.4 STD 39 46 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
ALT 49 57 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
0.281 7.1 STD 43 51 86 94 107 115 123 133 143 164
ALT 54 63 86 94 107 115 123 133 143 164
0.312 7.9 STD 48 56 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 182
ALT 60 70 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 182
0.344 8.7 STD 53 62 106 115 131 140 151 163 176 201
ALT 66 77 106 115 131 140 151 163 176 201
0.375 9.5 STD 58 68 115 126 143 153 165 178 192 207
ALT 73 85 115 126 143 153 165 178 192 219
0.406 10.3 STD 63 73 125 137 155 166 178 193 207 207
ALT 79 92 125 137 155 166 178 193 208 238
0.438 11.1 STD 68 79 135 147 167 179 192 207 207 207
ALT 85 99 135 147 167 179 192 208 224 250
0.469 11.9 STD 73 85 144 158 179 192 206 207 207 207
ALT 91 106 144 158 179 192 206 223 240 250
0.500 12.7 STD 78 90 154 168 191 205 207 207 207 207
ALT 78 90 154 168 191 205 220 238 250 250
0.562 14.3 STD 87 102 173 190 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 109 127 173 190 215 231 248 250 250 250
0.625 15.9 STD 97 113 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 121 141 193 211 239 250 250 250 250 250
0.688 17.5 STD 107 125 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 134 156 212 232 250 250 250 250 250 250
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
328
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
16 0.750 19.1 STD 117 136 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
406.4 ALT 146 170 232 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 126 147 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 157 183 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 136 158 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 170 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 145 169 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 182 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 165 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 175 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 185 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 193 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
18 0.188 4.8 STD 26 30 52 57 64 69 74 80 86 99
457.0 ALT 33 38 52 57 64 69 74 80 86 99
0.219 5.6 STD 30 35 60 66 75 80 86 93 101 115
ALT 38 44 60 66 75 80 86 93 101 115
0.250 6.4 STD 35 41 69 75 85 92 99 107 115 131
ALT 43 51 69 75 85 92 99 107 115 131
0.281 7.1 STD 39 45 77 84 95 102 109 118 128 146
ALT 48 56 77 84 95 102 109 118 128 146
0.312 7.9 STD 43 50 85 93 106 113 122 132 142 162
ALT 54 62 85 93 106 113 122 132 142 162
0.344 8.7 STD 47 55 94 103 116 125 134 145 156 179
ALT 59 69 94 103 116 125 134 145 156 179
0.375 9.5 STD 52 60 102 112 127 136 146 158 171 195
ALT 65 75 102 112 127 136 146 158 171 195
0.406 10.3 STD 56 65 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 207
ALT 70 81 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 211
0.438 11.1 STD 60 70 120 131 148 159 171 185 199 207
ALT 75 88 120 131 148 159 171 185 199 228
0.469 11.9 STD 65 75 128 140 159 171 183 198 207 207
ALT 81 94 128 140 159 171 183 198 214 244
0.500 12.7 STD 69 80 137 150 170 182 196 207 207 207
ALT 86 100 137 150 170 182 196 212 228 250
0.562 14.3 STD 78 90 154 169 191 205 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 154 169 191 205 220 238 250 250
0.625 15.9 STD 86 101 172 187 207 207 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
329
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
18 ALT 108 126 172 187 212 228 245 250 250 250
457.0 0.688 17.5 STD 95 111 189 206 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 119 138 189 206 234 250 250 250 250 250
0.750 19.1 STD 104 121 206 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 130 151 206 225 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 112 130 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 140 163 222 243 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 121 140 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 151 176 239 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 129 151 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 162 188 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 138 161 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 173 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 147 171 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 183 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 164 191 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 173 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
20 0.219 5.6 STD 27 32 58 63 71 77 82 89 96 110
508.0 ALT 34 40 58 63 71 77 82 89 96 110
0.250 6.4 STD 31 36 66 72 81 88 94 102 110 125
ALT 39 46 66 72 81 88 94 102 110 125
0.281 7.1 STD 35 40 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
ALT 43 51 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
0.312 7.9 STD 39 45 81 89 100 108 116 125 135 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 100 108 116 125 135 155
0.344 8.7 STD 43 50 89 98 111 119 128 138 149 170
ALT 53 62 89 98 111 119 128 138 149 170
0.375 9.5 STD 46 54 98 107 121 130 139 151 163 186
ALT 58 68 98 107 121 130 139 151 163 186
0.406 10.3 STD 50 59 106 116 131 141 151 164 176 201
ALT 63 73 106 116 131 141 151 164 176 201
0.438 11.1 STD 54 63 114 125 141 152 163 176 190 207
ALT 68 79 114 125 141 152 163 176 190 217
0.469 11.9 STD 58 68 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 207
ALT 73 85 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 233
0.500 12.7 STD 62 72 131 143 162 174 186 202 207 207
ALT 78 90 131 143 162 174 186 202 217 248
0.562 14.3 STD 70 81 147 161 182 196 207 207 207 207
ALT 70 81 147 161 182 196 207 207 207 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
330
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
20 0.625 15.9 STD 78 91 163 179 202 207 207 207 207 207
508.0 ALT 97 113 163 179 202 217 233 250 250 250
0.688 17.9 STD 88 102 184 201 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 109 127 184 201 228 245 250 250 250 250
0.750 19.1 STD 93 109 196 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 117 136 196 215 243 250 250 250 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 101 117 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 126 147 212 231 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 109 126 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 136 158 228 249 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 116 135 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 145 169 245 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 124 145 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 155 181 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 132 154 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 165 192 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 140 163 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 175 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 148 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 185 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.312 33.3 STD 163 190 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.375 34.9 STD 171 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
22 0.219 5.6 STD 25 29 52 57 65 70 75 81 87 100
559.0 ALT 31 36 52 57 65 70 75 81 87 100
0.250 6.4 STD 28 33 60 65 74 80 85 92 100 114
ALT 36 41 60 65 74 80 85 92 100 114
0.281 7.1 STD 32 37 66 73 82 88 95 102 110 126
ALT 39 46 66 73 82 88 95 102 110 126
0.312 7.9 STD 35 41 74 81 91 98 105 114 123 140
ALT 44 51 74 81 91 98 105 114 123 140
0.344 8.7 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 135 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 135 155
0.375 9.5 STD 42 49 89 97 110 118 127 137 148 169
ALT 53 61 89 97 110 118 127 137 148 169
0.406 10.3 STD 46 53 96 105 119 128 137 149 160 183
ALT 57 67 96 105 119 128 137 149 160 183
0.438 11.1 STD 49 57 104 113 128 138 148 160 173 197
ALT 62 72 104 113 128 138 148 160 173 197
0.469 11.9 STD 53 62 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
331
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
22 ALT 66 77 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 212
559.0 0.500 12.7 STD 56 66 119 130 147 158 169 183 198 207
ALT 71 82 119 130 147 158 169 183 198 226
0.562 14.3 STD 64 74 134 146 165 178 191 206 207 207
ALT 79 92 134 146 165 178 191 206 222 250
0.625 15.9 STD 71 82 148 162 184 198 207 207 207 207
ALT 88 103 148 162 184 198 212 229 247 250
0.688 17.5 STD 78 91 163 179 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 179 202 218 233 250 250 250
0.750 19.1 STD 85 99 178 195 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 106 124 178 195 221 237 250 250 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 92 107 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 114 133 192 210 238 250 250 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 99 115 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 123 144 207 227 250 250 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 106 123 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 132 154 222 243 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 113 131 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 141 164 237 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 120 140 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 150 175 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 127 148 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 159 185 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 134 156 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 168 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 141 165 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 177 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.312 33.3 STD 148 172 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 185 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.375 34.9 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.438 36.5 STD 162 189 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.500 38.1 STD 169 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
24 0.250 6.4 STD 26 30 55 60 68 73 78 85 91 104
610.0 ALT 33 38 55 60 68 73 78 85 91 104
0.281 7.1 STD 29 34 61 66 75 81 87 94 101 116
ALT 36 42 61 66 75 81 87 94 101 116
0.312 7.9 STD 32 37 68 74 84 90 96 104 113 129
ALT 40 47 68 74 84 90 96 104 113 129
0.344 8.7 STD 35 41 74 81 92 99 106 115 124 142
ALT 44 52 74 81 92 99 106 115 124 142
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
332
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
24 0.375 9.5 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 135 155
610.0 ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 135 155
0.406 10.3 STD 42 49 88 96 109 117 126 136 147 168
ALT 52 61 88 96 109 117 126 136 147 168
0.438 11.1 STD 45 53 95 104 118 126 135 147 158 181
ALT 57 66 95 104 118 126 135 147 158 181
0.469 11.9 STD 48 56 102 111 126 136 145 157 170 194
ALT 61 71 102 111 126 136 145 157 170 194
0.500 12.7 STD 52 60 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
ALT 65 75 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
0.562 14.3 STD 58 68 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 207
ALT 73 85 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 233
0.625 15.9 STD 65 75 136 149 168 181 194 207 207 207
ALT 81 94 136 149 168 181 194 210 227 250
0.688 17.5 STD 71 83 150 164 185 199 207 207 207 207
ALT 89 104 150 164 185 199 214 231 249 250
0.750 19.1 STD 78 91 163 179 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 179 202 218 233 250 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 84 98 176 193 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 105 122 176 193 218 235 250 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 90 105 190 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 113 132 190 208 235 250 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 97 113 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 121 141 204 223 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 103 120 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 129 151 217 238 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 110 128 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 137 160 231 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 116 136 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 146 169 245 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 123 143 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 154 179 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 129 151 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 162 188 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.312 33.3 STD 136 158 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 170 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.375 34.9 STD 142 165 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 178 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.438 36.5 STD 149 173 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 186 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.500 38.1 STD 155 181 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.562 39.7 STD 162 188 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 193 193 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
333
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
26 0.250 6.4 STD 24 28 51 55 63 67 72 78 84 96
660.0 ALT 30 35 51 55 63 67 72 78 84 96
0.281 7.1 STD 27 31 56 61 70 75 80 87 94 107
ALT 33 39 56 61 70 75 80 87 94 107
0.312 7.9 STD 30 35 62 68 77 83 89 97 104 119
ALT 37 43 62 68 77 83 89 97 104 119
0.344 8.7 STD 33 38 69 75 85 92 98 106 115 131
ALT 41 48 69 75 85 92 98 106 115 131
0.375 9.5 STD 36 42 75 82 93 100 107 116 125 143
ALT 45 52 75 82 93 100 107 116 125 143
0.406 10.3 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
0.438 11.1 STD 42 49 88 96 109 117 125 136 146 167
ALT 52 61 88 96 109 117 125 136 146 167
0.469 11.9 STD 45 52 94 103 117 125 134 145 157 179
ALT 56 65 94 103 117 125 134 145 157 179
0.500 12.7 STD 48 56 100 110 124 134 143 155 167 191
ALT 60 70 100 110 124 134 143 155 167 191
0.562 14.3 STD 54 63 113 124 140 151 161 175 188 207
ALT 67 78 113 124 140 151 161 175 188 207
0.625 15.9 STD 60 70 126 137 156 167 180 194 207 207
ALT 75 87 126 137 156 167 180 194 209 239
0.688 17.5 STD 66 77 138 151 171 184 198 207 207 207
ALT 82 96 138 151 171 184 198 214 231 250
0.750 19.1 STD 72 84 151 165 187 201 207 207 207 207
ALT 90 105 151 165 187 201 216 233 250 250
0.812 20.6 STD 78 90 163 178 201 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 233 250 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 84 97 176 192 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 104 122 176 192 217 234 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 90 104 188 206 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 112 130 188 206 233 250 250 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 96 111 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 119 139 201 220 249 250 250 250 250 250
28 0.250 6.4 STD 22 26 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 89
711.0 ALT 28 33 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 89
0.281 7.1 STD 25 29 52 57 65 69 74 81 87 99
ALT 31 36 52 57 65 69 74 81 87 99
0.312 7.9 STD 28 32 58 63 72 77 83 90 97 110
ALT 35 40 58 63 72 77 83 90 97 110
0.344 8.7 STD 30 35 64 70 79 85 91 99 106 122
ALT 38 44 64 70 79 85 91 99 106 122
0.375 9.5 STD 33 39 70 76 86 93 100 108 116 133
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
334
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
28 ALT 41 48 70 76 86 93 100 108 116 133
711.0 0.406 10.3 STD 36 42 76 83 94 101 108 117 126 144
ALT 45 52 76 83 94 101 108 117 126 144
0.438 11.1 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
0.469 11.9 STD 42 48 87 96 108 116 125 135 146 166
ALT 52 61 87 96 108 116 125 135 146 166
0.500 12.7 STD 44 52 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
ALT 55 65 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
0.562 14.3 STD 50 58 105 115 130 139 150 162 175 200
ALT 62 73 105 115 130 139 150 162 175 200
0.625 15.9 STD 56 65 117 128 145 155 167 180 194 207
ALT 69 81 117 128 145 155 167 180 194 222
0.688 17.5 STD 61 71 128 140 159 171 183 198 207 207
ALT 76 89 128 140 159 171 183 198 214 245
0.750 19.1 STD 67 78 140 153 174 187 200 207 207 207
ALT 83 97 140 153 174 187 200 217 234 250
0.812 20.6 STD 72 84 151 165 187 201 207 207 207 207
ALT 90 105 151 165 187 201 216 234 250 250
0.875 22.2 STD 78 90 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 250 250 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 83 97 175 191 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 104 121 175 191 216 233 249 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 89 103 186 204 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 111 129 186 204 231 248 250 250 250 250
30 0.250 6.4 STD 21 24 44 48 54 58 63 68 73 83
762.0 ALT 26 30 44 48 54 58 63 68 73 83
0.281 7.1 STD 23 27 49 53 60 65 69 75 81 93
ALT 29 34 49 53 60 65 69 75 81 93
0.312 7.9 STD 26 30 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
ALT 32 37 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
0.344 8.7 STD 28 33 60 65 74 79 85 92 99 113
ALT 35 41 60 65 74 79 85 92 99 113
0.375 9.5 STD 31 36 65 71 81 87 93 101 108 124
ALT 39 45 65 71 81 87 93 101 108 124
0.406 10.3 STD 34 39 71 77 87 94 101 109 118 134
ALT 42 49 71 77 87 94 101 109 118 134
0.438 11.1 STD 36 42 76 83 94 101 109 117 127 145
ALT 45 53 76 83 94 101 109 117 127 145
0.469 11.9 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
0.500 12.7 STD 41 48 87 95 108 116 124 134 145 166
ALT 52 60 87 95 108 116 124 134 145 166
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
335
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
30 0.562 14.3 STD 47 54 98 107 121 130 140 151 163 186
762.0 ALT 58 68 98 107 121 130 140 151 163 186
0.625 15.9 STD 52 60 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
ALT 65 75 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
0.688 17.5 STD 57 66 120 131 148 160 171 185 200 207
ALT 71 83 120 131 148 160 171 185 200 228
0.750 19.1 STD 62 72 131 143 162 174 187 202 207 207
ALT 78 91 131 143 162 174 187 202 218 249
0.812 20.6 STD 67 78 141 154 175 188 201 207 207 207
ALT 84 98 141 154 175 188 201 218 235 250
0.875 22.2 STD 72 84 152 166 188 202 207 207 207 207
ALT 90 105 152 166 188 202 217 235 250 250
0.938 23.8 STD 78 90 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 233 250 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 83 96 174 190 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 104 121 174 190 215 232 248 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 88 102 185 202 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 110 128 185 202 229 246 250 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 93 109 196 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 117 136 196 214 243 250 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 98 115 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 123 143 207 226 250 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 104 121 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 130 151 218 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
32 0.250 6.4 STD 20 23 41 45 51 55 59 63 68 78
813.0 ALT 24 28 41 45 51 55 59 63 68 78
0.281 7.1 STD 22 25 46 50 56 61 65 70 76 87
ALT 27 32 46 50 56 61 65 70 76 87
0.312 7.9 STD 24 28 51 55 63 68 72 78 84 97
ALT 30 35 51 55 63 68 72 78 84 97
0.344 8.7 STD 27 31 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
ALT 33 39 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
0.375 9.5 STD 29 34 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
ALT 36 42 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
0.406 10.3 STD 31 37 66 72 82 88 94 102 110 126
ALT 39 46 66 72 82 88 94 102 110 126
0.438 11.1 STD 34 39 71 78 88 95 102 110 119 136
ALT 42 49 71 78 88 95 102 110 119 136
0.469 11.9 STD 36 42 76 84 95 102 109 118 127 145
ALT 45 53 76 84 95 102 109 118 127 145
0.500 12.7 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
ALT 49 56 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
0.562 14.3 STD 44 51 92 100 114 122 131 142 153 175
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
336
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
32 ALT 55 64 92 100 114 122 131 142 153 175
813.0 0.625 15.9 STD 49 57 102 112 126 136 146 158 170 194
ALT 61 71 102 112 126 136 146 158 170 194
0.688 17.5 STD 53 62 112 123 139 150 160 174 187 207
ALT 67 78 112 123 139 150 160 174 187 214
0.750 19.1 STD 58 68 123 134 152 163 175 189 204 207
ALT 73 85 123 134 152 163 175 189 204 233
0.812 20.6 STD 63 73 132 145 164 176 189 204 207 207
ALT 79 92 132 145 164 176 189 204 220 250
0.875 22.2 STD 68 79 143 156 176 190 203 207 207 207
ALT 85 99 143 156 176 190 203 220 237 250
0.938 23.8 STD 73 85 153 167 189 203 207 207 207 207
ALT 91 106 153 167 189 203 218 236 250 250
1.000 25.4 STD 78 90 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 233 250 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 82 96 173 189 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 103 120 173 189 215 231 247 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 87 102 184 201 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 109 127 184 201 227 244 250 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 92 107 194 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 115 134 194 212 240 250 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 97 113 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 121 141 204 223 250 250 250 250 250 250
34 0.250 6.4 STD 18 21 39 42 48 51 55 60 64 74
864.0 ALT 23 27 39 42 48 51 55 60 64 74
0.281 7.1 STD 20 24 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 82
ALT 26 30 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 82
0.312 7.9 STD 23 26 48 52 59 64 68 74 79 91
ALT 28 33 48 52 59 64 68 74 79 91
0.344 8.7 STD 25 29 53 57 65 70 75 81 88 100
ALT 31 36 53 57 65 70 75 81 88 100
0.375 9.5 STD 27 32 57 63 71 76 82 89 96 109
ALT 34 40 57 63 71 76 82 89 96 109
0.406 10.3 STD 30 34 62 68 77 83 89 96 104 118
ALT 37 43 62 68 77 83 89 96 104 118
0.438 11.1 STD 32 37 67 74 83 89 96 104 112 128
ALT 40 46 67 74 83 89 96 104 112 128
0.469 11.9 STD 34 40 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
ALT 43 50 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
0.500 12.7 STD 37 43 77 84 95 102 110 119 128 146
ALT 46 53 77 84 95 102 110 119 128 146
0.562 14.3 STD 41 48 86 94 107 115 123 133 144 164
ALT 51 60 86 94 107 115 123 133 144 164
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
337
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
34 0.625 15.9 STD 46 53 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 183
864.0 ALT 57 67 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 183
0.688 17.5 STD 50 59 106 131 130 141 151 163 176 201
ALT 63 73 106 131 130 141 151 163 176 201
0.750 19.1 STD 55 64 115 126 143 154 165 178 192 207
ALT 69 80 115 126 143 154 165 178 192 220
0.812 20.6 STD 59 69 124 136 154 166 178 192 207 207
ALT 74 86 124 136 154 166 178 192 207 237
0.875 22.2 STD 64 74 134 147 166 179 191 207 207 207
ALT 80 93 134 147 166 179 191 207 223 250
0.938 23.8 STD 68 80 144 157 178 191 205 207 207 207
ALT 86 100 144 157 178 191 205 222 239 250
1.000 25.4 STD 73 85 153 168 190 204 207 207 207 207
ALT 91 106 153 168 190 204 219 237 250 250
1.062 27.0 STD 78 90 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 233 250 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 82 96 173 189 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 103 120 173 189 214 230 247 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 87 101 182 199 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 109 126 182 199 226 243 250 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 91 106 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 114 133 192 210 238 250 250 250 250 250
36 0.250 6.4 STD 17 20 37 40 45 49 52 56 61 70
914.0 ALT 22 25 37 40 45 49 52 56 61 70
0.281 7.1 STD 19 22 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
ALT 24 28 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
0.312 7.9 STD 21 25 45 49 56 60 64 70 75 86
ALT 27 31 45 49 56 60 64 70 75 86
0.344 8.7 STD 24 28 50 54 62 66 71 77 83 95
ALT 30 34 50 54 62 66 71 77 83 95
0.375 9.5 STD 26 30 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
ALT 32 38 54 59 67 72 77 84 90 103
0.406 10.3 STD 28 33 59 64 73 78 84 91 98 112
ALT 35 41 59 64 73 78 84 91 98 112
0.438 11.1 STD 30 35 63 69 78 84 91 98 106 121
ALT 38 44 63 69 78 84 91 98 106 121
0.469 11.9 STD 32 38 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
ALT 40 47 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
0.500 12.7 STD 35 40 73 79 90 97 104 112 121 138
ALT 43 50 73 79 90 97 104 112 121 138
0.562 14.3 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
0.625 15.9 STD 43 50 91 99 112 121 130 140 151 173
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
338
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
36 ALT 54 63 91 99 112 121 130 140 151 173
914.0 0.688 17.5 STD 48 55 100 109 124 133 143 154 166 190
ALT 59 69 100 109 124 133 143 154 166 190
0.750 19.1 STD 52 60 109 119 135 145 156 169 182 207
ALT 65 76 109 119 135 145 156 169 182 208
0.812 20.6 STD 56 65 118 129 146 157 168 182 196 207
ALT 70 81 118 129 146 157 168 182 196 224
0.875 22.2 STD 60 70 127 139 157 169 181 196 207 207
ALT 75 88 127 139 157 169 181 196 211 241
0.938 23.8 STD 65 75 136 149 168 181 194 207 207 207
ALT 81 94 136 149 168 181 194 210 226 250
1.000 25.4 STD 69 80 145 159 180 193 207 207 207 207
ALT 86 100 145 159 180 193 207 224 242 250
1.062 27.0 STD 73 85 154 169 191 205 207 207 207 207
ALT 92 107 154 169 191 205 220 238 250 250
1.125 28.6 STD 78 90 163 178 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 178 202 217 233 250 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 82 96 172 188 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 103 119 172 189 214 230 246 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 86 101 182 199 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 108 126 182 199 225 242 250 250 250 250
38 0.312 7.9 STD 20 24 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 81
965.0 ALT 25 30 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 81
0.344 8.7 STD 22 26 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 90
ALT 28 33 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 90
0.375 9.5 STD 24 28 51 56 64 68 73 79 86 98
ALT 31 36 51 56 64 68 73 79 86 98
0.406 10.3 STD 27 31 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
ALT 33 39 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
0.438 11.1 STD 29 33 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
ALT 36 42 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
0.469 11.9 STD 31 36 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 123
ALT 38 45 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 123
0.500 12.7 STD 33 38 69 75 85 91 98 106 114 131
ALT 41 48 69 75 85 91 98 106 114 131
0.562 14.3 STD 37 43 77 85 96 103 110 119 129 147
ALT 46 54 77 85 96 103 110 119 129 147
0.625 15.9 STD 41 48 86 94 106 114 123 133 143 164
ALT 51 60 86 94 106 114 123 133 143 164
0.688 17.5 STD 45 52 95 103 117 126 135 146 158 180
ALT 56 66 95 103 117 126 135 146 158 180
0.750 19.1 STD 49 57 103 113 128 138 147 160 172 197
ALT 61 72 103 113 128 138 147 160 172 197
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
339
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
38 0.812 20.6 STD 53 62 111 122 138 148 159 172 186 207
965.0 ALT 66 77 111 122 138 148 159 172 186 212
0.875 22.2 STD 57 67 120 131 149 160 171 186 200 207
ALT 71 83 120 131 149 160 171 186 200 229
0.938 23.8 STD 61 71 129 141 159 171 184 199 207 207
ALT 77 89 129 141 159 171 184 199 214 245
1.000 25.4 STD 65 76 137 150 170 183 196 207 207 207
ALT 82 95 137 150 170 183 196 212 229 250
1.062 27.0 STD 70 81 146 160 181 194 207 207 207 207
ALT 87 101 146 160 181 194 209 226 243 250
1.125 28.6 STD 74 86 155 169 192 206 207 207 207 207
ALT 92 107 155 169 192 206 221 239 250 250
1.188 30.2 STD 78 91 163 179 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 179 202 217 233 250 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 82 95 172 188 207 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 102 119 172 188 213 229 246 250 250 250
40 0.312 7.9 STD 19 22 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
1016.0 ALT 24 28 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
0.344 8.7 STD 21 25 45 49 55 59 64 69 74 85
ALT 27 31 45 49 55 59 64 69 74 85
0.375 9.5 STD 23 27 49 53 60 65 70 75 81 93
ALT 29 34 49 53 60 65 70 75 81 93
0.406 10.3 STD 25 29 53 58 66 70 76 82 88 101
ALT 31 37 53 58 66 70 76 82 88 101
0.438 11.1 STD 27 32 57 62 71 76 81 88 95 109
ALT 34 39 57 62 71 76 81 88 95 109
0.469 11.9 STD 29 34 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
ALT 36 42 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
0.500 12.7 STD 31 36 65 71 81 87 93 101 109 124
ALT 39 45 65 71 81 87 93 101 109 124
0.562 14.3 STD 35 41 73 80 91 98 105 113 122 140
ALT 44 51 73 80 91 98 105 113 122 140
0.625 15.9 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
0.688 17.5 STD 43 50 90 98 111 120 128 139 150 171
ALT 53 62 90 98 111 120 128 139 150 171
0.750 19.1 STD 47 54 98 107 121 131 140 152 163 187
ALT 58 68 98 107 121 131 140 152 163 187
0.812 20.6 STD 50 59 106 116 131 141 151 164 176 201
ALT 63 73 106 116 131 141 151 164 176 201
0.875 22.2 STD 54 63 114 125 141 152 163 176 190 207
ALT 68 79 114 125 141 152 163 176 190 217
0.938 23.8 STD 58 68 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
340
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
40 ALT 73 85 122 134 151 163 175 189 204 233
1016.0 1.000 25.4 STD 62 72 131 143 162 174 186 202 207 207
ALT 78 90 131 143 162 174 186 202 207 207
1.062 27.0 STD 66 77 139 152 172 185 198 207 207 207
ALT 83 96 139 152 172 185 198 214 231 250
1.125 28.6 STD 70 81 147 161 182 196 207 207 207 207
ALT 87 102 147 161 182 196 210 227 245 250
1.188 30.2 STD 74 86 155 170 192 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 92 107 155 170 192 207 222 240 250 250
1.250 31.8 STD 78 91 163 179 202 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 97 113 163 179 202 217 233 250 250 250
42 0.344 8.7 STD 20 24 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 81
1067.0 ALT 25 29 43 47 53 57 61 66 71 81
0.375 9.5 STD 22 26 46 51 58 62 66 72 77 88
ALT 28 32 46 51 58 62 66 72 77 88
0.406 10.3 STD 24 28 50 55 62 67 72 78 84 96
ALT 30 35 50 55 62 67 72 78 84 96
0.438 11.1 STD 26 30 54 59 67 72 78 84 90 103
ALT 32 38 54 59 67 72 78 84 90 103
0.469 11.9 STD 28 32 58 64 72 77 83 90 97 111
ALT 35 40 58 64 72 77 83 90 97 111
0.500 12.7 STD 30 34 62 68 77 83 89 96 103 118
ALT 37 43 62 68 77 83 89 96 103 118
0.562 14.3 STD 33 39 70 76 87 93 100 108 117 133
ALT 42 48 70 76 87 93 100 108 117 133
0.625 15.9 STD 37 43 78 85 96 104 111 120 130 148
ALT 46 54 78 85 96 104 111 120 130 148
0.688 17.5 STD 41 47 86 94 106 114 122 132 143 163
ALT 51 59 86 94 106 114 122 132 143 163
0.750 19.1 STD 44 52 93 102 116 124 133 144 156 178
ALT 56 65 93 102 116 124 133 144 156 178
0.812 20.6 STD 48 56 101 110 125 134 144 156 168 192
ALT 60 70 101 110 125 134 144 156 168 192
0.875 22.2 STD 52 60 109 119 134 145 155 168 181 207
ALT 65 75 109 119 134 145 155 168 181 207
0.938 23.8 STD 55 65 116 127 144 155 166 180 194 207
ALT 69 81 116 127 144 155 166 180 194 222
1.000 25.4 STD 59 69 124 136 154 165 177 192 207 207
ALT 74 86 124 136 154 165 177 192 207 237
1.062 27.0 STD 63 73 132 144 164 176 189 204 207 207
ALT 79 91 132 144 164 176 189 204 207 207
1.125 28.6 STD 67 78 140 153 173 186 200 207 207 207
ALT 83 97 140 153 173 186 200 216 233 250
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
341
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
42 1.188 30.2 STD 70 82 148 162 183 197 207 207 207 207
1067.0 ALT 88 102 148 162 183 197 211 228 246 250
1.250 31.8 STD 74 86 156 170 193 207 207 207 207 207
ALT 93 108 156 170 193 207 222 240 250 250
44 0.344 8.7 STD 19 23 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
1118.0 ALT 24 28 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
0.375 9.5 STD 21 25 44 48 55 59 63 69 74 84
ALT 26 31 44 48 55 59 63 69 74 84
0.406 10.3 STD 23 27 48 53 60 64 69 74 80 92
ALT 29 33 48 53 60 64 69 74 80 92
0.438 11.1 STD 25 29 52 57 64 69 74 80 86 99
ALT 31 36 52 57 64 69 74 80 86 99
0.469 11.9 STD 26 31 56 61 69 74 79 86 93 106
ALT 33 38 56 61 69 74 79 86 93 106
0.500 12.7 STD 28 33 59 65 73 79 85 92 99 113
ALT 35 41 59 65 73 79 85 92 99 113
0.562 14.3 STD 32 37 67 73 83 89 95 103 111 127
ALT 40 46 67 73 83 89 95 103 111 127
0.625 15.9 STD 35 41 74 81 92 99 106 115 124 141
ALT 44 51 74 81 92 99 106 115 124 141
0.688 17.5 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 156
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 156
0.750 19.1 STD 42 49 89 97 110 119 127 138 149 170
ALT 53 62 89 97 110 119 127 138 149 170
0.812 20.6 STD 46 53 96 105 119 128 137 149 160 183
ALT 57 67 96 105 119 128 137 149 160 183
0.875 22.2 STD 49 57 104 113 128 138 148 160 173 197
ALT 62 72 104 113 128 138 148 160 173 197
0.938 23.8 STD 53 62 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 207
ALT 66 77 111 121 138 148 159 172 185 212
1.000 25.4 STD 56 66 119 130 147 158 169 183 198 207
ALT 71 82 119 130 147 158 169 183 198 226
1.062 27.0 STD 60 70 126 138 156 168 180 195 207 207
ALT 75 87 126 138 156 168 180 195 210 240
1.125 28.6 STD 64 74 134 146 165 178 191 206 207 207
ALT 79 92 134 146 165 178 191 206 222 250
1.188 30.2 STD 67 78 141 154 175 188 201 207 207 207
ALT 84 98 141 154 175 188 201 218 235 250
1.250 31.8 STD 71 82 148 162 184 198 207 207 207 207
ALT 88 103 148 162 184 198 212 229 247 250
46 0.344 8.7 STD 19 22 39 43 48 52 56 60 65 74
1168.0 ALT 23 27 39 43 48 52 56 60 65 74
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
342
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
46 0.375 9.5 STD 20 24 42 46 53 57 61 66 71 81
1168.0 ALT 25 29 42 46 53 57 61 66 71 81
0.406 10.3 STD 22 26 46 50 57 61 66 71 77 88
ALT 27 32 46 50 57 61 66 71 77 88
0.438 11.1 STD 24 27 50 54 61 66 71 77 83 94
ALT 30 34 50 54 61 66 71 77 83 94
0.469 11.9 STD 25 29 53 58 66 71 76 82 89 101
ALT 32 37 53 58 66 71 76 82 89 101
0.500 12.7 STD 27 31 57 62 70 76 81 88 95 108
ALT 34 39 57 62 70 76 81 88 95 108
0.562 14.3 STD 30 35 64 70 79 85 91 99 106 122
ALT 38 44 64 70 79 85 91 99 106 122
0.625 15.9 STD 34 39 71 78 88 95 101 110 118 135
ALT 42 49 71 78 88 95 101 110 118 135
0.688 17.5 STD 37 43 78 85 97 104 112 121 130 149
ALT 47 54 78 85 97 104 112 121 130 149
0.750 19.1 STD 41 47 85 93 106 114 122 132 141 162
ALT 51 59 85 93 106 114 122 132 141 162
0.812 20.6 STD 44 51 92 101 114 123 131 142 153 175
ALT 55 64 92 101 114 123 131 142 153 175
0.875 22.2 STD 47 55 99 108 123 132 142 153 165 189
ALT 59 69 99 108 123 132 142 153 165 189
0.938 23.8 STD 51 59 106 116 132 142 152 164 177 202
ALT 63 74 106 116 132 142 152 164 177 202
1.000 25.4 STD 54 63 114 124 141 151 162 175 189 207
ALT 68 79 114 124 141 151 162 175 189 216
1.062 27.0 STD 57 67 121 132 149 161 172 186 201 207
ALT 72 84 121 132 149 161 172 186 201 230
1.125 28.6 STD 61 71 128 140 158 170 182 197 207 207
ALT 76 89 128 140 158 170 182 197 213 243
1.188 30.2 STD 64 75 135 148 167 180 193 207 207 207
ALT 80 93 135 148 167 180 193 209 225 250
1.250 31.8 STD 68 79 142 155 176 189 203 207 207 207
ALT 85 98 142 155 176 189 203 220 237 250
48 0.344 8.7 STD 18 21 37 41 46 50 53 58 62 71
1219.0 ALT 22 26 37 41 46 50 53 58 62 71
0.375 9.5 STD 19 23 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
ALT 24 28 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
0.406 10.3 STD 21 24 44 48 55 59 63 68 73 84
ALT 26 31 44 48 55 59 63 68 73 84
0.438 11.1 STD 23 26 48 52 59 63 68 73 79 90
ALT 28 33 48 52 59 63 68 73 79 90
0.469 11.9 STD 24 28 51 56 63 68 73 79 85 97
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
343
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
48 ALT 30 35 51 56 63 68 73 79 85 97
1219.0 0.500 12.7 STD 26 30 54 59 67 72 78 84 91 104
ALT 32 38 54 59 67 72 78 84 91 104
0.562 14.3 STD 29 34 61 67 76 82 87 95 102 117
ALT 36 42 61 67 76 82 87 95 102 117
0.625 15.9 STD 32 38 68 74 84 91 97 105 113 130
ALT 41 47 68 74 84 91 97 105 113 130
0.688 17.5 STD 36 42 75 82 93 100 107 116 125 143
ALT 45 52 75 82 93 100 107 116 125 143
0.750 19.1 STD 39 45 81 89 101 109 117 126 136 156
ALT 49 57 81 89 101 109 117 126 136 156
0.812 20.6 STD 42 49 88 96 109 117 126 136 147 168
ALT 52 61 88 96 109 117 126 136 147 168
0.875 22.2 STD 45 53 95 104 118 127 136 147 158 181
ALT 57 66 95 104 118 127 136 147 158 181
0.938 23.8 STD 48 56 102 111 126 136 145 157 170 194
ALT 61 71 102 111 126 136 145 157 170 194
1.000 25.4 STD 52 60 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
ALT 65 75 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
1.062 27.0 STD 55 64 116 126 143 154 165 179 193 207
ALT 69 80 116 126 143 154 165 179 193 220
1.125 28.6 STD 58 68 122 134 152 163 175 189 204 207
ALT 73 85 122 134 152 163 175 189 204 233
1.188 30.2 STD 62 72 129 141 160 172 185 200 207 207
ALT 77 90 129 141 160 172 185 200 215 246
1.250 31.8 STD 65 75 136 149 169 181 194 207 207 207
ALT 81 94 136 149 169 181 194 210 227 250
52 0.375 9.5 STD 18 21 38 41 46 50 54 58 63 71
1321.0 ALT 22 26 38 41 46 50 54 58 63 71
0.406 10.3 STD 19 23 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
ALT 24 28 41 44 50 54 58 63 68 77
0.438 11.1 STD 21 24 44 48 54 58 63 68 73 83
ALT 26 30 44 48 54 58 63 68 73 83
0.469 11.9 STD 22 26 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 90
ALT 28 33 47 51 58 63 67 73 78 90
0.500 12.7 STD 24 28 50 55 62 67 72 78 84 96
ALT 30 35 50 55 62 67 72 78 84 96
0.562 14.3 STD 27 31 57 62 70 75 81 87 94 108
ALT 34 39 57 62 70 75 81 87 94 108
0.625 15.9 STD 30 35 63 69 78 84 90 97 105 120
ALT 37 44 63 69 78 84 90 97 105 120
0.688 17.5 STD 33 38 69 76 86 92 99 107 115 132
ALT 41 48 69 76 86 92 99 107 115 132
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
344
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
52 0.750 19.1 STD 36 42 75 83 93 100 108 117 126 144
1321.0 ALT 45 52 75 83 93 100 108 117 126 144
0.812 20.6 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
0.875 22.2 STD 42 49 88 96 109 117 125 136 146 167
ALT 52 61 88 96 109 117 125 136 146 167
0.938 23.8 STD 45 52 94 103 116 125 134 145 157 179
ALT 56 65 94 103 116 125 134 145 157 179
1.000 25.4 STD 48 56 100 110 124 134 143 155 167 191
ALT 60 70 100 110 124 134 143 155 167 191
1.062 27.0 STD 51 59 107 117 132 142 152 165 178 203
ALT 63 74 107 117 132 142 152 165 178 203
1.125 28.6 STD 54 63 113 124 140 150 161 175 188 207
ALT 67 78 113 124 140 150 161 175 188 215
1.188 30.2 STD 57 66 119 130 148 159 170 184 199 207
ALT 71 83 119 130 148 159 170 184 199 227
1.250 31.8 STD 60 70 126 137 156 167 179 194 207 207
ALT 75 87 126 137 156 167 179 194 209 239
56 0.375 9.5 STD 17 19 35 38 43 46 50 54 58 66
1422.0 ALT 21 24 35 38 43 46 50 54 58 66
0.406 10.3 STD 18 21 38 41 47 50 54 58 63 72
ALT 22 26 38 41 47 50 54 58 63 72
0.438 11.1 STD 19 23 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
ALT 24 28 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
0.469 11.9 STD 21 24 44 48 54 58 62 67 73 83
ALT 26 30 44 48 54 58 62 67 73 83
0.500 12.7 STD 22 26 47 51 58 62 67 72 78 89
ALT 28 32 47 51 58 62 67 72 78 89
0.562 14.3 STD 25 29 52 57 65 70 75 81 87 100
ALT 31 36 52 57 65 70 75 81 87 100
0.625 15.9 STD 28 32 58 64 72 78 83 90 97 111
ALT 35 40 58 64 72 78 83 90 97 111
0.688 17.5 STD 31 36 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 122
ALT 38 44 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 122
0.750 19.1 STD 33 39 70 77 87 93 100 108 117 133
ALT 42 49 70 77 87 93 100 108 117 133
0.812 20.6 STD 36 42 76 83 94 101 108 117 126 144
ALT 45 52 76 83 94 101 108 117 126 144
0.875 22.2 STD 39 45 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 81 89 101 108 116 126 136 155
0.938 23.8 STD 42 48 87 96 108 116 125 135 146 166
ALT 52 61 87 96 108 116 125 135 146 166
1.000 25.4 STD 44 52 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
345
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
56 ALT 55 65 93 102 115 124 133 144 155 177
1422.0 1.062 27.0 STD 47 55 99 108 123 132 141 153 165 189
ALT 59 69 99 108 123 132 141 153 165 189
1.125 28.6 STD 50 58 105 115 130 140 150 162 175 200
ALT 62 73 105 115 130 140 150 162 175 200
1.188 30.2 STD 53 61 111 121 137 148 158 171 185 207
ALT 66 77 111 121 137 148 158 171 185 211
1.250 31.8 STD 56 65 117 128 145 155 167 180 194 207
ALT 69 81 117 128 145 155 167 180 194 222
60 0.375 9.5 STD 15 18 33 36 40 43 46 50 54 62
1524.0 ALT 19 23 33 36 40 43 46 50 54 62
0.406 10.3 STD 17 20 35 39 44 47 50 55 59 67
ALT 21 24 35 39 44 47 50 55 59 67
0.438 11.1 STD 18 21 38 42 47 51 54 59 63 72
ALT 23 26 38 42 47 51 54 59 63 72
0.469 11.9 STD 19 23 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
ALT 24 28 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
0.500 12.7 STD 21 24 44 48 54 58 62 67 72 83
ALT 26 30 44 48 54 58 62 67 72 83
0.562 14.3 STD 23 27 49 54 61 65 70 76 82 93
ALT 29 34 49 54 61 65 70 76 82 93
0.625 15.9 STD 26 30 54 60 67 72 78 84 91 104
ALT 32 38 54 60 67 72 78 84 91 104
0.688 17.5 STD 29 33 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
ALT 36 42 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
0.750 19.1 STD 31 36 65 72 81 87 93 101 109 125
ALT 39 45 65 72 81 87 93 101 109 125
0.812 20.6 STD 34 39 71 77 87 94 101 109 118 134
ALT 42 49 71 77 87 94 101 109 118 134
0.875 22.2 STD 36 42 76 83 94 101 109 118 127 145
ALT 45 53 76 83 94 101 109 118 127 145
0.938 23.8 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
ALT 48 56 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
1.000 25.4 STD 41 48 87 95 108 116 124 134 145 166
ALT 52 60 87 95 108 116 124 134 145 166
1.062 27.0 STD 44 51 92 101 114 123 132 143 154 176
ALT 55 64 92 101 114 123 132 143 154 176
1.125 28.6 STD 47 54 98 107 121 130 140 151 163 186
ALT 58 68 98 107 121 130 140 151 163 186
1.188 30.2 STD 49 57 103 113 128 138 148 160 172 197
ALT 62 72 103 113 128 138 148 160 172 197
1.250 31.8 STD 52 60 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
ALT 65 75 109 119 135 145 155 168 181 207
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
346
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
64 0.375 9.5 STD 15 17 30 33 38 41 44 47 51 58
1626.0 ALT 18 21 30 33 38 41 44 47 51 58
0.406 10.3 STD 16 18 33 36 41 44 47 51 55 63
ALT 20 23 33 36 41 44 47 51 55 63
0.438 11.1 STD 17 20 36 39 44 47 51 55 59 68
ALT 21 25 36 39 44 47 51 55 59 68
0.469 11.9 STD 18 21 38 42 47 51 55 59 64 73
ALT 23 26 38 42 47 51 55 59 64 73
0.500 12.7 STD 19 23 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
ALT 24 28 41 45 50 54 58 63 68 78
0.562 14.3 STD 22 25 46 50 57 61 66 71 76 87
ALT 27 32 46 50 57 61 66 71 76 87
0.625 15.9 STD 24 28 51 56 63 68 73 79 85 97
ALT 30 35 51 56 63 68 73 79 85 97
0.688 17.5 STD 27 31 56 61 70 75 80 87 94 107
ALT 33 39 56 61 70 75 80 87 94 107
0.750 19.1 STD 29 34 61 67 76 82 88 95 102 117
ALT 36 42 61 67 76 82 88 95 102 117
0.812 20.6 STD 31 37 66 72 82 88 94 102 110 126
ALT 39 46 66 72 82 88 94 102 110 126
0.875 22.2 STD 34 39 71 78 88 95 102 110 119 136
ALT 42 49 71 78 88 95 102 110 119 136
0.938 23.8 STD 36 42 76 84 95 102 109 118 127 145
ALT 45 53 76 84 95 102 109 118 127 145
1.000 25.4 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
ALT 49 56 82 89 101 109 116 126 136 155
1.062 27.0 STD 41 48 87 95 107 115 124 134 144 165
ALT 52 60 87 95 107 115 124 134 144 165
1.125 28.6 STD 44 51 92 100 114 122 131 142 153 175
ALT 55 64 92 100 114 122 131 142 153 175
1.188 30.2 STD 46 54 97 106 120 129 138 150 161 185
ALT 58 67 97 106 120 129 138 150 161 185
1.250 31.8 STD 49 57 102 112 126 136 146 158 170 194
ALT 61 71 102 112 126 136 146 158 170 194
68 0.469 11.9 STD 17 20 36 39 45 48 51 56 60 68
1727.0 ALT 21 25 36 39 45 48 51 56 60 68
0.500 12.7 STD 18 21 38 42 48 51 55 59 64 73
ALT 23 27 38 42 48 51 55 59 64 73
0.562 14.3 STD 21 24 43 47 54 58 62 67 72 82
ALT 26 30 43 47 54 58 62 67 72 82
0.625 15.9 STD 23 27 48 53 59 64 69 74 80 91
ALT 29 33 48 53 59 64 69 74 80 91
0.688 17.5 STD 25 29 53 58 65 70 76 81 88 101
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
347
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
68 ALT 31 37 53 58 65 70 76 81 88 101
1727.0 0.750 19.1 STD 27 32 58 63 71 77 82 89 96 110
ALT 34 40 58 63 71 77 82 89 96 110
0.812 20.6 STD 30 34 62 68 77 83 89 96 104 119
ALT 37 43 62 68 77 83 89 96 104 119
0.875 22.2 STD 32 37 67 73 83 89 96 104 112 128
ALT 40 46 67 73 83 89 96 104 112 128
0.938 23.8 STD 34 40 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
ALT 43 50 72 79 89 96 103 111 120 137
1.000 25.4 STD 37 43 77 84 95 102 110 119 128 146
ALT 46 53 77 84 95 102 110 119 128 146
1.062 27.0 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
1.125 28.6 STD 41 48 86 94 107 115 123 134 144 165
ALT 51 60 86 94 107 115 123 134 144 165
1.188 30.2 STD 43 51 91 100 113 121 130 141 152 174
ALT 54 63 91 100 113 121 130 141 152 174
1.250 31.8 STD 46 53 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 183
ALT 57 67 96 105 119 128 137 148 160 183
72 0.500 12.7 STD 17 20 36 40 45 48 52 56 60 69
1829.0 ALT 22 25 36 40 45 48 52 56 60 69
0.562 14.3 STD 19 23 41 45 51 54 58 63 68 78
ALT 24 28 41 45 51 54 58 63 68 78
0.625 15.9 STD 22 25 45 50 56 60 65 70 76 86
ALT 27 31 45 50 56 60 65 70 76 86
0.688 17.5 STD 24 28 50 55 62 66 71 77 83 95
ALT 30 35 50 55 62 66 71 77 83 95
0.750 19.1 STD 26 30 55 60 67 73 78 84 91 104
ALT 32 38 55 60 67 73 78 84 91 104
0.812 20.6 STD 28 33 59 64 73 78 84 91 98 112
ALT 35 41 59 64 73 78 84 91 98 112
0.875 22.2 STD 30 35 63 69 78 84 90 98 106 121
ALT 38 44 63 69 78 84 90 98 106 121
0.938 23.8 STD 32 38 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
ALT 40 47 68 74 84 90 97 105 113 129
1.000 25.4 STD 34 40 72 79 90 96 103 112 121 138
ALT 43 50 72 79 90 96 103 112 121 138
1.062 27.0 STD 37 43 77 84 95 103 110 119 128 147
ALT 46 53 77 84 95 103 110 119 128 147
1.125 28.6 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
1.188 30.2 STD 41 48 86 94 107 115 123 133 144 164
ALT 51 60 86 94 107 115 123 133 144 164
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
348
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
72 1.250 31.8 STD 43 50 91 99 112 121 130 140 151 173
1829.0 ALT 54 63 91 99 112 121 130 140 151 173
76 0.500 12.7 STD 16 19 34 38 43 46 49 53 57 65
1930.0 ALT 20 24 34 38 43 46 49 53 57 65
0.562 14.3 STD 18 21 39 42 48 51 55 60 64 74
ALT 23 27 39 42 48 51 55 60 64 74
0.625 15.9 STD 20 24 43 47 53 57 61 66 72 82
ALT 26 30 43 47 53 57 61 66 72 82
0.688 17.5 STD 23 26 47 52 59 63 68 73 79 90
ALT 28 33 47 52 59 63 68 73 79 90
0.750 19.1 STD 25 29 52 56 64 69 74 80 86 98
ALT 31 36 52 56 64 69 74 80 86 98
0.812 20.6 STD 27 31 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
ALT 33 39 56 61 69 74 80 86 93 106
0.875 22.2 STD 29 33 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
ALT 36 42 60 66 74 80 86 93 100 114
0.938 23.8 STD 31 36 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 123
ALT 38 45 64 70 80 86 92 99 107 123
1.000 25.4 STD 33 38 69 75 85 91 98 106 114 131
ALT 41 48 69 75 85 91 98 106 114 131
1.062 27.0 STD 35 40 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
ALT 43 51 73 80 90 97 104 113 122 139
1.125 28.6 STD 37 43 77 85 96 103 110 119 129 147
ALT 46 54 77 85 96 103 110 119 129 147
1.188 30.2 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
1.250 31.8 STD 41 48 86 94 106 114 123 133 143 164
ALT 51 60 86 94 106 114 123 133 143 164
80 0.562 14.3 STD 17 20 37 40 45 49 52 57 61 70
2032.0 ALT 22 25 37 40 45 49 52 57 61 70
0.625 15.9 STD 19 23 41 45 51 54 58 63 68 78
ALT 24 28 41 45 51 54 58 63 68 78
0.688 17.5 STD 21 25 45 49 56 60 64 69 75 86
ALT 27 31 45 49 56 60 64 69 75 86
0.750 19.1 STD 23 27 49 54 61 65 70 76 82 93
ALT 29 34 49 54 61 65 70 76 82 93
0.812 20.6 STD 25 29 53 58 66 70 76 82 88 101
ALT 31 37 53 58 66 70 76 82 88 101
0.875 22.2 STD 27 32 57 62 71 76 81 88 95 109
ALT 34 39 57 62 71 76 81 88 95 109
0.938 23.8 STD 29 34 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
ALT 36 42 61 67 76 81 87 94 102 116
Hydraulic Test PressureLine Pipe
API 5LTables
349
NB from 1/8 in to 80 inSize Wall Thickness Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm in mm A B X42 X46 X52 X56 X60 X65 X70 X80
80 1.000 25.4 STD 31 36 65 71 81 87 93 101 109 124
2032.0 ALT 39 45 65 71 81 87 93 101 109 124
1.062 27.0 STD 33 38 69 76 86 92 99 107 116 132
ALT 41 48 69 76 86 92 99 107 116 132
1.125 28.6 STD 35 41 73 80 91 98 105 113 122 140
ALT 44 51 73 80 91 98 105 113 122 140
1.188 30.2 STD 37 43 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
ALT 46 54 78 85 96 103 111 120 129 148
1.250 31.8 STD 39 45 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
ALT 49 57 82 89 101 109 117 126 136 155
Hydraulic Test PressureLine PipeAPI 5LTables
350
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Pressure/Temperature RatingsIndex
353
Pressure/Temperature RatingsDruck-TemperaturwerteGammes de Pressions/TémperaturesPressione/Temperature di ServizioPresiones/Temperaturas
Formulae and DesignFormeln und PlanungFormules et ConceptionFormulario e DisegnoLas Fórmulas y el Dibujo ...................................................... 354ASME B31.1 ........................................................................ 356ASME B31.3 ........................................................................ 360BS 3799 .............................................................................. 364ASME B16.5, B16.47 .......................................................... 366
For valves see page 295.
Note: this data is for general use only. The codes should be consulted when specifying material to ensure that all parameters andnotes are included in calculations. This data is useful for rough calculations and initial draft design.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsFormulae
354
Values of Ej
B31.1 B31.3
Butt weld (straight ends) 0.60 0.60
E R W 0.85 0.85
Electric or gas fusion: single butt with filler 0.80 0.80
without filler 0.85 0.80
with or without filler, with spot X-Ray 0.90
with or without filler, with 100% X-Ray 1.00 1.00
double butt with or without filler 0.90 0.85
with or without filler, with spot X-Ray 0.90
with or without filler, with 100% X-Ray 1.00 1.00
SAW or GMAW to API 5L 0.90 0.95
with 100% X-Ray 1.00
FormulaeThe following pages contain stress values at temperature for thevarious materials in this catalogue, in accordance with ASME B31.1 and B.31.3, B16.5 and B16.47 and BS 3799. For valves see section 9.
These tables can be used as a ready reference, however the codeshould be checked for exceptions and special conditions whendesigning a system.
Allowable Stresses
The allowable stress for a material is taken from the tables.In all cases the temperature is taken to be the metal temperature.
A TensionIn some cases a quality factor E must be applied to the values of S in the tables giving a usable value SE.
E = Ec x Ej x EsEc = Casting quality factor
(not applicable to materials listed overleaf)Ej = Weld quality factor (see table below)Es = Structural quality factor = 0.92
Weld Quality Factor Ej applies equally to straight seam or spiralweld.
B Shear and BearingAllowable stresses in shear shall not exceed 80% of the values in tension.Allowable stresses in bearing shall not exceed 160% of the values in tension.
C CompressionAllowable stresses in compression shall not exceed the values in tension.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsFormulae
355
Values of y for Do/ tm � 6 (B31.1) and t < D/6 (B31.3)
˚F �900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 �1250
˚C �482 510 538 566 593 621 649 �672
Ferritic steel 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
Austenitic steel 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7
Nickel Alloys UNS1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7
08800, 08810, 08825
Other ductile metals2 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
1 B31.1 2 B31.3
Values of y (B31.1) for Do/ tm > 6 for ferritic and austenitic steel designed for use �900 ˚F (480 ˚C),
Values of y (B31.3) for t � D/6 ,
PD0
2 (SE + Py)tm = + A
Pd + 2SEA + 2yPA
2 (SE + Py – P)tm =
ASME B31.1 ASME B31.3 for t < D/6
ASME B31.3 for t � D/6 or P/SE > 0.385Calculation of pressure design thickness for straight pipe requires special consideration of factors such as theory of failure,effects of fatigue, and thermal stress.
tm = minimum required thickness A = sum of threading, mechanical, corrosion and errosion allowancest = pressure design thickness (see formulae) c = sum of mechanical, corrosion and erosion allowancesP = internal design gage pressure d = pipe inside diameterD = pipe outside diameter SE = allowable stressDo = pipe outside diameter y = coefficient: see table
2. Straight pipe under external pressure: As UG-28, -29, & -30 of ASME VIII Div. I3. Pipe fittings ASME B 16.9: As for straight seamless pipe4. Pipe fittings ASME B 16.11: As for straight seamless pipe, with ASME B36.10 wall thickness for the size
and applicable schedule of pipe reduced by tolerances and otherallowances (eg threading allowance). See also BS3799 in following pages.
5. Pipe flanges ASME B 16.5; 16.47: Listed in following pages6. Valves: See section on valves in this catalogue.
Pressure Design of Piping Components1. Straight pipe under internal pressure
In all cases the minimum thickness T for the pipe selected, considering any negative tolerance in the product specification, shall benot less than tm or t.
The required thickness is calculated from the formula.
t =P (d + 2c)
2 (SE + Py – P)t =
PD
2 (SE + Py)
y =(d + 2c)
(d + Do)
y =(d + 2c)
(d + D + 2c)
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.1
356
Allowable Stresses in TensionASME B31.1 Values in ksi
Temp °F -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600
Temp °C -28.9 to 37.8 93 149 204 260 316
Specification (ASTM) Grade Min. Tensile Min.Yield
A53 · A106 · A234 · API 5L B, WCB 60 35 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
A179 47 26 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8
A214 (weld factor.85) 47 26 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9
A105 70 36 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
A106 · A234 C, WPC 70 40 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
A333 1 55 30 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8
3 65 35 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3
6 60 35 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
A350 LF2 70 36 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
A182 · A213 · A234 · A335 · A691 P1, T1, WP1 55 30 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8
CM65 65 37 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3
F1 70 40 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
T5, P5, 5CR 60 30 15.0 15.0 14.5 14.4 14.4 14.1
WP5 60 30 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.1
F5 70 40 17.5 17.5 17.0 16.8 16.8 16.5
T9, P9 60 30 15.0 15.0 14.5 14.4 14.4 14.2
F9 85 55 21.3 21.2 20.6 20.4 20.4 20.1
P11, T11, WP11 60 30 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
11/4 CR 60 35 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
F11 cl2 70 40 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
P12, T12 60 32 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
WP12 cl1 60 30 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
1CR 55 33 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8
F12 cl2 70 40 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
P22, T22, 21/4 CR WP22 60 30 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
F22 cl3 75 45 18.8 18.8 18.3 18.0 17.9 17.8
T91, P91, F91, WP91, 91 85 60 21.3 21.3 21.2 21.2 21.1 20.8
A671 · A672 CC60, B60 60 32 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
CC65, CB65, B65 65 35 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3
CC70, CB70, B70 70 38 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system.Note: No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous page.1 Applies over 1000 °F only if carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.1
357
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
343 371 399 427 454 482 510 538 566 593 621 649 677 704 732 760 788 816
15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
11.8 11.5 10.6 9.2
9.9 9.8 9.1 7.6
17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
13.8
16.3
15.0 14.4
17.5
13.8 13.8 13.8 13.5 13.1
16.3 16.3 16.3 15.8 15.3
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.1
13.9 13.7 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.0
13.9 13.7 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.0
16.3 16.0 15.4 14.9 14.1 10.8 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.0
13.9 13.7 13.2 12.3 12.1 11.4 10.6 7.4 5.0 3.3 2.2 1.5
19.7 19.4 18.7 18.1 17.1 16.2 11.0 7.4 5.0 3.3 2.2 1.5
15.0 15.0 14.8 14.4 14.0 13.6 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.6 13.7 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.6 14.0 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8
15.0 15.0 14.8 14.4 14.0 13.6 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8
13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.4 12.9 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.0 16.4 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.4 13.6 10.8 8.0 5.7 3.8
17.7 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.4 15.8 11.4 7.8 5.1 3.2
20.5 20.0 19.4 18.7 17.8 16.7 15.5 14.3 12.9 10.3 7.0 4.3
15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89 N/mm2
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.1
358
Allowable Stresses in TensionASME B31.1 Values in ksi
Temp °F -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600
Temp °C -28.9 to 37.8 93 149 204 260 316
Specification (ASTM) Grade Min. Tensile Min.Yield
A182 · A213 · A312 · A 403 3041 75 30 18.8 15.7 14.1 13.0 12.2 11.4
304H 75 30 18.8 15.7 14.1 13.0 12.2 11.4
304L 70 25 15.7 13.4 12.0 11.0 10.3 9.7
3161 75 30 18.8 16.2 14.6 13.4 12.5 11.8
316H 75 30 18.8 16.2 14.6 13.4 12.5 11.8
316L 70 25 15.7 13.3 11.9 10.8 10.0 9.4
3211 75 30 18.8 15.9 14.2 12.9 12.0 11.4
321H 75 30 18.8 15.9 14.2 12.9 12.0 11.4
3471 75 30 18.8 17.3 16.1 15.0 14.1 13.4
347H 75 30 18.8 17.3 16.1 15.0 14.1 13.4
A358 as A312 with allowance for appropriate weld factor
A193 B5 � 4” 100 80 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B6 � 4” 110 85 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2
B7 � 2 1/2” 125 105 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B7 > 2 1/2” � 4” 115 95 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0
B7 > 4” � 7” 100 75 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.8
B7M � 4” 100 80 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B8 Cl11 75 30 18.8 15.6 14.0 12.9 12.1 11.4
B8C Cl11 75 30 18.8 17.2 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.4
B8M Cl11 75 30 18.8 16.1 14.6 13.3 12.5 11.8
B8T CL11 75 30 18.8 15.9 14.1 12.9 12.0 11.3
B8,B8C,B8T cl2 �3/4” 125 100 25.0
B8,B8C,B8T cl2>3/4” � 1” 115 80 20.0
B8,B8C,B8T cl2> 1” � 11/4” 105 65 16.2
B8,B8C,B8Tcl2>1 1/4”� 1 1/2” 100 50 12.5
B8M cl2 � 3/4” 110 80 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
B8M cl2> 3/4” � 1” 100 80 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B8M cl2> 1” � 11/4” 95 75 18.8 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.2
B8M cl2>1 1/4”� 1 1/2” 90 65 18.8 16.1 14.6 13.3 12.5 12.5
B16 � 2 1/2” 125 105 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B16 > 2 1/2” � 4” 110 95 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
B16 > 4” � 7” 100 85 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
A320 L7 125 105 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
L7M 100 80 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system.Note: No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous page.1 Applies over 1000 °F only if carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.1
359
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
343 371 399 427 454 482 510 538 566 593 621 649 677 704 732 760 788 816
11.3 11.1 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.5 8.9 7.7 6.1
11.3 11.1 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.5 8.9 7.7 6.1 4.7 3.7 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.4
9.5 9.4 9.2 9.1
11.6 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.3 9.3 7.4
11.6 11.3 11.2 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.3 9.3 7.4 5.5 4.1 3.1 2.3 1.7 1.3
9.2 9.0 8.8 8.6 8.4
11.2 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.4 9.2 6.9 5.0 3.6
11.2 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.1 8.8 6.9 5.4 4.1 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.1
13.2 12.9 12.8 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.6 12.5 11.9 9.1 6.1 4.4
13.2 12.8 12.8 12.7 12.7 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.5 12.1 10.5 7.9 5.9 4.4 3.2 2.5 1.8 1.3
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.5 14.5 10.4 7.6 5.6 4.2 3.1 2.0 1.3
21.2 21.2 21.2 19.5 15.6 12.0
25.0 25.0 23.5 21.0 17.0 12.5 8.5 4.5
23.0 23.0 22.2 20.0 16.3 12.5 8.5 4.5
18.8 18.8 18.8 18.0 16.3 12.5 8.5 4.5
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.5 16.2 12.5 8.5 4.5
11.2 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.3 10.1 9.9 9.7 9.5 8.8 7.7 6.0
13.1 12.9 12.8 12.7 12.6 12.6 12.5 12.5 11.9 9.1 6.1 4.4
11.5 11.3 11.1 11.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.5 10.3 9.3 7.4
11.1 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.4 9.2 6.9 5.0 3.6
22.0 22.0 22.0
20.0 20.0 20.0
16.2 16.2 16.2
12.5 12.5 12.5
25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 23.5 20.5 16.0 11.0 6.3 2.8
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 18.5 15.3 11.0 6.3 2.8
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.8 16.7 14.3 11.0 6.3 2.8
25.0 25.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.5 16.2 12.5 8.5 4.5
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89 N/mm2
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.3
360
Allowable Stresses in TensionASME B31.3 Values in ksi
Temperature °F: 100 200 300 400 500 600
Temperature °C: 37.8 93 149 204 260 316
Specification (ASTM) Grade min Tens. min Yield min T °C1 min T °F1
A53 · A106 · A234 · API 5L B, WCB 60.0 35.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9 17.3
A105 70.0 36.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 21.9 21.3 20.6 19.4 17.8
A179 47.0 26.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 15.7 15.0 14.2 13.5 12.8 12.1
A106 · A234 C, WPC 70.0 40.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.3 23.3 22.9 21.6 19.7
A333 1 55.0 30.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 18.3 18.3 17.7 17.2 16.2 14.8
3 65.0 35.0 –101˚ –150˚ 21.7 19.6 19.6 18.7 17.8 16.8
6 60.0 35.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9 17.3
A350 LF1 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.3 17.7 17.2 16.2 14.8
LF2 70.0 36.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 23.3 21.9 21.3 20.6 19.4 17.8
LF3 70.0 37.5 –101˚ –150˚ 23.3
A182 · A234 · A335 · A691 P1, WP1 55.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 18.3 18.3 17.5 16.9 16.3 15.7
CM65 65.0 37.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 21.7 21.7 21.7 20.7 20.0 19.3
F1 70.0 40.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.3 23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9
P5, WP5 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.1 17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8
5CR 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.1 17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8
F5 70.0 40.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.3 22.6 22.4 22.4 22.0
P9, WP9, 9CR 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.1 17.4 17.2 17.1 16.8
F9 85.0 55.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 28.3 28.3 27.5 27.2 27.1 26.8
P11 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.7 18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7
1 1/4 CR 60.0 35.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.7 18.9 18.3
WP11 cl1, F11 cl1 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.7 18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7
WP12 cl1,F12 cl1 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.7 18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7
WP11 cl2, F11 cl2 70.0 40.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.3 23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9
WP12 cl2,F12 cl2 70.0 40.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.3 23.3 22.5 21.7 20.9
P12 60.0 32.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.7 18.0 17.5 17.2 16.7
1CR 55.0 33.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3 17.9 17.3
P22, 2.1/4CR 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.5 18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9
WP22 cl1, F22 cl1 60.0 30.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 18.5 18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9
WP22 cl3, F22 cl3 75.0 45.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 25.0 25.0 24.5 24.1 23.9 23.8
P91, WP91, F91 85.0 55.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 28.3 28.3 27.5 27.2 27.1 26.8
A420 WPL3 65.0 35.0 –101˚ –150˚ 21.7
WPL6 60.0 35.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.9 17.3
A671 CC60 60.0 32.0 –46˚ –50˚ 20.0 19.5 18.9 18.3 17.3 15.8
A671 CC65 65.0 35.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 21.7 21.3 20.7 20.0 18.9 17.3
A671 · A6722 C65, CB65, B65 65.0 35.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 21.7 21.3 20.7 20.0 18.9 17.3
A671 CF66 65.0 35.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 21.7
A671 · A6722 C70, CB70, B70 70.0 38.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.1 22.5 21.7 20.5 18.7
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system. Figures in parenthesis ( ) mean restrictions apply.No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous pages.1 Minimum temperature increases with wall thickness for some grades.2 B65 and B70 minimum temperature -10 °C, 14 °F.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.3
361
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
343 371 399 427 454 482 510 538 566 593 621 649 677 704 732 760 788 816
17.0 16.5 13.0 10.8 (8.7) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
17.4 17.3 14.8 12.0 (9.3) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
11.8 11.5 10.6 9.2 (7.9) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
19.4 19.2 14.8 12.0
14.5 14.4 12.0 10.2 (8.3) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4 9.0 6.5 4.5 2.5 1.6 1.0
17.0 16.5 13.0 10.8 (8.7) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
14.5 14.4 13.0 10.8 (7.8) (5.0) (3.0) (1.5)
17.4 17.3 14.8 12.0 (7.8) (5.0) (3.0) (1.5)
15.4 15.1 13.8 13.5 13.2 (12.7) (8.2) (4.8) (4.0) (2.4)
19.0 18.6 16.3 15.8 15.3 (13.7) (8.2) (4.8) (4.0) (2.4)
20.5 20.1 17.5 17.5 17.1 13.7 8.2 4.8 4.0 2.4
16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.0
16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 10.9 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.8 2.0 1.3
21.7 21.3 15.4 14.8 14.1 10.9 8.0 5.8 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.0
16.6 16.3 13.2 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.6 7.4 5.0 3.3 2.2 1.5
26.3 25.8 18.7 18.1 17.1 16.2 11.0 7.4 5.0 3.3 2.2 1.5
16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8 1.9 1.2
18.0 17.6 17.3 16.8 16.3 15.0 9.9 6.3 4.2 2.8 1.9 1.2
16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8 1.9 1.2
16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8 1.8 1.1
20.5 20.1 19.1 19.2 18.7 13.7 9.3 6.3 4.2 2.8 1.9 1.2
20.5 20.1 19.7 19.2 18.7 18.0 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8 1.8 1.1
16.2 15.6 15.2 15.0 14.5 12.8 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8 1.8 1.1
16.9 16.6 16.3 15.9 15.4 14.0 11.3 7.2 4.5 2.8 1.8 1.1
17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8 7.8 5.1 3.2 2.0 1.6
17.9 17.9 17.9 17.8 14.5 12.8 10.8 7.8 5.1 3.2 2.0 1.2
23.6 23.4 23.0 22.5 21.8 17.0 11.4 7.8 5.1 3.2 2.0 1.2
26.3 25.8 18.7 18.1 17.1 16.2 11.0 7.4 5.0 3.3 2.2 1.5
17.0 16.8 13.0 10.8 (7.8) (5.0) (3.0) (1.5)
15.5 15.4 13.0 10.8 8.7 6.5 4.5 2.5
17.0 16.8 13.9 11.4 (9.0) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5)
17.0 16.8 13.9 11.4 (9.0) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
18.4 18.3 14.8 12.0 (9.3) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.0)
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89N/mm2
3 applies to A320 L7 only.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.3
362
Allowable Stresses in TensionASME B31.3 Values in ksi
Temperature °F: 100 200 300 400 500 600
Temperature °C: 37.8 93 149 204 260 316
Specification (ASTM) Grade min Tens. min Yield min T °C1 min T °F1
A671 CC70 70.0 38.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 23.3 23.1 22.5 21.7 20.5 18.7
API 5L X42 60.0 42.0 –10˚ 14˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
API 5L X52 66.0 52.0 –10˚ 14˚ 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
A193 alloy B5 � 4” 100.0 80.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B7 � 2 1/2” 125.0 105.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B7 > 2 1/2”� 4” 115.0 95.0 –40˚ –40˚ 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0
B7M � 4” 100.0 80.0 –45.6˚ –50˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B16 � 2 1/2” 125.0 105.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B16 > 2 1/2”� 4 110.0 95.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
A193 · A320 stainless B6 � 4” 110.0 85.0 –28.9˚ –20˚ 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2 21.2
B8 Cl1 75.0 30.0 –254˚ –425˚ 18.8 16.7 15.0 13.8 12.9 12.1
B8C Cl1 75.0 30.0 –254˚ –425˚ 18.8 17.9 16.4 15.5 15.0 14.3
B8M Cl1 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 18.8 17.7 15.6 14.3 13.3 12.6
B8T Cl1 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 18.8 17.8 16.5 15.3 14.3 13.5
B8 Cl2 � 3/4” 125.0 100.0 –198˚ –325˚ 25.0 17.2 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.4
B8 C Cl2 � 3/4” 125.0 100.0 –198˚ –325˚ 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B8M Cl2 � 3/4” 110.0 95.0 –198˚ –325˚ 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
B8T Cl2 � 3/4” 125.0 100.0 –198˚ –325˚ 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
B8 Cl2 > 3/4” � 1” 115.0 80.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B8 C Cl 2 > 3/4” � 1” 115.0 80.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 17.2 16.0 15.0 14.0 13.4
B8M Cl 2 > 3/4” � 1” 100.0 80.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
B8T Cl2 > 3/4” � 1” 115.0 80.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
A320 alloy � 2 1/2” L7,L7A,B,C 125.0 105.0 –101˚ –150˚ 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
L7M 100.0 80.0 –73.3˚ –100˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
A312 · A182 · A403 304 75.0 30.0 –254˚ –425˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.7 17.5 16.4
304H 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.7 17.5 16.4
304L 70.0 25.0 –254˚ –425˚ 16.7 16.7 16.7 15.8 14.8 14.0
316 75.0 30.0 –254˚ –425˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3 17.9 17.0
316H 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3 17.9 17.0
316L 70.0 25.0 –198˚ –325˚ 16.7 16.7 16.7 15.5 14.4 13.5
321 smls > 3/8”t 75.0 25.0 –198˚ –325˚ 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.1 15.2
321 smls � 3/8”t+wld 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3 18.3
321H smls > 3/8”t 75.0 25.0 –198˚ –325˚ 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.7 16.1 15.2
321H smls � 3/8”t+wld 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.3 18.3
347 75.0 30.0 –254˚ –425˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.9 19.3
347H 75.0 30.0 –198˚ –325˚ 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 19.9 19.3
A358 as A312 with allowance for appropriate weld factor
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system. Figures in parenthesis ( ) mean restrictions apply.No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous pages.1 Minimum temperature increases with wall thickness for some grades.2 B65 and B70 minimum temperature -10 °C, 14 °F.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B31.3
363
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
343 371 399 427 454 482 510 538 566 593 621 649 677 704 732 760 788 816
18.4 18.3 14.8 12.0 (9.3) (6.5) (4.5) (2.5)
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 18.5 15.3 11.0 6.3 2.8
25.0 25.0 23.6 21.0 17.0 12.5 8.5 4.5
23.0 23.0 22.2 20.0 16.3 12.5 8.5 4.5
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.5 16.2 12.5 8.5 4.5
25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 23.5 20.5 16.0 11.0 6.3 2.8
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 18.5 15.3 11.0 6.3 2.8
21.2 21.2 (21.2) (19.6) (15.6) (12.0)
12.0 11.8 11.5 11.2 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10.1 9.8 7.7 6.0 4.7 Z.7 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.4
14.1 13.8 13.7 13.6 13.5 13.5 13.4 13.4 12.1 9.1 6.1 4.4 3.3 2.7 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7
12.3 12.1 11.9 11.7 11.6 11.5 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.0 9.8 7.4 5.4 4.1 3.0 2.2 1.7 1.2
13.3 12.9 12.7 12.5 12.4 12.3 12.1 12.1 9.6 6.9 5.0 3.6 2.5 1.7 1.1 0.7 0.5 0.3
13.1 11.0 10.8 10.5 10.3 10.1 9.9 9.7
25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6
25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
13.1 12.9 12.8 12.7 12.6 12.6 12.5 12.5
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.6
20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
25.0 25.03
20.0 20.0 20.0 18.5 16.2 12.5 8.5 4.5
16.2 16.0 15.6 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.4 13.8 (12.2) (9.7) (7.7) (6.0) (4.7) (3.7) (2.9) (2.3) (1.8) (1.4)
16.2 16.0 15.6 15.2 14.9 14.6 14.4 13.8 12.2 (9.7) (7.7) (6.0) (4.7) (3.7) (2.9) (2.3) (1.8) (1.4)
13.7 13.5 13.3 13.0 12.8 11.9 9.9 7.8 6.3 5.1 4.0 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.7 1.1 1.0 0.9
16.7 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.5 15.4 15.3 (14.5) (12.4) (9.8) (7.4) (5.5) (4.1) (3.1) (2.3) (1.7) (1.3)
16.7 16.3 16.1 15.9 15.7 15.5 15.4 15.3 14.5 12.4 9.8 7.4 5.5 4.1 3.1 2.3 1.7 1.3
13.2 12.9 12.6 12.4 12.1 11.8 11.5 11.2 10.8 10.2 8.8 6.4 4.7 3.5 2.5 1.8 1.3 1.0
14.9 14.6 14.3 14.1 14.0 13.8 13.6 13.5 (9.6) (6.9) (5.0) (3.6) (2.6) (1.7) (1.1) (0.8) (0.5) (0.3)
17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.6 16.4 16.2 (9.6) (6.9) (5.0) (3.6) (2.6) (1.7) (1.1) (0.8) (0.5) (0.3)
14.9 14.6 14.3 14.1 14.0 13.8 13.6 13.5 (11.7) (9.1) (6.9) (5.4) (4.1) (3.2) (2.5) (1.9) (1.5) (1.1)
17.9 17.5 17.2 16.9 16.7 16.6 16.4 16.2 (11.7) (9.1) (6.9) (5.4) (4.1) (3.2) (2.5) (1.9) (1.5) (1.1)
19.0 18.6 18.5 18.4 18.2 18.1 18.1 18.0 (12.1) (9.1) (6.1) (4.4) (3.3) (2.2) (1.5) (1.2) (0.9) (0.8)
19.0 18.6 18.5 18.3 18.2 18.1 18.1 18.0 17.1 14.2 10.5 7.9 5.9 4.4 3.2 2.5 1.8 1.3
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89N/mm2
3 applies to A320 L7 only.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsBS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
364
BS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld FittingsTemp °C -100/ -50/ -30/ 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325
-50 -30 +40
Material lb Pressure in bar
A105 3000 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A350 LF1 · A350 LF2 3000 207 207 207 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 414 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F1 · WP1 3000 207 207 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F11 ·WP11 3000 207 207 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F22 · WP22 3000 207 207 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F5 · WP5 3000 207 207 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A350 LF3 · WPL3 3000 207 207 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F304 · WP304 3000 177 177 177 172 165 155 148 142 136 130 125 120 116 112 108
6000 354 354 354 345 330 311 297 284 272 260 250 240 231 224 217
A182 F304H · WP304H 3000 177 172 165 155 148 142 136 130 125 120 115 112 108
6000 354 345 330 311 297 284 272 260 250 240 231 224 217
A182 F304L · WP304L 3000 147 147 147 147 146 142 133 123 114 105 99.5 94 90 87.5 85
6000 295 295 295 294 292 285 266 247 229 211 199 188 180 175 170
A182 F316 · WP316 3000 207 207 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F316H · WP316H 3000 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F316L · WP316L 3000 147 147 147 147 147 147 142 137 126 115 110 106 102 98.5 95
6000 295 295 295 295 295 294 284 274 252 230 220 212 204 197 190
A182 F321 · WP 321 3000 207 207 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F321H · WP321H 3000 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F347 · WP347 3000 207 207 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 414 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
A182 F347H · WP347H 3000 207 206 203 200 198 196 194 192 188 183 174 165 155
6000 414 411 406 401 396 392 388 384 377 366 349 331 311
Note: Solid plugs and bushings do not carry specific ratings and are intended for use with screwed fittings of all designations.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsBS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
365
350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800
Pressure in bar
145 134 122 106 89 70 51.5 33.6
290 268 244 212 178 140 103 67.2
145 134 122 106 89 70 51.5 33.6
290 268 244 212 178 140 103 67.2
146 137 127 118 109 99.5 90 79
292 274 254 236 218 199 180 158
146 137 128 120 111 103 94.5 86 67 49.2 35.8 22.8 11.4
292 275 257 241 223 206 189 172 134 98.4 71.7 45.6 22.8
146 137 128 120 111 103 94.5 86 68.5 51.5 38.8 28 19.4
292 275 257 241 223 206 189 172 137 103 77.6 56 38.8
146 137 128 120 111 103 94.5 86 63 44.8 30 20.8 14.4
292 275 257 241 223 206 189 172 126 89.6 60 41.7 28.8
145
290
105 101 98 95 92 89.5 88 87 85.5 80.5 69.5 55 43.8 32.9 25.2 19.3 15.1 11.7 8.7
210 203 196 190 184 179 176 174 171 161 139 110 87.7 65.8 50.5 38.7 30.2 23.5 17.5
105 101 98 95 92 89.5 88 87 85.5 80.5 69.5 55 43.8 32.9 25.2 19.3 15.1 11.7 8.7
210 203 196 190 184 179 176 174 171 161 139 110 87.7 65.8 50.5 38.7 30.2 23.5 17.5
82.5 80.5 78.5 76.5
165 161 157 153
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 89 79 66.5 53 41.3 29.8 22 17 12.5
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 178 158 133 106 82.7 59.6 44.1 34 25.1
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 89 79 66.5 53 41.3 29.8 22 17 12.5
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 178 158 133 106 82.7 59.6 44.1 34 25.1
92 89 86 83.5 81
184 178 172 167 162
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 88 71 48.7 33.8 23.3 16.6 12.8 10.2 8.2
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 176 142 97.4 67.6 46.6 33.2 25.7 20.5 16.4
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 88 71 48.7 33.8 23.3 16.6 12.8 10.2 8.2
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 176 142 97.4 67.6 46.6 33.2 25.7 20.5 16.4
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 88 71 48.7 33.8 23.3 16.6 12.8 10.2 8.2
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 176 142 97.4 67.6 46.6 33.2 25.7 20.5 16.4
147 141 135 129 123 117 111 105 99.5 94 88 71 48.7 33.8 23.3 16.6 12.8 10.2 8.2
294 282 270 258 246 234 223 211 199 188 176 142 97.4 67.6 46.6 33.2 25.7 20.5 16.4
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
366
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressureClass 150
Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 19.6 19.2 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A515-65 · A516-65 18.4 18.2 17.4 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 16.3 16.0 14.9 14.4 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F1 18.4 18.4 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F5, F11 cl 2, F12 cl 2 19.8 19.5 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F22 cl 3 19.8 19.5 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F5a 20.0 19.5 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F9, F91 20.0 19.5 17.7 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F304, F304H 19.0 18.3 15.7 14.2 13.2 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F316, F316H 19.0 18.4 16.2 14.8 13.7 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F304L, F316L 15.9 15.3 13.3 12.0 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F321, F321H 19.0 18.6 17.0 15.7 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
A182 F347, F347H 19.0 18.7 17.4 15.8 13.8 12.1 10.2 9.3 8.4 7.4
Class 300Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 51.1 50.1 46.6 45.1 43.8 41.9 39.8 38.7 37.6 36.4
A515-65 · A516-65 48.0 47.5 45.3 43.9 42.5 40.8 38.7 37.6 36.4 35.0
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 42.6 41.8 38.8 37.6 36.4 34.9 33.2 32.2 31.2 30.4
A182 F1 48.0 48.0 47.9 47.3 45.8 44.5 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F5, F12 cl 2 51.7 51.5 50.4 48.2 46.3 44.8 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F11 cl 2 51.7 51.7 51.5 49.7 48.0 46.3 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F22 cl 3 51.7 51.7 51.5 50.3 48.6 46.3 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F5a 51.7 51.7 51.5 50.3 48.6 46.3 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F9 51.7 51.7 51.5 50.3 48.6 46.3 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F91 51.7 51.7 51.5 50.3 48.6 46.3 42.9 41.4 40.3 38.9
A182 F304, F304H 49.6 47.8 40.9 37.0 34.5 32.5 30.9 30.2 29.6 29.0
A182 F316, F316H 49.6 48.1 42.2 38.5 35.7 33.4 31.6 30.9 30.3 29.9
A182 F304L, F316L 41.4 40.0 34.8 31.4 29.2 27.5 26.1 22.5 25.1 24.8
A182 F321, F321H 49.6 48.6 44.2 41.0 38.3 36.0 34.1 33.3 32.6 32.0
A182 F347, F347H 49.6 48.8 45.3 42.5 39.9 37.8 36.1 35.4 34.8 34.2
Temperature Limitations:A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °CA516-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °CA182 F1 Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °CA182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3 Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °CA 182 304, 316 At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higherA182 F304L Not to be used over 425 °CA182 F321, 347 Not to be used over 538 °CA182 F12cl2, F11cl2 Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
367
Class 75400 425 450 475 500 538 Temp °C -28.9/37.8 93 149 204 260 316 343
750 800 840 890 930 1000 Temp °F -20/100 200 300 400 500 600 650
pounds per square inch gauge (psig) 1bar = 14.5038psig
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 140 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 130 125 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 115 105 105 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 130 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 145 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 145 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 145 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 145 130 115 100 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 135 115 100 90 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 135 120 105 95 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 115 95 85 80 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 135 115 105 95 85 70 60
6.5 5.5 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.4 135 120 110 100 85 70 60
400 425 450 475 500 538 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 816
750 800 840 890 930 1000 1020 1070 1110 1160 1200 1250 1290 1340 1380 1430 1470 1500
bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
34.7 28.8 23.0 17.4 11.8 5.9
32.6 27.3 21.6 15.7 11.1 5.9
29.3 25.8 21.4 14.1 10.3 5.9
36.5 35.2 33.7 31.7 24.1 11.3
36.5 35.2 33.7 27.9 21.4 13.7 12.0 8.8 6.1 4.0 2.4
36.5 35.2 33.7 31.7 25.7 14.9 12.7 8.8 6.1 4.3 2.8
36.5 35.2 33.7 31.7 28.2 18.4 15.6 10.5 6.9 4.5 2.8
36.5 35.2 33.7 27.9 21.4 13.7 12.0 8.9 6.2 4.0 2.4
36.5 35.2 33.7 31.7 28.2 17.5 15.0 10.5 7.2 5.0 3.5
36.5 35.2 33.7 31.7 28.2 25.2 25.0 24.0 19.5 14.6 9.9
28.4 28.0 27.4 26.9 26.5 24.4 23.6 20.8 16.9 13.8 11.3 9.3 8.0 6.8 5.8 4.6 3.5 2.8
29.4 29.1 28.8 28.7 28.2 25.2 25.0 24.0 19.9 15.8 12.7 10.3 8.4 7.0 5.9 4.6 3.5 2.8
24.3 23.9 23.4
31.6 31.1 30.8 30.5 28.2 25.2 25.0 24.0 20.3 15.8 12.6 9.9 7.9 6.3 5.0 4.0 3.1 2.6
33.9 33.6 33.5 31.7 28.2 25.2 25.0 24.0 21.6 18.3 14.1 12.4 10.1 7.9 5.9 4.6 3.5 2.8
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
368
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressureClass 600
Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 102.1 100.2 93.2 90.2 87.6 83.9 79.6 77.4 75.1 72.7
A515-65 · A516-65 96.0 94.9 90.7 87.9 85.1 81.6 77.4 75.2 72.6 69.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 85.1 83.5 77.7 75.1 72.8 69.8 66.4 64.5 62.5 60.7
A182 F1 96.0 96.0 95.9 94.7 91.6 89.0 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F11 cl 2 103.4 103.4 103.0 99.5 95.9 92.7 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F5, F12 cl 2 103.4 103.0 100.9 96.4 92.5 89.6 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F22 cl 3 103.4 103.4 103.0 100.3 97.2 92.7 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F5a 103.4 103.4 103.0 100.3 97.2 92.7 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F9 103.4 103.4 103.0 100.3 97.2 92.7 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F91 103.4 103.4 103.0 100.3 97.2 92.7 85.7 82.6 80.4 77.6
A182 F304, F304H 99.3 95.6 81.7 74.0 69.0 65.0 61.8 60.4 59.3 58.1
A182 F316, F316H 99.3 96.2 84.4 77.0 71.3 66.8 63.2 61.8 60.7 59.8
A182 F304L, F316L 82.7 80.0 69.6 62.8 58.3 54.9 52.1 51.0 50.1 49.5
A182 F321, F321H 99.3 97.1 88.5 82.0 76.6 72.0 68.3 66.6 65.2 64.1
A182 F347, F347H 99.3 97.5 90.6 84.9 79.9 75.6 72.2 70.7 69.5 68.4
Class 900Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 153.2 150.4 139.8 135.2 131.4 125.8 119.5 116.1 112.7 109.1
A515-65 · A516-65 144.1 142.4 136.0 131.8 127.6 122.3 116.1 112.7 109.2 104.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 127.7 125.3 116.5 112.7 109.2 104.7 99.5 96.7 93.7 91.1
A182 F1 144.1 144.1 143.8 142.0 137.4 133.5 128.6 124.0 102.7 116.5
A182 F11 cl 2 155.1 155.1 154.4 149.2 143.9 139.0 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F5, F12 cl 2 155.1 154.5 151.3 144.5 138.8 134.5 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F22 cl 3 155.1 155.1 154.6 150.6 145.8 139.0 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F5a 155.1 155.1 154.6 150.6 145.8 139.0 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F9 155.1 155.1 154.6 150.6 145.8 139.0 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F91 155.1 155.1 154.6 150.6 145.8 139.0 128.6 124.0 120.7 116.5
A182 F304, F304H 148.9 143.5 122.6 111.0 103.4 97.5 92.7 90.7 88.9 87.1
A182 F316, F316H 148.9 144.3 126.6 115.5 107.0 100.1 94.9 92.7 91.0 89.6
A182 F304L, F316L 124.1 120.1 104.4 94.2 87.5 82.4 78.2 76.4 75.2 74.3
A182 F321, F321H 148.9 145.7 132.7 122.9 114.9 108.1 102.4 99.9 97.8 96.1
A182 F347, F347H 148.9 146.3 135.9 127.4 119.8 113.4 108.3 106.1 104.3 102.6
Temperature Limitations:A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °CA516-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °CA182 F1 Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °CA182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3 Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °CA 182 304, 316 At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higherA182 F304L Not to be used over 425 °CA182 F321, 347 Not to be used over 538 °CA182 F12cl2, F11cl2 Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
369
400 425 450 475 500 538 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 816
750 800 840 890 930 1000 1020 1070 1110 1160 1200 1250 1290 1340 1380 1430 1470 1500
bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
69.4 57.5 46.0 34.9 23.5 11.8
65.2 54.6 43.2 31.3 22.1 11.8
58.7 51.5 42.7 28.2 20.6 11.8
73.3 70.0 67.7 63.4 48.1 22.7
73.3 70.0 67.7 63.4 51.5 29.8 25.4 17.6 12.2 8.5 5.7
73.3 70.0 67.7 57.5 42.8 27.4 24.1 17.6 12.1 8.0 4.7
73.3 70.0 67.7 63.4 56.5 36.9 31.3 21.1 13.8 8.9 5.7
73.3 70.0 67.7 55.7 42.8 27.4 24.1 17.8 12.5 8.0 4.7
73.3 70.0 67.7 63.4 56.5 35.0 30.0 20.9 14.4 9.9 7.1
73.3 70.0 67.7 63.4 56.5 50.0 49.8 47.9 39.0 29.2 19.9
56.9 56.0 54.8 53.9 53.0 48.9 47.1 41.7 33.8 27.6 22.5 18.7 16.1 13.5 11.6 9.0 7.0 5.9
58.9 58.3 57.7 57.3 56.5 50.0 49.8 47.9 39.8 31.6 25.3 20.6 16.8 14.0 11.7 9.0 7.0 5.9
48.6 47.7 46.8
63.2 62.3 61.7 61.1 56.5 50.0 49.8 47.9 40.5 31.6 25.3 19.8 15.8 12.7 10.0 8.0 6.3 5.2
67.8 67.2 66.9 63.4 56.5 50.0 49.8 47.9 42.9 36.6 28.1 25.2 20.0 15.4 11.7 9.0 7.0 5.9
400 425 450 475 500 538 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 816
750 800 840 890 930 1000 1020 1070 1110 1160 1200 1250 1290 1340 1380 1430 1470 1500
bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
104.2 86.3 69.0 52.3 35.3 17.7
97.9 81.9 64.8 47.0 33.2 17.7
88.0 77.3 64.1 42.3 30.9 17.7
109.8 105.1 101.4 95.1 72.2 34.0
109.8 105.1 101.4 95.1 77.2 44.7 38.1 26.4 18.3 12.8 8.5
109.8 105.1 101.4 83.6 64.1 41.1 36.1 26.4 18.2 12.0 7.1
109.8 105.1 101.4 95.1 84.7 55.3 46.9 31.6 20.7 13.4 8.5
109.8 105.1 101.4 83.6 64.1 41.1 36.1 26.7 18.7 12.0 7.1
109.8 105.1 101.4 95.1 84.7 52.5 45.0 31.4 21.5 14.9 10.6
109.8 105.1 101.4 95.1 84.7 75.2 74.8 71.8 58.5 43.8 29.8
85.3 84.0 82.2 80.8 79.5 73.3 70.7 62.5 50.6 41.4 33.8 28.0 24.1 20.3 17.3 13.7 10.5 8.6
88.3 87.4 86.5 86.0 84.7 75.2 74.8 71.8 59.7 47.4 38.0 31.0 25.1 21.0 17.6 13.7 10.5 8.6
72.9 71.6 70.2
94.8 93.4 92.5 91.6 84.7 75.2 74.8 71.8 60.8 47.4 37.9 29.6 23.7 19.0 15.0 11.9 9.4 7.8
101.7 100.8 100.4 95.1 84.7 75.2 74.8 71.8 64.2 54.9 42.5 37.6 29.8 23.2 17.6 13.7 10.5 8.6
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
370
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressureClass 1500
Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 255.3 250.6 233.0 225.4 219.0 209.7 199.1 193.6 187.8 181.8
A515-65 · A516-65 240.1 237.3 226.7 219.7 212.7 203.9 193.4 187.9 182.0 174.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 212.8 208.9 194.2 187.8 182.1 174.6 165.9 161.2 156.2 151.8
A182 F1 240.1 240.1 239.7 236.7 229.0 222.5 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F11 cl 2 258.6 258.6 257.7 248.7 239.8 231.8 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F5, F12 cl 2 258.6 257.5 252.2 240.9 231.3 224.1 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F22 cl 3 258.6 258.6 257.6 250.8 243.4 231.8 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F5a 258.6 258.6 257.6 250.8 243.4 231.8 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F9 258.6 258.6 257.6 250.8 243.4 231.8 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F91 258.6 258.6 257.6 250.8 243.4 231.8 214.4 206.6 201.1 194.1
A182 F304, F304H 248.2 239.1 204.3 185.0 172.0 162.4 154.6 151.1 148.1 145.2
A182 F316, F316H 248.2 240.6 211.0 192.5 178.3 166.9 158.1 154.4 151.6 149.4
A182 F304L, F316L 206.8 200.1 173.9 157.0 145.8 137.3 130.3 127.4 125.4 123.8
A182 F321, F321H 248.2 248.2 221.2 204.9 191.5 180.1 170.7 166.5 163.0 160.2
A182 F347, F347H 248.2 243.8 226.5 212.4 199.7 189.1 180.4 176.8 173.8 171.0
Class 2500Temp °C -29/38 50 100 150 200 250 300 325 350 375
Temp °F -20/100 120 220 300 390 480 570 620 660 700
Specification and Grade bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 425.5 417.7 388.3 375.6 365.0 349.5 331.8 322.6 313.0 303.1
A515-65 · A516-65 400.1 395.6 377.8 366.1 354.4 339.8 322.4 313.1 303.3 291.4
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60 354.6 348.1 323.6 313.0 303.4 291.0 276.5 268.6 260.4 253.0
A182 F1 400.1 400.1 399.5 394.5 381.7 370.9 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F11 cl 2 430.9 430.9 429.0 415.5 399.6 386.2 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F5, F12 cl 2 430.9 429.2 420.4 401.5 385.6 386.2 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F22 cl 3 430.9 430.9 429.4 418.2 405.4 373.5 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F5a 430.9 430.9 429.4 418.2 405.4 386.2 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F9 430.9 430.9 429.4 418.2 405.4 386.2 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F91 430.9 430.9 429.4 418.2 405.4 386.2 357.1 344.3 335.3 323.2
A182 F304, F304H 413.7 398.5 340.4 308.4 287.3 270.7 257.6 251.9 246.9 241.9
A182 F316, F316H 413.7 400.9 351.6 320.8 297.2 278.1 263.5 257.4 252.7 249.0
A182 F304L, F316L 344.7 333.5 289.9 261.6 243.0 228.9 217.2 212.3 208.9 206.3
A182 F321, F321H 413.7 404.6 368.7 341.5 319.1 300.2 384.6 277.6 271.7 266.9
A182 F347, F347H 413.7 406.4 377.4 353.9 332.8 315.1 300.7 294.6 289.6 285.1
Temperature Limitations:A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °CA516-60, 65, 70 Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °CA182 F1 Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °CA182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3 Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °CA 182 304, 316 At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higherA182 F304L Not to be used over 425 °CA182 F321, 347 Not to be used over 538 °CA182 F12cl2, F11cl2 Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
371
400 425 450 475 500 538 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 816
750 800 840 890 930 1000 1020 1070 1110 1160 1200 1250 1290 1340 1380 1430 1470 1500
bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
173.6 143.8 115.0 87.2 58.8 29.5
163.1 136.5 107.9 78.3 55.4 29.5
146.7 128.8 106.8 70.5 51.5 29.5
183.1 175.1 169.0 158.2 120.3 56.7
183.1 175.1 169.0 158.2 128.6 74.5 63.5 44.0 30.5 21.3 14.2
183.1 175.1 169.0 139.3 106.9 68.6 60.2 44.0 30.3 20.0 11.8
183.1 175.1 169.0 158.2 140.9 92.2 78.2 52.6 34.4 22.3 14.2
183.1 175.1 169.0 139.3 106.9 68.6 60.2 44.4 31.2 20.0 11.8
183.1 175.1 169.0 158.2 140.9 87.5 75.0 52.3 35.9 24.8 17.7
183.1 175.1 169.0 158.2 140.9 125.5 124.9 119.7 97.5 73.0 49.6
143.2 140.0 137.0 134.7 132.4 122.1 117.8 104.2 84.4 68.9 56.9 46.7 40.1 33.8 28.9 22.8 17.4 14.1
147.2 145.7 144.2 143.4 140.9 125.5 124.9 119.7 99.5 79.1 63.3 51.6 41.9 34.9 29.3 22.8 17.4 14.1
121.5 119.3 117.1
157.9 155.7 154.2 152.7 140.9 125.5 124.9 119.7 101.3 79.1 63.2 49.4 39.5 31.7 25.0 19.9 15.6 13.0
169.5 168.1 167.3 158.2 140.9 125.5 124.9 119.7 107.1 91.2 70.7 62.7 49.7 38.6 29.6 22.8 17.4 14.1
400 425 450 475 500 538 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 816
750 800 840 890 930 1000 1020 1070 1110 1160 1200 1250 1290 1340 1380 1430 1470 1500
bar 1bar = 14.5038psig
289.3 239.7 191.7 145.3 97.9 49.2
271.9 227.5 179.9 130.6 92.3 49.2
244.5 214.7 178.0 117.4 85.9 48.2
304.9 291.6 281.8 263.9 200.5 94.6
304.9 291.6 281.8 263.9 214.4 124.1 105.9 73.4 50.9 35.5 23.6
304.9 291.6 281.8 232.1 178.2 114.3 100.4 73.4 50.4 33.3 19.7
304.9 291.6 281.8 263.9 235.0 153.7 130.3 87.7 57.4 37.2 23.6
304.9 291.6 281.8 232.1 178.2 114.3 100.4 74.0 51.9 33.3 19.7
304.9 291.6 281.8 263.9 235.0 145.8 125.0 87.1 59.8 41.4 29.5
304.9 291.6 281.8 263.9 235.0 208.9 208.0 199.5 163.5 121.7 82.7
237.0 233.3 228.4 224.5 220.7 203.6 196.3 173.7 140.7 114.9 93.8 77.9 66.9 56.3 48.1 38.0 29.2 23.8
245.3 242.9 240.4 238.9 235.0 208.9 208.0 199.5 162.5 131.8 105.5 86.0 69.8 58.2 48.9 38.0 29.2 23.8
202.5 198.8 195.1
263.2 259.5 256.9 254.4 235.0 208.9 208.0 199.5 168.9 131.8 105.4 82.3 65.9 52.8 41.7 32.2 26.1 21.7
282.6 280.1 278.8 263.9 235.0 208.9 208.0 199.5 178.5 152.0 117.7 104.5 83.0 64.4 49.1 38.0 29.2 23.8
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Pressure/Temperature RatingsASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
372
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Tolerances and End FinishesIndex
375
Dimensional TolerancesPipesRohreTubesTubiTubo
FittingsFittingsRaccordsRaccordiAcessorios
FlangesFlanscheBridesFlangeBridas
End FinishesWelding End PreparationSchweißendenvorbereitungExtrémités à souderPreparazione delle estremità per saldaturaBiseles
ThreadsGewindeFiletagesFilettaturaRoscas
ASTM A53 · A106 · A252 ........................................ 376
A358 · A671 · A672 · A691 .......................... 376
A450 for A179 · A213 · A214 ........................ 377
A530 for A312 · A333 · A335 ........................ 378
API 5L · 2B · 2H .................................................... 379
DIN 1626 · 1629 · 2462 · 2463 · 17172 · 17175 .. 380
BS 4848 · 7191 .................................................. 383
ASME B16.9 · B16.11 .............................................. 384
ASME B16.5 · B16.47 .............................................. 385
API 5L ...................................................................... 386
ASME B16.25 ...................................................................... 386
DIN 2559 ...................................................................... 387
ASME B1.1 for ASTM A 193 · A 194..................................388
ASME B1.20.1 for pipe and fittings NPT..................................389
BS21 for BS pipe threads..........................................390
ISO 7/1 DIN pipe threads ............................................390
ASTM A53 For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weight: ± 10 % per lift Can be per pipe over 4” NB
Diameter: 1 1/2” NB +/– 1/64” (0.40 mm)
and under
2” NB and over ± 1%
Thickness: –12.5% of nominal
Length: Less than XS single random 16–22ft
4.88–6.71m
5%max 12–16ft
3.66–4.88m
XS and heavier 12–22ft
3.66–6.71m
5%max 6–12ft
1.83–3.66m
All sizes when doubles are specified 6.7m min., minimum average 35ft (10.67m).
ASTM A106 For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weight +10%–3.5% 4’’ NB and smaller in lots
over 4’’ NB individually
Diameter NB over under
in mm in mm1/8 – 1 1/2 incl. 1/64 (0.015) 0.4 1/64 (0.015) 0.40
over 1 1/2 – 4 incl. 1/32 (0.031) 0.8 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
over 4 – 8 incl. 1/16 (0.062) 1.6 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
over 8 – 18 incl. 3/32 (0.093) 2.4 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
over 18 – 26 incl. 1/8 (0.125) 3.2 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
over 26 – 34 incl. 5/32 (0.156) 4.0 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
over 34 – 48 incl. 3/16 (0.187) 4.8 1/32 (0.031) 0.8
Note: pipe ≥ 10 NB ordered as special outside diameter pipe tolerance is ± 1% OD
Thickness –12.5% of nominal
Length As specified by customer for exacts
Single randoms 16 – 22ft (4.8 – 6.7m)
5% max 12 – 16ft (3.7 – 4.8m)
Double randoms minimum average 35ft (10.67m)
minimum 22ft (6.7m) 5% max 16– 22ft (4.8 – 6.7 m)
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
376
ASTM A252 For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weight + 15%–5% each pipe separately
Diameter ± 1%
Thickness – 12.5%
Length Single randoms 16–25ft (4.8–7.62m)
Double randoms minimum average 35ft (10.67m)
minimum 25ft (7.62m)
Exacts ± 1” (25.4mm)
ASTM A358, A671, A672, A691For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Diameter ± 0.5% based on circumference
Out of roundness 1% difference between major
and minor diameter
Alignment 10ft or 3 m straight edge : 1/8” (3mm)
Thickness – 0.01” (0.3mm)
Length unmachined ends: –0 + 1/2” (13mm)
machined ends: by agreement
length tolerance does not apply to A358
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
377
ASTM A450 For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weightcalculated from standard formula (see page 80)with t = minimum wall.
Variation in weight per ft (per m)
OD in (mm) %
HFS +16 –0
CDS 1 1/2 (38.1) and under +12 –0
CDS Over 1 1/2 (38.1) +13 –0
Welded +10 –0
Variations apply to lots of 50 tubes or more in 4” (101.6 mm) andunder and 20 tubes or more in larger sizes.
Diameter
OD over under
in mm in mm in mm
Hot finished seamless
4 101.6 and under 1/64 0.4 1/32 0.8
over 4–71/2 101.6-190.5 incl. 1/64 0.4 3/64 1.2
over 71/2–9 190.5-228.6 incl. 1/64 0.4 1/16 1.6
Welded tubes and cold drawn seamless under 1 25.4 0.004 0.1 0.004 0.1
1–11/2 incl. 25.4–38.1 incl. 0.006 0.15 0.006 0.15
over 11/2–2 excl. 38.1–50.8 excl. 0.008 0.2 0.008 0.2
2–21/2 excl. 50.8–63.5 excl. 0.010 0.25 0.010 0.25
21/2–3 excl. 63.5–76.2 excl. 0.012 0.3 0.012 0.3
3–4 incl. 76.2–101.6 incl. 0.015 0.38 0.015 0.38
over 4–71/2 incl. 101.6–190.5 incl. 0.015 0.38 0.025 0.64
over 71/2–9 incl. 190.5–228.6 incl. 0.015 0.38 0.045 1.14
Exceptions for thin wall tubesTable above is applicable only to the mean diameter.
Thin wall is defined as follows:
Diameter in (mm) Wall thickness
2 (50.8) and less 2% or less of O.D.
Greater than 2 (50.8) 3% or less of O.D.
All diameters 0.020” (0.5mm) or less
Ovality for thin wall
1” (25.4mm) and under 0.02” (0.5mm)
over 1” (25.4mm) 2% of OD
Exceptions for cold drawn austenitic and ferritic/austenitic
• All sizes less than 2”(50.8mm).Table above applicable only to the mean diameter.
• Ovality must not exceed 0.010“ (0.25mm).• In the case of conflict with these ovality allowances,
the larger will apply.
A450 continued over the page
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
378
ASTM A450 cont. For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
ThicknessMinus tolerance is zero, plus tolerance as table in %
Thickness H F S CDS Welded
in (mm) Ø ≤ 4 (101.6) Ø > 4 (101.6) Ø ≤ 11/2 (38.1) Ø > 11/2 (38.1) all sizes
t ≤ 0.095 (2.4) 40 20 22 18
0.095 (2.4) < t ≤ 0.150 (3.8) 35 35 20 22 18
0.150 (3.8) < t ≤ 0.180 (4.6) 33 33 20 22 18
0.180 (4.6) < t 28 28 20 22 18
Tubes 2” (50.8 mm) and over in diameter and 0.220” (5.6 mm) and over in thickness, variation in wall thickness about mean measuredwall shall not exceed ±10% seamless and ± 5% welded in any one cross section of any tube.
Cold drawn tubes of wall 3/4” 19.1 mm or over, or with inside diameter 60% of outside diameter,variations in wall thickness are HFS values.
Lengthin (mm) Outside diameter Cut length
HFS All sizes +3/16 (5) –0
CDS Ø < 2 (50.8) +1/8 (3) –0
Ø ≥ 2 (50.8) +3/16 (5) –0
Welded Ø < 2 (50.8) +1/8 (3) –0
Ø ≥ 2 (50.8) +3/16 (5) –0
Values are for lengths up to and including 24ft (7.3m).Additional tolerance of 1/8” (3mm) for each 10ft (3m) or part extra to a maximum of 1/2” (13mm).
ASTM A 530 For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
N.B. special tolerances apply to forged, bored and cast pipe
Weight
NPS12 and under +10% –3.5%
over NPS 12 +10% –5%
NPS 4 and smaller weigh by lot, over NPS 4 each pipe individually
Diameter• Table as A 106 except 1/8” to 11/2” inclusive minus tolerance
is 1/32” (0.31”) 0.80mm• For thin wall pipe where wall thickness is 3% or less of
outside diameter, the table refers to mean diameter.• Ovality is 1.5% max.
Length
Exacts +1/4” 6mm -0
Random lengths as agreed
Thickness• –12.5% of nominal • Overthickness:
NPS Designator t/D ratio over tolerance
% from nominal1/8 to 2 1/2 inclusive all 20.0
3 –18 inclusive ≤ 5% 22.5
3 –18 inclusive > 5% 15.0
≥ 20” welded all 17.5
≥ 20” seamless ≤ 5% 22.5
≥ 20” seamless > 5% 15.0
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
379
API 5L For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
N.B. grade A25 not included
Weight
Single lengths Special plain end + 10% – 5%
other pipe + 10% – 3.5%
Car loads 40 000 lbs 18 444 kg min – 1.75%
Car loads < 40 000 lbs 18 444 kg – 3.5%
Weight for order items same as carloads. Tolerance for order itemrefers to the overall quantity of pipe in order item. Mixed car loads,tolerance applied to order items.
Sizes 5 9/16 weighed individually, below in convenient groups.
Thickness
Outside Diameter Grade A,B X42 to X80
in % tolerance
2.875 and smaller +20 –12.5 +15 –12.5
2.875 –18 +15 –12.5 +15 –12.5
20 and larger welded +17.5 –12.5 +19.5 – 8.0
20 and larger seamless +15 –12.5 +17.5 –10.0
API 2BDiameter• Circumference +1%, ±1/2” max.• Out of round:
wall thickness ≤ 2”, 1% OD, 1/4” max. wall thickness > 2”, 1/8 of wall thicknessOD > 48”, 1/2” max. provided circumference is ± 1/4”
ThicknessIn accordance with plate specification
Length±11/2” per 10 feet of length
Straightness1/8” in any 10 feet of lengthfor length > 10 ft, maximum total deviation = 1/8” x length in feet / 10 with a maximum of 3/8 in any 40 ft length
Diameter · Body
in (mm)
Ø ≤ 1.900 +0.016 (0.41) – 0.031 (0.79)
2 3/8 to 18 ±0.75%
>18 seamless ±1.0%
20 –36 welded +0.75% – 0.25%
Ø > 36 welded +1/4 (6.35) –1/8 (3.20)
Diameter · Pipe ends
in (mm) Applies to end 4 (101.6) on OD or ID by agreement
Less than 10 3/4 –1/64 (0.40) Ring gauge +1/16 (1.59)
12 3/4 – 20 –1/32 (0.79) Ring gauge +3/32 (2.39)
Greater than 20 – 1/32 (0.79) Diameter tape +3/32 (2.39)
Greater than 20 Out of round measured diameter ± 1%
> 20 < 42 D/t < 75 max – min OD 0.500 (12.7)
> 42 D/t < 75 max – min OD 0.625 (15.9)
> 20: variation one end to other 3/32 (2.38) max by Ø tape
Length · Plain end pipe
Nominal length Min. length Min. average Max. length
20 ft (6 m) 9.0 (2.74) 17.5 (5.33) 22.5 (6.86)
40 ft (12 m) 14.0 (4.27) 35.0 (10 67) 45.0 (13.72)
50 ft (15 m) 17.5 (5.33) 43.8 (13.35) 55.0 (16.76)
60 ft (18 m) 21.0 (6.40) 52.5 (16.00) 65.0 (19.81)
80 ft (24m) 28.0 (8.53) 70.0 (21.34) 85.0 (25.91)
API 2HTolerances in accordance with ASTM A6 Tables 1-15 (A.1-A.15)
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
380
DIN 1626 For Dimensions and Weights see page 110.
Weight
Per single length +12% – 8%
per wagon 10 t and over +10% – 5%
Diameter
≤ 200mm ±1%, min ±0.5mm
200 – 1000mm ±(0.005 x diameter) +1mm
> 1000mm ±6mm
Ovality
OD < 200mm within permissible deviation in diameter
OD ≥ 200mm 2%, not applicable where D/t > 100
Pipe Ends
Applies to end 100 mm only when agreed
≤ 200mm ±0.5% min ±0.3mm
200 – 325mm ±1mm
> 325mm ±1.6mm
Wall Thickness 1
≤ 3mm +0.30 – 0.25mm
3 to 10mm +0.452– 0.35mm
> 10mm – 0.50mm2
1 wall thicknesses can be an additional 5% under over a length 2 x OD or 300 mm whichever is larger.
2 for plates ≥ 5 mm thick, upper limit is given by weight tolerance.
Lengths
Manufacturing lengths as occuring in production
Specified lengths ± 500mm
Exact lengths ≤ 6m ≤ 500 mm OD +10 – 0 mm
> 500 mm OD +25 – 0 mm
> 6m ≤ 12m ≤ 500 mm OD +15 – 0 mm
> 500 mm OD +50 – 0 mm
> 12m by agreement
DIN 1629 For Dimensions and Weights see page 114.
Weight
Per single length +12% – 8%
per batch min. 10 tonnes +10% – 5%
Diameter
±1%, minimum 0.5mm
Pipe Ends
Applies to end 100mm when specified
≤ 100mm ± 0.4mm
> 100mm ≤ 200mm 0.5% of OD
≤ 200mm 0.6% of OD,
can be applied to ID if specified
Wall Thickness
OD ≤ 130mm t ≤ 2Sn +15% – 10%
2Sn < t ≤ 4Sn +12.5% – 10%
t > 4Sn +9%
130 < OD ≤ 320mm t ≤ 0.05 OD +17.5% – 12.5%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.11 OD ± 12.5%
t > 0.11 OD ± 10%
320 < OD ≤ 660mm t ≤ 0.05 OD +20% –15%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.09 OD +15% –12.5%
Sn = nominal wall thickness in accordance with DIN 2448
Lengths
Manufacturing lengths as occuring in production
Specified lengths ± 500mm
Exact lengths ≤ 6m +10mm – 0mm
> 6m ≤ 12m +15mm – 0mm
> 12m by agreement
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
381
DIN 2462 For Dimensions and Weights see page 118.
Permissible deviation of diameter and wall thickness (includes allowed ovality).
Manufacturing Process Outside Diameter mm Outside Diameter Ø Wall Thickness t
ISO Tolerance Class Permissible Deviation ISO Tolerance Class Permissible Deviation
Cold fabricated Ø ≤ 219.1 D2 ±1%, min ± 0.5mm T3 ±10%, min ± 0.2mm
In special cases In special cases
Ø ≤ 219.1 D3 ± 0.75%, min ± 0.3mm T4 ±7.5%, min ±0.15mm
Ø ≤ 219.1 D4 ± 0.5%, min ± 0.1mm
Hot fabricated 44.5 ≤ Ø ≤ 219.1 D1 ± 1.5%, min 0.75mm T1 ± 15%, min ± 0.6mm
In special cases In special cases
44.5 ≤ Ø ≤ 219.1 D2 ± 1%, min ± 0.5mm T2 ± 12.5%, min ± 0.4mm
219.1 < Ø ≤ 610 D1 ± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1 t ≤ 0.05Ø + 22.5% – 15%
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1 T1 0.05Ø < t ≤ 0.09Ø
± 15%, min ± 0.6mm
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1 T2 t > 0.09Ø
± 12.5%, min ± 0.15mm
1 When ordered with sized ends tolerance of ± 0.6 % applies to end 100 mm.
Lengths
Manufacturers length: 2–7m, longer by agreementSpecified length: ± 500mmExact length: as table
Diameter Length Tolerance
mm m mm
≤ 40 ≤ 1 +1 – 0
> 1 ≤ 2 +2 – 0
> 2 ≤ 3 +3 – 0
> 3 ≤ 4 +4 – 0
> 4 ≤ 8 +5 – 0
> 40 ≤ 168 ≤ 6 +5 – 0
> 6 +10 – 0
> 168 all lengths +10 – 0
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
382
DIN 2463 For Dimensions and Weights see page 124.
Permissible deviation of diameter and wall thickness.
Manufacturing Process Outside Diameter mm Outside Diameter Ø Wall Thickness t
ISO Tolerance Class Permissible Deviation ISO Tolerance Class Permissible Deviation
Welded ≤ 168.3 D2 ± 1%, min ± 0.5mm ± 10%, min ± 0.2mm
In special cases T3 In special cases
D3 ± 0.75%, min ± 0.3mm T4 ± 7.5%, min ± 0.15mm
D4 ± 0.5%, min ± 0.1mm
> 168.3 ± 1%, max ± 3mm T3 ± 10%, min ± 0.2mm
Note: Positive tolerances on wall thickness do not apply to weld seam – can be agreed to DIN 8563
Out of roundnessOD ≤ 168.3 mm included in above tableOD > 168.3 mm, 2% of mean diameter max.
Lengthsame as DIN 2462
DIN 17172Diameter
mm seamless welded
≤ 200 ± 1% ± 1%
200 – 1000 ± 1% ± (0.5% + 1mm)
> 1000 ± 6mm
Pipe ends
mm seamless welded
100 – 200 ± 0.5% ± 0.5%
200 – 325 ± 0.7% ± 1mm
> 325 ± 0.7% ± 1.6mm
Wall Thickness
Seamless OD ≤ 130mm ± 10%
OD > 130mm ± 12.5%
Welded t ≤ 10mm + 0.45mm – 0.35mm
t > 10mm – 0.5mm
Length
m
Random range 7 – 11 8 – 14 10 – 16.5 10 – 18
Minimum average 8 11 13.5 14.5
• Maximum 10% of delivery shorter than average.• Minimum individual length 50% of average• Fixed lengths ± 500mm.
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
383
DIN 17175 cont.Wall thicknessfor orders based on the bore ≥ 200 ≥720mm
t ≤ 0.05 ID +22.5% –12.5%
0.05 ID < t < 0.10 ID +15% –12.5%
t > 0.10 ID +12.5% –10%
Lengths
Production lengths no tolerance
Random lengths ± 500 mm
Exact lengths ≤ 6 m + 10 mm –0 mm
> 6 m ≤ 12 m + 15 mm –0 mm
> 12 m by agreement
BS 4848 TubularsWeight• ± 6% on individual lengths • + 6% – 4 % on lots of 10 tons and over
Size• CHS outside diameter ± 0.5 mm or ± 1%
whichever is greater• RHS outside dimension of sides ± 0.5mm or ± 1% whichever
is greater• Squareness 90˚ ± 1˚
Lengths• exact lengths up to 6 m: +10 mm – 0 mm• over 6 m: +15 mm – 0 mm
BS 7191 Seamless TubularsSize, mass and length as BS 4848
Wall thickness• + 15% –12.5%
Internal diameter• Specified OD – 2 x specified thickness• 100 mm each end ± 0.5% on nominal ID
DIN 17175 For Dimensions and Weights see page 110.
Weight
Per single length + 10% – 8%
Per wagon 10 t and over ± 7.5%
Diameter
For orders based on inside diameter permissible deviation is ±1%For orders based on outside diameter:
OD ≤ 100mm non-profiled tubes ± 0.75% min 0.5mm
internally and/or ±1% min 0.5mm
externally profiled tubes
100 < OD ≤ 320mm ± 0.90%
OD > 320mm ± 1%
Pipe endsApplies to end 100mm when agreed.
45 ≤ OD ≤ 100mm ± 0.4mm
100 < OD ≤ 200mm ± 0.5%
OD> 200mm ± 0.6%
DiameterFor cold worked tubes, outside diameter.
OD ≤ 120mm ± 0.6% min ± 0.25mm
OD > 120mm ± 0.75%
Wall thicknessFor orders based on outside diameter.
OD ≤ 130 t ≤ 2Sn + 15% –10%
2Sn < t ≤ 4Sn + 12.5% –10%
t > 4Sn ± 9%
130 < OD ≤ 320 t ≤ 0.05 x OD + 17.5% –12.5%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.11 x OD ± 12.5%
t > 0.11 x OD ± 10%
320 < OD ≤ 660 t ≤ 0.05 x OD + 22.5% –12.5%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.09 OD + 15% –12.5%
t > 0.09 OD + 12.5% –10%
Sn = nominal wall thickness in accordance with DIN 2448
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · FlangesAmerican, British, German Specifications
384
ASME B16.9 For Dimensions and Weights see page 163.
All Fittings1 Elbows 90° 45° Caps 180° Returns Angularity
NB OD ID2 Wall Centre Lenght Centre Back Align- Off Off
at bevel at end Thickness to End to end to Face ment Angle Plane
ABCM E O K U Q P1/2-21/2 +1.6 –0.8 0.8 2 3 6 6 1 1 2
3 – 4 +1.6 1.6 2 3 6 6 1 1 2
5 – 8 +2.4 –1.6 1.6 2 6 6 6 1 2 4
10 – 12 +4.0 –3.2 3.2 2 6 10 6 2 3 5
14 – 16 +4.0 –3.2 3.2 2 6 10 6 2 3 6
18 +4.0 –3.2 3.2 2 6 10 6 2 4 10
20 – 24 +6.4 –4.8 4.8 2 6 10 6 2 4 10
26 – 30 +6.4 -4.8 4.8 5 10 5 10
32 – 42 +6.4 –4.8 4.8 5 10 5 13
44 – 48 +6.4 –4.8 4.8 5 10 5 19
1 All dimensions are in millimeters. Listings with decimals do not imply precision measurement such as use of vernier, micrometer, electronicreadout equipment etc. ASME B16.9 Appendix I is a mandatory listing of inch dimensions.
2 ID = OD – 2t, all dimensions nominal, unless ID is specified by the purchaser.
MSS-SP-75 For Dimensions and Weights see page 163.
NB ID1 Wall Thickness Out of Roundness1 Elbows and Reducers Caps Angularity Elbows Reducers
at end At Ends Body of Tees Centre Overall Overall y Off Plane Off Plane
of Fittings Elbows to End Length Length Off Angle
Elbows Other A B C M H E Q P P
16 –2 4 ±0.09 Nominal -0.01 0.19 0.12 2.5% ±0.09 ±0.09 ±0.25 0.06 0.25 2.5% OD
26 –36 ±0.09 isolated reductions 1% OD 0.12 2.5% ±0.12 ±0.19 ±0.38 0.09 0.50 2.5% OD
38 –4 8 ±0.12 permitted 1% OD 0.12 2.5% ±0.19 ±0.38 ±0.38 0.12 0.75 2.5% OD
1 The inside diameter at end shall be determined by circumferential measurement, and the tolerance refers to variations from nominal ID calculated by Nominal OD – 2 x Nominal Thickness. Out of round is difference between maximum and minimum diameter.
2 ID = OD – 2t, all dimensions nominal, unless ID is specified by the purchaser.
ASME B 31.3 and 31.8Due to flexibility and stress intensification tcrotch ≥ t x 1.5 and crotch radius ≥ branch OD/8 (see B31.3 Appendix D table D300).
ASME B 16.11 For Dimensions and Weights see page 250.
The listing in page 250 of dimensions gives maxima and minima of the various dimensions. Additional tolerances are as follows:
Concentricity of bores · The socket and fitting bores shall be concentric within a tolerance of 0.8 mm (0.03 in) for all sizes. Oppositesocket bores shall be concentric within a tolerance of 1.5 mm (0.06 in) for all sizes.
Coincidence of axes · The maximum allowable variation in the alignment of the fittings bore and socket bore axes shall be 1.0 mmin 200 mm (0.06 in in 1 ft). The maximum allowable variation in alignment of threads shall be 1.0 mm in 200 mm (0.06 in in 1 ft).
Width of flat welding surface · Minimum flat is 0.75 x minimum socket wall thickness.
Not less than 87.5% ofnominal thickness
Tolerances and End FinishesDimensional TolerancesPipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
385
ASME B 16.5 and B 16.47 For Dimensions and Weights see page 224 and page 238.
Outside diameter O None specified
Flanges thickness tf1 NPS 18 and smaller – 0 + 3mm (0.12”)
NPS 20 to NPS 24 – 0 + 5mm (0.19”)
NPS 26 and up Thickness up to 1.0 – 0 + 0.12” (3mm)
Thickness 1.0 to 2.0 – 0 + 0.19” (5mm)
Thickness 2.0 to 3.0 – 0 + 0.31” (8mm)
Thickness over 3.0 – 0 + 0.38” (10mm)
Diameter of hub X None specified
OD at chamfer (welding neck) A NPS 5 and smaller + 2.0mm (0.09”) - 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 6 to NPS 24 + 4.0mm (1.16”) - 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 26 and larger + 0.21” (5.0mm) – 0.06” (1.6mm)
Length through hub Y
• welding neck NPS 4 and smaller ± 1.5mm (0.06”)
NPS 5 to NPS 10 + 1.5 (0.06”) - 3.0mm (0.12”)
NPS 12 to NPS 24 + 3.0mm (0.12”) - 5.0mm (0.18”)
NPS 26 and larger ± 0.19” (5mm)
• slip on Lengths listed are minimum. No maximum is specified.
Bore B
• welding neck NPS 10 and smaller ± 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 12 to NPS 18 ± 1.5mm (0.06”)
NPS 20 and larger + 3.0mm (0.12”) - 1.5mm (0.06”)
• slip on NPS 10 and smaller + 1.0mm (0.03”) - 0
NPS 12 to NPS 24 + 1.5mm (0.06”) - 0
Diameter of bolt circle ± 1.5mm (0.06”)
Centre to centre
adjacent bolt holes ± 0.8mm (0.03”)
Eccentricity: Bolt circle diameter NPS 2.1/2 and smaller 0.8mm (0.03”)
to machined facing diameter:
NPS 3 and larger 1.5mm (0.06”)
Thickness of hub at welding end – 12.5% of nominal pipe thickness
Diameter of face R2 150 lb, 300 lb up to NPS 24 ± 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 26 and larger ± 0.08” (2.0mm)
All other classes up to NPS 24 ± 0.5mm (0.02”)
NPS 26 and larger ± 0.04” (1.0mm)
Bolt length L
• Stud bolts ≤ 305mm (12”) – 1.5mm (0.06”)
> 305mm (12”) ≤ 460mm (18”) – 3.0mm (0.12”)> 460mm (18”) – 7.0mm (0.25”)
• Machine bolt ASME B18.2.1
Facing Raised face 3.2–6.3μm (125– 250 micro inches)
Ring joint Side wall surface 1.6 μm (63 mirco inches) max.
1 Raised face flanges: 150lb and 300lb flanges have 2mm (0.06”) raised face, other classes 7mm (0.25”)2 Ring joint facings: See Table 5 in ASME B16.25, table 3 in ASME B16.47 for dimensions. Dimension R is not applicable.
API 5L
α = 30˚ + 5˚ – 0˚a = 1/16” ± 1/32”
1.59mm ± 0.79mm
• For seamless pipe where internal machiningis required to meet root face tolerance, max.angle of internal taper from longitudinal axisgiven in table.
Wall thickness Max angle of taper
in mm
< 0.418 < 10.6 7˚
0.418 – 0.555 10.6 – 14.1 9 1/2˚
0.556 – 0.666 14.1 – 16.9 11˚
> 0.666 > 16.9 14˚
• For removal of internal butt on welded pipelarger than 4 1/2 in OD, internal taper 7˚ max.
• SAW pipe shall have inside weldreinforcement removed for a distance ofapproximately 4 inches.
• Pipe 2 3/8 and larger, pipe ends cut square to within 1/16 in(1.59mm).
Tolerances and End FinishesEnd FinishesWelding Ends/Threads
386
ASME B16.25
Plain Bevel (Fig 2a)
α = 37.1/2˚ ±2.1/2˚a = 0.06” ±0.03”
1.6mm ±0.8mm
Compound Bevel (Fig 3a)
α = 371/2˚ ±21/2˚β = 10˚ ±1˚a = 0.06” ±0.03”
1.6mm ±0.8mm
α
a
α
a
0.88in max22mm
α
a
0.75in ± 0.0619mm ± 2.0
β
over 0.88in
22mm
Tolerances and End FinishesEnd Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
387
DIN 2559Id.-No Denomination Sectional view Wall Thickness Angle Distance Root face
Symbol s mm (in) α ° β ° b mm (in) c mm (in)
1 square butt weld ≤ 3 0 to 3
(≤ 0.118) (0 to 0.118)
21 single V butt weld ≤ 16 40 to 60 for SG 0 to 3
(≤ 0.630) 60 for E and G (0 to 0.118)
22 single V butt weld ≤ 16 40 to 60 for SG 0 to 4 to 2
(≤ 0.630) 60 for E and G (0 to 0.157) (to 0.79)
3 single U butt weld ≥ 12 8 0 to 3 to 2
(≥ 0.472) (0 to 0.118) (to 0.079)
4 single U butt weld ≥ 12 60 8 0 to 3 ≈ 4
on bevelled gap (≥ 0.472) (0 to 0.118) (≈ 0.157)
5 single V butt weld ≥ 16 ≈ 35 ≈6 0 to 2 ≈ 6
on bevelled gap (≥ 0.630) (0 to 0.079) (≈ 0.236)
s
b
b
α
s
b
α
sc
b
β
≈6s
c
b
β
≈6α
s
c
b
β
s
c
α
Tolerances and End FinishesEnd FinishesWelding Ends/Threads
388
Threading Specifications
API 5L Line pipe API 5B Threading, Gauging and Thread Inspection
ASTM A 53 Pipe ASME B1.20.1 NPT Pipe Threads, General Purpose
ASME B 16.5, B 16.11 ASME B1.20.1 NPT Pipe Threads, General Purpose
ASTM A 193 Bolts ASME B1.1 Unified Screw Threads Class 2A (Bolts) 2B (Nuts)
≤1” (25.4mm) Course Thread Series, ≥1” 8 Pitch Thread Series
ASTM A 194 Nuts ASME B1.1 Unified Screw Threads Class 2A (Bolts) 2B (Nuts)
≤1” (25.4mm) Course Thread Series, ≥1” 8 Pitch Thread Series
N.B. ASME B1.20.1 replaces ANSI B2.1.
All threads right hand unless designated LH.
ASME B1.1
UN unified thread series - specific combinations of character and pitch
Class 2A refers to tolerances and allowances for external threads
Class 2B refers to tolerances and allowances for internal threads
Pitch p reciprocal of threads per inch n (p= 1/n)
Course Thread Series (UNC) threads per inch (see table)
8 Pitch Thread Series (8UN) threads per inch = 8
Thread Form triangular 60˚ (can be rounded)
Height of Fundamental Triangle H = 0.866 p
Height of Thread:(internal and external) h = 0.541 p = 5/8 H
Major Diameter D, i.e. bolt or associated nut diameter
Minor Diameter E = D–2h
Threads per Inch
Course Thread Nominal Diameter 1/4 5/163/8 7/16
1/2 9/165/8 3/4 7/8 1
Series UNC Threads per Inch 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
Tolerances are not given here as special equipment would be needed to measure the appropriate
dimensions. See specification for detailed tolerances and gauging practice
Tolerances and End FinishesEnd Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
389
ASME B1.20.1 NPT National (American) Pipe Taper Threads
API 5B Line Pipe Thread Dimensions
Table of Dimensions1, 2
NB Threads Hand Tight Effective External Thread Overall Nominal complete
per inch n ext. Thread external Thread
Length L1 Diam. E1 Length L2 Diam. E2 Length L4 Length L5 Diam. E 5
in threads in in threads in in in in1/8 27 0.162 4.36 0.374 0.264 7.12 0.380 0.392 0.190 0.3751/4 18 0.228 4.10 0.492 0.402 7.23 0.503 0.595 0.291 0.4963/8 18 0.240 4.32 0.627 0.408 7.34 0.638 0.601 0.297 0.6311/2 14 0.320 4.48 0.778 0.534 7.47 0.792 0.782 0.391 0.7833/4 14 0.339 4.75 0.989 0.546 7.64 1.002 0.794 0.403 0.993
1 11.5 0.400 4.60 1.239 0.683 7.85 1.256 0.985 0.509 1.245
1 1/4 11.5 0.420 4.83 1.583 0.707 8.13 1.601 1.009 0.533 1.590
1 1/2 11.5 0.420 4.83 1.822 0.724 8.32 1.841 1.025 0.550 1.830
2 11.5 0.436 5.01 2.296 0.757 8.70 2.316 1.058 0.583 2.305
2 1/2 8 0.682 5.46 2.762 1.138 9.10 2.791 1.571 0.888 2.775
3 8 0.766 6.13 3.389 1.200 9.60 3.416 1.634 0.950 3.400
3 1/2 8 0.821 6.57 3.889 1.250 10.00 3.916 1.684 1.000 3.900
4 8 0.844 6.75 4.387 1.300 10.40 4.416 1.734 1.050 4.400
5 8 0.937 7.50 5.449 1.406 11.25 5.479 1.840 1.156 5.463
6 8 0.958 7.66 6.506 1.513 12.10 6.541 1.946 1.263 6.525
8 8 1.063 8.50 8.500 1.713 13.70 8.541 2.146 1.463 8.525
10 8 1.210 9.68 10.621 1.925 15.40 10.666 2.359 1.675 10.650
12 8 1.360 10.88 12.618 2.125 17.00 12.666 2.559 1.875 12.650
14 8 1.562 12.50 13.873 2.250 18.00 13.916 2.684 2.000 13.900
16 8 1.812 14.50 15.876 2.450 19.60 15.916 2.884 2.200 15.900
18 8 2.000 16.00 17.875 2.650 21.20 17.916 3.084 2.400 17.900
20 8 2.125 17.00 19.870 2.850 22.80 19.916 3.284 2.600 19.900
24 8 2.375 19.00 23.861 3.250 26.00 23.916 3.684 3.000 23.900
1 The dimensions given here are in inches to three decimal places only. 2 Threads are right handed unless designated LH
Pitch p = 1/n: reciprocal of threads per inch D = pipe diameterTaper = 0.0625 inches per inch (1 in 16) Eo = D – (0.05D + 1.1) pAngle of teeth = 60˚ E1 = Eo + 0.0625 L1Height of thread triangle = 0.866p L2 = (0.80D + 6.8) pHeight of actual thread = 0.800p Couplings Thread forms: API 5L are taper, ASTM A53 2” NB and smaller in
std weight can be straight, all others taperApplication is hand tight unless power-tight is specified.
L 1
Vanish threadsdue to chamferon die
Taper of thread1 in 16 measuredon diameter
L 5
L 4
L 3
L 2
E 0 E 1E 3
V
E 2
2 p
Pitch line
E 5 OD
Tolerances and End FinishesEnd FinishesWelding Ends/Threads
390
BS21 Taper Thread based on Whitworth
ISO 7/1Pitch p = 1/ threads per inch = pTaper = 1 in 16Angle of teeth = 55˚Height of thread triangle = 0.960237 pActual thread height = 0.640327 pRadius of rounded crest and roots = 0.137278 p
Size Threads Gauge Ø Gauge length Lenght of useful thread Fitting Wrenching Ø tol. internal
per inch min Turns of T1/2 Turns of Tol. Allowance Allowance parallel threads mm
in thread threads thread threads1/8 28 9.728 4 3/8 ± 1 7 1/8 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.0711/4 19 13.157 4 1/2 ± 1 7 1/4 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.1043/8 19 16.662 4 3/4 ± 1 7 1/2 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.1041/2 14 20.955 4 1/2 ± 1 7 1/4 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.1423/4 14 26.441 5 1/4 ± 1 8 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.142
1 11 33.249 4 1/2 ± 1 7 1/4 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.180
1 1/4 11 41.910 5 1/2 ± 1 8 1/4 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.180
1 1/2 11 47.803 5 1/2 ± 1 8 1/4 ± 1 2 3/4 1 1/2 ± 0.180
2 11 59.614 6 7/8 ± 1 10 1/8 ± 1 3 1/4 2 ± 0.180
2 1/2 11 75.184 7 9/16 ± 1 1/2 11 9/16 ± 1 1/2 4 2 1/2 ± 0.216
3 11 87.884 8 15/16 ± 1 1/2 12 15/16 ± 1 1/2 4 2 1/2 ± 0.216
4 11 113.030 11 ± 1 1/2 15 1/2 ± 1 1/2 4 1/2 3 ± 0.216
5 11 138.430 12 3/8 ± 1 1/2 17 3/8 ± 1 1/2 5 3 1/2 ± 0.216
6 11 163.830 12 3/8 ± 1 1/2 17 3/8 ± 1 1/2 5 3 1/2 ± 0.216
T1
2-
T1
2+
Complete thread
Useful thread(not less than gauge length plus fitting allowance)
Total thread
Incompletethread
Washoutthread
End of longest permittedinternal thread at handtight engagement
Gauge plane
Vanish cone
Allowance equivalentto positive toleranceon internal thread
Major cone
Gauge lengthWrenchningallowance
Fitting allowance
Gaugediameter d
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
General InformationIndex
393
Conversion FactorsUmrechnungsfaktorenTable de ConversionTabelle di ConversioneFactores de Conversión ........................................................ 394
Test MethodsTestverfahrenDifférentes Méthodes de testsMetodi di controlloMetodos de Inspección ........................................................ 407
WeldingSchweißverfahrenSoudageSaldaturaMetodo di Soldadura .......................................................... 408
Heat TreatmentWärmebehandlungTraitement thermiqueTrattamento TermicoTratamiento Térmico ............................................................ 410
Corrosion Prevention, CoatingKorrosionsschutz, BeschichtungenTraitement Anticorrosion, RevêtementsPrevenzione alla corrosione, RivestimentoPrevencion de Corrosión, Revestimiento .............................. 412
Common Alloying Elements in SteelAllgemeine Legierungselemente im StahlElements d‘alliage communs dans l‘acierElementi leganti nell‘AcciaioElementos de Aleación en Acero .......................................... 414
ShippingVerschiffungExpeditionCondizioni di spedizioneCondiciones de embarcamiento .......................................... 416
Pipe Stacking/Railroad and Marine TransportLagerung/Bahn- und SeetransportGerbage de Tubes/Transport ferroviaire et maritimeDeposito/Trasporto ferroviario e marittimoAlmacenamiento de Tubos/Transporte por ferrocarril y barco .......................................................... 418
Glossary of TermsFachwortverzeichnisLexique de Différents Termes utilisésGlossario della TerminologiaTerminologia ........................................................................ 419
General InformationConversion Factors
394
System of Units (SI)
The SI System is based on the Metre, Kilogram, Second and Ampere
1 Metre (m) = 1000 millimetres (mm)= 100 centimetres (cm)
1 Kilometre (km) = 1000 metres (m)1 Kilogram (kg) = 1000 grams (g)1 Tonne (t) = 1000 kilograms (kg)
Keymultiply by 1 unit
divide by 1 unit
Lengthmetre (m)
Masskilogram (kg)
Timesecond (s)
Electric Current(rate of flow)
ampere (A)
ElectricResistance
V/A
= ohm (Ω)
Quantity ofElectricity
ampere second(As)
= coulomb (C)
ElectricConductance
A/V
= siemens (S)
ElectricPotential
watt per ampere(W/A)
= volt (V)
ElectricCapacitance
C/V
= farad (F)
Velocitymetre per second
(m/s)
Power(rate of carrying out work)
joule per second
= watt (W) (also W=A·V)
Areasquare metre
(m2)
Pressure, stressnewton per
square metre(N/m2)
= pascal (Pa)
Forcekilogram metre
per secondsquared (kg/m2)
= newton (N)
Energy, work done,or quantity of heat
(force applied through distance)newton metre (Nm)
= joule (J)
Accelerationmetre per
second squared(per secondper second)
(m/s2)
General InformationConversion Factors
395
Lengthfrom metric to imperial multiply by from imperial to metric multiply by
micron μm millliinch mil 0.03937 milliinch mil micron μm 25.40
millimetre mm inch in 0.03937 inch in millimetre mm 25.4000
metre m foot ft 3.2808 foot ft metre m 0.3048
metre m yard yd 1.0963 yard yd metre m 0.9144
metre m chain 0.1491 chain metre m 20.1168
metre m furlong 0.0050 furlong metre m 201.168
metre m fathom 0.5468 fathom metre m 1.8288
kilometre km mile 0.6214 mile kilometre km 1.6093
Areafrom metric to imperial multiply by from imperial to metric multiply by
sq millimetre mm2 sq inch sq in 0.0015 sqare inch sq in sq millimetre mm2 645.1600
sq centimetre cm2 sq inch sq in 0.1550 square inch sq in sq centimetre cm2 6.4516
sq metre m2 sq foot sq ft 10.7636 square foot sq ft sq metre m2 0.0929
sq metre m2 sq yard sq yd 1.1960 square yard sq yd sq metre m2 0.8361
sq metre m2 acre 0.0002 acre sq metre m2 4046.86
sq kilometre km2 sq mile 0.3861 square mile sq kilometre km2 2.5898
Volumefrom metric to imperial multiply by from imperial to metric multiply by
cubic centimetre cc cubic inch cu in 0.0610 cubic inch cu in cubic centimetre cc 16.3871
cubic metre m3 cubic foot cu ft 35.3134 cubic foot cu ft cubic metre m3 0.0283
cubic metre m3 litre l 1000.0000 litre l cubic metre m3 0.0010
litre l pint pt 1.7599 pint pt litre l 0.5682
litre l imperial gallon 0.2198 imperial gallon litre l 4.5460
litre l us gallon 0.2642 us gallon litre l 3.7854
litre l us barrel 0.0063 us barrel litre l 158.98
us barrel us gallon 42.0000 us gallon us barrel 0.0238
Weightfrom metric to imperial multiply by from imperial to metric multiply by
gram g dram dr 0.5644 dram dr gram g 1.7718
gram g grain gr 15.4324 grain gr gram g 0.0648
gram g ounce oz 0.0353 ounce oz gram g 28.3495
gram g pound lb 0.0022 pound lb gram g 453.5923
kilogram kg pound lb 2.2046 pound lb kilogram kg 0.4536
kilogram kg hundredweight cwt 0.0197 hundredweight cwt kilogram kg 50.8023
metric ton t kilogram kg 1000.000 kilogram kg metric ton t 0.0010
metric ton t ton t 0.9842 ton t metric ton t 1.0161
Note: US short ton = 2000 lbs = 907.2 kg
General InformationConversion Factors
396
TemperatureThere are three common temperature scales, Celsius or Centrigrade, Kelvin or Absolute and Fahrenheit.
Celsius (Centigrade) is based on: 0 °C is the freezing point and 100 °C the boiling point of water
Kelvin (Absolute) has the same temperature graduations as Celsius but 0 °K is -273.15 °C, which is absolute zero – so calledbecause it is the lowest possible temperature in this universe
Fahrenheit was originally formulated based on: 0 °F as the temperature of a mixture of ice and salt (-32 °C) and 100 °F as the temperature of humans blood. One °F = 5/9 °C.
from to Formula
Celsius °C Farenheit °F multiply by 9/5 and add 32
Celsius °C Kelvin °K add 273.15
Kelvin °K Farenheit °F multiply by 9/5 and subtract 459.67
Fahrenheit °F Celsius °C subtract 32 and multiply by 5/9
Kelvin °K Celsius °C Subtract 273.15
Fahrenheit °F Kelvin °K multiply by 5/9 and add 255.37
ForceForce = mass x acceleration
from to multiply by
Newtons N kilopond kp 0.1020
Newtons N pound weight lbwgt 0.2248
Kilopond kp pound weight lbwgt 2.2046
Kilopond kp Newtons N 9.8067
pound weight lbwgt Newtons N 4.4482
pound weight lbwgt kilopond kp 0.4536
Gravitational acceleration 9.80665 meters per second per second (slight variation at different points on earth).
NB Kilopond = Kilogram forcepound weight = pound force
General InformationConversion Factors
397
EnergyEnergy = force x distance = quantity of heat
from to multiply by
Joule J kilopond metre kpm 0.1020
Joule J kiloawatt hour kWh 0.2778 x 10-6
Joule J foot pound weight ftlbwgt 0.7376
Joule J kilocalorie kcal 0.2388 x 10-3
Joule J British Themal Unit BThU 0.9479 x 10-3
kilopond metre kpm kiloawatt hour kWh 2.7233 x 10-6
kilopond metre kpm foot pound weight ftlbwgt 7.2307
kilopond metre kpm kilocalorie kcal 2.3425 x 10-3
kilopond metre kpm British Themal Unit BThU 9.2954 x 10-3
kilopond metre kpm Joule J 9.8067
kilowatt hour kWh foot pound weight ftlbwgt 2.6553 x 106
kilowatt hour kWh kilocalorie kcal 859.85
kilowatt hour kWh British Themal Unit BThU 3.4118 x 10-3
kilowatt hour kWh Joule J 3.6000 x 106
kilowatt hour kWh kilopond metre kpm 0.3672 x 106
foot pound weight ftlbwgt kilocalorie kcal 0.3238 x 10-3
foot pound weight ftlbwgt British Themal Unit BThU 1.2851 x 10-3
foot pound weight ftlbwgt Joule J 1.3558
foot pound weight ftlbwgt kilopond metre kpm 0.1383
foot pound weight ftlbwgt kilowatt hour kWh 0.3766 x 10-6
kilocalorie kcal British Themal Unit BThU 3.9683
kilocalorie kcal Joule J 4186.8
kilocalorie kcal kilopond metre kpm 426.89
kilocalorie kcal kilowatt hour kWh 1.1630 x 10-3
kilocalorie kcal foot pound weight ftlbwgt 3088.3
British Themal Unit BThU Joule J 1055.0
British Thermal Unit BThU kilopond metre kpm 107.58
British Thermal Unit BThU kiloawatt hour kWh 293.10
British Thermal Unit BThU foot pound weight ftlbwgt 778.0
British Thermal Unit BThU kilocalorie kcal 0.2520
1 Joule = 1 Newton metre = 1 Watt second = 107 ergs
General InformationConversion Factors
398
PowerPower = energy per second
from to multiply by
Watt W kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 0.1020
Watt W foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 0.7376
Watt W Horse Power hp 1.341 x 10-3
Watt W Cheval Vapeur CV 1.360 x 10-3
Watt W Pferdestärke PS 1.360 x 10-3
Watt W kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 0.8598
Watt W British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 3.4118
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 7.2307
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s Horse Power hp 0.0131
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s Cheval Vapeur CV 0.0133
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s Pferdestärke PS 0.0133
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 8.4317
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 33.463
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s Horse Power hp 1.8182 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s Cheval Vapeur CV 1.8450 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s Pferdestärke PS 1.8450 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 1.1657
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 4.6264
Horse Power hp Cheval Vapeur CV 1.014
Horse Power hp Pferdestärke PS 1.014
Horse Power hp kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 641.14
Horse Power hp British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 2544
Cheval Vapeur CV Pferdestärke PS 1
Cheval Vapeur CV kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 632.38
Cheval Vapeur CV British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 2507
Pferdestärke PS kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 632.38
Pferdestärke PS British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 2507
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h 3.9683
General InformationConversion Factors
399
PowerPower = energy per second
from to multiply by
kilopond metre/sec kpm/s Watt W 9.8067
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s Watt W 1.3558
Horse Power hp Watt W 745.7
Cheval Vapeur CV Watt W 735.5
Pferdestärke PS Watt W 735.5
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h Watt W 1.1630
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h Watt W 0.2931
foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 0.1383
Horse Power hp kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 76.071
Cheval Vapeur CV kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 75.00
Pferdestärke PS kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 75.00
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 0.1186
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h kilopond metre/sec kpm/s 0.0299
Horse Power hp foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 550.00
Cheval Vapeur CV foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 542.0
Pferdestärke PS foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 542.0
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 0.8579
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h foot pound weight/sec ftlbwgt/s 0.2162
Cheval Vapeur CV Horse Power hp 0.9862
Pferdestärke PS Horse Power hp 0.9862
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h Horse Power hp 1.5597 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h Horse Power hp 0.3930 x 10-3
Pferdestärke PS Cheval Vapeur CV 1
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h Cheval Vapeur CV 1.5813 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h Cheval Vapeur CV 0.3988 x 10-3
kilocalorie/hour kcal/h Pferdestärke PS 1.5813 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h Pferdestärke PS 0.3988 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour BThU/h kilocalorie/hour kcal/h 0.2520
1 Watt = 1 Joule/sec = 1Nm/sec1 Kilowatt = 1000 Watts
General InformationConversion Factors
400
PressurePressure = force divided by area
from to multiply by
Bar Bar Mega Pascals MPa 0.1
Bar Bar Pounds per sq inch psi 14.5038
Mega Pascals MPa Pounds per sq inch psi 145.038
Mega Pascals MPa Bar Bar 10
Pounds per sq inch psi Bar Bar 0.068947
Pounds per sq inch psi Mega Pascals MPa 6.8947 x 10-3
1 atmosphere (atm) = 760mm Hg (Torr) = 1.01325bar1 Pascal = 1 N/m2; 1MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 10bar1 kp/cm2 = 0.0980665bar; 1 kp/mm2 = 98.0665bar = 9.08665MPa
StressStress = force divided by area
from to multiply by
Newtons/sq mm N/mm2 Thousand of pounds/sq in ksi 0.1450
Newtons/sq mm N/mm2 Tons per sqare inch ton/sq in 0.06475
Thousand of pounds/sq in ksi Tons per sqare inch ton/sq in 0.4464
Thousand of pounds/sq in ksi Newtons/sq mm N/mm2 N/mm2 6.8947
Tons per sqare inch ton/sq in Newtons/sq mm N/mm2 N/mm2 15.4443
Tons per sqare inch ton/sq in Thousand of pounds/sq in ksi 2.240
1 N/mm2 = 1MPa
Impact Energy and Stress
Impact test results are sometimes reported in units of stress rather than units of energy. The conversion factors for British Imperial to Metric Units are given in the table of energy:
1 Joule (J) = 0.7376 ft lbs1 ft lb = 1.3558 Joules
for stress values, the area behind the V-notch is required
e.g a 10 x 10mm sample with 2mm V-notch (ISO) area = for case a 1 Joule/cm2 = 1.25J 1J = 0.8J/cm2
80mm2 (0.8cm2) for case b 1 Joule/cm2 = 2.50J 1J = 0.4J/cm2
b 10 x 5mm sample with 2mm V-notch (ISO) area = for case a 1 kgf/cm2 = 7.84532J 1J = 0.1275 kgf/cm2
40mm2 (0.4cm2) for case b 1 kgf/cm2 = 3.92266J 1J = 0.2549 kgf/cm2
General InformationConversion Factors
401
Grain size Equivalents ASTM E112ASTM No. 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Average Grain in 0.020 0.0141 0.010 0.007 0.005 0.0035 0.0025 0.0018 0.0012 0.0009 0.0006 0.0004
Diameter mm 0.51 0.36 0.25 0.18 0.125 0.090 0.065 0.045 0.032 0.022 0.016 0.011
Multiple UnitsPrefix Symbol Factor Scientific Notation
atto a 0.000 000 000 000 000 001 10-18
femto f 0.000 000 000 000 001 10-15
pico p 0.000 000 000 001 10-12
nano n 0.000 000 001 10-9
micro μ 0.000 001 10-6
milli m 0.001 10-3
centi c 0.01 10-2
deci d 0.1 10-1
deka da 10 101
hecto h 100 102
kilo k 1 000 103
mega M 1 000 000 106
giga G 1 000 000 000 109
tera T 1 000 000 000 000 1012
Unit Symbolsmetre m inch in
kilogram kg foot ft
Second s yard yd
ampere A pound lb
Newton N British Thermal Unit Btu
Pascal Pa Horsepower hp
Joule J Cheval Vapeur CV
Watt W Pferdestärke PS
Kilopond kp calorie cal
Weight of Water at 4°C1 cu inch 0.036lb
1 cu ft 62.4lb
1 imperial gallon 10.0lb
1 US gallon 8.33lb
1 litre 2.20lb 1kg
General InformationConversion Factors
402
Hardness more comprehensive conversion tables are given in ASTM E140
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Vickers Brinell 10mm ball, 3000kg load Rockwell
Diamond
Pyramid A-Scale B-Scale C-Scale D-Scale
Hardness Standard Hultgren Tungsten 60kg load 100kg load 150kg load 100kg load
Number Ball Ball Carbide Ball brale penetrator 1/16–1in Ø ball brale penetrator brale penetrator
940 85.6 68.0 76.9
920 85.3 67.5 76.5
900 85.0 67.0 76.1
880 767 84.7 66.4 75.7
860 757 84.4 65.9 75.3
840 745 84.1 65.3 74.8
820 733 83.8 64.7 74.3
800 722 83.4 64.0 73.8
780 710 83.0 63.3 73.3
760 698 82.6 62.5 72.6
740 684 82.2 61.8 72.1
720 670 81.8 61.0 71.5
700 615 656 81.3 60.1 70.8
690 610 647 81.1 59.7 70.5
680 603 638 80.8 59.2 70.1
670 597 630 80.6 58.8 69.8
660 590 620 80.3 58.3 69.4
650 585 611 80.0 57.8 69.0
640 578 601 79.8 57.3 68.7
630 571 591 79.5 56.8 68.3
620 564 582 79.2 56.3 67.9
610 557 573 78.9 55.7 67.5
600 550 564 78.6 55.2 67.0
590 542 554 78.4 54.7 66.7
580 535 545 78.0 54.1 66.2
570 527 535 77.8 53.6 65.8
560 519 525 77.4 53.0 65.4
550 505 512 517 77.0 52.3 64.8
540 496 503 507 76.7 51.7 64.4
530 488 495 497 76.4 51.1 63.9
520 480 487 488 76.1 50.5 63.5
510 473 479 479 75.7 49.8 62.9
500 465 471 471 75.3 49.1 62.2
490 456 460 460 74.9 48.4 61.6
480 448 452 452 74.5 47.7 61.3
470 441 442 442 74.1 46.9 60.7
460 433 433 433 73.6 46.1 60.1
450 425 425 425 73.3 45.3 59.4
440 415 415 415 72.8 44.5 58.8
430 405 405 405 72.3 43.6 58.2
General InformationConversion Factors
403
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number Shore Tensile Strength Vickers
Superficial Brale Penetrator scleroscope (approximate) Diamond
Hardness Pyramid
15-N-Scale 30-N-Scale 45-N-Scale number Hardness
15kg load 30kg load 45kg load 1000 psi N/mm2 Number
93.2 84.4 75.4 97 940
93.0 84.0 74.8 96 920
92.9 83.6 74.2 95 900
92.7 83.1 73.6 93 880
92.5 82.7 73.1 92 860
92.3 82.2 72.2 91 840
92.1 81.7 71.8 90 820
91.8 81.1 71.0 88 800
91.5 80.4 70.2 87 780
91.2 79.7 69.4 86 760
91.0 79.1 68.6 84 740
90.7 78.4 67.7 83 720
90.3 77.6 66.7 81 700
90.1 77.2 66.2 690
89.8 76.8 65.7 80 329 2268 680
89.7 76.4 65.3 324 2234 670
89.5 75.9 64.7 79 319 2199 660
89.2 75.5 64.1 314 2165 650
89.0 75.1 63.5 77 309 2130 640
88.8 74.6 63.0 304 2096 630
88.5 74.2 62.4 75 299 2062 620
88.2 73.6 61.7 294 2027 610
88.0 73.2 61.2 74 289 1993 600
87.8 72.7 60.5 284 1958 590
87.5 72.1 59.9 72 279 1924 580
87.2 71.7 59.3 274 1889 570
86.9 71.2 58.6 71 269 1855 560
86.6 70.5 57.8 264 1820 550
86.3 70.0 57.0 69 260 1793 540
86.0 69.5 56.2 254 1751 530
85.7 69.0 55.6 67 250 1724 520
85.4 68.3 54.7 244 1682 510
85.0 67.7 53.9 66 240 1655 500
84.7 67.1 53.1 234 1613 490
84.3 66.4 52.2 64 230 1586 480
83.9 65.7 51.3 224 1544 470
83.6 64.9 50.4 62 220 1517 460
83.2 64.3 49.4 214 1475 450
82.8 63.5 48.4 59 210 1448 440
82.3 62.7 47.4 204 1407 430
General InformationConversion Factors
404
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Vickers Brinell 10mm ball, 3000kg load Rockwell
Diamond
Pyramid A-Scale B-Scale C-Scale D-Scale
Hardness Standard Hultgren Tungsten 60kg load 100kg load 150kg load 100kg load
Number Ball Ball Carbide Ball brale penetrator 1/16–1in Ø ball brale penetrator brale penetrator
420 397 397 397 71.8 42.7 57.5
410 388 388 388 71.4 41.8 56.8
400 379 379 379 70.8 40.8 56.0
390 369 369 369 70.3 39.8 55.2
380 360 360 360 69.8 (110.0) 38.8 54.4
370 350 350 350 69.2 37.7 53.6
360 341 341 341 68.7 (109.0) 36.6 52.8
350 331 331 331 68.1 35.5 51.9
340 322 322 322 67.6 (108.0) 34.4 51.1
330 313 313 313 67.0 33.3 50.2
320 303 303 303 66.4 (107.0) 32.2 49.4
310 294 294 294 65.8 31.0 48.4
300 284 284 284 65.2 (105.5) 29.8 47.5
295 280 280 280 64.8 29.2 47.1
290 275 275 275 64.5 (104.5) 28.5 46.5
285 270 270 270 64.2 27.8 46.0
280 265 265 265 63.8 (103.5) 27.1 45.3
275 261 261 261 63.5 26.4 44.9
270 256 256 256 63.1 (102.0) 25.6 44.3
265 252 252 252 62.7 24.8 43.7
260 247 247 247 62.4 (101.0) 24.0 43.1
255 243 243 243 62.0 23.1 42.2
250 238 238 238 61.6 99.5 22.2 41.7
245 233 233 233 61.2 21.3 41.1
240 228 228 228 60.7 98.3 20.3 40.3
230 219 219 219 96.7 (18.0)
220 209 209 209 95.0 (15.7)
210 200 200 200 93.4 (13.4)
200 190 190 190 91.5 (11.0)
190 181 181 181 89.5 (8.5)
180 171 171 171 87.1 (6.0)
170 162 162 162 85.0 (3.0)
160 152 152 152 81.7 (0.0)
150 143 143 143 78.7
140 133 133 133 75.0
130 124 124 124 71.2
120 114 114 114 66.7
110 105 105 105 62.3
100 95 95 95 56.2
95 90 90 90 52.0
90 86 86 86 48.0
85 81 81 81 41.0
Values for Rockwell Hardness in parentheses are beyond normal range and are given for information only.
General InformationConversion Factors
405
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number Shore Tensile Strength Vickers
Superficial Brale Penetrator scleroscope (approximate) Diamond
Hardness Pyramid
15-N-Scale 30-N-Scale 45-N-Scale number Hardness
15kg load 30kg load 45kg load 1000 psi N/mm2 Number
81.8 61.9 46.4 57 200 1379 420
81.4 61.1 45.3 195 1344 410
81.0 60.2 44.1 55 190 1310 400
80.3 59.3 42.9 185 1276 390
79.8 58.4 41.7 52 180 1241 380
79.2 57.4 40.4 175 1207 370
78.6 56.4 39.1 50 170 1172 360
78.0 55.4 37.8 166 1145 350
77.4 54.4 36.5 47 161 1110 340
76.8 53.6 35.2 156 1076 330
76.2 52.3 33.9 45 151 1041 320
75.6 51.3 32.5 146 1007 310
74.9 50.2 31.1 42 141 972 300
74.6 49.7 30.4 139 958 295
74.2 49.0 29.5 41 136 938 290
73.8 48.4 28.7 134 924 285
73.4 47.8 27.9 40 131 903 280
73.0 47.2 27.1 129 889 275
72.6 46.4 26.2 38 126 869 270
72.1 45.7 25.2 124 855 265
71.6 45.0 24.3 37 121 834 260
71.1 44.2 23.2 119 820 255
70.6 43.4 22.2 36 116 800 250
70.1 42.5 21.1 114 786 245
69.6 41.7 19.9 34 111 765 240
33 106 731 230
32 101 696 220
30 97 669 210
29 92 634 200
28 88 607 190
26 84 579 180
25 79 545 170
24 75 517 160
22 71 490 150
21 66 455 140
20 62 427 130
57 393 120
110
100
95
90
85
General InformationConversion Factors
406
Approximate Comparison of Wire GaugesGauge No. Values in inches
American United States Birmingham Washburn Imperial SWG London Jouge de Paris
Brown Standard Stubs & Moen‘s Old English
& Sharpe‘s
000 0.410 0.375 0.425 0.363 0.372 0.425
00 0.365 0.344 0.380 0.331 0.348 0.380
0 0.325 0.313 0.340 0.307 0.324 0.340
1 0.289 0.281 0.300 0.283 0.300 0.300
2 0.258 0.266 0.284 0.263 0.276 0.284
3 0.229 0.250 0.259 0.244 0.252 0.259 0.031
4 0.204 0.234 0.238 0.225 0.232 0.238 0.035
5 0.182 0.219 0.220 0.207 0.212 0.220 0.039
6 0.162 0.203 0.203 0.192 0.192 0.203 0.043
7 0.144 0.188 0.180 0.177 0.176 0.180 0.047
8 0.129 0.172 0.165 0.162 0.160 0.165 0.051
9 0.114 0.156 0.148 0.148 0.144 0.148 0.055
10 0.102 0.141 0.134 0.135 0.128 0.134 0.059
11 0.0907 0.125 0.120 0.121 0.116 0.120 0.063
12 0.0808 0.109 0.109 0.106 0.104 0.109 0.071
13 0.0720 0.0938 0.095 0.0915 0.092 0.095 0.079
14 0.0641 0.0781 0.083 0.0800 0.080 0.083 0.087
15 0.0571 0.0703 0.072 0.0720 0.072 0.072 0.094
16 0.0508 0.0625 0.065 0.0625 0.064 0.065 0.106
17 0.0453 0.0563 0.058 0.0540 0.056 0.058 0.118
18 0.0403 0.0500 0.049 0.0475 0.048 0.049 0.134
19 0.0359 0.0438 0.042 0.0410 0.040 0.040 0.154
20 0.0320 0.0375 0.035 0.0348 0.036 0.035 0.173
21 0.0285 0.0344 0.032 0.0317 0.032 0.0315 0.193
22 0.0254 0.0313 0.028 0.0286 0.028 0.0295 0.213
23 0.0266 0.0281 0.025 0.0258 0.024 0.0270 0.232
24 0.0201 0.0250 0.022 0.0230 0.022 0.0250 0.252
25 0.0179 0.0219 0.020 0.0204 0.020 0.0230 0.276
26 0.0159 0.0188 0.018 0.0181 0.018 0.0205 0.299
General Information
407
Corrosion TestingHydrogen Induced Cracking · Test pieces are immersed in
synthetic seawater (usually NACE or BP solution) with hydrogen sulphide bubbled through for a fixed duration (usually 96 hours). The extent of step-wise cracking is then measured. The cracks are caused by hydrogen atoms becoming trapped at inclusion locations, building up sufficient pressure to rupture lattice. This measures the susceptibility of the material to hydrogen attack eg in sour wells.
Sulphide Stress Corrosion · A test piece is stressed while held in a corrosive solution for a fixed length of time (usually 30 days). The test can be a tensile test or four point bending test. The test measures susceptibility to sour gas attack, i.e. use of material in sour service.
Corrosion Tests · These tests are usually performed on stainless steels or other corrosion resistant materials. They are essentially tests which measure the susceptibility of materials to particular chemical attack.Weld Decay Test: Detects inter-crystalline corrosion using boiling copper sulphate/sulphuric acid solution for 72 hours. Test pieces are then bent and examined for cracks. Strauss Test: As weld decay test except solution must contain solid electrolytic copper, and immersion time is 15 hours. Huey Test: Detects susceptibility to intergranular attack using boiling nitric acid. Samples are immersed in solution forfive 48 hour periods. Weight loss after each period is measured giving a corrosion rate assessed as a thickness lossin a given time.Potentiostat: Curves relating electrode potentials and current flow. The shape of the curves is used to assess the corrosion properties.
Grade SortingThese methods are used to confirm material grades, to preventmix-ups.
Eddy Current Comparator · The magnetic properties of the test piece are compared with a standard sample using a coil.
Fluorescent Isotope Analysers · Material is irradiated using a radioactive isotope and the resulting spectrum is characteristic of the material.
Spectrometers · Portable and Semi-Portable. There are various versions available some of which are used as comparators using a standard sample and comparing the spectrum by eye. Others are highly sophisticated, capable of giving an actual chemical analysis with an accuracy approaching that of a laboratory facility.
Test MethodsWelding
Mechanical TestingTensile Test · Measures the physical strength of material by
stretching to breaking a strip or rod of the test material. Rm Tensile Strength - ultimate material strength.Re Yield Strength - strength at which material suffers permanent deformation.El Elongation - Amount material is permanently stretchedafter breaking as a percentage of the gauge length.
Proof Stress · Stress at a defined extension eg 0.2%, 0.5%.This is sometimes done at high temperatures (hot proof).
Charpy Impact · Measures the ability to withstand shock loading, which is a combination of strength and ductility. A test piece is notched, and broken by the impact of a hammer pendulum and the absorbed energy measured. This test is usually performed at low temperatures .
Menagé · As Charpy impact, but different notch profile.Hardness Test · A measure of the resistance of material to
indentation (surface deformation). There are various methods, eg Brinell using a steel ball, Vickers using a pyramid shaped diamond. This test is a useful non-destructive test for a guide as to the suitability of a material for sour service. See NACE MR 01-75 which has a requirement of HRC 22 max for carbon and stainless steels.
Drop Weight Tear Test · Similar to Charpy Impact test. A weight is dropped onto the notched specimen, to break the test piece. The fracture surface is examined to determine the percentage of the surface which exhibits shear fracture as opposed to brittle fracture.
Through Thickness Test · Tensile test through the wall thickness. Value measured is the percentage reduction in area of the broken test piece and the tensile strength. The higher the reduction in area the better.
CTOD Test · Suspectability of material to crack propagation. A crack is generated at the root of a notch in the test piece. The rate of opening is then plotted using strain gauges under applied loads until the crack propagates. The wider the crack before propagation the better the result.
Creep and Stress Rupture · Stressing material at different temperatures over long periods of time, eg 10,000 hrs. Creep is a measure of long term plastic deformation, stress rupture is the time to rupture at fixed stress.
Fatigue Testing · A cycle of stress is applied for a fixed length of time to see if material will crack, or if an artificial crack will propagate.
Chemical TestingChemical Analysis · Exact chemical composition of material.
Usually done by spectroscope, which can be a large fixed apparatus, or portable equipment for approximate values. Very exact values can be obtained by wet analysis in a chemical laboratory. Values for certain non-metallic elements such as carbon or sulphur are best obtained by infrared absorbtion.
General InformationTest MethodsWelding
408
Defect DetectionHydraulic Test · Pressure test using fluid (air, oil, water etc) to
detect cracks or holes.Ultrasonic Test · Ultrasound is passed through material and is
reflected by cracks and inclusions. Shear waves are used for angled propagation, to detect surface breaking flaws on the inside or the outside of the piece under test.Compression waves which are longitudinal waves are used to detect internal mid-wall flaws and measure wall thickness. The configuration of ultrasound probes must be chosen carefully to detect particular flaws. The acceptance criteria is defined in the appropriate product specification.
Eddy Current Test · A varying current is used to set up eddy currents in the material under test, and twin search coils are balanced. A defect disturbs this balance and is thus detected. The test finds surface breaking flaws on the outside surface.
Flux Leakage · A coil is used to set up a magnetic flux in the material under test. A defect distorts the flux field; the distortion is picked up by search coils. Defects can be detected on the external surface on the piece under test, and for pipes on the internal surface, the latter is effective only up to about 25mm wall thickness.
Magnetic Particle Inspection · A magnetic field is set up in the article under test and iron powder is sprayed on. In wet MPI the iron powder is in liquid suspension (water or kerosene); in dry MPI it is applied directly. The powder gathers at defects due to concentration of the field. Suitable contrast arrangements are required eg white background paint, fluorescent particles with an ultra-violet light detector. The test is good for surface breaking flaws.
Acoustic Emission · Defects such as cracks generate noise when stressed. This can be detected after stressing the material (eg by using a hydraulic pressure).
X Ray, Radiography · High energy electromagnetic radiation is passed through the test item onto a film plate. Defects show as darker areas on the film. Care is taken with test configuration to obtain meaningful results. The test is usually used to find flaws (eg inclusions, cracks) in welds.
Dye Penetrant · A liquid with low surface tension and viscosity is sprayed onto the surface under test. Excess liquid is cleaned off after a length of time. A developer is then applied which shows the presence of the original liquid, which has previously penetrated into any surface breaking cracks. This finds surface cracks and is useful on non-magnetic materials where MPI will not work eg austenitic stainless.
Welding MethodsERW · Electric Resistance Welding HFI · High Frequency Induction Welding.
An electric current is used to generate I2R heating at theedges of material to be welded and the edges are pressedtogether. In ERW the current is passed by contact, an HFI thecurrent is induces by coils.
Metal Arc · Manual or automatic. Coated electrodes are used with a core wire which is the filler metal.
SAW · Submerged Arc Welding.DSAW · Double Submerged Arc Welding.
An arc is formed between filler wire and workpiece, submerged under flux. Multi probe equipment is availableallowing several weld passes to be laid with one traverse ofthe welding head. When welding tubes, depending onthickness, there will be an inside pass followed by outsidepasses.
TIG · Tungsten Inert Gas. An arc is struck between a non-consumable Tungsten electrode (alloyed with Thorium) andthe work piece shielded with argon (usually with 5% heliumto increase energy transfer). The method can be with orwithout filler wire.
MIG · Metal Inert Gas. Similar to TIG accept the electrode is consumable and is the filler metal.
Plasma Arc · Similar to TIG except that the energy transmission is through a very high temperature ionised gas protectedwith a gas shield, allowing a narrow weld bead, good penetration and narrow root surface.
Electron Beam · Welding temperatures are generated using an electron beam focussed by an electro-magnetic lens in avacuum
409
NDE StandardsASTM A435 · Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel
PlatesASTM A577 · Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of Steel
PlatesASTM A578 · Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Plain
and Clad Steel Plates for Special ApplicationsASTM E213 · Practise for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe
and Tubing ASTM E309 · Practise for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel
Tubular Products Using Magnetic saturationASTM E426 · Practise for Electromagnetic (Eddy Current)
Examination of Seamless and Welded Tubular Products,Austenitic Stainless Steel and Similar Alloys
ASTM E570 · Practise for Flux Leakage Examination of Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
ASME VIII · Unfired Pressure Vessels. Paragraph UW-51 Radiography
SEL 072 · Ultrasonic Testing of Plates, Technical ConditionsSEP 1914 · Non-destructive Examination of Fusion Welded
Seams in Pipes of Stainless SteelsSEP 1915 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels
for Longitudinal DefectsSEP 1916 · Non-destructive Examination of Fusion Welded
Seams in Long Distance Linepipe for Combustible Liquidsand Gases
SEP 1917 · Non-destructive Testing of Resistance Welded Pipe of Ferritic Steels
SEP 1918 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels for Transverse Defects
SEP 1919 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels for Laminations
SEP 1925 · Eddy Current Testing of Tubes for Leak TightnessISO 1027 · Radiographic image quality indicators for non-
destructive testing – Principles and identification.ISO 9303 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-
welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheralultrasonic testing for the detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 9304 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Eddy currenttesting for the detection of imperfections.
ISO 9305 · Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral ultrasonic testing for the detection of transverseimperfections.
ISO 9402 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheralmagnetic trasnducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagneticsteel tubes for the detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 9598 · Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral magnetic trasnducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of transverseimperfections.
ISO 9764 · Electric resistance and induction welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing of the weld seamfor the detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 9765 · Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing of the weld seam for thedetection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 10124 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arc-welded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testingof the weld seam for the detection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 10543 · Seamless and hot stretch-reduced welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral ultrasonicthickness testing.
ISO 11496 · Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing of tube ends for the detectionof laminar imperfections.
ISO 12094 · Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing for the detection of laminar imperfectionsin strip/plates used in the manufacture of welded tubes.
ISO 12096 · Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Radiographic testing of longitudinal and spiralwelds for the detection of imperfections.
ISO 13663 · Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing of the area adjacent to the weld seam forthe detection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 13664 · Magnetic particle inspection of tube ends of seamless and welded ferromagnetic steel tubes for thedetection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 13665 · Magnetic particle inspection of tube body of seamless and welded ferromagnetic steel tubes for thedetection of surface imperfections.
General InformationTest Methods
Welding
Heat Treatment
410
The following descriptions refer to aspects of the equilibriumdiagram below, eg A1, A3.Annealing · The steel is heated just above A3 in order to
absorb all of the carbon into solid solution to form austenite.The steel is allowed to cool slowly in the furnace, allowingphase changes to take place as shown on the equilibriumdiagram. This is for such purposes as reducing hardness,improving machinability, facilitating cold working, producing a desired microstructure, or obtaining desiredmechanical, physical or other properties. When applicable,the following more specific terms should be used: blackannealing, blue annealing, box annealing, bright annealing,flame annealing, graphitising, intermediate annealing,isothermal annealing, malleabilising, process annealing,quench annealing, re-crystallisation annealling and spheroidising. When applied to ferrous alloys, the term’annealing’, without qualification, implies full annealing.When applied to non-ferrous alloys, the term ’annealing’implies a heat treatment designed to soften a cold workedstructure by re-crystallisation or subsequent grain growth orto soften an age-hardened alloy by causing a nearly complete precipitation of the second phase in relativelycoarse form. Any process of annealing will usually reducestresses, but if the treatment is applied for the sole purposeof such relief, it should be designated stress relieving.
Heat TreatmentThe structure of steel is one of the main parameters whichaffects physical properties. The structure is changed by the waythe metal is worked (ie the method of manufacturing) and theheat treatment.
The diagram below is the equilibrium diagram for carbon steel.This shows how the structure of steel changes, for any given carbon content, as it is heated. The different types of heat treatment are described refering to aspects of the equilibriumdiagram. Similar diagrams exist for other steels (carbon-manganese, low nickel, low alloy, high alloy, ferritic andaustenitic stainless).
Alloying elements affect the phases present in steel in threeways:• They can change the properties of ferrite by going into solid
solution in it. E.g. Si and Mn harden ferrite while Ni hardensand toughens.
• They can change the distribution of carbide in the ferritematrix. Mn and Cr refine the pearlite laminar spacing andenhance the proportion of pearlite in low carbon steel.
• They can combine with cementite to form complex carbides.Tu, V, Cr and Mo are strong carbide formers.
Alloys also slow up the rates of reaction of the phase changes inthe equilibrium diagram allowing certain phases to be frozen.Definitions follow and also see the glossary on page 417.
General Information
Simplified Equilibrium Diagram for Carbon Steel
900
800
700
600
723
T°C
Austenite
Ferrite and Austenite Austenite and Cementite
lower critical point
Ferrite and Perlite
0
Cementite and Perlite
1.00.80.60.40.2 % Carbon content
0.83
Perl
ite
Eute
cto
id
Acm
A3
A1
upper critical point
Ferrite
General InformationHeat Treatment
411
Heat Treatment (cont.)Full Annealing · Annealing a ferrous alloy by austenitising
and then cooling slowly through the transformation range.The austenitising temperature for hypo-eutectoid steel isusually above Ac3; and for hyper-eutectoid steel, usuallybetween Ac1 and Accm.
Sub-Critical Annealing · Steel is heated after cold working to just below A1. Re-crystallisation occurs and new crystalsare formed from the distorted, cold worked, crystals. Thissoftens steel by removing cold working stresses.
Isothermal Annealing · The same as annealing except that stricter control is applied to the cooling process by holdingmaterial for a fixed time at a lower temperature to ensurecomplete transformation.
Bright Annealing · By using a furnace with an inert atmosphere, no scale is formed and the resulting surface hasa bright finish.
Stress Relieving · Low temperature annealing for removing internal stresses due to work hardening or quenching.
Normalising · The steel is heated above A3 in order to absorb all of the carbon into solid solution to form austenite. Thesteel is withdrawn from the furnace and allowed to cool instill air. The rate of cooling is too fast to allow complete carbon diffusion, so small crystals of ferrite appear in morenumerous positions at the crystal boundaries and within theaustenitic crystals. A much finer crystal structure is producedsince the ferrite is formed not before, but at the same timeas the pearlite. The refining of the structure increases thehardness and the toughness of the steel giving improvedtensile and impact properties.
Quenching · Steel is heated above A3 and very rapidly cooled using water, oil or similar liquids. Cooling is so fast that notonly is the carbon prevented from diffusing but the entireprecipitation of carbon is suppressed and the carbon atomsare held in solid solution. This results in an unstable crystallattice structure known as martensite, which is intensely hardand brittle; in general practice steel cannot be used in thiscondition and is stress relieved or tempered to recover someductility.
Tempering · Steel is heated to below A1 and then cooled, usually in still air. The highly strained, distorted lattice ofmartensite breaks down, the structure changing into a ferritematrix containing a fine dispersion of cementite particles.The strength of this aggregate depends on the fineness ofthe particles, and higher tempering temperatures bringabout coarsening of the particles and rapid softening. Thetempering temperature can be used to ‘fine tune’ thestrength and ductility.
Full Hard Temper1 · (No.1 Temper) in low carbon sheet or strip steel, stiff andspringy, not suitable for bending in any direction. It is thehardest temper obtainable by hard cold rolling.2 · In stainless steel strip, tempers are based on minimumtensile or yield strength. For chromium-nickel grades fullhard temper is 185 ksi 1275 N/mm2 TS, 140 ksi 965 N/mm2
YS min. Term also used in connection with copper basealloys and considered synonymous with hard temper.
Austenitising · Forming austenite by heating a ferrous alloy into the transformation range (complete austenitising).
Controlled Atmosphere Furnace · A furnace used for bright annealing into which specially prepared gases areintroduced for the purpose of maintaining a neutral atmosphere so that no oxidising reaction between metaland atmosphere takes place.
Refining Temperature · A temperature, usually just higher than the transformation range, employed in the heat treatment of steel to refine the structure, in particular thegrain size.
Solution Treatment · Heating causes one or more of the alloying elements to go into solution. Quenching can thenbe used to retain the solution intact.
Stabilising Treatment · Heating austenitic stainless steels that contain titanium, niobium, columbium or tantalum to asuitable temperature below that of a full anneal in order toinactivate the maximum amount of carbon by precipitationas a carbide of titanium, niobium, columbium or tantalum.
Transformation Ranges · (Transformation Temperature Ranges) Those ranges of temperature within which austeniteforms during heating and transforms during cooling. Thetwo ranges are distinct, sometimes overlapping, but nevercoinciding. The limiting temperatures of the ranges dependon the composition of the alloy and on the rate of changeof temperature, particularly during cooling.
General InformationCoating and Protection
412
Coating and ProtectionThere is a large range of coatings and linings available to suit different service conditions. This handbook only gives an introduction to the general possibilities. Each situation must betechnically evaluated to allow for all environmental conditionsand fluid/gas conditions.Each type of coating has advantages and disadvantages for handling and placing in final location, and each has differentmethods of application.
Protective Coating• Oil and Varnish, short term protection (about 3 months).• Paints, oxide based, zinc rich, epoxy twin packs. Medium
term, up to 3 years depending on type and application.• Powder epoxy, long term.• Coal tar, bitumen, applied with glass fibre wrap: long term.• Polyethylene, Polypropylene, wrapped or extruded: long
term.• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), wrapped or extruded:long term.• Various composite wrappings, eg cross laminated HDPE
backing with rubber modifed bitumen, petroleum jelly withinert filler or synthetic carrier: long term.
• Rubber, natural rubber, ebonite, polychloroprene (neoprene), butyl, nitrile, hypalon, EPDM: long term.
• Zinc or cadmium, galvanising or plating: long term.• Concrete, generally used as a lining: long term.• Fluoropolymers, PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), PFA
(perfluoro-alkoxy), FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene),PVDF (polyvinilidene(fluoride), PP (polypropylene copolymere), Teflon: long term
Thermal Insulation • Usually polyurethane resin inside a polyethylene, PVC or
steel sleeve.• Fibros lagging materials.
Multiple CoatingFor practical reasons many pipelines are coated with multiplesystems which combine corrosion resistance with mechanicalprotection for ease of handling and security when laying. Thereare various proprietary systems available, and a typical systemconsists of 400 microns FBE, 150 microns of adhesive and 3 mm ofpolypropelene. This system is applied sequentially in a plant withproduction parameters set to ensure full cure of FBE, completebonding of adheseive and uniform PP. Various systems are available for field joints.
Cladding Due to the strength and corrosion limitations of any one materialit is sometimes necessary to use high strenght carbon steel pipesinternally clad with materials such as stainless, incoloy or duplex.Various techniques are available for seamless and welded pipes.Although expensive, there can be large cost savings overall, andin some cases clad pipes are the only practical solution.
Weight CoatingSometimes marine pipelines need additional weight to ensurethat the line stays sunk when filled with oil or gas. This is providedby a thick concrete coating made of cement, iron one, sand and/or granite aggregates reinforced with an embedded wire mesh orrebar cage. This coating also provides good mechanical protection of the corrosion coated pipe. It can be applied overpractically any pipe coating: asphalt mastic, polyethylene/polypropelene, hot enamel, fusion bonded epoxy orpolyurethane insulated.• coating thicknesses from 25mm to 200mm or greater, in a
variety of densities.• protects corrosion coating from impact, abrasion and other
mechanical damage.• can be applied over corrosion and/or jacketed insulation
pipe coatings.• reinforcing galvanised wire in several mesh and gauge sizes
with single or multiple feed with embedded depth controlfor additional strenght and stability.
• no special handling problems when laying.• project specification of anode and buckle arrestors can be
met.
General InformationCoating and Protection
413
Coating and Protection (cont.)Applications and Testing of Coatings For long term coatings, the sequence is usually as follows:• Heat pipe above dew point• Shot blast surface to SA 2 1/2 or better and to a defined
profile• Apply coating system eg primer, topcoat; epoxy powder;
wrapping etc• Cure coating system• During coating perform Quality Control tests (wet film
thickness, adhesion, impact strength, elongation, cathodicdisbondment etc.).
• Holiday Test for breaks in coating eg pinholes, at an agreednumber of volts per micron
Cathodic ProtectionNormal corrosion of metals is an electrochemical phenomenonwhich can be arrested by passing controlled electric currentsthrough electrolytes such as soil or water.This cathodic protectioncurrent is applied using sacrificial anodes such as zinc, aluminium,magnesium and their alloys, or by an impressed current from atransformer-rectifier through an anode.The rate of corrosion willdepend on:
• the nature of the electrolyte• the type of metal in the structure• the presence of anodic and cathodic points on the structure• the quality of the coating on the structure• the presence of stray or imposed electric currents affecting
the structure
When designing a cathodic protection system the completestructure must be studied because where the subject structure isconnected to other immersed structures, they can act as cathodesand take essential current away from the structure.Values for potentials for various materials are listed eg BSI publication BS 7361, and these are used to calculate requiredcurrent densities. Sacrificial anodes are available in an almostendless range of shapes and sizes.A well planned system will stopcorrosion completely for the planned lifetime.
See also NACE standards RP 0169 for underground or submergedmetallic piping systems, RP 0675 for offshore steel pipelines andRP 0176 for fixed offshore platforms.
Choice of Long Term Coating/LiningMaterial
Characteristics Bitumen, tar Polyethylene Epoxy Powder Epoxy Resin Cement Rubber
Polypropylene Fusion Bonded
Surface Appearance average excellent excellent good average good
Possibility of bending average excellent excellent excellent average good
Impact Resistance good excellent good excellent good good
Temperature Resistance average good excellent good good good
Chemical Resistance average excellent excellent good - good
Performance in Time good excellent excellent excellent excellent excellent
Handling and Transportation average excellent excellent excellent excellent excellent
Outdoor Storage average excellent excellent excellent excellent excellent
Abrasion Resistance average excellent excellent good average excellent
General InformationCommon Alloying Elements in Steel
414
Common Alloying ElementsBy definition, steel is a combination of iron and carbon. Steel isalloyed with various elements to improve physical properties andto produce special properties, such as resistance to corrosion orheat.
Specific effects of the addition of such elements are outlinedbelow:
Al Melting point 660 °C (1220 °F) AluminiumIt is the strongest de-oxidiser and combines with nitrogen, thusreducing the susceptibility to strain ageing. In small additionsrestricts grain growth.As aluminium together with nitrogen (nitride) forms a high hardness, it is mostly an alloying element in ferritic heat resistingsteels. Because of the increase in the coercivity it is used as analloying element in iron-nickel-cobalt-aluminium permanentmagnet alloys.
B Melting point 2040 °C (3704 °F) BoronImproves the deep hardening of constructional steels and produces therefore an increase in the core hardness of casehardening steels. With boron austenitic 18/8 chrome-nickel steelcan achieve higher elastic limits by the process of precipitationhardening but the corrosion resistance is lowered. As boron hasa high neutron absorption cross-section, it is alloyed with steel forscreening from nuclear installation.
C CarbonCarbon is the foremost alloy element of steel and it has the farthest reaching influence on it. In addition to carbon everyunalloyed steel contains silicon, manganese, phosphorus andsulphur which are introduced unintentionally during the manufacture. The addition of further alloy elements to producespecific, desired effects and the intentional increase of the contents of manganese and silicon gives rise to alloy steel. As thecarbon content rises, the mechanical strength and the hardeningproperties of the steel improve, but its elasticity, forging, weldingand cutting properties suffer. The carbon content has substantially no influence at all on the corrosion resistance towater, acids and hot gases.
Co Melting point 1492 °C (2718 °F) CobaltDoes not form carbide. It hinders the grain growth at highertemperatures and greatly improves the resistance to temperingand the hot tensile strength; it is therefore, often an alloy elementof high speed steel, hot work steels, and heat resisting rawmaterials. It acts favourably on the graphitic formation, andgreatly increases residual mangnetism, coercive force, and thermal conductivity, therefore the alloy basis for high grade permanent magnet steels and alloys. If subjected to neutron raysit forms a strong radio-active Isotope Cobalt 60 for which reasonit is undesirable in steels for nuclear reactors.
Cr Melting point 1920 °C (3488 °F) ChromiumIncreases the hardness and strength and only minimally reducesthe elasticity. It improves the resistance to heat and non-scalingproperties. With higher chrome content the steels become corrosion resistant and with carbon forms a high wear resistingcarbide. The welding properties deteriorate in pure chromiumsteels with increasing chromium content. Chromium is a strongcarbide former. The tensile strength of the steel rises by 8-10 kg/mm2 per 1% chromium. The yield point is likewise increased,however not at the same rate, but the notch impact value islowered.
Cu Melting point 1083 °C (1981 °F) CopperSometime added in small quantities in certain circumstances foradded restistance to sour gas corrosion. Also used with somestructural steels for improved atmospheric corrosion resistance.Can be harmful for some workings eg in cold drawn tubes cancause surface breakup.
Mn Melting point 1244 °C (2271 °F) ManganeseManganese improves the strength properties of steel, while onlyslightly impairing its elasticity; furthermore, manganese has afavourable influence on the forging and welding properties. A higher content of manganese in the presence of carbonincreases the wear resistance very substantially.With up to 3% of Mn the tensile strength of the steels isincreased by about 10 kg/mm2 for every percent of Mn; with Mncontents above 3 to 8% the increase rises more slowly and atmore than 8% of Mn it drops off again. The yield point behavesin a similar manner. Manganese increases substantially the depthof hardening.
Mo Melting point 2610 °C (4730 °F) MolybdenumMolybdenum improves the tensile strength and especially theheat resistance and it has also a favourable influence on thewelding properties. Steel with a higher Mo content tends to bedifficult to forge. Molybdenum is frequently used in conjunctionwith chromium. The behaviour of molybdenum resembles that oftungsten. When used in alloy steels in combination with chromium and nickel, molybdenum may produce high yield pointand tensile strength values. Molybdenum has a strong tendencyto form carbide and is the alloy element of choice in high speedand hot working steels, in austenitic corrosion-resistant steels,case hardening and heat-treating steels as well as in heat resistantsteels, also in view of the diminuation to over-drawing brittleness.
General InformationCommon Alloying Elements in Steel
415
N Melting point -210 °C (-346 °F) NitrogenIn austenitic steels, nitrogen stabilises the structure, increases thehardness and especially the yield point as well as the mechanicalproperties at high temperature. Nitrogen allows the achievementof high surface hardness through nitride formation during nitriding. Nitrogen is harmful because of the lowering of toughness during the process of precipitation, the cause of ageintensitivity and blue brittleness, as well as the possibility ofreleasing inter-granular stress corrosion, in unalloyed steels.
Nb/CbMelting Point 1950 °C (3542 °F) Niobium/Columbium
Ta Melting point 2977 °C (5391 °F) TantalumNiobium and Columbium are different names for the same element.
These elements appear almost always together and are very difficult to separate from one another, so that they are usuallyalloyed together, mainly as stabilisers.
Ni Melting point 1453 °C (2809 °F) NickelNickel raises the strength of steel less than silicon or manganesedoes, with the elasticity dropping only insignificantly. Ni ensuresgood through hardening, especially so when the steel also contains chromium. Chrome nickel steels are stainless and resistant to scaling as well as heat resistant.Nickel does not impair the welding properties. Nickel increasesthe notch impact value of structural steels considerably, especiallyat low temperatures. In the sphere of steel alloying nickel isespecially suitable for use in austenitic steels, steels resistant tocorrosion and scaling and in case-hardening and heat treatingsteels to improve their toughness.
P Melting point 44 °C (111 °F) PhosphorusThere are various kinds of phosphorus, viz. white (yellow), red(purple), black phosphorus and others. Quite generally, phosphorus is considered to be detrimental to steel so that it isendeavoured to keep the P content steels at a maximum level of0.03 to 0.05%. Values of 0.015 max. are possible with modernstellmaking methods.
S Melting point 118 °C (244 °F) SulphurProduces “red shortness”, makes steel brittle and is thereforeharmful. Contents of 0.025% or 0.030% are permitted.Exceptions are the free machining steels to which up to 0.30%sulphur is added so that the small distributed sulphide inclusionsdisturb the metallic cohesion and therefore contribute to the formation of short turnings. Very low sulphur steels (< 0.005%,< 0.003%) are possible with modern steelmaking methods.
Si Melting point 1410 °C (2570 °F) SiliconLike manganese, silicon is present in all steels since the iron oresused in their manufacture contain a varying amount of it. Furthersilicon stemming from the refractory lining of the furnace isintroduced into the melt during the manufacturing of steel. Theterm “Silicon Steels”, however, includes only steels having a silicon content above 0.40%. Si is not a metal but rather a socalled metalloid, like, for example, phosphorus and sulphur.Silicon increases the mechanical strength, the resistance to scaling and the density; especially of cast steel. The elasticity isonly insignificantly affected, while the tensile strength isincreased by about 10kg/mm2 for each percent of Si and the yieldpoint is raised to a similar degree. Steel having a higher contentof silicon turns coarsely granular. A high silicon content (about14%) enables steel to resist chemical attacks but it can no longerbe forged.
Sn Melting point 232 °C (450 °F) TinNot an alloying element, but a trace element which can causeproblems eg hot-shortness when the amount present is aboveeven small concentrations (typically 0.05%). Used as a protectivecorrosion inhibitor eg tinplate.
Ti Melting point 1812 °C (3294 °F) TitaniumA very hard metal. Strong carbide former. Is an alloying elementmainly in stainless steels for the stabilising against inter-granularcorrosion; apart from this it has grain refining properties.
V Melting point 1730 °C (3146 °F) VanadiumA small addition improves the hot hardness and reduces the graingrowth. Vanadium acts especially favourably in structural andtool steels. In high speed steel increases the cutting properties.Vanadium is a strong carbide former. Increases the tensilestrength and yield point, especially, however, the hot hardnessproperties of the steels. Vanadium is preferred in combinationwith chromium in structural and heat resisiting steels and in combination with tungsten in high speed and hot work steels.
Tu Melting point 3380 °C (6116 °F) TungstenAlso known as Wolfram. Tungsten improves the strength properties: it substantially increases the hardness and the life ofcutting edges and is also responsible for high heat resistance values. Tungsten is therefore used as an alloy element for highspeed and heat treating steels. The tensile strength and yieldpoint values of the steel are increased by about 4 kg/mm2 forevery percent of Tu added. Tungsten has a very strong tendencyto form carbide and is primarily used in heat resistant steels sinceit renders them resistant to over-drawing and heat.
General InformationShipping
416
Delivery TermsWhenever possible goods should be delivered in accordancewith the latest available INCOTERMS.
Title Description Transport Method
EXW Ex Works Any mode of transport
FCA Free Carrier Any mode of transport
FAS Free Alongside Ship Sea/Waterway only
FOB Free On Board Sea/Waterway only
CFR Cost and Freight Sea/Waterway only
CIF Cost, Insurance and Freight Sea/Waterway only
CPT Carriage Paid to Any mode of transport
CIP Carriage and Insurance Paid to Any mode of transport
DAF Delivered At Frontier Any mode of transport
DES Delivered Ex Ship Sea/Waterway only
DEQ Delivered Ex Quay Sea/Waterway only
DDU Delivered Duty Unpaid Any mode of transport
DDP Delivered Duty Paid Any mode of transport
Bold typeface in the table are commonly used delivery terms.
Ex Works (EXW) · The seller fulfils his obligation to deliver when he has made the goods available at his premises oranother named place (i.e. works, factory, warehouse etc). Inparticular he is not responsible for loading the goods an thevehicle provided by the buyer or for clearing the goods forexport, unless otherwise agreed. The buyer bears all costsand risks involved in taking the goods from the seller’spremises to the desired destination. This term thus represents the minimum obligation for the seller. When thebuyer cannot carry out the export formalities directly or indirectly, the FCA term should be used.
Free Carrier (FCA) · The seller delivers the goods, cleared for export, to the carrier nominatedby the buyer at the namedplace. It should be noted that the named place of deliveryhas an impact on the obligations of loading and unloadingthe goods at that place. If delivery occurs at the sellers premesis, the seller is responsible for loading. If deliveryoccurs at any other place, the seller is not responsible forunloading.
Free Alongside Ship (FAS) · The seller fulfils his obligation to deliver when the goods have been placed alongside thevessel on the quay or in lighters at the named port of shipment. The buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss ofor damage to the goods from that moment. The FAS termrequires the seller to clear the goods for export. However, ifthe parties wish the buyer to clear the goods for export, thisshould be made clear by adding explicit wording to thiseffect in the contract of sale.
Free on Board (FOB) · The seller fulfils his obligation to deliver when the goods have passed over the ship’s rail at thenamed port of shipment. The buyer has to bear all costs andrisks of loss of or damage to the goods from that point. TheFOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export.When the ship’s rail serves no practical purpose, such as inthe case of roll-on/roll-off or container traffic, it is moreappropriate to use the FCA term.
Free On Board, Stowed (FOB, Stowed) · Whilst not listed in Incoterms, this delivery term is often used. The seller fulfilshis obligation to deliver when the goods have passed overthe ship’s rail and have been lowered into the vessel. Thebuyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss or of damage tothe goods from that point. This term does not, unless otherwise agreed with the buyer, include Lashing, Securingand Dunnage (LSD’s). The FOB, Stowed term requires theseller to clear the goods for export.
Cost and Freight (CFR) · The seller must pay the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port ofdestination. The risk of loss of or damage to the goods, aswell as any additional costs occurring after the time thegoods have been delivered on board the vessel, is transferredfrom the seller to the buyer when the goods pass the ship’srail in the port of shipment. The seller clears the goods forexport. When the ship’s rail serves no practical purpose, suchas in the case of roll-on/roll-off or container traffic, it is moreappropriate to use the CPT term.
Cost, Insurance and Freight (CIF) · The seller has the same obligations as under CFR but with the addition that he hasto contract and procure marine insurance against the buyer’srisk of loss of or damage to the goods during the carriage.The buyer should note that the seller is only required toobtain insurance on minimum coverage. The seller clears thegoods for export. When the ship’s rail serves no practicalpurposes such as in the case of roll-on/roll-off or containertraffic, it is more appropriate to use the CIP term.
Carriage Paid to (CPT) · The seller delivers the goods to the carrier nominated by him but must in addition pay the costof carriage necessary to bring the goods to the named destination. The buyer bears all risks and any other costsoccurring after the goods have been so delivered. If subsequent carriers are used for the carriage to the agreeddestination, the risk passes when the goods have beendelivered to the first carrier. The seller clears the goods forexport.
Carriage and Insurance Paid to (CIP) · As CPT with the addition that the seller has to procure insurance against thebuyers risk of loss or damage during the carriage, based onlyon minimum cover.
General InformationShipping
417
Delivered at Frontier (DAF) · The seller delivers when the goods are placed at the disposal of the buyer on the arrivingmeans of transport not unloaded, cleared for export but notimport at the named place (which should be carefullydefined) on the frontier, but before the customs boarder.
Delivered Ex Ship (DES) · The seller delivers when the goodshave been made available to the buyer on board the ship notcleared for import at the named port. The seller has to bearall of the costs and risks involved in bringing the goods tothe named port of destination before discharging.
Delivered Ex Quay (DEQ) · The same as DES except theseller delivers to the quay.
Delivered Duty Unpaid (DDU) · The seller delivers when the goods have been made available at the named place inthe country of importation, not cleared for import and notunloaded. The seller has to bear the costs and risks involvedin bringing the goods thereto (excluding duties, taxes andother official charges payable upon importation as well asthe costs and risks of carrying out customs formalities). Thebuyer has to pay any additional costs and to bear any riskscaused by his failure to clear the goods for import in time. Ifthe parties wish the seller to carry out custom formalities andbear the costs and risks resulting therefrom or include in theseller’s obligations some of the costs payble upon importation of the goods (such as value added tax – VAT),this has to be made clear by adding words to this effect.
Delivered Duty Paid (DDP) · As DDU except that the sellerclears for import.This term should not be used if the seller isunable directly or indirectly to obtain the import licence.
Whilst EXW represents the minimum obligation for the seller,DDP represents the maximum.
Shipping TermsOften shipping terms and freight rates and the abbreviationsused, can be confusing to those not regularly involved withthe arrangement of ocean going transportation. Below arelisted some of the more commonly used terms in shipping.
Free In · The goods are delivered to FOB Stowed, LSD. The freight rate does not include the costs of lashing, securingand necessary dunnage.
Liner In · The goods are delivered to FOB. The freight rate includes the costs of loading the goods from over the ship’srail, into the hold of the vessel as well as the lashing, securingand necessary dunnage.
Free Out · The freight rate does not include unloading of the goods at the port of destination.
Liner Out · The freight rate includes the unloading of the goods at the port of destination up to over the ship’s rail.
The above mentioned terms are usually combined todescribe the freight terms at both the port of shipment aswell as the port of destination.
Free In/Free Out (FIO) · Used mainly when chartering or part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB,stowed. Unloading at the port of destination is not included.
Free In/Liner Out (FILO) · Used mainly when chartering or part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB,stowed. Unloading at the port of destination is included upto over the ship’s rail.
Liner In/Free Out (LIFO) · Used mainly when chartering or part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB.Unloading at the port of destination is not included.
Full Liner Terms – Liner In/Liner Out (FLT) · This term is used for regular liner services. The goods are delivered toFOB. Loading and unloading are included up to over theship’s rail.
Lashing, Securing, Dunnage (LSD) · The goods must be properly lashed and secured prior to the vessel sailing and, inparticular, to the Master’s satisfaction. Dunnage is sometimes required, especially when shipping coated pipes.LSDs are often not included in any of the aforementionedterms and therefore, it is always important to determine forwhose account these costs are.
Shipping by ContainerThe terms listed below are used when shipping goods bycontainer.
Less Container Load (LCL) · The goods are delivered to the port of exit. The shipper stuffs the goods into the container,loads the container onto the ship, discharges the containerfrom the vessel at the port of destination and unloads thegoods from the container.
Full Container Load (FCL) · The shipper receives the already stuffed container, loads it onto the vessel at the port of exitand discharges the container at the port of destination.Stuffing and unloading of the container is not included in thefreight price.
General Information
418
RailNB Grade B Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375 0.500 0.594 1.000 0.811 1.250 1.500
in mm 9.5 12.7 15.1 20.6 25.4 31.8 38.1
16 406 10 15 19 29 39 55 74
18 457 8 12 15 23 31 44 58
20 508 7 10 12 19 25 35 46
24 609 5 7 9 13 18 25 32
30 762 3 5 6 9 12 16 21
36 914 2 3 4 6 8 11 14
40 1016 2 3 3 5 7 9 12
48 1219 1 2 2 3 5 6 8
Marine
NB Grade B Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375 0.500 0.594 1.000 0.811 1.250 1.500
in mm 9.5 12.7 15.1 20.6 25.4 31.8 38.1
16 406 86 114 136 186 229 286 344
18 457 68 90 107 147 181 226 271
20 508 55 73 86 119 146 183 220
24 609 38 51 60 82 102 127 153
30 762 24 32 39 53 65 81 98
36 914 17 22 27 36 45 56 68
40 1016 14 18 22 30 36 46 55
48 1219 9 12 15 20 25 32 38
Intermediate results can be extrapolated
1 Different numbers of bearing strips can be allowed for by dividingthe result in the table by 3 and multiplying the answer by thenumber of bearing strips. Bearing strips must be 4 inches wideminimum.
Grade X52 Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375 0.500 0.594 0.811 1.000 1.250 1.500
9.5 12.7 15.1 20.6 25.4 31.8 38.1
14 21 27 41 56 78 104
11 17 21 33 44 62 81
10 14 17 27 36 50 66
7 10 12 19 25 35 46
4 6 8 12 16 23 29
3 4 6 9 12 16 20
2 4 5 7 10 13 17
2 3 3 5 7 9 12
Grade X52 Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375 0.500 0.594 0.811 1.000 1.250 1.500
9.5 12.7 15.1 20.6 25.4 31.8 38.1
127 170 202 276 340 425 511
101 134 160 218 269 336 403
81 109 129 176 218 272 327
56 75 90 122 151 189 227
36 48 57 78 97 121 145
25 33 40 54 67 86 101
20 27 32 44 54 68 81
14 19 22 30 38 47 56
2 Where bearing strips are used, the values in the table should beadjusted by dividing by
3 If contoured bearing strips are used, the number of tiers can bedoubled.
Pipe Stacking
Stacking of PipesAPI RP 5 L 1 Railroad Transportation of Line PipeAPI RP 5 L 5 Marine Transportation of Line Pipe
These tables have been calculated using the parameters definedhere. Changes to these parameters can have a significant effecton the values in the tables.
Table of Tier Numbersassumes L = 40ftB = 3 (railroad)1, 3
B = 0 (marine) – pipe on flat surface2, 3
Railroad Transportation Marine Transportationg factor 1.5 g factor 0.4
σs = 0.2√D · loge = 0.426 · n + 1
n No. of tiers n No. of tiers
L Length of pipe (ft) L Length of Pipe (ft)
B No. of bearing strips 4” wide B No. of bearing strips
D Nominal OD of Pipe (in) D Nominal OD of pipe (in)
t Nominal wall thickness (in) W Width of bearing strips (ft)
σs 0.4 x yield strength below X52 t Nominal wall thickness (in)
0.3 x tensile strength X52 σs yield strength ÷ (1 + g factor)
and above
nL
t
D
t
D2
t
0.152 {L – BW)
B
D
2t( ) [ ]
0.152 (L – BW)
B[ +1]
General InformationGlossary of Terms
419
Glossary of termsAbrasion · The process of rubbing, grinding or wearing away
by friction.Acid-Brittleness · Brittleness resulting from pickling steel in
acid; hydrogen, released by the interaction between iron andacid, is partially absorbed by the metal, causing brittleness.
Acid-Process · A process of making steel, either Bessemer, open-hearth or electric, in which the furnace is lined with asiliceous refractory and for which low phosphorus pig iron isrequired as this element is not removed.
Activation · The changing of the passive surface of a metal to a chemically active state. Contrasts with passivation.
Age hardening · In a metal or alloy, a change in properties that generally occurs slowly at room temperature and morerapidly at higher temperatures, 500–900 °F. Hardness andstrength are increased and ductility generally lowered.Usually follows cold working.
Air Cooling · Cooling of the heated metal, intermediate in rapidity between slow furnace cooling and quenching, inwhich the metal is permitted to stand in the open air.
Air-Hardening Steel · A steel containing sufficient carbon and other alloying elements to harden fully during cooling inair or other gaseous mediums from a temperature above itstransformation range. The term should be restricted to steelsthat are capable of being hardened by cooling in air in fairlylarge sections, about 2 inches or more in diameter. Same asself-hardening steel.
AISI Steels · Steels of the American Iron and Steel Institute. Carbon and alloy steels have been numbered in a systemessentially the same as the SAE. The AISI system is moreelaborate than the SAE in that all numbers are preceded byletters:A represents basic open-hearth alloy steel,B acid Bessamer carbon steel, C basic open-hearth carbon steel, CB either acid Bessamer or basic open-hearth carbon steel, E electric furnace alloy steel.
Alloy Steel · Steel containing significant quantities of alloying elements (other than carbon and commonly acceptedamounts of manganese, silicon, sulphur and phosphorus)added to effect changes in the mechanical or physical properties.
Alpha Brass · A copper-zinc alloy containing up to 38% of zinc. Used mainly for cold working.
Alpha Bronze · A copper-tin alloy consisting of the alpha solid solution of tin in copper. Commercial forms contain 4 or 5%of tin. This alloy is used in coinage, springs, turbine blades,etc.
Alpha Iron · The polymorphic form of iron, stable below 1670 °F, has a body centred cubic lattice, and is magneticup to 1410 °F.
Aluminium Killed Steel · A steel where aluminium has been used as a de-oxidising agent.(See Killed Steel)
Amorphous · Non-crystalline.ANSI · American National Standards Institute.API · American Petroleum Institute.Artificial Ageing · An ageing treatment above room
temperature (See Age Hardening).ASME · American Society of Mechanical Engineers.ASTM · Abbreviation for American Society for Testing Material.
An organisation for issuing standard specifications on materials, including metals and alloys.
Atomic Hydrogen Welding · Arc welding with heat from an arc between two tungsten or other suitable electrodes in ahydrogen atmosphere. The use of pressure and filler metal isoptional.
Austenite · A solid solution of one or more elements in face-centred cubic iron.
Austenitic Steel · Steel which, because of the presence of alloying elements, such as manganese, nickel, chromium,etc., shows stability of austenite at normal temperatures.
Austenitising · see Heat Treatment on page 409.Bainite · A slender, needle-like (acicular) microstructure
appearing in spring steel strip characterised by toughnessand greater ductility than tempered martensite. Bainite is adecomposition product of austenite (see austenite) bestdeveloped at interrupted holding temperatures below thoseforming fine pearlite and above those giving martensite.
Banded Structure · Appearance of a metal, under a microscope or viewed by the naked eye, on fractured orsmoothed surfaces, with or without etching, showing parallel bands in the direction of rolling or working.
Basic Process · A steel making process either Bessemer, open hearth or electric, in which the furnace is lined with a basicrefractory. A slag, rich in lime, being formed and phospho-rus removed.
Basic Oxygen Process · A steel making process wherein oxygen of the highest purity is blown onto the surface of abath of molten iron contained in a basic lined and ladleshaped vessel. The melting cycle duration is short comparedwith other steelmaking processes.
Bauschinger Effect · Reduction of elastic yield in tension for a metal which was previously strained in compression.
Bend Radius · The inside radius of a bent section.Bend Test · A test for determining relative ductility of metal
that is to be formed, usually sheet strip, plate or wire and fordetermining soundness and toughness of metal. The specimen is usually bent over a specified diameter through aspecified angle for a specified number of cycles.
Bessemer Process · A process for making steel by blowing air through molten pig iron contained in a refractory lined vesselso as to remove, by oxidation, most of the carbon, silicon andmanganese. Now obsolete.
Billet · A solid semi-finished round or square product that has been hot worked by forging, rolling or extrusion. An iron orsteel billet has a minimum width or thickness of 1.1/2 in. andthe cross-sectional area varies from 2.1/4 to 36 sq. in. For
General InformationGlossary of Terms
420
non-ferrous metals, it may also be a casting suitable for finished or semi-finished rolling or for extrusion.
Binary Alloy · An alloy containing two elements, apart from minor impurities, such as brass containing the two elementscopper and zinc.
Black Annealing · A process of box annealing or pot annealing ferrous alloy sheet, strip or wire after hot workingand pickling (See Heat Treatment on page 408).
Blast Furnace · A vertical shaft type smelting furnace in which an air blast is used, usually hot, for producing pig iron. Thefurnace is continuous in operation using iron ore, coke, andlimestone as raw materials which are charged at the topwhile the molten iron and slag are collected at the bottomand are tapped out at intervals.
Blister · A defect in metal produced by gas bubbles either on the surface or formed beneath the surface while the metal ishot or plastic. Very fine blisters are called “pin-head” or“pepper” blisters.
Bloom · A semi-finished hot rolled product, rectangular in crosssection, produced on a blooming mill. For iron and steel, thewidth is not more than twice the thickness, and the cross-sectional area is usually not less than 36 sq. in. Iron and steelblooms are sometimes made by forging.
Blowhole · A cavity produced during the solidification of metalby evolved gas, which in failing to escape is held in pockets.
Blue Brittleness · Reduced ductility occurring as a result of strain ageing, when certain ferrous alloys are workedbetween 300 and 700 °F. This phenomenon may beobserved at the working temperature or subsequently atlower temperatures.
Blueing1 · Sheets: A method of coating sheets with a thin, even filmof blueish-black oxide, obtained by exposure to an atmosphere of dry steam or air, at a temperature of about1000 °F, generally this is done during box annealing.2 · Blueing of tempered spring steel strip; an oxide film bluein colour produced by low temperature heating.
Body Centred · (concerning space lattice) Having equivalent lattice points at the corners of the unit cell, and at its centre;sometimes called centred, or space centred.
Brass-(Cartridge) Strip · 70% copper 30% zinc. This is one of the most widely used of the copper-zinc alloys; it is malleable and ductile; has excellent cold working, poor hotworking and poor machining properties; develops high tensile strength with cold working. Temper is imparted bycold rolling and classified in hardness by the number of B &S Gauges of rolling (reduction in thickness) from the previousannealing gauge. Rated excellent for soft-soldering; good forsilver alloy brazing of oxyacetylene welding and fair forresistance of carbon arc welding. Used for drawn cartridges,tubes, eyelet machine items, snap fasteners, etc.
Brazing · Joining metals by fusion of nonferrous alloys that have melting points above 800°F but lower than those of themetals being joined. This may be accomplished by means of
a torch (torch brazing), in a furnace (furnace brazing) or bydipping in a molten flux bath (dip or flux brazing). The fillermetal is ordinarily in rod form in torch brazing; whereas infurnace and dip brazing the work material is first assembledand the filler metal may then be applied as wire, washers,clips, bands, or may be integrally bonded, as in brazing sheet.
Bright Dip · An acid solution into which articles are dipped to obtain a clean, bright surface.
Brinell Hardness Test · A test for determining the hardness of a material by forcing a hard steel or carbide ball of specified diameter into it under a specified load.
Brittleness · A tendency to fracture without appreciable deformation.
Broaching · Multiple shaving, accomplished by pushing a tool with stepped cutting edges along the work, particularlythrough holes.
Bronze · Primarily an alloy of copper and tin, but the name is now applied to other alloys not containing tin; eg aluminiumbronze, manganese bronze, and beryllium bronze. For varieties and uses of tin bronze see Alpha-bronze andPhosphor-bronze.
Burning1 · Permanently damaging a metal or alloy by heating tocause either incipient melting or inter-granular oxidation (seeoverheating). 2 · In grinding getting the work hot enough to cause discolouration or to change the tempering or hardening.
Burnishing · Smoothing surfaces through frictional contact between the work and some hard pieces of material such ashardened metal balls.
Burr · A thin ridge or roughness left by a cutting operation such as in metal slitting, shearing, blanking or sawing.
Butt Welding · Joining two edges by placing one against the other and welding them.
Camber1 · Deviation from edge straightness usually referring to thegreatest deviation of side edge from a straight line. 2 · Sometimes used to denote crown in rolls where the centre diameter has been increased to compensate fordeflection caused by the rolling pressure.
Carbide · A compound of carbon with one or more metallic elements.
Carbon Steel · Steel containing carbon up to about 2% and only residual quantities of other elements except thoseadded for de-oxidation, with silicon usually limited to 0.60%and manganese to about 1.65%. Also termed ‘plain carbonsteel’, ‘ordinary steel’ and ‘straight carbon steel’. By custom,carbon steel has no minimum content required for aluminium, chromium, cobalt, columbium, molybdenum,nickel, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, zirconium, or anyother element added to provide alloying effect. Small quantities of certain residual elements are considered incidental.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
421
Carburising · Introducing carbon into a solid ferrous alloy by holding above Ac1 in contact with a suitable carbonaceousmaterial, which may be a solid, liquid or gas. The carburisedalloy is usually quench hardened.
Case Hardening · Hardening a ferrous alloy so that the outer portion, or case, is made substantially harder than the innerportion, or core. Typical processes used for case hardeningare carburising, cyaniding, carbonitriding, nitriding, induction hardening and flame hardening.
Cast Steel · Any object made by pouring molten steel into moulds.
Cavitation · The formation and instantaneous collapse of innumerable tiny voids or cavities within a liquid subjected torapid and intense pressure changes. Cavitation produced byultrasonic radiation is sometimes used to give violentlocalised agitation. If caused by severe turbulent flow it oftenleads to cavitation damage.
Cavitation Damage · Wearing away of metal through the formation and collapse of cavities in a liquid.
Cementite · A compound of iron and carbon known as “Iron Carbide”, which has the approximate chemical formulaFe3C containing 6.69% of carbon. Hard and brittle, it is thehard constituent of cast iron, and the normal form in whichcarbon is present in steel. It is magnetizable, but not asreadily as ferrite.
Chamfer1 · A bevelled surface to eliminate an otherwise sharp corner. 2 · Relieved angular cutting edge at a tooth corner.
Charpy Test · A pendulum-type single-blow impact test in which the specimen, usually notched, is supported at bothends as a simple beam and broken by a falling pendulum.The absorbed energy is a measure of impact strength ornotch toughness.
Chatter Marks (defect) · Parallel indentations or marks appearing at right angles to the edge of strip forming a pattern at close and regular intervals, caused by roll vibrations.
Check Analysis · An analysis of the metal after it has been rolled or forged into semi-finished of finished forms. It is nota check on the ladle analysis, but a check against the chemistry ordered.
Chipping · A method for removing seams and other surface defects with chisel or gouge so that such defects will not beworked into the finished product. Chipping is oftenemployed also to remove metal that is excessive but notdefective. Removal of defects by gas cutting is known as“de-seaming” or “scarfing”.
Circular Weld · Safe end weld. A weld extending around a girth seam. Such welds are sometimes butted, but frequentlyare scarfed.
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion · A physical property representing the change in length per unit length, thechange in area per unit area or the change in volume per unit
volume per one degree increase in unit temperature. Theincrease in dimensions with a rise in temperature is reversedupon cooling.
Coils · Coiled flat sheet or strip metal usually in one continuous piece or length (see skelp).
Cold Drawing · A process in which tubing is drawn at room temperature through a die and, in most cases, over a mandrel, to achieve its final size and to provide better surfacefinish, closer tolerances, lighter walls, smaller diameters,longer lengths, or a different combination of mechanicalproperties from those possible through hot finishing.
Cold Reduced Strip · Metal strip, made from hot-rolled strip, by rolling on cold-reduction mills.
Cold Reduction · Reduction of metal size, usually by rolling or drawing, particularly thickness, while the metal is maintainedat room temperature or below the re-crystallisation temperature of the metal.
Cold Rolled Finish · Finish obtained by cold rolling plain pickled sheet or strip with a lubricant resulting in a relativelysmooth appearance.
Cold Rolling · Rolling metal at a temperature below the softening point of the metal to create strain hardening (workhardening). Same as cold reduction, except that the workingmethod is limited to rolling. Cold rolling changes themechanical properties of strip and produces certain usefulcombinations of hardness, strength, stiffness, ductility andother characteristics known as tempers.
Cold Short · The prevention of cold working of an alloy by the presence of a second phase precipitated within the grainboundaries of an essentially ductile matrix. The second phaseis the brittle component that prevents cold working.
Cold Sinking · Similar to cold drawing, except that the tube is drawn through a die, but without using a mandrel. Usuallyused for making only heavy wall or small tubing, wheredrawing over a mandrel is impractical. Only outside diameteris closely controlled.
Cold Working · Plastic deformation, such as rolling, hammering, etc., at a temperature sufficiently low to createstrain-hardening (work-hardening). Commonly, the termrefers to such deformation at normal temperatures.
Concentricity · A measure of the uniformity of tube wall thickness.
Conditioning · The removal of surface defects (seams, laps, pits, etc.) from steel. Conditioning is usually done when thesteel is in the semi-finished condition (blooms, billets, slabs,etc.). It may be accomplished after an inspection, by chipping, grinding, scarfing or machining.
Continuous Casting · A casting technique in which the ingot is continuously solidified while it is being poured, and thelength is not determined by mould dimensions.
Continuous Furnace · Furnace, in which the material being heated moves steadily through the furnace.
Continuous Pickling · Passing sheet or strip metal continuously through a series of pickling and washing tanks.
422
Continuous Strip Mill · A series of synchronized rolling mill stands in which coiled flat rolled metal entering the first pass(or stand) moves in a straight line and is continuouslyreduced in thickness (not width) at each subsequent pass.The finished strip is recoiled upon leaving the final or finishing pass.
Converter · A furnace in which air is blown through the molten bath of crude metal or matter for the purpose of oxidisingimpurities.
Cooling Stresses · Stresses developed by uneven contraction or external constraint of metal during cooling; also thosestresses resulting from localised plastic deformation duringcooling, and retained.
Corrosion · Gradual chemical or electro-chemical attack on a metal by atmosphere, moisture or other agents.
Corrosion Embrittlement · The embrittlement caused in certain alloys by exposure to a corrosive environment. Suchmaterial is usually susceptible to the inter-granular type ofcorrosion attack.
Corrugated · As a defect. Alternate ridges and furrows. A series of deep short waves.
Creep · Time-dependent strain occurring under stress. The creep strain occurring at a diminishing rate is called primarycreep; that occurring at a minimum and almost constantrate, secondary creep; that occurring at an accelerating rate,tertiary creep.
Creep Limit1 · The maximum stress that will cause less than a specifiedquantity of creep in a given time. 2 · The maximum nominal stress under which the creepstrain rate decreases continuously with time under constantload and at constant temperature. Sometimes used synonymously with creep strength.
Creep Strength1 · The constant nominal stress that will cause a specifiedquantity of creep in a given time at constant temperature. 2 · The constant nominal stress that will cause a specifiedcreep rate at constant temperature.
Critical Points · Temperatures at which internal changes or transformations take place within a metal either on a risingor falling temperature (See Heat Treatmenton on page 408).
Critical Range · A temperature range in which an internal change takes place within a metal. Also termed transformation range.
Crop · The defective ends of a rolled or forged product which are cut off and discarded.
Cross Rolling · Rolling at an angle to the long dimension of the metal; usually done to increase width.
Crystal1 · A physically homogenous solid in which the atoms, ionsor molecules are arranged in a three-dimensional repetitivepattern.
2 · A coherent piece of matter, all parts of which have thesame anisotropic arrangement of atoms; in metals, usuallysynonymous with ”grain“ and ”crystallite“.
Crystalline · Composed of crystals.Crystallisation · The formation of crystals by the atoms
assuming definite positions in a crystal lattice. This is whathappens when a liquid metal solidifies (fatigue, the failure ofmetals under repeated stresses, is sometimes falsely attributed to crystallisation).
Cube-Centred · Metallography (concerning space lattices).Body centred cubic. Refers to crystal structure.
Cut Length · This term refers to tubing ordered to a specific length and permitting a tolerance of a standardised numberof millimeters over, but nothing under the pre-determinedlength.
De-burring · A method whereby the raw slit edge of metal is removed by rolling or filing.
De-carburisation · The loss of carbon from the surface of a ferrous alloy as a result of heating in a medium that reactswith the carbon at the surface.
Density · The mass per unit volume of a substance, usually expressed in the tubing industry as pounds per cubic inch orkilogrammes per cubic meter.
De-gassing (in steel making) · Removing gases from the molten metal by means of a vacuum process in combinationwith mechanical action.
Delta Iron · Allotropic modification of iron, stable above 2552 °F to melting point. It is of body-centred cubic crystalstructure. It is necessary to help prevent solidification cracksin austenitic stainless steel castings and welds. See ferrite.
De-oxidising · Removal of oxygen. In steel sheet, strip, and wire technology, the term refers to heat treatment in areducing atmosphere, to lessen the amount of scale (seeControlled Atmosphere Furnace on page 409).
Drawing1 · Forming recessed parts by forcing the plastic flow ofmetal in dies. 2 · Reducing the cross section of wire or tubing by pulling itthrough a die. 3 · A misnomer for tempering.
Ductility · The ability of a material to deform plastically without fracturing, being measured by elongation or reduction ofarea in a tensile test, by height of cupping in an Erichsen testor by other means.
Dye Penetrant Inspection · Non-destructive inspection employing dye to detect minute defects.
Eccentricity · Variation of wall thickness in a given wall section.Eddy-Current Testing · Non-destructive testing method in
which eddy-current flow is induced in the test object.Changes in the flow caused by variations in the object arereflected into a nearby coil or coils for subsequent analysis bysuitable instrumentation and techniques.
Glossary of Terms
General Information
General Information
423
Elastic Limit · The maximum stress to which a material may be subjected without any permanent strain remaining uponcomplete release of stress.
Electric Furnace Steel · Steel made in any furnace where heat is generated electrically, almost always by arc.
Electro-Cleaning · (Electrolytic brightening) An anodic treatment. A cleaning, polishing, or oxidising treatment inwhich the item is made the anode in a suitable electrolyte; aninert metal is used as cathode and a potential is applied.
Electro-Galvanising · Galvanising by electro-deposition of zinc on steel.
Electrolytic Tin Plate · Black Plate that has been tin plated on both sides with commercially pure tin by electro-deposition.
Electro-Plating · The production of a thin coating of one metal on another by electro-deposition. It is very extensivelyused in industry and is continuing to enlarge its useful functions. Various plated metals and combinations thereofare being used for different purposes.
Elongation · In tensile testing, the increase in the gauge length, usually expressed as a percentage of the originalgauge length.
Endurance Limit · Same as Fatigue Limit.Etching · In metallography, the process of revealing structural
details by the preferential attack of reagents on a metal surface.
Etch Test · Exposure of a specimen to acid attack for the purpose of disclosing the presence of foreign matter ordefects (segregation patterns or flow lines).
Eutectoid Steel · Steel representing the eutectoid composition of the iron-carbon system, with about 0,80 %to 0.83 % carbon, the eutectoid temperature being about1333 °F. Such steel in the annealed condition consists exclusively of pearlite. Steels with less than this quota of carbon are known as hypo-eutectoid and contain free ferrite in addition to the pearlite.When more carbon is present, the steel is known as hyper-eutectoid and contains free cementite. The presence of certain elements, such as nickel or chromium, lowers theeutectoid carbon content.
Extensometer · An apparatus for indicating the deformation of metal while it is subjected to stress.
Extrusion · Production process in which steel is forced by compression through a die and into solids (round or specialshapes) or through a die and over a mandrel to form a tubular shape.
Face Centred · (concerning cubic space lattices) Having equivalent points at the corners of the unit cell and at thecentres of its six faces. A face-centred cubic space lattice ischaracteristic of one of the close-packed arrangements ofequal hard spheres.
Fatigue · The phenomenon leading to fracture under repeated or fluctuating stresses having a maximum value less than thetensile strength of the material. Fatigue fractures are
progressive beginning as minute cracks that grow under theaction of the fluctuating stress.
Fatigue Life · The number of cycles of stress that can be sustained prior to failure for a stated test condition.
Fatigue Limit · The maximum stress below which a material can presumably endure an infinite number of stress cycles. Ifthe stress is not completely reversed, the value of the meanstress, the minimum stress or the stress ratio should be stated.
Fatigue Strength · The maximum stress that can be sustained for a specified number of cycles without failure, the stressbeing completely reversed within each cycle unless otherwisestated.
Ferrite · A solid solution of one or more elements in body-centred cubic iron. Unless otherwise designated (forinstance, as chromium ferrite), the solute is generallyassumed to be carbon. On some equilibrium diagrams thereare two ferrite regions separated by an austenite area. Thelower area is alpha ferrite; the upper, delta ferrite. If there isno designation alpha ferrite is assumed.
Ferritic Stainless Steel · Ferritic stainless steels are divided into two classifications: hardenable and non-hardenable.When rapidly cooled from elevated temperatures, the non-hardenable grades (usually referred to as ferritic) have a ferritic microstructure. The hardenable grades will assume amartensitic microstructure when cooled quickly from elevated temperatures and are sometimes called martensiticstainless steels.
Ferro-Alloy · An alloy of iron with a sufficient amount of some element or elements such as manganese, chromium, orvanadium for use as a means in adding these elements intomolten steel.
Ferro-Manganese · An alloy of iron and manganese (80% manganese) used in making additions of manganese to steelor cast iron.
Ferrous · Related to iron (derived from the Latin ‘ferrum’). Ferrous alloys are, therefore, iron based alloys.
Fiber or Fibre · Direction in which metals have been caused to flow, as by rolling, with microscopic evidence in the form offibrous appearance in the direction of flow.
Fibre Stress · Local stress through a small area (a point or line) on a section where the stress is not uniform, as in a beamunder a bending load.
Finish · In the steel industry, refers to the type of surface conditon desired or existing in the finished product.
Finish Machine Size · Normally specified in terms of the maximum machined O.D. and the minimum I.D. as appliedto tubular parts. Finish machine size represents the size ofthe part as it comes from the initial machining operation.From this size the tube mill can calculate a tube size whichwill be guaranteed to clean up upon machining.
Finishing Temperature · Temperature of final hot-working of a metal.
Glossary of Terms
General InformationGlossary of Terms
424
Flame Annealing · A process of heating the surface layer of an iron-base alloy above the transformation temperaturerange by means of the flame of a high temperature torch.This operation is followed by quenching.
Flanged End · In a flanged end tube, the tube wall has been belled or expanded until the wall of the tube end is at rightangles with the wall of the tube.
Flare Test · A test applied to tubing, involving a tapered expansion over a cone. Similar to pin expansion test.
Flash-in-Tubing · Welded tubing which retains the bead or flash formed during welding.
Flash Welding · A resistance butt welding process in which the weld is produced over the entire abutting surface bypressure and heat, the heat being produced by electric arcbetween the members being welded.
Foil · Metal in any width but no more than about 0.005” thick.Forging · Plastically deforming metal, usually hot, into desired
shapes with compressive force, with or without dies.Fracture Test · Breaking a specimen and examining the
fractured surface with the unaided eye or with a low-powermicroscope to determine such things as composition, grainsize, case depth, soundness, or presence of defects.
Free Machining · Pertains to the machining characteristics of an alloy to which an ingredient has been introduced to givesmall broken chips, lower power consumption, better surface finish and longer tool life; among such additions aresulphur or lead to steel, lead to brass, lead and bismuth toaluminium, sulphur or selenium to stainless steel.
Galling · The damaging of one or both metallic surfaces by removal of particles from localised areas due to seizure during sliding friction.
Galvanising · Coating steel with zinc and tin (principally zinc) for rust-proofing purposes. Formerly for the purpose of galvanising, cut length steel sheets were passed singlythrough a bath of the molten metal. Today’s galvanisingprocess method consists of uncoiling and passing the continuous length of successive coils either through a moltenbath of the metal termed Hot Dipped Galvanising or by continuously zinc coating the uncoiled sheet electrolyticallytermed Electro-Galvanising.
Gamma Iron · The term for iron stable between 1670 °F and 2550 °F and characterised by a face-centred cubic crystalstructure.
Grain · A solid poly-hedral (or many-sided crystal) consisting of groups of atoms bound together in a regular geometric pattern. In mill practice, grains are usually studied only asthey appear in one plane. 1 · (Direction of) Refers to grain fibre following the directionof rolling and parallel to edges of strip or sheets.2 · To bend across the grain is to bend at right angles to thedirection of rolling. 3 · To bend with the grain is to bend parallel to the directionof rolling. In steel, the ductility in the direction of rolling isalmost twice that at right angles to the direction of rolling
unless special action is taken with chemistry and grain sizeand shape.
Grain Boundary · Bounding surface between crystals. When alloys yield new phases (as in cooling), grain boundaries arethe preferred location for the appearance of the new phase.Certain deteriorations, such as season cracking and causticembrittlement, occur almost exclusively at grain boundaries.
Grain Growth · An increase in metallic crystal size as annealing temperature is raised; growth occurs by invasionof crystal areas by other crystals.
Grain Size · For metals, a measure of the areas or volumes of grains in a poly-crystalline material, usually expressed as anaverage when the individual sizes are fairly uniform. Grainsizes are reported in terms of grains per unit area or volume,average diameter, or as a grain size number derived fromarea measurements.
Granular Fracture · A type of irregular surface produced when metal is broken, that is characterised by a rough, grainlike appearance as differentiated from a smooth, silky, orfibrous type. It can be sub-classified into trans-granular andinter-granular forms. This type of fracture is frequently calledcrystalline fracture, but the inference that the metal hascrystallised is not justified.
Granulated · A coarse grain or pebbly surface condition which becomes evident during drawing. See to Orange Peel.
Graphitising · A heating and cooling process by which the combined carbon in cast iron or steel is transformed, whollyor partly, to graphitic or free carbon.
Grinding Cracks · Shallow cracks formed in the surface of relatively hard materials because of excessive grinding heator the high sensitivity of the material.
Hardenability · In a ferrous alloy the property that determines the depth and distribution of hardness induced by quenching.
Hardening · Inceasing the hardness by suitable treatment, usually involving heating and cooling.
Hardness · The degree of resistance of a material to plastic deformation, usually determined by measuring resistance topenetration.
Heat-Affected-Zone · That portion of the base metal which was not melted during brazing, cutting or welding, butwhose microstructure and physical properties were alteredby the heat.
Heat of Steel · The product of a single melting operation in a furnace, starting with the charging of raw materials andending with the tapping of molten metal and consequentlyidentical in its characteristics.
Homogenising · Holding at high temperature to eliminate or decrease chemical segregation by diffusion.
Honing · Removing stock generally on the internal cylindrical surface of a workpiece with an abrasive stick mounted in aholder.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
425
Hooke’s Law · Stress is proportional to strain in the elastic range. The value of the stress at which a material ceases toobey Hooke’s Law is known as the elastic limit.
Hot Dip · In steel mill practice, a process whereby ferrous alloy base metals are dipped into molten metal usually zinc or tinfor the purpose of fixing a rust resistant coating.
Hot Finished Tubing · A product obtained by forging a hollow from a solid by means of rotary piercing, extrudingcentrifugal casting or other hot forming operations.
Hot Shortness · Brittleness in metal in the hot forming range.Hot Working · Plastic deformation of metal at a temperature
sufficiently high not to create strain hardening. The lowerlimit of temperature for this process is the re-crystallisationtemperature.
Hydrogen Embrittlement · A condition of low ductility resulting from hydrogen absorption and internal pressuredeveloped subsequently. The sources of hydrogen arenumerous, eg welding, corrosion in acid service or sourhydrocarbon service, over protection in CP systems.
Hyper-Eutectoid Steel · A steel having more than the eutectoid percentage of carbon (see Eutectoid Steel).
Hypo-Eutectoid Steel · Steel with less than the eutectoid percentage of carbon (see Eutectoid Steel).
Impact Energy · (Impact Value) The amount of energy required to fracture a material, usually measured by meansof an izod or charpy test. The type of specimen and testingconditions affect the values and therefore should be specified.
Impact Test · A test to determine the behaviour of materials when subjected to high rates of loading, usually in bending,tension or torsion. The quality measured is the energyabsorbed in breaking the specimen by a single blow, as inthe charpy or izod tests.
Inclusions · Non-metallic materials in a solid metallic matrix.Indentation Hardness · The resistance of a material to
indentation. This is the usual type of hardness test, in whicha pointed or rounded indenter is pressed into a surface undera static load.
Induction Hardening · Quench hardening in which the heat is generated by electrical induction.
Induction Heating · A process of heating by electricalinduction.
Inert-Gas Shielded-Arc Welding · Arc welding in an inert gas such as argon or helium.
Ingot · Steel formerly in a molten state, transferred to an ingot mould to solidify. After solidification, the resulting shape iscalled an ingot.
Inhibitor · A substance which retards some specific chemical reaction. Pickling inhibitors retard the dissolution of metalwithout hindering the removal of scale from steel.
Iron · (Chemical symbol Fe) Element No. 26 of the periodic table. Atomic weight 55.85. A magnetic silver-white metal ofhigh tensile strength, ductile and malleable. Melting point ofpure iron about 2795 °F. Chemically, iron is chiefly base
forming. The principal forms of commercial iron are steel,cast iron and wrought iron.
Killed Steel · The term “killed” indicates that the steel has been sufficiently de-oxidised to quiet the molten metal whenpoured into the ingot mould. The general practice is to usealuminium ferro-silicon or manganese as de-oxidisingagents. A properly killed steel has a more uniform analysisand is comparatively free from ageing. However, for thesame carbon and manganese content, killed steel is harderthan rimmed steel. In general, all steels above 0.25% carbonare killed, also all forging grades, structural steels from0.15% to 0.25% carbon and some special steels in the lowcarbon range.
Kürvers Piping · A group of eccentric individuals with sound financial backing and detailed world wide knowledge ofpiping materials and manufacturers, who work tirelessly tosatisfy the piping needs of customers.
Ladle · A large vessel into which molten metal or molten slag is received and handled. Molten metal may be transportedshort distances by carrying it in a ladle.
Ladle Analysis · The term applied to the chemical analysis representative of a heat or blow of steel and is the analysisreported to the purchaser. It is determined by analyzing (forsuch elements as have been specified) a test ingot sampleobtained from various points of the heat or blow during thepouring of the steel from the ladle.
Lamination · A defect appearing in sheets or strips as a segregation or in layers. To become divided, caused by gaspockets in the ingot.
Lap · A surface defect appearing as a seam, caused by folding over hot metal, fins or sharp corners and the rolling or forging them into the surface, but not welding them.
Lap-Weld · A term applied to a weld formed by lapping two pieces of metal and then pressing or hammering, andapplied particularly to the longitudinal joint produced bywelding process for tubes or pipe, in which the edges of theskelp are bevelled or scarfed so that when they are overlapped they can be welded together.
Lattice · Space lattice. Lattice lines and lattice planes are lines and planes chosen so as to pass through collinear latticepoints, and non-collinear lattice points, respectively.
Levelling · Flattening rolled metal sheet or strip (See Roller Levelling).
Longitudinal Direction · The principal direction of flow in a worked metal.
Machinability · The relative ease of machining a metal.Machining · In general,the cutting away of the surface of a
metal by means of power driven machinery. Specifically, amethod of conditioning steel by machining away the surface.
Macro-Etch · Etching of a metal surface for accentuation of gross structural details and defects for observation by theunaided eye or at magnifications not exceeding ten.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
426
Macrostructure · The structure of metals as revealed by examination of the etched surface of a polished specimen ata magnification not exceeding ten.
Magnetic, Non-Magnetic · A material is magnetic when it is capable of being attracted by a magnet. Ferritic and martensitic stainless exhibit this capability, but in austeniticgrades it is normally so low that they are considered non-magnetic.
Malleability · The property that determines the ease of deforming a metal when the metal is subjected to rolling orhammering. The more malleable metals can be hammered orrolled into thin sheet more easily than others.
Mandrel1 · A rod used to retain the hollow cavity in metal productsduring working. 2 · A metal bar around which other metals may be cast,bent, formed or shaped.
Martensite · A distinctive, needle-like structure existing in steel as a transition stage in the transformation of austenite. It isthe hardest constituent of steel of eutectoid composition. Itis produced by rapid cooling from quenching temperatureand is the chief constituent of hardened carbon tool steels.Martensite is magnetic (See also Ferritic Stainless Steel).
Matrix · The principal phase in which another constituent is embedded.
Mechanical Properties · The properties of a material that reveal its elastic and inelastic behaviour where force isapplied, thereby indicating its suitability for mechanicalapplications; for example, modulus of elasticity, tensilestrength, elongation, hardness, and fatigue limit.
Mechanical Tubing · Used for a variety of mechanical and structural purposes, as opposed to pressure tubing which isused to contain or conduct fluids under pressure. It may behot finished or cold drawn. It is commonly manufactured toconsumer specifications covering chemical analysis, mechanical properties, and often to special dimensional tolerances.
Mechanical Working · Subjecting metal to pressure exerted by rolls, presses, hammers or dies to change its form, or toaffect the structure and, therefore, the mechanical properties.
Medium Carbon Steel · Contains from 0.30% to 0.60% carbon and less than 1.00% manganese. May be made byany of the standard processes.
Melting Range · The range of temperature in which an alloy melts; that is the range between solid and liquid temperatures.
Metallography · The science concerning the constituents and structure of metals and alloys as revealed by the microscope.
Metallurgy · The science which deals with the extraction of metals from their ores and the adaptation and application ofthe metals to the uses for which they are intended.
Microstructure · The structure of polished and etched metal and alloy specimens as revealed by the microscope.
Mill Finish · A surface finish produced on sheet and plate. Characteristic of the ground finish used on the rolls in fabrication.
Modulus of Elasticity · The ratio of stress to strain within the perfectly elastic range. (See also Youngs Modulus).
Multiple Lengths · A piece of pipe consisting of a combination of two or more unit lengths as designated by acustomer.
Natural Ageing · Spontaneous ageing of a supersaturated solid solution at room temperature.
Nitric Acid Test · A prolonged exposure of specimens to nitric acid under closely controlled conditions to determine relativeresistance to attack by nitric acid in service. The tests give noinformation relevant to performance in contact with othercorrosive media.
Nitriding · A process of surface hardening certain types of steelby heating in ammonia gas at about 935-1000 °F, theincrease in hardness being the result of surface nitride formation. Certain alloying constituents, principal amongthem being aluminium, greatly facilitate the hardening reaction. In general, the depth of the case is less than withcarburising.
Nitriding Steel · Steel which is particularly suited for the nitriding process, that is, it will form a very hard and adherent surface upon proper nitriding (heating in a partiallydissociated atmosphere of ammonia gas). Composition usually 0.20-0.40% carbon, 0.90-1.50% chromium, 0.15-1.00% molybdenum, and 0.85-1.20% aluminium.
Non-Ferrous Metals · Metals or alloys that are free of iron or comparatively so.
Non-Metallic Inclusions · Impurities (commonly oxides), sulphides, silicates or similar substances held in metalsmechanically during solidification or formed by reactions inthe solid state.
Oil Hardening · A process of hardening a ferrous alloy of suitable composition by heating within or above the transformation range and quenching in oil.
Oil Hardening Steel · Steel adaptable to hardening by heat treatment and quenching in oil.
Open-Hearth Furnace · A reverberatory melting furnace with a shallow hearth and a low roof. The flame passes over thecharge in the hearth, causing the charge to be heated bothby direct flame and radiation from the roof and side walls ofthe furnace. In ferrous industry, the furnace is regenerative.Now obsolete.
Orange Peel · A pebble-grained surface which develops in forming of metals having coarse grains.
Ore · A mineral from which metal is (or may be) extracted.Orientation · (Crystal) Arrangement of certain crystal axes or
crystal planes in a poly-crystalline aggregate with respect toa given direction or plane. If there is any tendency for onearrangement to predominate, it is known as the preferredorientation; in the absence of any such preference, randomorientation exists.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
427
Overheating · Heating a metal or alloy to such a high temperature that its properties are impaired. When the original properties cannot be restored by further heat treating, the overheating is known as burning.
Oxidation · The addition of oxygen to a compound.Exposure to atmosphere sometimes results in oxidation ofthe exposed surface, hence a staining or discolouration. Thiseffect is increased with temperature increase.
Oxide · Compound of oxygen with another element.Oxygen Lance ·A length of pipe used to convey oxygen onto
a bath of molten metal.Pass · The term given to a single passage of a tube or piece of
steel through a roll stand or a drawing die.Passivation · The changing of the chemically active surface of
a metal to a much less reactive state. Contrast with activation.
Pearlite · Lammellar structure resembling mother of pearl. A compound of iron and carbon occurring in steel as a result ofthe transformation of austenite into aggregations of ferriteand iron carbide.
Permanent Set · Non-elastic or plastic deformation of metal under stress, after passing the elastic limit.
Phosphor Bronze · Copper base alloy, with 3.5 to 10% of tin, to which has been added in the molten state phosphorus invarying amounts of less than 1% for de-oxidising andstrengthening purposes. Because of excellent toughness,strength, fine grain, resistance to fatigue and wear, andchemical resistance, these alloys find general use as springsand in making fittings. It has corrosion resisting propertiescomparable to copper.
Photo-Micrograph · A photographic reproduction of any object magnified more than ten times. The term micrographmay be used.
Physical Properties · The properties, other than mechanical properties, that pertain to the physics of a material; forexample, density, electrical conductivity, heat conductivity,thermal expansion.
Pickling · Removing surface oxides from metals by chemical or electrochemical reaction.
Pig Iron · Iron produced by reduction of iron ore in a blast furnace. Pig iron contains approximately 92% iron and about3.5% carbon. The balance is largely made up of silicone andmanganese with small percentages of phosphorus, sulphur,and other impurities.
Pin Expansion Test · A test determining the ability of tubes to be expanded or for revealing the presence of cracks or otherlongitudinal weaknesses, made by forcing a tapered pin intothe open end of a tube.
Pinholes · Microscopic imperfections of coatings, that is, microscopic bare spots, also a microscopic hole penetratingthrough a layer or thickness of light gauge metal.
Pipe (defect) · Contraction cavity, essentially cone-like in shape, which occurs in the approximate centre, at the top
and reaching down into a casting; caused by the shrinkageof cast metal.
Pit (defect) · A sharp depression in the surface of the metal.Pitting · Forming small sharp cavities in a metal surface by non-
uniform electro-deposition or by corrosion.Plasticity · The ability of a metal to be deformed extensively
without rupture.Plating · A thin coating of metal laid on another metal. (See
Electro-Plating and Galvanising).Polished Surface · (Buffed surface) The finish obtained by
buffing with rouge or similar fine abrasive, resulting in a highgloss or polish.
Polymorphism · The ability of a material to exist in more than one crystallographic structure. Numerous metals change incrystallographic structure at transformation temperaturesduring heating or cooling. If the change is reversible, it isallotropy. The allotropy of iron, particularly the changesbetween the alpha body-centred and the gamma face-centred form, is of fundamental importance with the hardening of steel.
Post Weld Heat Treatment · Heating weldments immediately after welding, for tempering, for stress relieving,or for providing a controlled rate of cooling to prevent formation of a hard or brittle structure.
Pouring · The transfer of molten metal from the ladle into ingot moulds or other types of moulds; for example, in castings.
Powder Metallurgy · The art of producing metal powders and of utilising metal powders for the production of massivematerials and shaped objects.
Precipitation Hardening · Hardening caused by the precipitation of a constituent from a super-saturated solidsolution.
Pre-Heating · A general term used to describe heating applied as a preliminary to some further thermal or mechanicaltreatment, often applied prior to welding to prevent cracking.
Process Annealing · In the sheet and wire industries, heating a ferrous alloy to a temperature close to, but below, thelower limit of the transformation range and then cooling, inorder to soften the alloy for further cold working.
Progressive Ageing · An ageing process in which the temperature of the alloy is continuously increased during theageing cycle. The temperature may be increased in steps orby any other progressive method.
Proof Stress · The load per unit area of the original cross-sectional area, which when removed, has caused a permanent elongation not exceeding a defined amount(usually 0.2% of gauge length).
Proportional Limit · The greatest stress that the material is capable of sustaining without a deviation from the law ofproportionality of stress to strain (Hooke’s Law).
Pyrometer · An instrument of any of the various types used for measuring temperatures.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
428
Radiography · A non-destructive method of internal examination in which metal objects are exposed to a beamof X-ray or gamma radiation. Differences in thickness, density or absorption, caused by internal defects or inclusions, are apparent in the shadow image either on afluorescent screen or on photographic film placed behind theobject.
Re-Crystallisation 1 · The change from one crystal structure to another, asoccurs on heating or cooling through a critical temperature. 2 · The formation of a new, strain-free grain structure fromthat existing in cold worked metal, usually accomplished byheating.
Re-Crystallisation Temperature · The approximate minimum temperature at which complete re-crystallisationof a cold worked metal occurs within a specified time.
Reduction of Area1 · Commonly, the difference, expressed as a percentage oforiginal cross-sectional area of a tensile test specimen andthe minimum cross-sectional area measured after completeseparation. 2 · The difference, expressed as a percentage of originalarea, between original cross-sectional area and that afterstraining the specimen.
Refractory · A heat-resistant material, usually non-metallic, which is used for furnace lining and similar.
Residual Stress · Macroscopic stresses that are set up within a metal as the result of non-uniform plastic deformation. Thisdeformation may be caused by cold working or by drasticgradients of temperature from quenching to welding.
Residuals · “Incidental” or “tramp“ elements not named in a specification. These elements are present in small quantitiesin the raw materials from which the steel is made and are notremoved during the refining process.
Resilience · The tendency of a material to return to its original shape after the removal of a stress that has produced elasticstrain.
Resistance Welding · A type of welding process in which the work pieces are heated by the passage of an electric currentthrough the contact. Such processes include spot welding,seam or line welding and percussion welding. Flash and buttwelding are sometimes considered as resistance weldingprocesses (See Weldingon on page 406).
Reward · is offered to anyone reading this far. Tell us and we will put you on our Christmas Card list!
Rimmed Steel · Low carbon steel in which incomplete de-oxidation permits the metal to remain liquid at the top of theingot, resulting in the formation of a bottom and side rim ofconsiderable thickness. The rim is of somewhat purer composition than the original metal poured. If the rimmingaction is stopped shortly after pouring of the ingot is completed, the metal is known as capped steel.For the samecarbon and manganese content rimmed steel is softer thankilled steel.
Ripple (defect) · A slight transverse wave or shadow mark appearing at intervals along the piece.
Rockwell Hardness (Test) · A standard method for measuring the hardness of metals. The hardness is expressedas a number related to the depth of residual penetration of asteel ball or diamond cone (“brale”) after a minor load of10 kilograms has been applied to hold the penetration inposition. This residual penetration is automatically registeredon a dial when the major load is removed from the penetrator. Various dial readings combined with differentmajor loads, give “scales” designated by letters varying from“A” to “H”; the “B” and “C” scales are most commonly inuse.
Rolled in Scale · A surface defect consisting of scale partially rolled into the surface of the sheet.
Roller Levelling · Passing sheet or strip metal through a series of staggered small rolls so as to flatten the metal. Thismethod is relatively ineffective in removing defects such asbuckles, wavy edges, corrugations, twists, etc., or from steelin the higher hardness ranges.
Rolling · A term applied to the operation of shaping and reducing metal in thickness by passing it between rolls whichcompress, shape and lengthen it following the roll pattern.
Rolling Direction · (In rolled metal) The direction, in the plane of the plate, sheet or pipe, perpendicular to the axes of therolls during rolling.
Rolling Mills · Equipment used for rolling down metal to a smaller size or to a given shape employing sets of rolls, thecontours of which determine or fashion the product intonumerous intermediate and final shapes, e.g., blooms, slabs,rails, bars, rods, sections, plates, sheets, strip and pipe.
Rough Machining · Machining without regard to finish, usually to be followed by a subsequent operation.
SAE · Abbreviation for Society of Automotive Engineers. This organisation has specified carbon and alloy steels and copperbase alloys in accordance with a numerical index systemallowing approximation of the composition of the metal. Thelast two digits always indicate the carbon content, usuallywithin 0.05. (See AISI-SAE specifications).
Salt Spray Test · An accelerated corrosion test in which the metal specimens are exposed to a fine mist of salt watersolution either continuously or intermittently.
Scab · (Scabby) A blemish caused on a casting by eruption of gas from the mould surface, or by uneven mould surfaces; oroccurring where the skin from a blowhole has partly burnedaway and is not welded.
Scaling · Forming a thick layer of oxidation products on metals at high temperatures.
Scarfing · Cutting surface areas of metal objects, ordinarily by using a gas torch. The operation permits surface defects tobe cut from ingots, billets, or the edges of plate that are tobe bevelled for butt welding (See Chipping).
Scleroscope Hardness (Test) · A method for measuring the hardness of metals; a diamond-pointed hammer drops from
General InformationGlossary of Terms
429
a fixed distance through a tube onto the smoothed metalsurface and the rebound measured. The scleroscope hardness value is empirically taken from the rebound distance, with a specified high carbon steel as 100.
Scrap · Material unsuitable for direct use but usable for reprocessing by re-melting.
Seam (defect) · On the surface of metal a crack that has been closed but not welded; usually produced by some defecteither in casting or in working, such as blowholes that havebecome oxidised or folds and laps that have been formedduring working. Similar to cold shut and laminations.
Seam Welding · An electric-resistance type of welding process, in which the lapped sheet is passed between electrodes of the roller type while a series of overlapping spotwelds is made by the intermittent application of electric current (See Welding on page 406).
Secondary Hardening · Tempering alloy steels at certain temperatures so that the resulting hardness is greater thanthat obtained by tempering the steel at some lower temperature for the same time.
Seconds · The designation given to sheet strip or tube that has imperfections in moderate degree or extent, which may beclassified in two general groups imperfections in the basematerial, or other manufacturing defects. This term is notused in connection with non-ferrous alloys.
Segregation · In an alloy, concentration of alloying elements at specific regions, usually as a result of the primary crystallisation of one phase with the subsequent concentration of other elements in the remaining liquid.
Self-Hardening Steel · A steel containing sufficient carbon or alloying element, or both, to form martensite either throughair hardening or, as in welding and induction hardening,through rapid removal of heat from a locally heated portionby conduction into the surrounding cold metal (See also Air-Hardening Steel).
Semi-finished Steel · Steel in the form of billets, blooms, etc., requiring further working before completion into finished steel ready for marketing.
Semi-killed Steel · Steel incompletely deoxidised, to permit evolution of sufficient carbon monoxide to offset solidification shrinkage.
Shot Blasting · Cleaning surface of metal by air blast, using metal shot as an abrasive. Also called Sand Blasting.
Shrinkage Cavity · A void left in cast metals as a result of solidification shrinkage and the progressive freezing of metaltowards the centre.
Shortness · A form of brittleness in metal. It is designated as ‘cold’, ‘hot’ and ‘red’ to indicate the temperature range inwhich the brittleness occurs.
Sintered Carbide · Composite, containing carbides of extremely refractory metals, such as tungsten, tantalum,titanium, etc., cemented together by a relatively low-meltingmetal, such as cobalt acting as a matrix.
Sintering · Converting powder into a continuous mass by heating to a temperature considerably below fusion, usuallyafter preliminary compacting by pressure.
Skelp · A plate of steel from which pipe is made. This is done byrolling the skelp longitudinally into shape, and welding theedges together. Most commonly refers to furnace weld pipethan to electric weld pipe or tubing (See Coil).
Skin · A thin surface layer that is different from the main mass of a metal object, in composition, structure or other characteristics.
Slag · A product resulting from the action of a flux on the non-metallic constituents of a processed ore, or on the oxidisedmetallic constituents that are undesirable. Usually slags consist of acid oxides with basic oxides, and neutral oxidesre-added to aid fusibility.
Slitting · Cutting sheet or strip metal to width by rotary slitters.Sliver (defect) · Loose metal piece rolled down onto the
surface of the metal during the rolling operations.Soaking · Prolonged heating of metal at selected temperature.Sorbite · Structure of steel, resulting from the tempering of
martensite. In a truly sorbitic structure, the cementite iscompletely dispersed in the matrix. This structure is calledtempered martensite.
Sorbitic Pearlite · Structure of steel resulting on cooling under the proper conditions, from the decomposition ofaustenite; has a fine, lamellar appearance.
Space-Centred · (Concerning space lattices) See Body-centred.Space Lattice (crystal) · A system of equivalent points
formed by the intersections of three sets of planes parallel topairs of principal axes; the space lattice may be thought of asformed by the corners of the unit cells.
Special Straightness · When material is desired to closer than standard straightness tolerances, it may be ordered tospecial straightness. Such straightening is done by machineryand may result in increased surface hardness in localisedareas of the steel.
Specific Gravity · A numerical value representing the weight of a given substance as compared with the weight of anequal volume of water, for which the specific gravity is takenas 1.0000.
Spectrograph · An optical instrument for determining the presence or concentration of minor constituents in a materialby indicating the presence and intensity of specific wavelengths of radiation when the material is thermally orelectrically excited.
Spheroidising · Any process of prolonged heating and slow cooling of steel which will convert the carbide content intorounded or spheroid form.
Spinning · The procedure for making sheet metal discs into hollow shapes by pressing the metal against a rotating form(spinning chuck) by a tool.
Spot Welding · An electric resistance welding process in which the fusion is limited to a small area. The pieces being weldedare pressed together between a pair of water-cooled
General InformationGlossary of Terms
430
electrodes through which an electrical current is passed during a very short interval so that fusion occurs over a smallarea at the interface between the pieces (See Welding onpage 406).
Spring-Back · An indicator of elastic stresses, frequently measured as the increase in diameter of a curved strip afterremoving it from the mandrel about which it was held. Themeasurement is employed as an indicator of the extent ofrecovery or relief of residual stresses that has been achievedby the transformation of elastic strain to plastic strain duringheating or stress relieving.
Spring Steel · Steel, normally of the high carbon or alloy type, used in the manufacture of springs, lending itself to appropriate heat treatment; usually made in the open hearthor electric furnace.
Stabilising Treatment · Any treatment intended to stabilise the structure of an alloy or the dimensions of a part. 1 · see Heat Treatment on page 408.2 · Transforming retained austenite in parts made from toolsteel. 3 · Precipitating a constituent from a non-ferrous solid solution to improve the workability, to decrease the tendency of certain alloys to age harden at room temperature or to obtain dimensional stability.
Stainless Steel · Corrosion resistant steel of a wide variety, but always containing a high percentage of chromium. Theseare highly resistant to corrosion attack by organic acids,weak mineral acids, atmospheric oxidation, etc.
Stamping · A term used to refer to various press forming operations in coining, embossing, blanking and pressing.
Steel · An iron-base alloy, malleable in the same temperature ranges as initially cast, containing manganese,carbon, andoften other alloying elements.The dividing line between lowalloy and high alloy steels is generally regarded as being atabout 5% metallic alloying elements. Steel is to be differentiated from two general classes of ‘irons’: the castirons, on the high carbon side, and the relatively pure ironssuch as ingot iron, carbonyl iron, and electrolytic iron, on thelow carbon side.
Strain · Deformation produced on a body by an outside force (see Hooke’s Law).
Strain Ageing · Ageing induced by cold working (See Age Hardening).
Strain Hardening · An increase in hardness and strength caused by plastic deformation at temperatures lower thanthe re-crystallisation range.
Stress-Corrosion Cracking · Failure by cracking under combined action or corrosion and stress, either external(applied) or internal (residual).Cracking may be either inter-granular or trans-granular,depending on metal and corrosive medium.
Stress-Rupture Test · A tension test performed at constant temperature, the load being held at such a level as to causerupture. Also known as ‘creep-rupture test’.
Strip · A flat rolled steel product which serves as the raw material for welded tubing. May be hot rolled or cold rolled.
Structure · The arrangement of parts; in crystals, especially, the shape and dimension of the unit cell, and the number, kindsand positions of the atoms within it.
Sunk or Sink Drawn Tubing · Tubing drawn through a die with no inside mandrel to control I.D. or wall thickness. OnlyO.D. tolerance can be closely controlled.
Superficial Rockwell Hardness Test · Form of Rockwell hardness test using relatively light loads which produce minimum penetration. Used for determining surface hardness or hardness of thin sections or small parts, or wherelarge hardness impression might be harmful.
Tack Welds · Small scattered welds made to hold parts of a weldment in proper alignment while the final welds arebeing made (See Welding on page 406).
Tapping · The act of draining molten metal from furnace to ladle.
Tarnish · Surface discolouration on a metal, usually from a thin film of oxide or sulphide.
Teeming · Pouring metal into ingot moulds.Telescoping · Transverse slipping of successive layers of a coil
so that the edge of the coil is conical rather than flat.Temper Brittleness · Brittleness that results when certain
steels are held within, or are cooled slowly through, a certainrange of temperatures below the transformation range. Thebrittleness is revealed by notch-bar impact tests at or belowroom temperature.
Tensile Strength · In tensile testing, the ratio of maximum load to original cross-sectional area. Also called ultimatestrength.
Ternary Alloy · An alloy that contains three principal elements.
Thermocouple · A device for measuring temperatures by the use of two dissimilar metals in contact; the junction of thesemetals gives rise to a measurable electrical potential withchanges in temperature.
Tolerance Limit · The permissible deviation from the desired value.
Tool Steel · Any high carbon or alloy steel capable of being suitably tempered for use in the manufacture of tools.
Torsion · A twisting action resulting in shear stresses and strains.
Toughness · Ability of a metal to absorb energy and deform plastically before fracturing. It is usually measured by theenergy absorbed in a notch impact test, but the area underthe stress-strain curve in tensile testing is also a measure oftoughness.
Trace · Extremely small quantity of an element, usually too small to determine quantitatively.
Transformation Ranges · see Heat Treatment on page 408.Transverse · Literally, ‘across’, usually signifying a direction or
plane perpendicular to the direction of working.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
431
Transverse Tension Test · A tension test for evaluating the mechanical properties of a material in a direction transverseto that of rolling. It is not generally applicable to tubularproducts except in sizes 8” OD and larger.
Trepanning · A type of boring where an annular cut is made into a solid material with the coincidental formation of a plugor solid cylinder.
Turning · A method for removing the surface from a circular work piece by bringing the cutting edge of a tool against itwhile the piece is rotated.
Twist · A winding departure from flatness.Ultimate Strength · The maximum conventional stress,
tensile, compressive or shear, that a material can withstand.Ultrasonic Frequency · A frequency, associated with elastic
waves, that is greater than the highest audible frequency,generally regarded as being higher than 15 kc per sec.
Ultrasonic Testing · A method of detecting defects in tubes, plates or welds by use of high frequency sound wavesimparted by contact or immersion techniques.
Ultrasonic Waves · Waves of ultrasonic frequency.They include longitudinal, transverse, surface and standingwaves.
Upsetting1 · A metal working operation similar to forging. 2 · The Process of axial flow under axial compression ofmetal, as in forming heads on rivets by flattening the end ofwire.
Vacuum De-Gassing · Refer to De-Gassing Process.Vacuum Melting · Melting in a vacuum to prevent
contamination from air, as well as to remove gases alreadydissolved in the metal; the solidification may also be carriedout in a vacuum or at low pressure.
Vickers Hardness (Test) · Standard method for measuring the hardness of metals, particularly those with extremelyhard surfaces; the surface is subjected to a standard pressurefor a standard length of time by means of a pyramid-shapeddiamond. The diagonal of the resulting indention is measured under a microscope and the Vickers Hardnessvalue read from a conversion table.
Water Hardening · Process of hardening high carbon steels by quenching in water or brine, after heating.
Wavy · Not flat. A slight wave following the direction of rolling and beyond the standard limitation for flatness.
Work Hardening · Increase in resistance to deformation (i.e. in hardness) produced by cold working.
Workability · The characteristic or group of characteristics that determines the ease of forming a metal into desired shapes.
Wrought Iron · Iron containing only a very small amount of other elements, but containing 1-3 % by weight of slag inthe form of particles elongated in one direction, giving theiron a characteristic grain. Is more rust-resistant than steeland welds more easily.
X-Rays · Electromagnetic radiation, excited usually by the impact of cathode rays on matter, which have wave lengthsbetween about 10-8-10-12m.
Yield Point · The first stress in a material, usually less than the maximum attainable stress, at which an increase in strainoccurs without an increase in stress. Only certain metalsexhibit a yield point. If there is a decrease in stress afteryielding, a distinction may be made between upper andlower yield points.
Yield Strength · The stress at which a material exhibits a specified deviation from proportionality of stress and strain.An offset of 0.2% is used for many metals.
Young’s Modulus · The coefficient of elasticity of stretching. For a stretched wire, Young’s Modulus is the ratio of thestretching force per unit cross-sectional area to the elongation per unit length. The values of Young’s Modulusfor metals are of the order 0.02–0.2 N/mm2.
General InformationGlossary of Terms
432
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Index
435
Index
AAcoustic Emission ................................................................ 408Addresses ................................................................................ 7Alloying Elements ................................................................ 414Annealing ............................................................................ 410API ........................................................................................ 22API 5L Pipe Hydraulic Test .................................................... 318ASME .................................................................................... 23ASTM ............................................................................ 22, 409Austenite ............................................................................ 410Austenitising ...................................................................... 411
BBolts
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 70Specifications .................................................................. 33Stud ............................................................................ 264
Bright Annealing ................................................................ 411BSI ........................................................................................ 23Bushings .............................................................................. 259Buttweld Fittings
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 60
CCasing and Tubing
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 104Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 48
Cathodic Protection ............................................................ 413Cementite .......................................................................... 410CEN ...................................................................................... 25Certification of Material ........................................................ 15Certifying Authorithy ............................................................ 16Charpy Impact .................................................................... 407Chemical Analysis ................................................................ 407Chemical Properties
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 70Buttweld Fittings ............................................................ 60Casing and Tubing .......................................................... 48Forged Materials ............................................................ 64Line Pipe ........................................................................ 50Pressure Pipes ................................................................ 36Structural Material .......................................................... 54
Cladding ............................................................................ 412Classes
ASTM A358 .................................................................... 31ASTM A671, 672, 691 .................................................... 32
Coating .............................................................................. 412Concession/Waiver ................................................................ 16Conversion Factors
Area ............................................................................ 395Energy .......................................................................... 397Force ............................................................................ 396
Length .......................................................................... 395Power .......................................................................... 398Pressure ........................................................................ 400Stress ............................................................................ 400Temperature ................................................................ 396Volume ..........................................................................395Weight ........................................................................ 395
Corrosion Test ...................................................................... 407Creep and Stress Rupture .................................................... 407Critical Point ........................................................................ 410CTOD Test .......................................................................... 407
DData Book ............................................................................ 16Dictionary .............................................................................. 16Dimensional Tolerances Pipes, Fittings, Flanges .................... 376Dimensions
Valves .......................................................................... 284Dimensions and Weights
Bushings ...................................................................... 259Casing and Tubing ........................................................ 104Elbowlets ...................................................................... 263Elbows and Returns LR .................................................. 164Elbows and Returns SR ................................................ 172End Caps ...................................................................... 215Flanges Blind ................................................................ 226Flanges Series A MSS-SP44 .......................................... 238Flanges Series B API 605 .............................................. 242Flanges Slip on .............................................................. 226Flanges Socket Weld .................................................... 224Flanges Threaded .......................................................... 224Flanges Weld Neck ........................................................ 226Forged Fittings Socket Weld .......................................... 249Forged Fittings Threaded .............................................. 252Laterolets ...................................................................... 263Line Pipe API 5L .............................................................. 81Nipples Hexagonal ........................................................ 258Nipples Re-inforced ...................................................... 263Nipples Round .............................................................. 259Nipples Swage .............................................................. 260Nuts Heavy Hex ............................................................265Olets ............................................................................ 262Plugs ............................................................................ 254Reducers ...................................................................... 201Stainless Steel Tubes ASME B36.19 ................................ 81Steel Beams Angles ...................................................... 145Steel Beams Channels .................................................. 144Steel Beams CHS .......................................................... 159Steel Beams HEA .......................................................... 132Steel Beams HEB .......................................................... 133Steel Beams HEM .......................................................... 134Steel Beams IPE ............................................................ 135Steel Beams IPN ............................................................ 136Steel Beams Joists ........................................................ 143Steel Beams RHS .......................................................... 156
Index
436
Steel Beams SHS .......................................................... 158Steel Beams UB ............................................................ 138Steel Beams UBP .......................................................... 142Steel Beams U Channel ................................................ 137Steel Beams U Column ................................................ 141Steel Beams W .............................................................. 147Steel Tubes ASME B36.10 .............................................. 81Steel Tubes DIN 2448 .................................................... 110Steel Tubes DIN 2458 .................................................... 114Steel Tubes DIN 2462 .................................................... 118Steel Tubes DIN 2463 .................................................... 124Steel Tubes EN 10 208 .................................................. 126Stud Bolts .................................................................... 264Tees .............................................................................. 178Unions Screwed ............................................................ 257Unions SW .................................................................... 256Welding Bosses Screwed .............................................. 255Welding Bosses SW ...................................................... 255
DIN ........................................................................................ 24Drop Weight Tear Test .......................................................... 407DSAW ................................................................................ 408Dye Penetrant ...................................................................... 408
EEddy Current Comparator .................................................... 407Eddy Current Test ................................................................ 408Elbowlets
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 263Elbows and Returns LR ........................................................ 164Elbows and Returns SR ........................................................ 172Electron Beam .................................................................... 408EN Pressure Pipe .................................................................... 28EN Specifications .................................................................. 25End Caps ............................................................................ 215End Finishes ........................................................................ 386Equilibrium Diagram ............................................................ 410ERW .................................................................................... 408Eutectoid ............................................................................ 410
FFatigue Testing .................................................................... 407Ferrite .................................................................................. 410Field Test .............................................................................. 16Fire Safe Design .................................................................. 275Fittings
Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 384Elbows and Returns LR .................................................. 164Elbows and Returns SR ................................................ 172End Caps ...................................................................... 215Forged .......................................................................... 250Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 60Reducers ...................................................................... 201Specifications .................................................................. 34Tees .............................................................................. 178
FlangesBlind ............................................................................ 226Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 385Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64Pressure Temperatures Ratings ...................................... 366Series A MSS-SP44 ........................................................ 238Series B API 605 ............................................................ 242Slip On ........................................................................ 226Socket Weld ................................................................ 224Specifications .................................................................. 34Threaded ...................................................................... 224Weld Neck .................................................................... 226
Fluorescent Isotope Analysers ............................................ 407Forged Fittings
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64Socket Weld ................................................................ 250Threaded ...................................................................... 252
Forged MaterialsMechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64
GGlossary .............................................................................. 419Grain Size ............................................................................ 401
HHardness
Conversion Tables ........................................................ 402Test .............................................................................. 407
Heat Treatment .................................................................... 410HFI ......................................................................................408Huey Test ............................................................................ 407Hydraulic Test ...................................................................... 408Hydraulic Test API 5L Pipe .................................................... 318Hydrogen Induced Cracking ................................................ 407Hydrotest Formulae ............................................................ 317
IImpact Energy and Stress .................................................... 400Incoterms ............................................................................ 416Inspection Authority .............................................................. 16ISO ........................................................................................ 26ISO 9001-2000 ...................................................................... 13ISO 9002-1994 ...................................................................... 14Isothermal Annealing .......................................................... 410
KKürvers Group ........................................................................ 7
LLaterolets
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 263
Index
437
Line PipeMechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 50Specifications .................................................................. 28
Line Pipe API 5LDimensions and Weights ................................................ 81
MMagnetic Particle Inspection ................................................ 408Marine Transportation of Line Pipe ...................................... 418Materials .............................................................................. 21Mechanical Properties
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 70Buttweld Fittings ............................................................ 60Casing and Tubing .......................................................... 48Forged Materials ............................................................ 64Line Pipe ........................................................................ 50Pressure Pipes ................................................................ 36Structural Material .......................................................... 54
Menagé .............................................................................. 407Metal Arc ............................................................................ 408MIG .................................................................................... 408MSS ...................................................................................... 25
NNACE .................................................................................... 27Nipples
Hexagonal .................................................................... 258Re-inforced .................................................................. 263Round .......................................................................... 259Swage .......................................................................... 260
Non-Conformity .................................................................... 16Nondestructive Examination ................................................ 408
Acoustic Emission ..........................................................408Eddy Current Test .......................................................... 408Flux Leakage ................................................................ 408Hydraulic Test .............................................................. 408Standards .................................................................... 409Ultrasonic Test .............................................................. 408X Ray ............................................................................ 408
Normalising ..........................................................................411Nuts
Heavy Hex .................................................................... 265Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 74Specifications .................................................................. 33
OOlets .................................................................................. 262
PPerlite .................................................................................. 410Pipes
Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 376
Plasma Arc .......................................................................... 408Plugs .................................................................................. 254Potentiostat ........................................................................ 407Pressure Pipes
EN Grades ...................................................................... 28Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 36Specifications .................................................................. 30
Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B16.5, B16.47 .............. 366Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B31.1 .......................... 356Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B31.3 .......................... 360Pressure Temperature Ratings BS3799 .................................. 364Pressure Temperature Ratings Formulae .............................. 354Procedure Qualification Record .............................................. 16Procedures ............................................................................ 16Product range .......................................................................... 7Proof Stress ........................................................................ 407Protective Coating .............................................................. 412
QQuality ............................................................................ 13, 14Quality Assurance .................................................................. 16Quality Assurance Manual .............................................. 13, 16Quality Assurance to ISO 9001-2000 .................................... 13Quality Assurance to ISO 9002-1994 .................................... 14Quality Control ...................................................................... 16Quality Plan .......................................................................... 16Quenching .......................................................................... 411
RRadiography ........................................................................ 408Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe .................................... 418Reducers ............................................................................ 201Release Notes ........................................................................ 16
SSAW .................................................................................... 408Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
Pressure Temperature Ratings ........................................ 364Solution Treatment .............................................................. 411Sour Gas .............................................................................. 27Sour ServiceSpecifications
Bolts .............................................................................. 33Fittings .......................................................................... 34Flanges .......................................................................... 34Nuts .............................................................................. 33Piping Materials .............................................................. 22
Spectrometers .................................................................... 407Stabilising Treatment .......................................................... 411Stacking of Pipes ................................................................ 418Stainless Steel Tubes ANSI B36.19 .......................................... 81Steel Beams
Angles .......................................................................... 145
Index
438
Channels ...................................................................... 144CHS .............................................................................. 159HEA .............................................................................. 132HEB .............................................................................. 133HEM ............................................................................ 134IPE ................................................................................ 135IPN .............................................................................. 136Joists ............................................................................ 143UB ................................................................................ 138UBP .............................................................................. 142UColumn ...................................................................... 141U Channel .................................................................... 137RHS .............................................................................. 156SHS .............................................................................. 158W Shapes .................................................................... 147
Steel TubesANSI B36.10 .................................................................. 81DIN 2448 ...................................................................... 110DIN 2458 ...................................................................... 114DIN 2462 ...................................................................... 118DIN 2463 ...................................................................... 124EN 10 208 .................................................................... 126
Strainer .............................................................................. 274Strauss Test .......................................................................... 407Stress Relieving .................................................................... 411Structural Material
Dimensional Standards .................................................... 29Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 54Specifications .................................................................. 29
Structure of Steel ................................................................ 410Stud Bolts ............................................................................ 264Sub-Critical Annealing ........................................................ 411Sulphide Stress Corrosion .................................................... 407System of Units .................................................................. 394
TTees .................................................................................... 178Tempering .......................................................................... 411Tensile Test .......................................................................... 407Test Certificates .............................................................. 15, 16Test Reports .......................................................................... 16Termal Insulation ................................................................ 412Threads .............................................................................. 388Through Thickness Test ........................................................ 407TIG ...................................................................................... 408Traceability ............................................................................ 16Trim Valves .......................................................................... 276
UUltrasonic Test .................................................................... 408Unions
Screwed ........................................................................ 257Socket Weld ................................................................ 256
Unit Symbols ...................................................................... 401Units .................................................................................. 401
VValves
Dimensions .................................................................. 284Fire Safe Design ............................................................ 275General Descriptions .................................................... 270Materials ...................................................................... 278Pressure Temperature Ratings ........................................ 295Pressure Tests ................................................................ 282Specifications ................................................................ 280Trim .............................................................................. 276
Vendor Documents ................................................................ 16
WWeight
Coating ........................................................................ 412Formula .......................................................................... 80of Water ...................................................................... 401
Weight Coating .................................................................. 412Weight of Water .................................................................. 401Weld Decay Test .................................................................. 407Weld Procedure Specification ................................................ 16Welding
ASTM Grades ................................................................ 31Methods allowed ............................................................ 31
Welding BossesScrewed ........................................................................ 255Socket Weld ................................................................ 255
Welding Ends ...................................................................... 386Welding Methods
DSAW .......................................................................... 408Electron Beam .............................................................. 408ERW ............................................................................ 408HFI ................................................................................ 408Metal Arc ...................................................................... 408MIG .............................................................................. 408Plasma Arc .................................................................... 408SAW ............................................................................ 408TIG .............................................................................. 408
Wire Gauges ...................................................................... 406
XX Ray .................................................................................. 408